Point Set Topology

Point Set Topology

PURE AND APPLIED MATH EMAT I CS A Series of Monographs and Textbooks

Edited by PAULA. SMITH and SAMUEL EILENBERC Colzcmbia University, N e w York I : ARNOLD SOMMERFELD. Partial Differential Equations in Physics. 1949 (Lectures on Theoretical Physics, Volume VI) I1 : REINHOLD BAER.Linear Algebra and Projective Geometry. 1952 111: HERBERT BUSEMANN A N D PAUL KELLY.Projective Geometry and Projective Metrics. 1953 IV : STEFAN BERCMAN A N D M. SCHIFFER. Kernel Functions and Elliptic Differential Equations in Mathematical Physics. 1953 V : RALPHPHILIP BOAS,JR. Entire Functions. 1954 V I : HERBERT BUSEMANN. The Geometry of Geodesics. 1955 VII : CLAUDE CHEVALLEY. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra. 1956 VIII : SZE-TSENHIJ. Homotopy Theory. 1959 I X : A. OSTROWSKI. Solution of Equations and Systems of Equations. 1960 X : J. DIEUDONNE. Foundations of Modern Analysis. 1960 X I : S. I. GOLDBERG. Curvature and Homology. 1962 XI1 : SICURDUR HELCASON. Differential Geometry and Symmetric Spaces. 1962 XI11 : T. H. HILDEBRANDT. Introduction to the Theory of Integration. 1963 XIV : SHREERAM ABHYANKAR. Local Analytic Geometry. 1964 X V : RICHARD L. BISHOPA N D RICHARD J. CRITTENDEN. Geometry of Manifolds. 1964 XVI : STEVEN A. GAAL.Point Set Topology. 1964 XVII : BARRY MITCHELL. Theory of Categories. 1965 XVIII: ANTHONY P. MORSE.A Theory of Sets. 1965 XIX : GUSTAVE CHOQUET. Topology. 1966 XX : 2. I. BOREVICH A N D I. R. SHAFAREVICH. Number Theory. 1966

In preparation: A. M. OSTROWSKI. Solution of Equations and Systems of Equations. Second Edition. Josh LUIS MASSERA AND JUAN JORCE SCHAFFER. Linear Differential Equations and Function Spaces. MARTINEICHLER. Introduction to the Theory of Algebraic Numbers and Functions. D. SCHAFER. An Introduction to Nonassociative Algebras. RICHARD

POINT SET TOPOLOGY BY

STEVEN A. GAAL Department of Mathematics University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota

1964

ACADEMIC PRESS #

New York and London

COPYRIGHT 0 1964, BY ACADEMIC PRESS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS BOOK MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FORM, BY PHOTOSTAT, MICROFILM, OR ANY OTHER MEANS, WITHOUT .WITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE PUBLISHERS.

ACADEMIC PRESS INC. 111 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10003

United Kingdom Edition published by ACADEMIC PRESS INC. (LONDON) LTD. Berkeley Square House, London W.l

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CATALOG CARDNUMBER:64-21667 First Printing, 1964

Second Printing, 1966

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Preface This book for beginning graduate and advanced undergraduate mathematics students presents point set topology not only as an end in itself, but also as a related discipline to the proper understanding of various branches of analysis and geometry. I t starts with the basic concepts of set theory and topological spaces and ends with the beginning of functional analysis. The text and nearly all of the exercises presuppose knowledge of only those concepts defined herein, so that the book is self-contained to accommodate those who wish to study topology on their own. Moreover, it includes additional material and literature which make it valuable as a reference work. T h e book contains enough material for a one-year course, and I have found it accessible to juniors majoring in mathematics. By omitting carefully chosen sections it is possible, but not easy, to cover most of the book in a one-semester course. When giving a year’s course on the foundations of analysis for graduate students, I have been able to include some additional material, such as differentiable manifolds or abstract harmonic analysis and fixed point theorems. T h e first chapter contains the fundamental notions associated with a general topological space, and a systematic discussion of the various practical methods used to define topological spaces. T h e second and third chapters deal with those additional properties that give a general topological space more resemblance to the primitive, intuitive concept associated with the concept of space. T h e basic properties of functions defined on topological spaces are collected in the fourth chapter, although some concepts, such as continuous maps and homeomorphisms, were introduced earlier for the sake of clarity. T h e last chapter contains an exposition of the theory of topological convergence using filters and nets, which is applied to problems of compactness, completion, and compactification. T h e exercises vary in difficulty, and some provide additional insights or new results. T h e principal theorems are all included as part of the text, T h e remarks at the end of each chapter contain pertinent comments which did not seem suitable for inclusion elsewhere. While it is hoped that they may give the reader some historical V

vi

PREFACE

perspective, they do reflect the author's personal thoughts, and no attempt has been made at complete coverage. The bulk of the material presented here was developed through lectures at Cornell University and the University of Minnesota. I am very grateful to Professor R. J. Walker and to Miss Madelyn Keady of Cornell University and to my wife for their encouragement and help with the preliminary publication. A great deal of additional work and support is needed to make a first draft develop into a book. I want to thank Professor J. B. Rosser for his kind interest in my project and for giving me a helping hand. In Minnesota I was very fortunate to meet Mr. Glenn Schober, who read the entire manuscript and made many improvements. He also read and corrected the proofs and thus helped eliminate many errors that I had overlooked. I also want to express my appreciation for the support given to me by the various Federal agencies at several stages of the project. Finally, my sincere thanks to Academic Press for their careful work.

STEVENA. GAAL June, 1964

Notation Base for open sets; 33 Filter base; 43 Family of closed sets; 22 Complex number field; 1 Filter base of closed neighborhoods of x ; 43 Euclidean space of dimension n ; 40 Filter; 43 Diagonal; 6, 46 Neighborhood of x ; 42 Neighborhood filter of x ; 43 Open set; 21 Family of open sets; 21 Filter base of open neighborhoods of x ; 43 Power set of X; 6, 7 Field of rationals; 1 Field of real numbers; 1 Subbase for open sets; 34 €-Ball with center at x ; 38 Topology ; 21 Right half-open interval topo. logy; 37 Left half-open interval topo. logy; 37 Topology determined by thc saturated open sets relativc to R ; 73 Quotient topology ; 7 1 Uniformity; 46 Inverse uniformity; 46 Uniformity Uevaluated at x;41 Uniformity U evaluated or the set A ; 48 Trace of uniformity U or Y x Y ;57 Uniform structure ; 45 Structure base; 46 Subbase for a uniform struc ture; 47

9,

Trace of uniform structure Q on set Y ;57 (4 Set consisting of single element a ; 2 (a, 6 ) Nonordered pair of a and b; 2 (A"} (n = 1, 2, ...) Countable or denumerable family; 8 (A,) (n = I , 2, ...) Sequence, i.e. countable family with a fixed enumeration ; 8 {A,} (i E I) Family of objects with index set I; 13 (A,) (i E I) Indexed family of objects with partially ordered index set I ; 14 (0,) (d E D ) Scale of open sets; 109 Exterior of A ; 24 Boundary of A ; 25 Interior of A ; 24 Closure of A ; 25 Derived set of A ; 26 Complement of B ; 3 Complement of B ; 3 Complement of B relative to A ; 3 Regular union of A and B ; 27 Regular intersection of A and B ; 27 Relative complement; 3 Complement of B relative to A ; 3 Symmetric difference of A and B ; 4 Composition of A and B ; 46, 176 Boundary of S relative to subspace Y ;56 Ordered pair of a and b, or open interval with end points a and b; 4, 5, 35 vii

...

Vlll

NOTATION

-

B Closed interval with end points A RJR, a and b ; 35 Left half-open interval; 35 (0, bl f : A +B Right half-open interval ; 35 [a, b ) ( a , +a) Improper interval with left end point a ; 35 (-, b) Improper interval with right end point b ; 35 ( 0 , , ..., a,) Ordered n-tuple; 5 (A x B) Product of the ordered pair (A, B) of sets A , B; generally written as A x B when it causes no confusion; 5 ( A , x ... x A,) Product of the ordered n-tuple ( A , , ..., A,) of sets Al , ...,A,; 5 -4, x ... x A. Cartesian product on the natural numbers; 14 Product of the sets X, or the product of the topological spaces X . with the product topology; 59 Projection of A into the sth factor; 59 Cylinder with base A, in the sth factor; 59 Star of a point x ; 143 Diameter of the metric space X; 133 Metric function; distance of a and b; 38 Distance of sets A and B in the metric space having metric d ; 141 Cardinality of A is at most as large as that of B; 12 The set A is of smaller cardinality than B ;I2 The topology .Tl is coarser than Ya ; 22 The topology .TI is strictly coarser than F a ;22 The uniform structure is coarser than 6, ; 53 The uniform structure el is strictly coarser than 9,; 53 The topological spaces X and Yare homeomorphic; 22 n is related to b by the relation R ; 5 [ a , bl

A and B are equivalent sets; 7 Quotient of the equivalence relations R, and R,; 72 Function on A with values in B ; occasionally function from A in B ; 6, 175 Composition of functions f a n d g ; 177 Maximum of j and g ; 185 Minimum off and g ; 185 Direct image of the topo1ogy.T under the map f ;70 Inverse image of the set A under f ; 68 Inverse image of the topology Iunder f ; 68 Composition of graphs; 176 Greatest lower bound of the filters .Fa; 262 Greatest lower bound of the topologies .Ti ; 34 Least upper bound of the filters Saprovided it exists;

262 Least upper bound of the topologies .Ti ; 34 Least upper bound of the uniform structures Qi; 53 Adherence of the filter base 8 ;

259 Adherence of the filter 9 ;259 Limit of the filter base 8;260 Limit of the filter 9; 260 Adherence of the net (xd); 261 Limit of the net (xd); 262 Empty set, void set; 1 Union, maximum; 3, 185 Intersection, minimum ; 3, 185 Union; 3 Intersection ; 3 Cartesian product, product; 14 Membership relation ; I , 2 Negation of the membership relation; 1 Proper inclusion; 2 Improper inclusion, subset of ...; 2 Negation of proper inclusion; 2 Negation of improper inclusion; 2

Contents PREFACE

.

.

.

NOTATION

.

.

.

. .

.

.

. .

. .

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

. .

.

V

.

vii

Introduction to Set Theory I . ELEMENTARY OPERATIONS O N SETS . , . . . 2. SETTHEORETICAL EQUIVALENCE AND DENUMERABILITY . 3. THEAXIOMOF CHOICEAND ITS EQUIVALENTS . . NOTES , . . . . . . . , . . REFERENCES. . . . . . . . . . Chapter I

19

Topological Spaces 1. OPENSETSAND CLOSEDSETS . . . . 2. INTERIOR, EXTERIOR, BOUNDARY, AND CLOSURE 3. CLOSURE OPERATORS . . . . , . 4. BASESAND SUBBASES . . . , . . 5. TOPOLOGIES ON LINEARLY ORDERED SETS. . 6. METRICSPACES . . . . . . . 7. NEIGHBORHOOD FILTERS . . . . , 8. UNIFORM STRUCTURES , . , . . . 9. SIMPLE RESULTS ON UNIFORMSTRUCTURES AND UNIFORM SPACES . . . , . . . . 10. SUBSPACES.. . . . . . . . . 11. PRODUCT SPACES . . . , . . . . 12. PRODUCTS OF UNIFORMIZABLE SPACES . . . . 13. INVERSE AND DIRECT IMAGES OF TOPOLOGIES . . 14. QUOTIENT SPACES. . . . . . . . NOTES . . . . . . . . . . REFERENCES. . . . . . . . .

Chapter I1

1 7 13 18

21 24

29 33 35 38 42 45

52 55 58 64 68 71 75 76

Separation Properties I . (To) AND (T,) AXIOMS, HAUSDORFF SPACES 2. (T3) SPACES,REGULAR AND SEMIREGULAR SPACES . ix

77 80

CONTENTS

X

3. (T4)SPACES AND NORMAL SPACES

.

.

.

.

4 . POINT-FINITE AND STAR-FINITE OPENCOVERINGS .

.

5 (T5)SPACES AND COMPLETELY NORMAL SPACES . 6. SEPARATED SETS . . . . . . . . 7. CONNECTED SPACES AND SETS . . . . . 8. MAXIMAL CONNECTED SUBSETS . . . . . . . 9. (T) AXIOM AND COMPLETE REGULARITY. . . . . 10. UNIFORMIZATION AND AXIOM(T) 1 I . AXIOMSOF SEPARATION IN PRODUCT SPACES . . 12. SEPARABLE SPACES AND COUNTABILITY AXIOMS . NOTES . . . . . . . . . . REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . Chapter I11

Compactness and Uniformization I . COMPACTNESS . . . . . . . . . 2 . COMPACT METRICSPACES . . . . . . 3. SUBSPACES AND SEPARATION PROPERTIES OF COMPACT SPACES. . . . . . . . 4 . THEPRODUCT OF COMPACT TOPOLOGICAL SPACES. 5. LOCALLY COMPACT SPACES. . . . . . 6. PARACOMPACTNESS AND FULL-NORMALITY . . . 7. THEEQUIVALENCE OF PARACOMPACTNESS AND FULLNORMALITY . . . . . . . . . 8. METRIZABLE UNIFORM STRUCTURES AND STRUCTURE GAGES. . . . . . . . 9. METRIZABILITY CONDITIONS . . . . . . NOTES . . . . . . . . . . REFERENCES . . . . . . . . .

Chapter IV

85 88 91 96 99 105 108 112 1 I6 119 124 125

127 132 137 144

148 153 159

164 167 170 172

Continuity I . FUNCTIONAL RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS . . 2 . I. OCAL CONTINUITY . . . . . . 3. CONTINUOUS FUNCTIONS. . . . . 4 . HOMEOMORPIIISMS. O P E N AND CLOSED MAPS . 5. REAL-VALUEDFUNCTIONS. . . . . 6. CONTINIJITY A N D AXIOMSOF SEP.ARATION . . 7 . CONTINUITY AND COMPACTNESS . . . . 8.

CONTINUITY AND CONNECTEDNESS

.

.

.

. . . . . . . . .

9. CONTINUITY IN PRODUCT SPACES . . . . 10. UNIFORMCONTINUITY AND EQUICONTINUITY . . I I . THETOPOLOGY OF UNIFORM CONVERGENCE . .

I75 177 182 I85 191

198 206 213 218 224 232

xi

CONTENTS

. .

12. THEALGEHRAOF CONTINUOUS FUNCTIONS NOTES . . . . . . . . . REFERENCES . . . . . . . . Chapter V

24 1 247 249

Theory of Convergence I. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

9.

AUTHOR INDEX SUBJECT INDEX

. .

.

FILTERS AND NETS . . . . . . . 254 CONVERGENCE OF FILTERS, NETS, AND SEQUENCES . 258 ULTRAFILTERS AND UNIVERSAL NETS . . . . 264 BOUNDS,TRACES, AND PRODUCTS OF FILTERS . . 267 APPLICATIONS OF FILTERS AND NETS TO COMPACTNESS . . . . . . . . . 269 CAUCHY FILTERS AND COMPLETE SPACES . . . 274 COMPLETION OF METRICSTRUCTURES . . . 28 1 BAIRE’SCATEGORY ‘rHEOREM, THE PRINCIPLES OF UNIFORM BOUNDEDNESS AND OF THE CONDENSATION OF SINGULARITIES . . . . . . . . 287 COMPLETIONS A N D COMPACTIFICATIONS . . . 296 NOTES . . . . . . . . . . 306 REFERENCES. . . . . . . . . 307

. .

. .

. .

.

.

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

.

.

.

.

. .

309 31 1

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Point Set Topology

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Introduction to Set Theory 1. Elementary Operations on Sets

At the time of this writing the fundamental system in mathematics from which all others are constructed by logical reasonings is the theory of sets. This is a fairly recent discovery, for the concept of an abstract set had been isolated only at the end of the last century by Georg Cantor. His results were published in two famous papers dated 1895 and 1897. T h e purpose of this introductory chapter is to help the reader in forming an intuitive concept of an abstract set. Cantor’s first memoir begins with the following sentences: “By a set M we understand any collection into a whole of definite and separate objects rn of our intuition or our thought. These objects are called the elements of M.I n symbols we express this as follows: M = {m}.” Needless to say, this is far from a precise definition and it would be very foolish to build the whole of mathematics on such shaky foundations. However, these are just the opening notes of a magnificent theory and one hardly could begin differently. Sets will be denoted by the symbols a, b, c, ... ; A , B, C , ...; d ,93, %, ... or ‘u, b, Q, ... . It is likely that the reader knows a great variety of things which he will correctly recognize as being sets: Collections of common objects, aggregates of people, finite families of natural numbers, the collection of all natural numbers (1, 2, 3, ...}, the set of integers 3, the rationals R,the reals %, the complex numbers K, the Euclidean spaces. These are very valuable examples of sets and we suppose that the reader is familiar with these concepts, but as far as the theory is concerned they are irrelevant. Instead, one stipulates the existence of one particular set which will be called the ooid set or the empty set and shall always be denoted by the symbol 0 . Some sets are elements of others. If u is an element of A we write a E A and if not then a 4 A. Throughout this book the notations will be chosen in the following manner: If a reasoning involves sets and their elements, then the symbols A, B, C,... and a, b, c, ... will be 1

2

INTRODUCTION TO SET THEORY

used. If we deal also with sets of sets, then these will be denoted by d ,,% ’ , W, ... and their elements by A, B, C, ... . O n a few occasions ..., the we shall go a step further and use a set U, its elements d ,9, elements A, B, C, ... of these, and also the elements a , b, c, d , ... of the sets A, B, C, ... . In the abstract axiomatic theory of sets, the membership relation a E A is a primitive notion and it is further characterized only by the axiomatic statements in which it occurs. One of these states that if a is a set then a g! 0 . I n other words, the empty set is really void. If every element of A belongs to B, we say that A is a subset of B and write A s B. The symbol A $ B will be used to denote that A is not a subset of B. If A E B but B $ A, then A is called a proper subset of B and one uses the notation A C B. Two sets A and B are considered identical if they have the same elements, i.e., if A c B and B G A. If this is the case we write A = B. Clearly, 0 G A for every set A and if A # 0 then 0 C A. We shall often define sets by specifying their elements. If the set is finite we simply enclose between curly brackets all the symbols which designate these elements. For instance {I, 2 , 4 , 8} or {Conn., Minn., N. J.} or ( 0 , {I}, {2}, {1,2}}. For sets for which this notation would be too cumbersome to handle or if the set to be described is not finite, we shall use other means. For example, { n : n = k3 and R = I , 2, ...} denotes the set of cubes of natural numbers and {n : n = x* ya and x , y E 3)

+

is the set of integers which can be written as the sum of two squares. In terms of this symbolism we have A = { a : a E A} for any set A. Our intuition suggests that the families described above indeed are sets. In the strict axiomatic treatment it is considerably harder to establish the fact that we are really defining certain sets. For instance, the existence of the natural numbers is not taken for granted but is derived from the axioms, The particular axiom which is needed here states that if a and b are sets then there is a set whose elements are just the sets a and b. This is called the nonordered pair of a and b and is denoted by {a, b}. By choosing a = b we obtain the existence of a set whose sole element is the set a . It is convenient to use the simpler notation { a } instead of { a , a } . For a we can certainly choose the void set 0 and get a new set { 0 } . Then a = { 0 } yields {{o}}, the set whose only element is a set consisting of the single element 0 . By continuing in this fashion we end up with a whole class of sets: (01, { { 0 } } ,...,{...{{0)1 ...1, * * * *

1. Elementary Operations on Sets

3

Special names and symbols are attached to these curious sets: One, two, three, ... and 1, 2, 3, ... If Lc9 is a set whose elements A are also sets, then we let U d denote the set consisting of the elements of the sets A : U d = { a : a ~ Aand A E ~ } .

This is called the union of d or the sum of d.Its existence is postulated in one of the axioms. If Lc9 is finite, e.g., if d = {A,B } or &’ = {A, B, C } , then we shall write A u B or A u B u C instead of U d.We notice that A v B = B U A and A u ( B v C ) = A u B u C = ( A v B ) v C . Moreover, A v A = A and A u 0 = A for any set A. Similarly, we define the intersection of Lc9 as the set of common elements of the sets A belonging to xi’:

nd = { a : a E A

for every

A~d}.

In the finite case we use the notation A n B or A n B n C , etc. We have A n B = B n A and A n ( B n C ) = A n B n C = ( A n B ) n C and also A n A = A and A n 0 = 0 . T h e operations A u B and A n B are meaningful for any pair of sets A , B and yield new sets. Moreover, as we have seen, these operations follow the commutativity and associativity laws known from elementary algebra. T h e empty set 0 plays the role of the zero element. We also have two distributivity properties: A u ( B n C ) = ( A u B ) n ( A v C) and A n ( B u C ) = ( A n B ) u ( A n C ) . For any two sets A, B we can define the relative diference A - B as the set consisting of those points of A which do not belong to B : A-B={a:aeA

and a $ B } .

Thus A - B is a subset of A and A - B = A if and only if A and B are disjoint, i.e., A n B = 0 . Very often A - B is called the complement of B relative to A and one writes c,B or A \ B instead of A - B . If the set A is fixed throughout some discussion it is customary to use the simpler notation -B or CBin place of A - B. This is particularly convenient when a set A is given and the reasoning involves only subsets of this universe A. There are two important identities involving unions, intersections, and relative complements called de Morgan’s formulas. T h e simplest case concerns two sets A , B and complementation with respect to a third fixed set X . In this special case de Morgan’s laws are c(A u B ) = cA n cB

and

c(A n B ) = cA u cB

INTRODUCTION TO SETTHEORY

4 or in full details

X - ( A u B ) = ( X - A ) n (X - B) and X - (A n B ) = ( X - A ) u (X - B).

Similarly, in the case of finitely many sets A , ,

...,A,

we have

c(A, u ... u A,,) = cA, n ... n cA,,

and c(A, n ... n A,)

=

cA, u ... u cA, .

The general laws concern an arbitrary set &‘ of sets A and complementation with respect to a fixed set X: c

U d = n {CA: A ~ d and }

c f l .d =

U{CA: A ~ d ] .

Thus the complement of the union of d is the intersection of the set consisting of the complements of the elements of at and a similar statement holds for the complement of the intersection of at. T h e finite cases discussed earlier are obtained by taking as d the finite sets {A, B } and {A, , ..., An}. The subsets of a given set X form a set P ( X ) which is called the power set of X. Since 0 c X and X c X we have 0 , X E P(X)no matter what X i s . If X = 0 , then of course P ( X ) = { 0 } . T h e operations u and n induce an interesting algebraic structure on P(X).As we have seen already, both of these operations are idempotent, commutative, and associative. Furthermore, they jointly obey two distributivity laws. T h e algebraic structure can be further strengthened by considering also the unary operation derived from complementation relative to X and the partial ordering relation c given by inclusion. Those who are familiar with the elements of abstract algebra recognize P ( X ) with this structure as a Boolean algebra. The set An B = ( A - B ) u ( B - A) is called the symmetric dijference of A and B . If A, B E P ( X ) , then A A B being a subset of A u B we have also A A B E P ( X ) . There are several identities involving the operations A and n. One finds that 9 ( X ) is a commutative ring with respect to these operations which has an identity, namely X, and in which every element is idempotent. I n other words, P(X)is a Boolean ring under the addition A and multiplication n. T h e operations u and n are often called “cup” and “cap” or “join” and “meet.” T h e same terminology occurs in lattice theory. Let A and B be nonvoid sets and let a E A, b E B . T h e existence of the ordered pair ( a , b) is intuitively obvious and we may also speak

1. Elementary Operations on Sets

5

about the set of all these pairs ( a , b ) . This set is called the product of the ordered pair ( A , B ) and it will be denoted by ( A x B). Thus, ( A x B ) = {(a, 6) : a E A

and 6 E B } .

If A # B , then ( A x B ) and ( B x A ) are distinct sets, but if A = B , then these factors play symmetric roles and we have only one product which we denote by A x A or A 2 .In axiomatic set theory the ordered pair ( a , b) is constructed as follows: One of the axioms which was explicitly mentioned earlier states the existence of nonordered pairs. In particular, it implies the existence of the sets { a } , {b}, and {a, b}. By the same principle we may form the nonordered pair {{a}, {a, b}} which we call the ordered pair and denote by ( a , b). This set really has all the characteristic properties attributed to an ordered pair: It is asymmetric and the nonordered pair { a , b } is determined by ( a , b), namely, it is its sum. An alternative definition of an ordered pair could be ( a , b) = { { a } ,{ { b } } } . Ordered triples can be easily defined in terms of ordered pairs: ( a , b, c ) = ( a , (6, c ) ) . More generally we can introduce ordered n-tuples by using ordered ( n - 1)-tuples as follows: (a, ..., a,) = (a, , (a2 , ..., a,)). 9

T h e set (A, x

..I

x A,)

=

{ ( a , , ...( a,) : a, E A , , ..', a,

E

A,}

is called the product of the ordered n-tuple ( A , , ..., A,) of sets A , , ..., A, . T h e sets A , , ..., A,, are the factors of the product ( A , x ... x An). It is important to realize that the product is defined only when the distinct sets of the finite family A , , ..., A , have been arranged in a definite order.If all these sets coincide, say A , = ... = A , = A, then the product ( A x ... x A ) = A x ... x A = ATLis uniquely determined by A and the number of factors n. Any subset R of the product set ( A x B ) is called a binary relation on the pair ( A , B ) or between the elements of the sets of the pair ( A , B). If A = B we speak about a binary relation on A or between the elements of A. If ( a , b) E R we say that the relation R holds for the pair ( a , b) and we express this fact by writing a R b. In practice, various other symbols might replace a R 6 , e.g., a 1b, a 11 b, a - b, or a < 6 , but even then it is worthwhile to interpret the relation as a particular subset R of ( A x B). T h e inverse of a binary relation R on an ordered pair ( A ,B ) is defined as a binary relation on the pair ( B , A ) :

R-'

= {(b, a ) : a E A , b E

B , and

(a, b ) E R}.

INTRODUCTION TO SETTHEORY

6

In the special case A might happen that R

= B both R a n d R-' are subsets of A X A and it = R-l in which case R is called symmetric. T h e set

I = { ( a ,a ) : a E A }

is called the diagonal of the product A x A . If R is such that I E R , then it is called a reflexive binary relation on the elements of A. Antireflexivity means that a R a never holds and antisymmetry expresses the additional fact that at most one of the possibilities a R b and 6 R a can take place. For instance, if A is the set of all straight lines in the plane, then parallelism I/ is a symmetric and reflexive relation while orthogonality 1 is symmetric and antireflexive. Set theoretical inclusion C gives an example of an antisymmetric binary relation on the set of all subsets 9(X)of a set X . If a R c whenever a R b and b R c, then R is called transitive. For instance, and C are transitive relations while 1 is not. Parallelism gives a simple example of one of the best-known types of binary relations: An equivalence relation is a reflexive, symmetric, and transitive relation on some set A . Another known type is linear ordering. This means an antisymmetric and transitive relation < such that if a # b then a < b or b < a . If the last requirement is omitted we speak about an antirejexive partial ordering. A reflexive and transitive b binary relation ,< is called a reflexive partial ordering. Notice that a and b a might hold simultaneously even if a and b are distinct elements of the set A . For instance, any equivalence relation is a reflexive partial ordering. A function f on a set A with values in another set B can be most easily defined by its graph which is a subset of the product ( A x B). A relation F E A x B will be called the graph of a function f : A -+B if for any a E A there exists exactly one b E B such that ( a , b ) EF. If the sets A and B are distinct no confusion can arise: T h e function f : A + B is determined by the ordering ( A , B ) which is now written as ( A x B). I t might happen that F and F-' are both graphs in which case the associated functions are denoted by f and f-'. If A = B, then f and f-' are distinct or not accordingly as F # F-' or F = F-'. If f-' exists, then f is called invertible and f-' is its inverse. By our definition F-' is a graph only if for every 6 E B there is exactly one a E A such that ( a , b) E F. Thus an invertible function f : A -+ B maps A onto B and as such yields a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of Aand B. Although a one-to-one correspondence could be viewed as a symmetric relation A +t B, it is preferable to keep the asymmetry so that a one-to-one correspondence is nothing but an invertible map f : A .--t B . If distinct elements of A are mapped into distinct elements of B then f : A ---t B is called injective and iff maps A onto B then it is called surjective.

<

<

2. Set Theoretical Equivalence and Denumerability

7

2. Set Theoretical Equivalence and Denumerability

In intuitive set theory the existence of infinite sets is taken for granted. For instance, one can be easily convinced that the natural numbers 1, 2, 3, ... may be collected in a single family { 1, 2, 3, ...} which is a set. As soon as an infinite set is given, others can be constructed by elementary set theoretic operations, e.g., by taking the set of all ordered pairs or the set of all subsets of the given set. For it is assumed that the ordered pairs (x, y ) where x E X and y E Y can be considered as the elements of a single set X x Y and similarly there is a set Y(X) called the power set of X which consists of the subsets of X :

P(X)= { A : A

E

X).

In axiomatic set theory the existence of the sets (1, 2, 3, ...}, X x Y , and P(X)for any X , Y can be proved from the axioms. We can make an easy compromise by taking the existence of these sets as axioms. T h e first significant set theoretic result of Cantor concerns a classification of infinite sets. Two sets A and B are called equivalent, or of the same cardinality, if there exists a one-to-one correspondencef : A +B between their elements. If such a one-to-one map exists between A and B we write A B. It is clear that A A for any set A and also B implies B A. A simple reasoning shows that if A B that A and B C, then A C. Two finite sets are equivalent if and only if they have the same number of elements. T h e concept of equivalence is of primary importance in the case of infinite sets when it can be used to distinguish between various infinite sets. Following Cantor we prove: No set X is equivalent to its power set Y(X). It will be sufficient to prove the following proposition: If 1 is a subset of P(X)whose elements can be brought into a one-to-one correspondence f : X + 1 with the elements of X , then 1 is a proper subset of P ( X ) . In order to construct a subset A of X not belonging to 9 we consider the image points f ( x ) and distinguish between the possibilities x E ~ ( x )and x 4 f ( x ) . Thus we define

-

N

--

A

= {x : x E X

-

and

-

x $f(x)}.

By the one-to-one correspondence f : X + 1 for every Q in 1 there is a unique x in X such that f ( x ) = Q. If x E ~ ( x )= Q, then x 4 A , so A # Q, and if x 4 f ( x ) = Q, then x E A , so again A # Q. T h u s A is not an element of 1 and consequently 22 is a proper subset of P ( X ) . Cantor’s theorem shows that there exist nonequivalent infinite sets. For example, (1, 2, 3, ...} is not equivalent to the set of its subsets.

INTRODUCTION TO SETTHEORY

8

If a set X is equivalent to {I, 2, 3, ...}, then it is called denumerable. Thus if X is denumerable then its elements can be arranged in a sequence and named x1 , x 2 , s3,... . Of course there is an infinity of ways in which the elements of X can be enumerated. Denumerability means the existence of such enumerations without the selection of any particular one of them. By choosing specific enumerations one can easily prove the following propositions: If A and B are denumerable, then so are A u B and ( A x B ) . If A? is denumerable and if every element A of d is a denumerable set, then so is U d. For instance, if a l , a 2 , a 3 , ... and b , , b , , ... are enumerations of A and B, then the map f given by the rule

m,
=

(k + 1 - l ) ( k + 1 - 2) 2

+

I

+ (-1)"' 2

k+

1

+ (-l)A+'-' 2

1

gives an enumeration of (A x B).Schematically we enumerate (A x B) in the following fashion: (a, 9 b,)

(01 9 62)

/I

+

(a2 bl)/ 1

(a3

(a2 ,

jb1 /"

(a4 9

)

I

I."'

+

J

4)

(a1 b,) 1

,b J

/(u1'b4)

__*

b2)

bl)

It is convenient to call a set countable if it is finite or denumerable. One readily proves the following results: The subsets of a countable set are all countable sets. I f A and B are countable sets, then so is ( A x B ) . The union of countably many countable sets is countable. T h e last shows that the set of rational numbers R is denumerable. Indeed R is the union of {O}, the denumerably many sets

and

each of which is obviously denumerable.

2. Set Theoretical Equivalence and Denumerability

9

A complex number a is called algebraic over the field of rationals R if it is the root of an equation Yo

+ YIX + ... + Y n - l X " - l

-k x"

=

0

where r u , ..., r , - , E R . The lowest admissible degree n is called the degree of the algebraic number a. T h e set of ordered n-tuples ( y o , ..., rn-,) is denumerable and each nth degree equation has at most n distinct roots. Hence the algebraic numbers of degree at most n form a denumerable set A , , By considering the denumerable union A, u A, u ... we obtain: The set of all algebraic numbers is denumerable. A nonalgebraic complex number is called transcendental. Since the algebraic numbers form a denumerable set the existence of such numbers can be proved by showing that the set of complex numbers contains a noncountable subset. For instance, it is sufficient to show that the I is not countable. Every such x set of reals x satisfying 0 < x has a unique representation of the form

<

where el; = 0, I , or 2 and infinitely many €,.Is are different from 0. We are going to prove that every denumerable subset of (x : x E'H and 0 < x ,< 1) is a proper subset. Since our set is not finite this will show that it is not countable and so the existence of transcendental numbers will be proved. Let a definite enumeration xl, x, , ... of such a denumerable subset be given and let el,., , e l ( , , e k 3 , ... be the digits of x,. . We let el( = 1 2ckP -- ci.k so that c,. = 1 if E,,.,. = 0 or 2 and cI, = 2 if ckl, = I . All the cr.'s are different from 0 and E,. # ckk for every k = 1, 2, 3, ... . Therefore the real number x (0 < x ,< I ) defined by the infinite series X E , . ~ is - ~different from every x,. and so {xl , x2 , ...I is indeed a proper subset of {x : R E 'H and 0 < x 1). If d and :# are countable sets of sets, then { A u B : A E d and B E .d} is also countable.

+

<

Proof. Since .d is countable its elements can be arranged in a finite or infinite sequence ( A , , A , , ...). For any fixed B consider the sequence ( A , u B , ' I 2 u B , ...). By omitting possible repetitions we are led to an enumeration of the set ( A u B : A E d )where B is a fixed element of .8.As B varies over the countable set .a we obtain a countable family of these sets { A u B : A E d ]( B E d). Since each of them is countable, so is their union.

10

INTRODUCTION TO S E T THEORY

For any set A we let A(") denote the set of those subsets of A which contain at most n elements. Thus A'O) = { o } , A") = { { a } : a E A } and A ( n ~ 1 ) {a'nl a(1) : a'nl E A(TI) and a") E A " ) }

"

~

for n 2 0. If A is countable, then by the foregoing result so is A"). This in turn shows that A ( 3 )is a countable set and by induction we see that ALn) is countable for every n = 0, 1, 2, ... . T h e union of these ( n = 0, 1, ...) is the set of allfinite subsets of A. Hence we proved: sets If A is countable, then so is the set of all finite subsets of A . It is interesting to compare this with the earlier result which states that the set consisting of all subsets of a denumerable set is not countable. T h e existence of nonequivalent infinite sets was proved from Cantor's theorem according to which no set is equivalent to its power set. However, this theorem alone is not sufficient to prove that there are many nonequivalent types among infinite sets, for one cannot be certain that X , P ( X ) , P 2 ( X )= 9 ( 9 ( X ) ) ,... are nonequivalent. There are two ways by which this question can be settled, one of which consists of proving a stronger version of Cantor's theorem: No set X is equivalent to P k ( X )for any k = 1, 2, ... . Proof. We introduce the notation ao = a and ak = {ak--'} for k > 1 and a E X so that ak consists of the single element ak-l E P k - l ( X ) . T h e following argument is a straightforward generalization of the one used in the special case k = 1: Given a one-to-one correspondence f : X + 2?k between X and some subset .flk of P k ( X ) we define dh-I

=

{xh-I

: xA-lE Y p " - * ( X )and

$f(x)}.

Each P - l E d k is the image of some element of X under the map f, say 2?k-1 = f ( x ) , for some x E X . If 2 - l E 9k-1= f ( x ) , then x k - l 4 d k - l and so dk-I# 2 - l . Conversely, if x k - l q! 2i'k-1 = f ( x ) , then x k - l e d k - I and again d k - l # P - l . Therefore d k - l is not an element of and so 2k is a proper subset of P k ( X ) .Hence there can be no one-to-one correspondence between X and P k ( X ) . The foregoing result implies immediately that X ; P ( X ) , F ( X ) , ... are always nonequivalent sets. By choosing X = { l , 2, 3, ...} we obtain an infinite sequence of sets, no two of which are equivalent. T h e same can be proved from the special case k = I with the help of the following important theorem due to Cantor and Bernstein: If X and X ' are arbitrary sets such that X is equivalent to a subset of X ' and also X' is equivalent to a subset of X , then X X'. Proof. By hypothesis there is a one-to-one mapping f from X onto a subset of X' and there is another one-to-one mapping g from X ' 'V

2. Set Theoretical Equivalence and Denumerability

11

onto a subset of X . Using f and g we divide the sets X and X‘ into mutually disjoint subsets such that there is a natural one-to-one correspondence between the subsets of X and the subsets of X ’ : Given any element a E X we define the elements ..., a-,,, , ..., a-2 , a,, a2 , ..., a Z n ,... belonging to X and ..., , ..., a_, , u1 , ..., aZn-, , ... belonging to X’ by induction as follows: We put a, = u and a, is defined to be the image of a, under the mapping f; furthermore, a2 is the image of a, under g. In general we let u2,,-, (n 3 1 ) be the image of a2,L-2under f and u2,r be the image of u2,-, under g. T h i s construction is valid for every n = I , 2, ... but it is possible that some of the a,,’s coincide. For negative indices we define the elements as follows: a _ , is defined to be the element of X’ (if there is any such element) whose image under g is a,. If a_, exists, then is defined to mean the element belonging to X (if there is such an element) whose image under f is a_, . In general we define a+,+, such that its image under g is a_2n+2provided is defined to mean the such an element exists in X’. Similarly, The unique element in X (if it exists) whose image under f is set of even elements a2,, we denote by [a] and the set of odd elements will be noted by [a]’, so that [a] G X and [a]’ c X‘. Since f and g are one-to-one maps, by the definition of [a] any two sets [a] and [b] are either disjoint or identical. A similar statement holds for the sets [a]’ and [b]’. Hence every element of X belongs to exactly one set [u] and every element of X’ belongs to exactly one set [a]’, namely, n of X belongs to [a] and a’ of X’ belongs to [a]’ where a is the image of a’ under the mappingg. Therefore it is sufficient to construct a one-to-one map between the elements of each set [a] and the corresponding [a]’ as this will define a one-to-one correspondence between the sets X and X ’ . There are two different types of [a] sets: First, it is possible that no repetition occurs in the sequence (azn)and consequently no repetition takes place in ( u ~ , ~ - T~ h) e. n both [a1 and [a]‘ consist of denumerably many distinct elements and so they can be brought into a one-to-one correspondence. T h e other possibility is that there is a repetition in [ a ] , say a2,,, = azI1, for some m # n. T h e n = azn+, and hence n2,,,+2 = u Z n i 2and in general u ~ , , ~=+a~Z n t k for every k = 0, 1, ... . Similarly, a2,,,-1= a2,,-, and == a2n-2 and so a21,r-k= azn-,
-+ ‘ 2 v r + l

9

‘2In+2

-

‘2Irt+3

! *“?

‘2n-2

-

‘2n-1

determines a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of [a]

12

INTRODUCTION TO SETTHEORY

and [ a ] ’ . Consequently one can define a one-to-one map between the elements of [ a ] and [a]’ for every a in X and these maps automatically yield a one-to-one map between the elements for X and X ’ . We can now easily give a second proof for the existence of infinitely many nonequivalent infinite sets. It is sufficient to show that a set X is not equivalent to any of its power sets P ( X )where k = 1, 2, ... . For k = 1 this proposition holds by Cantor’s theorem. We suppose that none of the sets Y ( X ) ,..., P k ( X )are equivalent to X and prove that X and P k i l ( X ) are inecuivalent sets. For on the one hand there is a natural one-to-one correspondence between X and a subset of P ( X ) mapping x of X into f ( x ) = xk. A similar one-to-one map, called the injection map, exists between P k ( X )and a subset of P k + l ( X ) , namely, each element P1of P k ( X ) corresponds to the set lying in P k + l ( X ) .If there were a one-to-one correspondence between F + l ( X )and X , then it could be combined with the injection map to give a one-to-one map.g between P k ( X )and a subset of X . T h e existence of the maps f : X -+ Y k ( X ) and g : Y k ( X )+ X would imply the equivalence of X and P k ( X )which is contradictory to our hypothesis. Hence X and P k + l ( X )are not equivalent sets. If A and B are sets and if there exists a one-to-one map between A and some subset of B, then we write A B and say that the cardinality of A is at most as large as that of B. Clearly A B implies A B and the last theorem states that A B and B A together imply B. If A B but A and B are not equivalent, we write A < B that A and say that A is of smaller cardinality than B. Hence A < B takes place if and only if A can be mapped in a one-to-one fashion onto some subset of B, but not conversely. For instance, the cardinality of the rational numbers is smaller than that of the reals. that It follows immediately from the definition of the relation A B and B C imply A C. Moreover, the last theorem shows C or A B and B < C imply A < C. It is that A < B and B natural to expect that for any pair of sets A , B exactly one of the three B, and B < A takes place. Since, as we possibilities A < B , A have already seen, at most one of these relations can hold, the real B problem is to show that at least one of the two possibilities A and B A will take place for any two sets A and B. T h e proof of this simple sounding fact is considerably harder than anything else we have seen so far. For the proof essentially depends on an important and deep axiom of set theory called the axiom of choice. Once we are familiar with the various equivalent formulations of this axiom the trichotomy problem “ A < B or A B or B < A” will easily be settled.

-

<

< <

<

<

<

-

-<

<

<

< <

<

<

-

3. T h e Axiom of Choice and Its Equivalents

13

3. The Axiom of Choice and I t s Equivalents

T h e most famous and important axiom of set theory concerns nonempty sets d whose elements A are themselves nonvoid sets. A function f defined on d with values in U d is called a choice function for a’ if f ( A )E A for every A E d . Indeed such a function f : d ---f U d “chooses” an element f ( A ) from each of the sets A belonging to d , and conversely if we claim that there is some process by which an element can be selected simultaneously from each of the sets A of the family d , then we merely say that some kind of choice function f is given. T h e axiom of choice states:

If neither d = { A } nor any of its elements is void, then there exists at least one choice function for d . This is a very simple sounding requirement whose validity had never been questioned until 1904 when Zermelo showed that it has far reaching consequences, in particular, the so called well-ordering principle can be derived from it. A linearly ordered set X is called well ordered if every nonvoid subset A of X has a first element, i.e., an element a such that a < x for every x E A or equivalently a < x for every x # a and lying in A . For instance, the set of natural numbers is well ordered, but the integers do not form a well-ordered set under their natural ordering. Cantor firmly believed in the following principle: Every nonvoid set admits at least one linear ordering which well orders it. Subsequent studies have shown that the axiom of choice and the well-ordering principle are actually equivalent propositions, each one can be derived from the other one by using, also, the more elementary axioms of set theory. Today, already many equivalent formulations are known and there are also several important theorems which we cannot prove without using the axiom of choice or one of its known equivalents. Some of these theorems, like the Stone representation theorem, might actually turn out to be equivalents of the axiom of choice. T h e closest equivalent of the axiom of choice is the product axiom: Let I be a nonvoid set and let a nonvoid set A, be associated with each element i of I . This means that a set d of nonvoid sets A and a function y : I -+ a’ are given, the function values being denoted by A, instead of y ( i ) . We may suppose that every A in d is attained at some element i of I so that d is the range of y : I -+ d.T h e product axiom or multiplicatiue axiom states: If I and the associated sets A, are not void, then there exists at least one function f : 1 4 U = U A, such that f ( i ) E A, for every i E I . T h e equivalence of the two axioms is clear: On the one hand, the

14

INTRODUCTION TO SETTHEORY

axiom of choice concerns the special situation when the associated sets A, are all distinct. On the other hand, if d denotes the set of Ai’s then every choice function f : d ---+ U d gives rise to a function f : I d U A,, the values of which are given by the rule f ( i ) = f ( A , ) . The family of functions f : I + U d such that f ( i ) E A, is a set which is called the product or Cartesian product of the sets A i and is lA, or sometimes by X A , . T h e product axiom states denoted by I that if none of the sets A, is void, then I I A , is not the empty set. T h e product I I A , is defined also in the degenerate case when at least one of the sets A, is void: Then we let IIA, be the empty set 0 . It is important to realize that the family d alone does not yet determine the product. ‘ consists of two elements, then For instance, if I = (1, 2) and if a IA , . In the case of a small finite there are two distinct products I index set it is convenient to write A, x ... x A, instead of I-I A $ . Notice that A, x ... x A, is not the set of ordered n-tuples ( A , x ... x A,). For A, x ... x A, depends on the particular index set I used while (A, x ... x A,) is uniquely determined by the ordering (A, , ..., A,). Moreover, the Cartesian product is defined also if the number of factors is infinite. In practice, one does not distinguish between the set of ordered n-tuples (A, x ... x A,) and the Cartesian product A, x ... x A, associated with the standard index set { I , ..., n}. The sets A, are called the factors of the product I IA, . T h e typical element of IIA, is usually denoted by the symbol a , its value at i is called the ith coordinate of a and is denoted by a, instead of a(i). A particularly simple situation occurs when all the factors are identical, say A, = A for every index i. Then the product is uniquely determined by I and A and it is denoted by A’. For example, %‘ denotes the set of all real-valued functions defined over the domain of complex numbers. One of the most useful equivalents of the axiom of choice is Zorn’s lemma. If the axiom of choice is needed in the course of a proof, then the proof can generally be reformulated more elegantly by using Zorn’s lemma instead. A similar pattern was followed by researchers working before the discovery of Zorn’s lemma in 1922 and again in 1935, except they had to be satisfied by using the well-ordering principle in their reasonings. Such proofs were said to depend on transfinite induction. Zorn’s lemma concerns partially ordered sets d and it is best to is reflexive. A linearly ordered subset of suppose that the ordering such a set a? is usually called a chain of d . By an upper bound of a U for every C chain W we mean any element U in d such that C in V. Thus an upper bound is comparable with each element of V and it need not belong to the chain V . An element M of d is called

<

<

3. T h e Axiom of Choice and Its Equivalents

<

15

a maximal element of d if A M for all those elements A of d which are comparable with M . Zorn’s lemma states: If the partially ordered set d is such that every chain has an upper bound in d , then d has at least one maximal element. In order to show how Zorn’s lemma is used in practice, it is best to discuss a few applications. A simple illustration is obtained by considering a nonvoid family D of disks d lying in the plane and asking for a subfamily M such that ( 1 ) the disks d of M are disjoint, and ( 2 ) M is maximal with respect to this property. After realizing that the solution of the problem requires more than trying to pick disks one by one until one hits on M , the first thing to do is to collect all subfamilies A of D satisfying requirement (1) into one set d . T h e second step consists of checking that d is not void. Here this is trivial. Third, it is necessary to introduce a reflexive partial in d which i s suitable for the purpose. I n our example the ordering A , if A, is a right partial ordering is given by inclusion, so A, subfamily of A,. The fourth step consists of proving that every chain V of d has an upper bound U in d . In our example it is sufficient to choose as U the union of all families C of disks belonging to the chain 9.In more involved applications it might be harder to find an upper bound U and one should carefully check that U indeed lies in d and not only in some longer partially ordered set enveloping d . By Zorn’s lemma d contains a maximal element M . Since d is ordered by inclusion and it consists of families satisfying (l), M will be a solution of our problem. T h e next illustrative example is an important application as it shows, among other things, the existence of maximal orthonormal systems. Let X be a nonvoid set and let R be a reflexive and symmetric binary relation on X , i.e., let R E X x X be such that I E R and R-l = R . The object is to determine a subset M of X such that (1) M x M 2 R , i.e., x, R x, holds for any x , , x2 E M , and ( 2 ) M is maximal with respect to this property. In order to prove the existence of such maximal subsets, we apply Zorn’s lemma to the set d of all those subsets A of X for which A x A c R . T h e set A is not void as it contains every A = {a} consisting of a single element a of X . T h e proper partial ordering of d is A, means A , G A,. If U is a set theoretic inclusion so that A , chain in d ,then any possible upper bound of U will necessarily contain U = u{C: C E U}. We prove that the set U lies in d : If x l , x2 E U , then x 1 E C, and x, E C, for some sets C,, C,E W and W being a

<

<

<

INTRODUCTION TO SET THEORY

16

chain either x1 , x2 E C, 2 C,or x1 , x2 E Cl 2 C, . Hence by Cl , C , E d we have in either case x1 R x 2 and this shows that X , R x2 holds for any two elements x l , x 2 of U. Since U lies in a? and is an upper bound of V,Zorn’s lemma applies and the existence of a maximal set M follows. Actually we proved more than is necessary to apply Zorn’s lemma: We proved that every chain V has a least upper bound M in a?. A very simple application of the last result is the following: Let X be the set of all straight lines of the ordinary three-dimensional space and let R be the perpendicularity-identity relation: x1 R x2 if, and only if, x1 = x2 or if x1 and x2 are perpendicular. Our result states the existence of a set of lines M = { x } such that any two lines of the family M are perpendicular, and if x 4 M then x is not perpendicular to at least one line of the family M. T h e same type of reasoning shows the existence of maximal orthonormal systems in inner product spaces. Let V be a vector space over some field F. For instance, V can be the set of real numbers, F the field of rationals. For vector addition we can choose ordinary addition of reals and as multiplication of vectors by elements of F = R we can use ordinary multiplication of reals by rationals. A linearly independent set means any subset L of V such that no nontrivial linear combination of elements of L gives the zero element of V . I n other words, L is linearly independent over F if wl , ..., w, E L and Alv, ... A,v, = 0 with A,, ...,A, inFimply that A, = ... = A,=O. There exist linearly independent sets; for instance, every set consisting of one nonzero vector is linearly independent over the scalar field F. A maximal linearly independent set means a linearly independent set M which is not contained in any other linearly independent set, i.e., M is such that M c L implies L = M. T h e existence of such maximal sets M follows from Zorn’s lemma: We let d be the set of all linearly ordered subsets of V and partially order it by inclusion. Each chain V of d has an upper bound in d , for U = U ( L : L E V }belongs to d and is the least upper bound of 55’: If w1 , ...,w?‘ E U, then wi E Li for some Li E V (i = 1, ..., n ) and V being linearly ordered there is one among the Li’s which contains all the others. Since v1 , ...,wTb belongs to this largest Li a linear combination A,a, ... A,,a, can vanish only if A, = ... = A, = 0. A base for a vector space V over a field F means a subset B of V such that every element w of V can be expressed in the form

+ +

+ +

ZI

where w 1 , ..., w,,

E

= x,v,

+ ... + A&,

B and A , , ..., A,

E F.

Usually one is interested in

3. T h e Axiom of Choice and Its Equivalents

17

bases B such that the representation of every vector v is unique. T h e uniqueness requirement holds if, and only if, B is a linearly independent set in which case one speaks about a linearly independent base. Every such base is a maximal linearly independent set. Conversely, if M is a maximal linearly independent set and ZI is an arbitrary vector outside of M , then

+ h , ~ ,+ ... + A,,v,

~ Z J

= 0

for suitable ZI, , ..., v , E~ M and scalars A, A, , ..., A, not all of which are 0. Since M itself is independent, A $ 0 and so ZI is expressible as a linear combination of v1 , ..., v,, . Thus for vector spaces maximal linearly independent sets and linearly independent bases mean the same thing. Our earlier reasoning shows the existence of linearly independent bases for arbitrary vector spaces V over some field F . T h e special case when V is the additive group of the reals and F is the field of rationals is of special interest. T h e corresponding linearly independent bases are called Hamel bases, after their discoverer. They can be used to find discontinuous solutions for the functional equation f(x y ) = f ( x ) + f ( y ) or to construct sets which are not measurable in the Lebesgue sense. I t was mentioned already that the trichotomy law of cardinals follows from the axiom of choice. As a last illustration of the power and versatility of this axiom, we derive the trichotomy property from Zorn’s lemma: Given two nonvoid sets S , and S , we wish to prove the existence of a one-to-one map of S, into S , or of S, into S, . If both types of maps exist, then by the Cantor-Bernstein theorem S, S , , otherwise we shall have S , < S , or S , < ‘3, , We start with the set d of graphs F of invertible functions from S , into S , . By this we mean functions whose domain of definition is part of S , and whose range lies in S,. Since S , and S, are nonvoid, such graphs F exist. We order d by F , if F , G F,; that is, if the second function is an extension letting F, of the first. If % is a chain in d ,then U { F : F E V } is an upper bound of every F in % and it lies i n d . T h e hypothesis of Zorn’s lemma being satisfied we can find a maximal element M i n d , Let

+

-

<

M,

=

{s, : (sl , s p ) E MI

and

&I2

=

{s4 : (sl , s.,)

EM

}.

Since M , C S, and M , C ’3, together contradict the maximality of M , we have M , = S, or M , = S, , possibly both. Thus M is the graph of a map of S , into S, or M - ] is the graph of a map of S , into S , , We proved that S , 6 S, or S, S, .

<

18

INTRODUCTION TO SET THEORY NOTES

T h e two papers by Cantor mentioned in the beginning are both entitled “ Beitrage zur Begrundung der transfiniten Mengenlehre” [I]. They were translated into English and provided with a very interesting historical introduction and remarks by Philip E. B. Jourdain [2]. T h e membership relation which we denote by E was originally introduced by Peano who used E as an abbreviation for the Greek word can. T h e informal set theory developed here should not be confused with strictly axiomatic set theories. T h e axioms mentioned here belong to the formal systems developed by a number of outstanding mathematicians. At this stage the reader is urged to continue the present text and start the study of general topology. Later, however, he might want to get acquainted with some of the formal axiom systems for set theory. He might then consult the series of articles by Bernays [3] and the beginning of Godel’s book [4]. Zermelo wrote two papers on well ordering. His first proof of the well-ordering theorem [5] is clearer to follow than the second [6]. Although the first proof was correct it had been criticized by several people and in order to answer these objections Zermelo published the second version which avoids these critical steps in the reasoning. There are several closely related variants of Zorn’s lemma known as Kneser’s lemma, Kuratowski’s lemma, Tukey’s lemma, and Hausdorff’s maximal principle. I t is fair to point out that Kuratowski’s lemma [7] is not only simple in form (“each chain of a partially ordered set is contained in some maximal chain”) but was also published considerably earlier than the version due to Zorn [8]. Kneser’s formulation is analogous to Zorn’s but his hypothesis is considerably weaker: It is required only that well-ordered chains should have an upper bound in the partially orderedset [9]. An even weakerhypothesis appearsin Bourbaki’sversion [ lo]. T h e axiom of choice is needed in the derivation of many interesting results, or at least it makes the proofs easier. In addition to the applications already discussed in the text we add the following: T h e existence of algebraic closure; Banach limits; Tychonoff’s compactness theorem; the existence of invariant measure; the existence of nonmeasurable sets; the Hahn-Banach theorem; the existence of noncontinuous solutions of the functional equation f ( x y ) = f ( x ) f(y); the Banach-Tarski paradox and the existence of ultrafilters. Tychonoff’s theorem is known to be equivalent to the axiom of choice while the existence of invariant measures on topological groups can be proved also without using the axiom of choice. It was anounced recently that the existence of ultrafilters can also be proved without applying this axiom.

+

+

References

19

REFERENCES 1 . G . Cantor, M o / h . A n n . 46, 481-512 (1895); 49, 207-246 (1897). 2. G. Cantor. “Contributions to the Founding of t h e ‘I’heory of Transfinite Numbers.” Do\.er, S e w York. 3 . P. Rernays, A system of axiomatic set theory, Parts I-VII. J. S J J WLogic Z ~ . 2, 65-77 (1937); 6, 1-17 (1941); 7, 65-89, 133-145 (1942); 8, 89-106 (1943); 13, 65-79 ( 1948) ; 19, 8 1-96 ( 1954). 4. K. Giidel, “ T h e Consistency of the Axiom o f Choice iind o f the Generalized Continuum-Hypothesis with the Axioms of Set ‘llicory” (Ann. Math. Studies, No. 3) Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey. 1940. 5 . E. Zermelo, Be\veis dass jede l l e n g e wohlgeordnct iverden kann. Mn/h. Ann. 59, 514-516 (1904). 6. E. Zernielo, Keuer Ueweis f u r die Rloglichkeit eiiic’r \\’ohlordnung. Moth. Ann. 65, 107- I28 ( 1908). 7. C. KuratoLvski, C n e rntthode d’klimination des notiihres transtinis des raisonnernents rnathernatiques. Fund. n/lo/h. 3, 76-108 (1922). 8. X I . Zorn, .A remark on method in transfinite ;iIgchr;i. Bull. Anier. Math. SOC.41, 667-670 (1935). 9. H . Knrser, Eine direkte Xbleitung des Zornschen Lemmas aus dem Auswahlasiom. ;WO//I.%. 53, I 10-1 I 3 (1950). 10. N . Bourbaki, “filkrnents de mathtrnatique.” Part I . 1,ivre I . Theorie des ensembles (Fascicule de resultats). (Actual. Sci. Ind., no. 846.) Herrnann, Paris, 1939.

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

CHAPTER I

Topological Spaces 1. Open Sets and Closed Sets

We shall deal with mathematical systems which consist of a set X and a family of subsets of X which are subject to a few simple axioms. These systems are called topological spaces and the family 0, of subsets is the family of open sets. Definition 1. A topological space is a set X and a family of subsets 0 called the open sets of the space such that the following axioms are satisfied: (0.1)

(0.2) (0.3)

0~

0

If O , E O and /f OiE U for ewery

and X E 0.

O 2 €0, then iEZ,

0,n O , E ~ ) .

then U {Oi : i E Z } E U.

T h e second axiom implies that 0 contains with every finite collection 0, , ..., 0, also the intersection 0, n ... n 0,. Infinite intersections need not belong to 0 even if each factor Oiis an element of 0.T h e third axiom states that 0 contains all finite and infinite unions of sets OiE 0. If a family 0 subject to these axioms is given we say that a topology F is defined on X . As far as topology is concerned the particular method used to describe the family 0 is of no importance. We shall often use the expression X is a topological space. This means that X is a nonvoid set and a topology 9-is given on X .

I t is possible to define a topological space on any nonvoid set X:One trivial way of defining open sets is by choosing 0 = ( 0 , XI. T h e space so obtained is called a nondiscrete topological space. Another trivial choice is 0 = 9’(X), the set of all subsets of X,in which case every subset is open. Then we speak about a discrete topological space. If X contains more than one element, then the discrete and nondiscrete topological spaces formed on X will be distinct. If X is infinite, then we can define another simple topological space: We put in 0 the set 0 and all those sets 0 whose complement X - 0 is finite. I n this case we say that X is topologized by the topology of finite complements. 21

22

I . ‘I’OPOLOGICAL SPACES

The family of all possible topologies for a fixed set X can be ordered as follows: .7,is called coarser or weaker than .7,and .F2 is called finer or stronger than .Flif the family 0, of open sets associated with .TI is a . In symbols, .Fl F, and subfamily of the family 8, belonging to .F, .F, 2 .Flif and only if 8, G 0,. It is clear that is a reflexive ordering relation for the set of all topologies for X . If ,Fl F zand F, .TI, then .7,and .Fzare identical, that is to say, 8, = 0,.If Fl Y,but .Tland .F, are not identical, we say that Yl is strictly coarser than .F2 and .T2is strictly finer than .Fl. We write .Fl < .F, and .7, > .7,. For instance, in case of an infinite set the topology of finite complements is strictly finer then the nondiscrete topology and it is strictly coarser then the discrete topology.

< <

<

<

<

Definition 2. The topologies .FJand .Fvformed on the sets X and Y are called homeomorphic if there is a one-to-one correspondence between the correspond to those of elements of X and Y such that the open sets of .YJ .Fu and conversely. ’I .Fz and .Fuare homeomorphic we write .Tx .Fu. The existence of a homeomorphism between two topologies formed on the same set X does not necessarily imply their identity. For example, ( i = I , ..., n) let X be a finite set, say {xl , ..., x,~},and let the topologies .Ti be defined as follows: A nonvoid set 0 is open if it contains the point x i . It is clear that these topologies are homeomorphic, but not identical. The discrete and nondiscrete topologies of a set consisting of more than one element are not homeomorphic. If the set is infinite, there is a third nonhomeomorphic topology, namely, the topology of finite complements. The relation is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive; that is, Y J F J ;

-

-

-

Definition 3. A set C of a topological space X is called closed if its complement is open. The family of closed sets is denoted by %. It is obvious that 0 and X are open and also closed and there might be other such sets. For example, if the topology is discrete, then every subset is both open and closed. Sets having this twofold property will be called open-closed or closed-open sets. If the topology is nondiscrete or if it is the topology of finite complements on an infinite X , then the only open-closed sets are 0 and X . If only the improper subsets 0 and X are open-closed, then the topological space is called connected. Theorem 1. The union of finitely many closed sets is closed. The intersection of an arbitrary finite or infinite family of closed sets is closed. Proof. Let {C,} ( i E I ) be a family of closed sets. Then c n C , = U CC, and c U C, = n cC, where cCi is open for every i E I . Using axioms

23

Exercises

(0.2) and ( 0 . 3 ) we see that c 17 Ci is open and if I is finite then so is c uci. Theorem 2. A family V; of subsets of a set X is the family of closed sets of some topology on X if and only if the .following axioms are satisfied: (C.l)

(C.2)

(c.3)

BE%

If If

C , E % and

C, E

for

and XEW.

C ? E ' ~ then ,

every

i E

C,U C,EV.

I , then f l {C, : i~

E %.

Axioms (O.l), (0.2), and ( 0 . 3 ) for the family B of sets 0 = cC ( C E 55) follow from the above axioms by complementation. T h e necessity is a consequence of Theorem I . Axioms (C.l), (C.2), and (C.3) are often used as a starting point in place of axioms (O.l), (0.2), and (0.3). W e end this section with a very useful lemma: Proof.

Lemma 1. A set A of a topological space X is open contains with each point x an open set 0, containing x.

if

and only

if

it

Proof. If A is open, then we can choose 0, = A for every X E A . If on the other hand A is such that for every x E A there is an open set 0, satisfying x E 0, G A , then by A = U (0, : x E A } the set A is the union of open sets and so it is open.

EXERCISES

1 . Let X be a nonvoid set and let A be a subset of X . Denote by F ( A ) the topology on X whose open sets are 0 and the sets 0 which contain A . Show that: (a) We have F ( A J 3 , F ( A 2 ) if and only if A , G A , and F ( A , ) > Y ( A , ) if and only if A , C A , . (b) If 7 is a topology on X such that . F ( A i ) F for i = 1 , ..., n, then F(n A J F. (c) If .T is a topology on X such that F ( A i ) 3 F for every i E I , then F(U A i ) 3 F .

<

<

2. Let X be a set and let m be an infinite cardinal. Show that 0 and the subsets 0 of X which satisfy c a r d c O m form the open sets of a topology. Determine the closed sets.

<

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

24

3. Let X be a linearly ordered set having the least upper bound property and let V be the family consisting of 0 and X and of all sets [x, +m) = (5 : x 5) where x E X.Show that V is the family of closed sets for a topology on X . 4. Find a topology 9-different from the discrete and nondiscrete topologies and such that 0 = 59. (Let X be the set of reals and let 0 be open if x E 0 implies - x E 0.)

<

2. Interior, Exterior, Boundary, and Closure

In the special case when X is the real line or the plane with its usual topology these notions reduce to the well-known concepts which they generalize. Definition 1. Let X be a topological space and let A G X . The interior of A is the union of all open sets contained in A:

Ai

=

U(0: 0 G A}.

The exterior of A is the union of all open sets not intersecting A: A'=

U(0:0

E

cA}.

Therefore the interior of A is the largest open set contained in A and the exterior of A is the largest open set not intersecting A. I t is clear that Ae = ( c A )and ~ Ai = (CAY.Both Ai and Ae can be expressed in terms of closed sets. It is easy to see that A is open if and only if Ai = A and A is closed if and only if Ae = c A . T h e exterior and interior never intersect. Theorem 1.

The interior and exterior operators satisfy the following

rules: 0'

=

,

0'

oe = X

If A

;

E

Xi = X;

Ai E A;

A'i = A:;

( A n B)'

X e = 0;

Ae s cA;

Aee 2 A';

(A u B)e = A e n Be.

=

A ' n B'.

B , then Ai c Bi and Ae 2 Be.

Proof. Most of these rules are obvious from the definitions. Since A iis open Aii = (Ai)i = Ai. T h e inclusion ( A n B ) i E Ai n Bi follows from A n B c A and A n B c B. T h e opposite inclusion is also obvious because Ai E A and Bi c B imply that A' n Bi is an open set contained in A n B. Finally, using the rule on the interior of an intersection we see that (A u B)e = (c(A u B))$= (cA n cB)a = (cA)' n (cB)" = Ae n Be.

2. Interior, Exterior, Boundary, and Closure

25

For infinite unions the equality need not hold and we can assert only the inclusion (U Ay)e c n A", Similarly, for an infinite intersection only (nA# G n At holds in general. Definition 2. A point x E X is a boundary point of the set A if every open set 0, containing x intersects both A and c A . The set of boundary points is called the boundary of A and is denoted by Ah. It is obvious that Ab = ( c A ) ~Moreover, . x is a boundary point of a set A if and only if x 4 Ai u Ae. Therefore the boundary A b is the complement of A' u Ae. Since A' and Ae are disjoint we obtain:

For every set A of a topological space X its interior A', exterior Ae, and boundary Ah are disjoint sets whose union is X . The sets Ai and Ae are open and Ab is closed. A simple consequence is:

Theorem 2.

Theorem 3. A set A is closed if and only if A" G A and it is open if and only i f A b G c A . Proof. If A is closed, then cA is open and so cA = Ae = c(Ai u Ah) c cA" which shows that Ah c A. Conversely, if Ah c A , then Ai u Ah G A and using X = Ai u Ah u Ae together with Ae c c A we see that A G A' u Ah. Hence A = A' u Ab and so A = cAe is closed.

Definition 3. The closure A of a set A of a topological space X is the intersection of all closed sets containing A : A = f l { C : A c C}. Since the intersection of closed sets is closed, A is a closed set. For closed A we have A = A and conversely. Hence this is a characteristic property :

A set A is closed if and only i f A = A . We could have obtained this also from the following:

Theorem 4.

Theorem 5. For every set A we have A Proof.

Since A

cA

=

fl {C : A

E

= U{CC:CC C_

=

Ai u Ab.

C } we see that

cA} = U ( 0 : 0 c cA}

=

A'.

Therefore by Theorem 2 A = cAe = Ai u Ab. T h e basic properties of the closure can be summarized as follows: Theorem 6. 0 = 0 ;

If A

5

The closure operator satisfies the rules: -

-

X=X;

B, then A

G

8.

A z A ;

A=A;

__-

AuB=AuB.

26

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

Note. We have A , u ... u A,, = A, u ... u A-, tor every finite family of sets, but for an infinite family only U Ai G U A , holds in general. By

fl A i c A i c A, ( i E f ) we have f l Ai s fl A i for any family but equality need not hold even if the number of sets is finite. Proof. Rules A E A and A E B A s B are clear from the definition of the closure. Since 0 , X,and A for any A are closed sets we have 0 = 0 , .8 = X, and A = A. Finally, Au L3 = A u B can be proved bv showing., that A u B c A u and A u B 2 A u 8: T h e first inclusion follows from the fact that A u B is a closed set which contains A u B. T o see the second we use A G A u B and B E A u B to obtain A G A u B and B G A u B.

-

Definition 4. A point x is an accumulation point of a set A if every open set containing x contains at least one point of A which is different from x. The set of all accumulation points of a set A is called the derived set of A and is denoted by A’. W e have the following: Theorem 7.

A set A is closed if and only if A’

E

A.

Proof. If A is closed, then cA is open and so no point of cA is an accumulation point of A. Therefore A’ c A. conversely, if A’ c A , then for every x E cA there is an open set 0, such that x E 0, E cA and so by Lemma 1. I cA is open. This last result can also be derived from:

Theorem 8. For eaery A we huve

A

=

A u A’.

Proof. It is sufficient to show that a point x $ A is an accumulation point of A if and only if X E A”. I n fact, if X E A’ and O,c is an open set containing .Y, then there is an a # x in A such that a E 0, . Hence if a 6 A , then 0, intersects both A and cA and so x E A”. Conversely, if s E A’) but x $ A , then x E A’. T h e derived set of X is not necessarily X itself. For instance, if the topology is discrete, then X’ = 0 . A point x does not belong to X ’ if

and only if [x) is an open set. These are the isolatedpoints of the space X . T h e set X’ is sometimes called dense part of the space X. In some cases oi = 0 but not always. For example, let X = { a , 6, c } and let the open sets be Q, { a } , { b ) ,{ a , b}, and { a , 6, c}. T h e n the closed sets are 0 , Ic), { a , c), [b, C { , and { a , b, c } . T h e smallest closed set containing =: { a , b, c}. If 0 is such that the open set { a , b) is { a , 6, c } and so 0 ) = 0, then 0 is called a regular open set. T h e union of regular open sets need not be regular, e.g., in the preceding example ( a ) and { b }

{a6)’

27

Exercises

are regular but { a , b} is not. Occasionally one uses a modified union operation called regular union which preserves regularity: W e define

A

( A u B)i for any pair of sets A , B of a topological space. T h e set A u B is always regular open. More generally we have: uB =

Theorem 9 . For every A the set Ai is regular open. -. Proof. We wish to show that A'' = A'. Since A i 2 Ai, on the one -. hand we have Ail? Aii = = -. Ai. O n the other hand, A 2 Ai and so A = A 2 Ai and Ai 2 Ail.

A

In a similar fashion we can speak about regular intersections: 7B = ( A n B ) i . One can also define regular closed sets; these are

sets such that

=

C . Later we shall need the following:

Lemma I . For any pair of sets A , B we have A n Bi

=

A n B n Bi.

It is sufficient to show that A n B n B i 2 A n B i because by A n B c_ A the other inclusion is obvious. If x E A n Bi and 0,.is an open set containing x, then O,rn Bi is open and contains x, so by x E A it intersects A. Therefore O,rn B n A is not void and s o x E A n B. Hence if x E ,q n B', then x E A n B n B'. Proof.

EXERCISES

I . Show that 0 is open if and only if A

n0 =

0

implies

An0

=

0

for every '4 in '71.

2. Show the following: If A u B = A' then A u B' = X , and if n R = 0 then ..I n Ri 0. (First, if x c$ '4, then there is an open set 0, containing x such A n O,r = 0. Hence O,r c B and .x E B'. Next, if X E A, then for 0 and so 0, 4 B.) every 0,.we have 0, n A 3. Determine A ' , A", A'), A, A', and for every set A when X is topologized by the topology of finite complements. (If c A is finite then A' =. A , and if cA is infinite then A' = 0. If A is finite then A' == cA, and if '4 is infinite then A' = 0. If A is finite then '4/'= A , if both A and rA are infinite then A/>= '71, and if cA is finite then 4 " = c.4. If '4 is finite then '4 = A , and if A is infinite then ,q = X . If A is finite then .-Ti = 0, and if A is infinite then A' = X . If cA is finite then A' = Lq,and if cA is infinite then Ai = 0.) A

::

+

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

28

4. Prove that in every topological space ( A u B)' = A' u B'. [Clearly ( A u B)' 2 A' u B'. If x E ( A u B)', then for every open set 0, the intersection 0, n ( A u B ) contains a point which is different from x. If there were open sets 0, and Q, such that 0, n A c {x} and Q, n B G {x}, then 0, n Q, would be an open set containing x and such that (0, n Q,) n ( A u B ) s {x}. Since this is not possible either every 0, intersects A or every 0, intersects B in some point different from x. Hence either x E A' or x E B'.] 5. Prove that if points form closed sets then every derived set is closed. (We show that cA' is open. If x E cA', then there is an open set 0, such that A n 0, c {x}. If y E 0, and 0, is another open set containing y, then 0, n 0, is open, it contains y , and A n 0, n 0, n ~ { x }= 0 . Hence y E cA' and so 0, G cA'. By Lemma 1.1 the set cA' is open.) 6. Let X be the set of reals and let 8 consist of 0 , X , and the intervals (-a, x) where x E X . Find the derived set of (0) and show that it is not closed. 7. Give an example of a space and of a family of sets Ai ( ~ E Isuch ) that U Ai and U Ai are different. (Let X be an infinite set and let it be topologized by the topology of finite complements. Let A , , A , , ... be finite sets whose union is not X . ) 8. Verify the following rules: Abb c Ah; ( A n B)b c Ab u Bb; ( A u B)6 G A" u Bh; AIJ c Ab; and Aih c A". [The boundary AD is closed and so it contains its own boundary: Abb c AD. ( A n B ) b = A n B n c ( A n B ) G A n B n ( c A u c B ) E (AncA)u(BncB) =

Ab u Bb.

T h e other inclusion follows by taking complements. Next A b

=

( A u Ab)b

Ab u Abb = Ab

and so Aib = ( c A ~=) ~(cA)* G ( c A )= ~ A b .]

9. Prove: C is regular closed if and only if CCis regular open.

(cc)i

-

e.

[If CC is regular open, then CC = and so C = c c c = If C - is regular closed, then C = C i= ccC and CC = c c c z = (cC)'.]

10. T h e intersection of finitely many regular open sets is regular open and the union of finitely many regular closed sets is regular closed.

3 . Closure Operators

29

[First (0,n 02)‘c (0, n 02)! = (I,! n O,I = 0, n 0 , . Next ( 0 ,n (I2)’ 3 (0,n 0,)’ = 0, n 0, ‘I’he other proposition can be proved by a similar argument or by taking complements and using the preceding exercise.]

1 1 . Show that an open set 0 is regular open if and only if 0” (1;or 0’) = 0 n c 0 = 0 n r O l = 0 n ((I = O”.)

= ob.

~~

-

12. Show that a closed set C is regular closed if and only if C” g Ci. [If C is regular closed, then C‘) = ( ( ‘ i ) h c ?Ti, and if C” L F , then c‘ = C‘ u C” c C’ u = and so c = C = p.1 g 3. Closure Operators

‘I‘here are many practical methods \I hich can be used to introduce topologies on sets. .4s Kuratowski first proved, the closure operator leads to such a method. One can also use the interior, exterior, boundary, and derivation operators since any of these completely determines the topology of the set. These will be discussed in the exercises at the end of this section.

Consider an opercrtor ussociuting with eoch subset R of set ‘Y another subset .q and subject to the crsioms:

Theorem 1. ii

-

(K.1)

0 = 0.

A

(K.2)

-

G

‘4 for ewry .-1

1

‘4

-

;-1

(K.3) (K.4)

.4u B

=

for every

g X.

.4 g X .

A-u B for ever?

A,R

X.

Then there exists exuctly one topology .P on X such that the closure of eaery set A relative to .Fis A. Note. Sometimes it is more convenient to use instead of (K.4) the following pair of axioms:

(K.42) (K 411)

AUB

=

4 u B whenever .4

Ac

B

whenever A

-4 and B G

=

B.

B g X.

‘rhe equivalence will follow easily. Proof. We define the topology .Fby specifying the family of closed sets: Let % be the family of those subsets C of X for which = C. T h e n

e

30

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

% satisfies axioms (C.l), (C.2), and (C.3) in Theorem 1.2: Indeed, by = X ( K . l ) we have 0 E 59 and by (K.2) we obtain X c rf c XI i.e., and X E 59, Axiom (C.2) is a direct consequence of (K.4). T o prove (C.3) we first show that A c B whenever A c B . In fact, if A G B, then B = A u B a n d s o b y ( K . 4 ) w e g e t B = A u B = A u B ? A. Now let {Ci} ( i E I) be an arbitrary family of sets C, E W. Then n C, G C, Therefore for every i E I and so n Cic C, = C , for every &I. -a n C. c- n Ci, Since by (K.2) we have CiG f l Ci we see that n 12,= n Ci, that is to say, n C, E 59, This shows axiom (C.3). T h e reader will notice that axiom (K.3) was not used when we verified axioms (C.l), (C.2), and (C.3). Hence any operator satisfying ( K - l ) , (K.2), and (K.4) defines some topology F on the set X. Axiom (K.3) assures that the closure operator of the topology so obtained is exactly the operator A: Let A denote t h e closure of A under the topology .Fhaving closed sets C E 9.Since 2 = A by (K.3), the set A belongs to V and A c A by (K.2). Thus A = n { C : A c C } c A. On the other hand, if C E Wand if A c C, then A G € = C a n d s o A C n {C : A c C} = A. Therefore A = A for every subset A of X . Now we show that the axiom systems (K.l)-(K.4) and (K.I)-(K.4a), (K.4b) are equivalent. First, (K.4a) is a special case of (K.4). Next if A G B , then B = A u B and so by (K.4) we obtain B = A u B = A u B z A. Thus (K.4) implies (K.4b). Let us suppose now that axioms (K.l)-(K.4a) and (K.4b) are satisfied. Then by (K.4b) from A G A u B and B c A u B we get A G A u B and B E A u B . Therefore A u B c A u B. By (K.2) we have A G A and B c B so that A u B E A u 8. Hence by (K.2), (K.3), and (K.4a) A u B G A u B = A u B = A u 8 . This shows that A u B = A u B for any A , B in X . As an example let X be a linearly ordered set. For every nonvoid set A in X define A = n{(-m, X] : a x for alla E A).If A = 0 , thenlet 0 = 0 . It is easy to show that the operator A follows axioms (K.1)-(K.4) and so it is the closure operator of some topology on X . T h e topology F associated with this closure operator will be called the order topology of the partially ordered set X . (Some authors use the expression “order topology” for another topology on X . This second topology is the interwal topology of X . ) The use of the Kuratowski axiom system (K.1)-(K.4) is often inconvenient and sometimes would cause difficulties. However, there are a number of variants which can often be used with success. For instance, we can consider the closure operator only on a subset d of the power set of X and construct a topology on X by using this skeleton of the closure operator.

n

<

31

Exercises

Theorem 2. Suppose that an operator A is defined on a subset d of the power set of X such that the following axioms hold:

(Kb.1)

If

(Kb.2)

(Kb.4)

If

=

If A E ~ then , A

G

If A and

(Kb.3)

then

0

0E A ~ ,

belong

to

0.

2.

-

d,then A

=

A.

A , BE.&', then A u B ~ . dand A U B

=

A U B.

Then the operator A ( A E d ) defines a topology 9 on X such thut the closure of every A E d is A. Proof. We define 0 = 0 and s = fl {A : S E A and A E d}. If there is no A E d with S c -4 then s = X,and if S E d then the new and old definitions of s coincide. We show that s satisfies axioms (K.I)-(K.4a) and (K.4b) and so a topology can be defined on X such that the operator s is the closure operator of this topology. Only axiom (K.4a) needs proving. Suppose that s, = S , and s, = S,. If x $ S , u S, , then there exist A , and A , in d such that x $ A, 2 S, and x $ A, 2 S, . Hence x 4 A , u A , and so x 4 S , u S , . Therefore S, u S, 2 s, u s, . A simple special case of the preceding theorem is the one in which d is the family of closed sets of a topological space. Then A = A for every A in d .

EXERCISES

1 . Let an operator A be defined on the set of all subsets of a set X such that the following axioms are satisfied:

__-

A u B = A U H.

(11)

(111)

A

=

A

,for every set -

A

=

A

A consisting of a single point.

for

every A in X .

Show that if X contains at least two elements then the operator A satisfies axioms ( K . I)-( K.4) and points are closed sets in the topology generated by the operator A. [To show (K.2) let a E A and put A = ( A - { a ) )u {a}. Then by (1) and (11) we have A = A - {a} u {a}. Hence a E A and A c A. To prove (K. I ) let x E X and let y # x in X . Take 0 u { y } = { y }and apply

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

32

(I) and (11): { y } = { y }u 0. This shows that x $ 0. Thus 0 = 0 . If X consists of a single point, then one can define 0 = = X and axioms (I), (11), and (111) will hold but (K. I ) obviously fails.] 2. Let y : A -+y ( A ) be an operator on the power set of X subject to the following axioms: (1) y(0) = 0. (2)

(3) (4)

If

x e y ( A ) , then

Y(Y(4)

r(4

x Ey(A .for

- {x}). A.

y ( A u B ) = y ( A ) u y(B) for every A , B .

Show that there is a unique topology on X such that y ( A ) = A‘ for every set A in X . [Let A = A u y ( A ) and verify axioms (K.I)-(K.4) for the operation

A:

2 = A u r ( 4 = 4u

u r(A u r

( 4 = A uy

w

uy(y(4)

=Auy(A)=A

and A u B = A u B u ~ ( A u B ) = A u y ( A ) u B u y ( B ) = A-uB. Next show that A’ 5 y ( A ) :T h e set 0 = c((A - {x}) u y ( A - {x})) = c(A - {x}) n cy(A - {x}) is open and 0 n A G {x}. Hence if X E A’, then x $ 0 and so x E y ( A - {x}). Thus x E y ( A - {x}) E y ( A ) and A‘ E y ( A ) . T o show that y ( A ) c A’ suppose that x g A’. Then there is an 0,, say 0, = c(B u y ( B ) ) ,such that 0, n A c {x}. Then A - {x} 5 B u y ( B ) and y ( A - {x}) G y ( B u y ( B ) ) = y ( B ) . Since x E 0, = c(B u y ( B ) ) we have x $ y ( B ) and so x $ y ( A - {x}). Therefore by (2) x $ y ( A ) and y ( A ) E A‘.] 3. Consider an operator y ( A ) for the set of all subsets of a set X subject to the axioms: (1) y(X) = X . (2) y ( A ) G A for every A.

(3) r(r(A))= r(A) for every A. r(A f-7 B ) = A 4 n y ( 4 (4) Find a topology F on X such that y ( A ) = A i where the interior is taken with respect to F , [The family of open sets is 0 = { y ( A ): A E X } . It is the simplest to notice that $(A) = cy(cA) satisfies (K. I)-( K.4).]

4. Bases and Subbases

33

4. Bases and Subbases

Here we describe the most common method of introducing topologies on sets. T h e basic idea is to define a family of some of the open sets from which the remaining open sets can be easily constructed. There are two types of families which are important in practice; the more primitive one is called a subbase and the other is a base. One can also introduce bases and subbases for closed sets.

A family .49 of subsets B of a set X is a base for the open sets of a topology 9- on X if it has the following properties: P.1) For each X E X there is a B ~9 such that x E B. (B.2) If B 1 ,B 2 e B and if X E B , n B,, then there is a B € 9 such that x E B C _ B, n B, . The family of open sets of 9-is defined as follows: A nonvoid set 0 is open if and only if it is the union of some sets B belonging to g.The topology 9- is called the topology generated by the base 29. For example, let X be the set of real numbers and let 98 be the set of all open intervals ( a , b) = { x : a < x < 6). Axioms (B.l) and (B.2) are clearly satisfied. A set 0 c X is open in the topology generated by L49 if it is the union of an arbitrary family of open intervals ( a , b). This is called the topology of the reals or the “usual topology of the reals.” Definition 1.

Theorem 1. A necessary and suficient condition that the topology generated by the base ,@, be finer than the topology generated by the base 9, is the following: Given any B, E 9,and any x E B, , there is a B, E 9, such that x E B, c B, . Corollary. Two bases 9, and 29, generate the same topology if and only ifgiven any B , E .49, and any x E B , there is a B, E g,such that x E B, c B, and also given any B, E 9,and any x E B, there is a B, E g1such that X E B ,c B,. Proof. Let 0 be open with respect to the topology generated by 2,. Then for each X E 0 there is a B, E 9,such that x E B, c 0. Hence if the condition holds there is a B , E 9,such that x E B, c 0. Consequently 0 is the union of sets B, E 28, and so 0 is open also with respect to the topology generated by g,. T h e necessity is clear. Theorem 1. A necessary and suficient condition for 37 to be a base for a given topology is: Given 0 € 0 and X E 0 there is B €9 such that X E BE O a n d i f B E A ? , t h e n B E O .

34

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

Proof. If L?8 is a base for the topology Flthen every 0 E 0 is the union of sets B E L @ and so the condition is satisfied. Conversely, if the condition is fulfilled, then on the one hand every 0 E 0 is the union of sets B and so every 0 E 0 is open with respect to the topology generated by a. On the other hand, by 93 G 0 and by axiom (0.3) every set which is open with respect to the topology generated by L@ is also open with respect to the given topology. T h e family 0 of open sets of a topological space is always a base for the topology of the space and this is the largest possible base. It is often important to go toward the other extreme, namely, to find bases with as few elements as possible.

Definition 2. A family Y of subsets S of a set X is called a subbase for a topology i f for each x E X there is an S E’Ysuch that x E S . B y the topology generated by Y is meant the topology generated by the base which consists of allfinite intersections of sets S E 9’. I t is easy to see that the family L@ satisfies axioms (B.1) and (B.2) of a base. Hence indeed Y determines a topology F on the set X and every S E Y is open relative to .7. There is no difficulty in introducing bases and subbases for closed sets. The corresponding axioms and the analogs of Theorems 1 and 2 can be obtained by using complementation. Consider the set of all topologies on a fixed set X.This set is partially ordered by inclusion: F1 F2if 0, c 0 2 . Using the concept of a ( i E I) of topologies subbase we can easily show that every family {Ft} has a least upper bound and a greatest lower bound. For let 0, ( i E I ) denote the family of open sets of the topology Yi and let 9’ = U Oi . Denote by lub{F,} the topology generated on X by the subbase 9’. Since Qi E Y this topology is finer than any of the topologies T i . On the other hand, if a topology is finer than every Y i then , Oi c 0 for every i E I and so Y c 0. Therefore lub{Fi} is the least fine topology on X which is at least as fine as the topologies Fi ( i E I ) . This is the least upper bound of the topologies Ti ( i E I). Now consider the family n 0,.Axioms (O.l)l (0.2), and (0.3) are satisfied, so is the family of open sets of a topology glb{.Fi}, This is the finest topology on X which is at least as coarse as any of the topologies Ti . It is called the greatest lower bound of the topologies Ti ( i E I ) .

<

mi

EX E RClSES

1. Let Tx be the topology on X whose open sets are X and all sets not containing the point x E X. Determine lub(9, : x E X} and glb{Fz : x E X}.

5 . Topologies on Linearly Ordered Sets

35

2. Find an axiom system for bases consisting of closed sets and state the analogs of Theorems I and 2. 3. Let [u, b] denote the closed interval with end points a and b in a linearly ordered set X . Show that the family of all closed intervals [a, b] ( a , b E X ) is a subbase for closed sets. Show also that if X is the set of real numbers, then this is not the usual topology. (Relative to the usual topology of the reals there exist disjoint nonvoid open sets.) 4. Which is the weakest topology in which points form closed sets ? 5. Topologies on Linearly Ordered Sets

A simple but important case where bases are used to introduce a topology on a set occurs in the definition of topologies on linearly ordered sets. If X is a linearly ordered set, then for any a < b in X we denote by ( a , b ) , ( a ,b ] , [ a , b), and [ a , b] the intervals (a, 6) = {x : a < x < b} (a, b] = {x : a < x < b) [a, b) = {x : a < x < b} [a, b] = {x : a < x < b}. ( a , b) is the open and [ a , b] is the closed interval with end points a and b. T h e others are the half-open intervals. As usual we let

(-a, b ) = {x : x < b } ( a , + 00) = {x : a < x). T h e sets (-00, b] and [a, +00) are defined similarly. Occasionally we write (-00, +co) instead of X . These sets are the improper intervals of

x.

I n the sequel we define what is meant by the interval topology of a linearly ordered set and prove an important theorem on the characterization of the open sets of this topology when the linearly ordered set has the least upper bound property. The family Y of improper open intervals of a linearly ordered set X is a subbase for a topology which is called the interval topology of X . I n fact, if X consists of at least two elements, then every x E X belongs to at least one interval of the form (~ 00,b ) or ( a , 00) and so Y is a subbase for a topology on X . If X has no largest nor smallest element then the topology can be generated by a base which consists of all proper open intervals ( a , b) in X . This is the origin of the name interval topology. For example, if X is the set of real numbers and if is the

+

36

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

family of all proper open intervals, then a topology is generated on X by 93 which is called the ordinary or usual topology of the reals. T h e same topology can be obtained by different methods, e.g., by introducing a metric. Similarly we can consider as X subsets of the set of real numbers and form the interval topologies on these sets. Some of these will be trivial, for instance, if X is the set of all integers, then the interval topology is the discrete topology. A linearly ordered set X is said to have the least upper bound property if every subset bounded from above has a least upper bound. X itself need not have a maximal element. T h e greatest lower bound property is defined similarly. Either one implies the other. T h e set of real numbers and the set of integers for example have the least upper bound property but the set of rationals does not. Theorem 1. Let X be linearly ordered such that the least upper bound

property holds. Then a set 0 is open relative to the interval topology and only if it is the union of a family of disjoint open intervals.

if

Proof. Let x E 0 and let S c 0 be the set of those points 5 E 0 for which [x, f ] G 0. Then S is not void and so it has a proper or improper least upper bound u. We have S = [x, u] or S = [x, u ) according as u does or does not belong to S. If u $ S, we let b, = u so that b, E X or b, denotes the improper element +a and S = [x, b,). If u E S, then u E 0 and so there is an interval (a, b) such that u E ( a , b) G 0 .I t follows that there exists no ( E X satisfying u < f < b: For by ( a , b) 5 0 such a f would belong to S and so it would be an element larger than the least upper bound. Therefore choosing b, = b again we have S = [x, b,). Now we consider the set T G 0 of those points f E 0 for which [ f , x] G 0.In the same way as before we can find a proper or an improper element a, such that T = ( a , , x]. Consequently, for any x E 0 we found extremal elements a, and b, such that x E S u T = ( a , , b,) G 0 . If x # y , then either a, = a , and b, = b, or the open intervals ( a , , b,) and ( a , , 6,) are disjoint. Therefore { ( a , , b,)} (x E 0) is a family of disjoint open intervals whose union is the open set 0. The theorem has an important special case:

Theorem 2. Let X be the space of the real numbers with its usual topology. Then a set 0 is open if and only if it is the union of countably many

disjoint open in terva 1s. Proof. Using Theorem 1 we see that any open set 0 consists of disjoint open intervals, say (ai , bi), where i E I . For every positive integer n there are at most denumerably many among these intervals such that

Exercises

37

bi - ai 3 ljn. Since every interval satisfies this inequality for a sufficiently large value of n we see that {(a, , 6,)) is a countable family. One can introduce topologies on a linearly ordered set X also by using the half-open intervals: T h e family of all intervals [a, b) ( a , b E X ) and [ a , +a)( a E X ) is a base for the open sets of a topology called the right half-open interval topology F+of the ordered set X . T h e left half-open interval topology 7- is generated by the base consisting of the intervals ( a , b] (a, b~ X) and ( - 0 0 , b] EX). These topologies are finer than the interval topology because the open intervals (a, 6 ) can be expressed in the form

(a, b) = U { [ a ,b ) : a < a < b} = U {(a,/3] : a < /3 < b } .

If X is the set of reals, then the half-open interval topologies are strictly finer than the usual topology. They have many unexpected properties and so can serve as examples. E X ERCISES

1. Let 0 be the family of those subsets of a linearly ordered set X which are unions of disjoint open intervals. Prove Theorem 1 by showing that if X has the least upper bound property, then 01 is the family of open sets of some topology on X . 2. Let F+denote the right half-open interval topology of a linearly ordered set X having the least upper bound property. Prove the following representation theorem: A set 0 is open relative to T+if and only if it is the union of disjoint open and right half-open intervals. 3. A subset 0 of a partially ordered set X is called a segment if x ,< y and y E 0 imply x E 0. Show that the family 01 of all segments satisfies the axioms for open sets. Determine the least upper bound and the greatest lower bound of the topologies associated with the ordering and the inverse ordering of X . 4. Let F be the least upper bound of the usual topology and of the topology of countable complements on the set of reals. Show that 0 is open relative to F if and only if 0 = Q - A where Q is open in the usual sense and A is countable. (The open sets of the topology of countable complements are 0 and those sets A whose complement cA is countable.) 5. Let X be a linearly ordered set and let consist of X and of all x) (x E X ) . Show that 93 is a base for a topology. If X has intervals (-a, no maximal element, then X can be dropped from 9.

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

38

6. Metric Spaces

These spaces are the classical types of topological spaces. Most of the fundamental concepts and results of modern analytical topology were first developed for metric spaces and many important instances of topological spaces belong to this group. Definition 1. A metric space is a set X together with a real-valued function d given on X x X which satisfies the following axioms:

(M.la) (11. 1 h) (11.2) (XI-3)

d(x,y)

2 0 f o r every pair x , y E X and d ( x , x)

= 0.

d ( x , y ) = 0 implies “ x : y. d(x, y) = d(y, x) for aery s,y E X . d(.r,y) d(y, z ) 2 d(x, z ) for any x,y, z E X .

+

The first axiom states that the distance from x to y is nonnegative and it is zero only if the two points coincide. If this second requirement, i.e., (M.lb), is omitted from the axioms we speak about a pseudometric space. Axiom ( M . 2 ) states that d is symmetric so that we may speak about the distance between the point pair { x , y ) without specifying their ordering. The inequality which occurs in (M.3) is the so-called triangle inequality. It is a well-known property of the Euclidean distance in the plane or in the space. T h e set of reals X furnishes some simple examples of metric spaces. For example, we may define d to be d ( s , y ) = I x - y I or d(x, y ) = 4F-TT T h e function given by d ( x , y ) = ( x - y ) 2 is not admissible because it violates axiom (M.3). T h e set X of all ordered n-tuples of real numbers becomes a metric space if we set d ( x , y ) = 1 x1 - y1 1 ... 1 x , - y n I. T h e same definition holds good if X is the set of all ordered n-tuples of complex numbers.

+ +

Every pseudometric space can be considered as a topological space by choosing as a base the set of all sets Theorem 1.

S f [ x ]= ( y : d ( x , y ) < c 1 where E > 0 and X E X . S f [ x ] is called the €-neighborhood of x or the +ball with center at x. Note. When we are speaking about a metric space X it is assumed that X is a topological space with the topology which we just described. T h e expression “r-sphere” is usually reserved for the set { y : d ( x , y ) = E } . Proof. We must verify axioms (B.l) and (B.2) of a base. T h e first of these is clearly satisfied because, for instance, x E S,[x]. T o show the

39

6. Metric Spaces

second let us suppose that x ~ S , ~ [ and y ~ ]X E Sfl[y2].Then by the definition of these balls, E , - d ( x , y , ) > 0 and e2 - d ( x , y 2 ) > 0. Let E > 0 be the smaller one of these positive differences. Now if d ( x , y ) < E for some pointy, then by (M.3), d(y,ri) d d(y, x)

+ d(x,ri) < + d(x, ri) < E

Ei

.

Hence, if y E S,[x], then y E S,,[yi] and so S,[x] c SClJyl]n Sf2[y2]. T h e open sets 0 of any topological space which is defined by a base 3? are characterized by the property that 0 contains with each point x some set B E such that x E B . For a metric space this criterion states that if x E 0, then there is a ball S,[y] about some center y E 0 such that x E S,[y] c 0. At present, however, the criterion can be further strengthened: Lemma I. A set 0 G X is open relative to a pseudometric topology given on X if and only if 0 contains with each point x an E-ball S,[r] about x as its center. Proof. We know that the condition is sufficient. T o show its necessity suppose 0 is open and x E 0. Then there is some ball S J y ] such that x E S J y ] c 0. By x E S,[y] we have E - d(x, y ) > 0. Consider the ball with radius r = E - d ( x , y ) and center x. If z E S,[x], then d(x, z ) < r = E - d(x, y ) and so

d ( y , z ) < d(y,).

+ 4x9 z ) <

E,

that is to say, z E S , [ y ] . Hence with each x E 0 a whole ball S,[x] belongs to 0. Different metrics may lead to the same topological space; for instance, a distance function d and kd for any positive constant k determine the same topology. There is a simple necessary and sufficient condition under which two metrics d, and d, give the same topology. Lemma 2. The topology Y, defined by the pseudometric d, on a set X is finer than the topology F zdefined by the pseudometric d, if and only if for each x E X and e2 > 0 there is an e l > 0 such that d2(x,y ) < e2 whenever d d x , Y ) < €1 * Proof. A set 0 c X is open with respect to Y i if it contains with each point x an entire ball S f i [ x ] .Hence if 0 is open relative to Y 2 ,then for each x E 0 there is a ball S % [ x ]such that SEJx] G 0. If we choose E , > 0 such that d,(x, y ) < c2 whenever d,(x, y ) < E , , then we get S,'Jx] G StJx] c 0. Therefore 0 is open relative to the topology Y, , Since Sf,[x] is open relative to T2the necessity of the condition follows

40

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

from Lemma 1. T h e finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces E,, are important instances of metric spaces. En is defined to be the metric space formed by the ordered n-tuples x = (xl, ...,x,) of arbitrary real numbers x1 , ..., x,, when the distance function is

~

d(x, y) = d 1 x 1- y1 I~

++ I xn - YnI~. **.

Axioms (M.la), (M.lb), and (M.2) are obviously satisfied and (M.3) can be verified, for instance, by using Minkowski’s inequality: If p > 1 0, then and if a, , ..., a , 3 0 and b, , ..., b, ((al bl)” + ... + (a, + l ~ ~ ) ’ ’ ) l / < p (alp + ... + a,P)’/P + (6,u ... 6 , , 9 l / Y .

+

+ +

Equality takes place only if the sets of numbers a, , ..., a , and b, , ..., b, are proportional. For p = 1 the equality is obvious. T h e finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces are special cases of several other types of metric spaces all having the same topology but different metrics. For example, if the distance of the ordered n-tuples x and y is defined to be d(x,y) = (I x]

-

y,

(P

+ ... + I x,

- yn

IP)1”’,

then by Minkowski’s inequality the axioms of a metric space are satisfied for every p 2 I . Let the spaces so obtained be denoted by EnP so that EIt2= En is the n-dimensional Euclidean space. Using Lemma 2 we can easily see that as far as the topology of E , P is concerned, the specific value of p 3 1 is irrelevant. Usually it makes little difference which particular metric is used to define the topology on a set X . If we wish to emphasize that the topology was introduced by a certain metric d , we speak about a topological space with metric d. If the topology F on a set X can be introduced by some metric and we wish to stress that we have no particular metric in mind, we say that X is a metrizable space or F is a metrizable topology on X . A metric d is said to be compatible with a topology .F on a set X if the topology generated by d is F. Similarly, we speak about a topological space with pseudometric d , about pseudometrizable spaces, and pseudometrizable topologies. Not every topological space is metrizable. For instance, if X is an infinite set, then the topology of finite complements is not metrizable. Indeed, in order that a metric d be compatible with the topology of finite complements it is necessary that d(x, y ) be positive for any pair of distinct points x, y . This, however, would imply the existence of disjoint open sets containing x and y , respectively. For instance, the r-balls &[XI and S J y ] would satisfy this requirement provided 2~ < d ( x , y ) .

41

Exercises EXERCISES

I . Show that the metric spaces X and Y formed over the integers x and the ordered pairs of integers y = ( y , , y 2 ) by using the metrics d(x’, x”) = 1 x’ - x” I and d(y’, y”) = I y,’ - yl“ I 1 y2’ - y2” are homeomorphic. 2. Let X be the set of integers and let Y be the set of rationals. Consider in both cases the same metric d defined as d ( x ’ , x”) = 1 x‘ - x“ I and d(y’,y”) = I y‘ -- y“ j. Show that the metric spaces X and Y are not homeomorphic. 3. Let X be a metric space with metric d. Prove that the functions defined by

+

~

satisfy the axioms of a metric. Show that these new metrics generate the same topology on X as the original d. 4. Let f be a real-valued function defined for d 0 and such that (i) f ( 0 ) = 0 ; (ii)f(d,) < f ( d 2 ) f o r erlery dl < 4 ;(iii)f(dl+d2)
<

[We have d(x, , S ) d ( x , , x) for every x E S and given there is an x E S such that d(x2 , S ) 2 d(x, , x) - Q . Hence d(.Xl, S)- d(x,, S )

< d(x, , x) - d ( x 2 ,x) + c < d(x,, xp) +

Q

>0

€.]

6. Consider the set X of all disks SJx] ( r > 0, x E E,) lying in the Euclidean plane. Show that relative to the distance d(~%L~1I3 S,J.T,l)

=

I

Y l - 12 1

+I

x1

- x2 I

the set X is a metric space which is homeomorphic to the upper half (x : xg > 0) of the Euclidean space E, . 7. Show that if d, , ..., d,, are metrics on X which generate the topologies -T1 , ..., .F,*, then d, ... d,, and max { d , , ..., d , } generate lu b(Fi}.

+ +

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

42

+ + <

(Let d denote either one of the metrics d , ... d, and max{d,, ...,dpL} and let Y be the topology generated by d . Since di d for every i = 1, ..., n we obtain Yi F and lub{9-,} Y. If 0 is open relative to 9- and x E 0, then for some z > 0, SJx] E 0. T h e ball SJ,n[x]is an open set in the topology Y,; therefore n SJ,"[x] is an open set of lub{Yi}. Since x E n Stln[x] E S,[x] G 0, 0 is also open relative to lub{Yi}.) lub{Yi} so that Y 8. Let {d,} ( i E I ) be a family of metrics for the set X having the property that for every x, y E X there is a positive constant M,, such that d i ( x , y ) < M,, for every i E I . Show that the function d defined by d ( x , y ) = lub(d,(x, y ) : i E I } is a metric on X . Find an example where every di (i E I ) generates the same topology Y but the topology generated by d is different. [Only the triangle inequality needs proGing. T h e inequalities 4 ( x , z ) ddx, y ) d,(y, z ) imply d d x , 4 4x1 y ) d ( y , 4 and so d(x, z ) d(x, y ) d ( y , 2). Let X be the set of real numbers and let for every u # v the metric d,,, be defined as follows:

<

<

<

<

<

+

+

<

+

if

1 X - Y

3 lu--erl

<

Then d , , ( x , y ) 1 for every x, y E X and duu(u,v ) = 1. Hence d(u, v ) = 1 for every u # o and 9- is the discrete topology. T h e topology generated by d,,, is the usual topology of the reals.] 9. Find an example which shows that in general the closure of the e}. t-ball S,[x] = (5 : d(x, [) < e } is a proper subset of {g : d(x, 5)

<

7. Neighborhood Filters

We shall often deal with sets N , such that a given point x is contained in the interior of N , . These sets are called the neighborhoods of the point x E S. If N , is an open set, then it is called an open neighborhood of x. Similarly, if N , is closed and x E N: , then N , is a closed neighborhood of x. It is possible to give a more primitive definition of neighborhoods and as a matter of fact it is this alternative definition which one uses in practice: Lemma 1. A set N , is a neighborhood of a point x if and only if there is an open set 0, such that x E 0, G N , . The equivalence of the two definitions is obvious from the definition of the interior of the set N , .

7. Neighborhood Filters

43

Definition 1. The family .d’(x) of all neighborhoods N , of a point x is called the neighborhood$lter of x. Let 9 be a family of subsets F of a set X subject to the following requirements:

(1) (2)

(3)

0$F.

If F, €9 and F z F , , then F E ~ . If F , , F 2 € 9 , then F , n F , E ~ .

If .Fhas these properties, then it is called afilter over X . It is easy to check that M ( x ) is a filter and actually (1) holds in the following strengthened form: x E N , for every N , E “(x). T h e family of open neighborhoods 0, of a point x E X i s not a filter in X because rule (2) does not hold for O(x). Similarly, the family V ( x ) of closed neighborhoods does not follow rule (2) and so %(x) is not a filter. A family .?8 of sets B 5 X is called afilter base over the set X if 0 4 9 and if B’, B2E 97 implies the existence of a set B E .B such that B G B’ n B2. Every filter base & determines I a filter 9, called the filter namely, 9 is defined to be the family of those sets generated by 9; F 5 X which contain some set B E 9:

S = { F : F z B forsome B E B ! ) . Rules (l), (2), and (3) can be easily verified. It is clear that the family O(x) of open neighborhoods 0, of a point x is a filter base and the filter generated by O(x) is J l r ( x ) . T h e closed neighborhoods of x form a family V(x) which is a filter base but the filter generated by V ( x ) is not necessarily N ( x ) . This is the case for instance if X is infinite and its topology is the topology of finite complements. Then the only closed neighborhood of any point x is the entire space X . T h e problem which we discuss here is twofold: First suppose that the neighborhood filter =,V(x) of each point x of a topological space X is known. T h e object is to describe the family of open sets in terms of these filters. Next, suppose that no topology is given but to each point x in X there corresponds a filter.N(x) consisting of subsets of X. T h e problem is to decide whether or not a topology can be determined by means of these families such that ./V’(x) is the neighborhood filter of each x E X. T h e answers are contained in the following:

Suppose that to every point x of a set X there corresponds a nonvoid family .4”(x) of subsets N , . These families .,Y(x) are the neighborhood filters of a topology on X if and only i f the following axioms are satisfied:

Theorem 1.

44

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

(Nb.1) x E N , for every N , E A"(,). (Nb.2) If N , E N ( x ) and N , c N , then N E N ( x ) . (Nb.3) If N X 1E M(x) and N X 2E M(x) then N,' n N X 2E .V(x). (Nb.4) lf N , E M(x) then there is a subset 0 , 5 N , such that x E 0 , E .A+) and N , E . N ( y ) for every y E 0 , .

If all these axioms are satisjied, then there exists exactly one topology F on X whose neighborhoodjiltevs are the families M ( x ) . A set 0 is open with respect to 9-if and only if it contains with each x E 0 a whole set N , E M ( x ) . Proof. If X is a topological space and M ( x ) is the neighborhood filter of x, then the axioms are satisfied: In (Nb.4) it is sufficient to choose 0, to be the interior of N , . Hence the axioms are necessary. Now suppose that . V ( x ) is subject to axioms (Nb.1)-(Nb.4). We prove that the family 0 = (0) which is given in the second half of the theorem satisfies the axioms of a topological space: T h e sets 0 and X clearly belong to 0. If Oifor each i E I belongs to 8, then so does U Oibecause with every x E 0,also some N , E N i x ) belongs to 0, and hence to U 0, . Finally let 0, , 0, E 0 and let x E 0, n 0, . Then there exist NZ1and N , in .N(x) such that NZ1c 0, and N , c 0,.Hence N , = N,' n N Z 2c 0, n 0, and x E N , . By axiom (Nb.3) we have N , E./Y'(x) and so 0, n 0, contains with each point x an entire set N , of N ( x ) . Therefore if 0, and 0, are in 8, then 0, n 0, is also an element of 0. Thus 0 is the family of open sets of a topology 9-. We must prove that the neighborhood filter of the point x relative to F is exactly J'"(X). Let N be a neighborhood of x with respect to 9-. Then there is an 0 E 0 such that x E 0 G N and so by the definition of the family 0 there is an N , i n N ( x ) such that N , G 0. By N , c 0 E N and by (Nb.2) we have N E M ( x ) . This shows that x has no other neighborhoods than elements of the family N ( x ) . Conversely, we show that namely, every N , E M ( xis) a neighborhood of x with respect to 9; we prove the existence of an 0 E 0 such that x E 0 c N,: In fact, let

0 = {JJ : N , E M ( y ) } . Then x E 0 because by our choice N , E M ( x ) .Moreover, 0 E N , because if N , E . V(JJ), then by (Nb.1) y E N , , To prove 0 E 0 let y E 0 be given. By the definition of 0 we have N , EN(Y)and so by (Nb.4) there exists an 0, in N ( y ) such that N , E N ( z )for every z E 0, . However, if N , E*~'"(z),then z E 0 and so if z E 0, , then z E 0, that is, 0, c 0. Therefore 0 contains with each y a set 0, of .N(y)whence OE0. T h e uniqueness of the topology Fis obvious from the above reasoning

8. Uniform Structures

45

because the open sets of Y can be characterized by the families E X ) : 0 is open if and only if it contains with each point x a neighborhood N , .

.A '(x) (x

E X E RClSES

1. Usually it is more convenient to describe instead of . N ( x ) (x E X ) a suitable base .%'(x) (x E X ) for . N ( x ) (x E X ) . Find a necessary and sufficient condition that B(x)(x E X ) be a base for some . N ( x ) (x E X ) . 2. Give a simple description of the neighborhood filters of a point in the following cases: A metric space, the interval topology, the half-open interval topologies. 3. Show that 911(x) and B2(x)generate the same neighborhood filter -4'(x) if and only if every B,' contains some BZ2and conversely.

4. Prove that in any metric space the closed balls C"x] = { y : & , y )

< €1

(E

> 0)

form a base for the neighborhood filter of x. 5. Show that the filter F(x)generated by %(x) is related to .4"'(x) by the inclusion F(x)c .A'-(x).

8. Uniform Structures

These are natural generalizations of metric spaces. I n a metric space a distance function d is defined on the set X x X and this function determines a topology on X . I n uniform structures a family @ of subsets U of X x X is given and a topology, called the uniform topology associated with @, is described in terms of these sets U . T h e family is subject to a set of axioms which are analogous to those of a metric. T h e importance of these structures lies in the fact that uniform spaces preserve the main features of metric spaces. For instance, in terms of these structures one can speak about uniform convergence. Cauchy sequences, and completeness. If X and Y are sets with uniform structures, then one can define the uniform continuity of a function f from X into Y . Definition 1. A uniform structure for a set X is a nonvoid family @ of subsets U of X x X such that the following axioms are satisfied:

I . TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

46 If

(U.1) (U.2) (U.3) W.4) W.5) (U.6)

U E @, then U is not void.

If U , E @ andif U , 5 If U , E @ and U , E @ , If U E ~ then , If U E ~ then , If

U E4, then there is a

U , then U E ~ . then U , n U, E 42. I 2 U. U-'E@.

V E%2 such that

V o V G U.

T h e sets U are called uniformities or surroundings. As usual, I denotes the diagonal: I = {(x, x ) : x E X } . T h e first axiom (U.l) is an immediate consequence of (U.4). T h e reason for including it in the axiom system is that axioms (U.l), (U.2), and (U.3) define % to be a filter. As we shall see, the remaining axioms (U.4), ( U . 9 , and (U.6) correspond to axioms (M.l), (M.2), and (M.3) of a metric space. T h e composition operator c, is defined by U o V = {(x, z ) : ( x , y ) E U and ( y , z)E V for some y.}. A simple consequence of (U.4) is: U c U o U for every uniformity U E @. Indeed if (x, y ) E U , then by ( y ,y ) E U we have ( x , y ) E U o U . As usual U-l = { ( y ,x ) : ( x , y ) E U } and a uniformity U is called symmetric if U = U-l. T h e axioms imply a sharper form of axiom (U.6): Lemma 1.

Given any U E 4 there is a symmetric W E@ such that

w3 W G u.

Proof. By (U.6) there is a V E 4? such that V o V E U. By (U.5) and (U.3) W = V n V-l is symmetric and W o W c V o V G U . Hence W has the required properties.

In practice, a uniform structure 4? is often described by specifying the elements V of a filter base 42, instead of giving all the elements of 4 . It is easy to see that every filter base '42, of a uniform structure % satisfies the following axioms, and conversely if 5'2, is such that axioms (Ub.3)-(Ub.6) hold, then the filter generated by 4 , is a uniform structure. Thus we have:

A nonvoid family @, of subsets V of X x X is a base f o r a uniform structure '42 if and only if the following axioms hold:

Theorem 1.

(Ub.3) If

V , € 4 , and

V , E ~ , , then there is a such that V c Vln V,. (Ub.4) If V E % ~ , , then I G V . (Ub.5) If V E 4,, then there exists a W E4, such that W G V-I. (Ub.6) If V E 9,, there is a W E9, such that W o W c V .

8. Uniform Structures If

47

aEsatisfies these axioms, 4' 2, the uniform structure associated with @ E

is the family of those subsets U of X x X for which V V E 9,.

E

,

U for some

Every uniform structure @ has a symmetric structure base, i.e., a base consisting of symmetric uniformities. I n fact, one can choose for the set of all symmetric uniformities of @. I t is possible to define uniform structures also by subbases. T h e notion of a subbase is meaningful for every filter but here we use it only for uniform structures: @B

Theorem 2. A family @, of nonvoid subsets S of X x X is a subbase for a uniform structure if it satisfies the following axioms:

1 _c S for every S E 4 , .

(Us.4) (Us.5)

If S E a, , then there exist sets T, , ..., T, E 4, such that T, n ... n T, c_ S-l. (Us.6) If S E 4 , , then there exist sets T , , ..., T, E 4, such that (TI n ... n T,) o (TI n ... n T,) c_ S . The uniform structure generated by @, is determined by the base qE consisting of allfinite intersections V = S , n ... n S , where S,, ..., S, E %., Note. Axioms (Us.5) and (Us.6) can be replaced by a single axiom: If S E %, , then there exist sets TI , ..., T,t,E @s such that

(T, n

... n T,)

o (TI n

... n T,,,) G S n S-l.

Proof. It is simple to show that qEsatisfies the axioms of a structure base. I n fact, (Ub.3) is a consequence of the definition of qEand (Ub.4) is implied by (Us.4). Similarly, (Ub.5) can be derived from (Us.5). T o prove (Ub.6) one needs the relation

(T'n

... n T r J ) i - ( T 1 n,...n T n ) E ( T 1 a T 1 ) n... n ( T n o T n ) .

This follows from the definition of the composition operator: If ... n T " ) o ( T1n ... n T'l), then there is a y such that ( x , y ) and ( y , z ) belong to T' n ... n TI'. Hence ( x , z ) E Tk o Tk for every k = 1, ..., n, and so (x, z ) E ( T 1 o T 1 )n ... n ( T n G T"). Now let V E qLS be given. Then V = S, n ... n S,, for some S , , ..., S,, E Q, . By axiom (Us.6) there exist T l k , ..., T k , E * i s for every k = 1, ..., n such that Tk Tlk n ... n TLJksatisfies Tki Tk c S, . Hence if we put T = T 1n ... n T t l ,then by the preceding relation (x, z ) E (TI n

:

T o T E (T' o T1)n ... n ( T no Tn) E S, n

This shows that axiom (Ub.6) holds.

... n S ,

=

V.

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

48

Next we associate a topology F of X with the uniform structure %!:

Given a uniform structure @ on the set X x X consider for each x E X the family ,N(x)of all sets Theorem 3.

U [ x ] = ( y : (x, y ) E U } where

U E 4Y.

Then each N(x)satisfies axioms (Nb.1)-(Nb.4). The topology generated by these neighborhood filters .4‘(x) is called the uniform topology associated with 9 or the topology derived from 9. Note. Sometimes U [ x ]is referred to as “ U evaluated at x.” One defines U [ A ]for every A c X as

U [ A ]= U { U [ x ] : x E A } = { y : ( q y )E U for some

xE

A).

This set is “ U evaluated on A.” One easily verifies that ( U 0 V ) [ A ]= V [ U [ A ] ] . Proof. Axiom (Nb.l) is a consequence of (U.4). T o show (Nb.2) let U [ x ]and N 2 U [ x ]be given. We consider the set

v = u u {(x, y ) : y E N } . Since U s V we have V E %! and by our construction V [ x ] = N . Hence if N z U [ x ] , then N € . Y ( x ) . Next, in order to prove (Nb.3) we notice that U n V E %! for every pair U , V E %! and U[x] n V [ x ] = ( U n V ) [ X ] .

Hence if U [ x ] , V [ x ]E . ~ / ’ ( x ) then , also U [ x ]n V [ x ]E . N ( xFinally ). we must prove (Nb.4): Given U[x] E.,V(X) consider V Eo i such that V o V E U . By axiom (U.6) such a uniformity V exists. T h e set V [ x ] can be chosen as 0, of (Nb.4): I n fact, if y E V [ x ] ,then V [ y ] c U [ x ] because y E V [ x ] implies (x, y ) E V and so if z E V [ y ] ,i.e., if ( y , z ) E V , then (x, z ) E V o V c U , i.e., z E U [ x ] . Since V [ y ]E A * ( ~ Jwe ) have: . the families . A - ( x ) (x E X ) If y E V [ x ] , then U [ x ]~ . j V ( y )Therefore satisfy axioms (Nb.1)-(Nb.4). Earlier it was mentioned that not every topology can be defined by a metric. Similarly, there are topologies which are not associated with any uniform structure. For instance, the topology of finite complements of the set of integers gives such a space. If a topology can be derived from some uniform structure 42, then it is called a uniformizable topology and one speaks about a uniforniizable space. T h e expression uniform space is also used. Theorem 4.

Every pseudometric space is uniformizable.

Exercises

49

Proof. Given a pseudometric d we consider the sets

v,= M , Y ) : + , y )

< €1

where E > 0. T h e family 4PE of all these sets V , is a base for a uniform ) so structure 07/: We have V,, n Vf2 = V c where E = min(c, , E ~ and (Ub.3) holds. Axioms (Ub.4) and (Ub.5) are immediate consequences of (M.la) and of (M.2), respectively. T o see (Ub.6) let W = V,,, , T h e relation W W G V is assured by the triangle inequality. Hence by Theorem 3 there is a topology Fassociated with the uniform structure 4Y. A set 0 E X is open relative to F if and only if it contains with each point x an entire U [ x ] where U E @. Since U E 4Y if and only if U z V , for some E > 0 the set 0 is open relative to F if and only if it contains with each x a set V,[x].Thus 0 is open relative to 5 if and only if it is open relative to the pseudometric topology derived from d . T h e uniform structure @d generated by the structure base @Ed consisting of the sets V , = {(x, y ) : d(x, y ) < E } ( E > 0) is called the uniform structure associated with the pseudometric d . If 4Y is a uniform structure such that 4Y = @d for a suitable pseudometric d , then 4Y is called a pseudometrizable structure.

E XERC ISES 1. Let X be a nonvoid set and let @ consist of the single set X x X . Show that 0 7 l is a uniform structure for X . I t is called the nondiscrete structure. [Usually only the last axiom (U.6) needs proving. In the present case even this is trivial.] 2. Let @ be the set of those U G X x X which contain the diagonal I. Show that J1/ is a uniform structure for X . This is the discrete structure. 3. Let X be the set of reals. Consider for every E > 0 the set V c = {(x, y ) : 1 x - y I < E} and verify that %!B = { U,} (c > 0) satisfies the axioms of a structure base. T h e structure generated by %!B is the uniform structure of the additive group of the reals or the “usual” structure of the reals. 4. Let 9?lB be a structure base for the uniform structure 4Y. Prove that form a base for the neighborhood filter the sets V [ x ] ( V E &?lE) { U[x]} ( U E @) of the point x relative to the uniform topology generated by @, (Given C’ E 4’ there is a V E ?JB satisfying V c U and so V [ x ] G U [ x ] . ) 5 . Show that the uniform topology associated with the “usual” uniform structure of the reals is the usual topology of the reals.

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

50

( A base for the complete neighborhood filter of x relative to the uniform topology consists of the sets V,[x] = (y : x - €
+

€}

= (x

- €,

x

+

c).

These are open neighborhoods of x relative to the interval topology. Conversely, if N , is a neighborhood of x in the interval topology, then E) E N , . Hence the there is an E > 0 such that VJx] = (x - E , x base { V J x ] }( E > 0 ) generates exactly the neighborhoods of x relative to the interval topology.) 6 . Let X be the set of the reals and consider for every a < b the sets

+

.Sf,,, = ( ( x , y ) : both

x,y


OY

both x , y > a } .

Show that { s ( ( b }( a < b and a , b E X ) is a subbase for a uniform structure. [Only the last axiom (Us.6) needs proving. Given a < b choose reals c and d such that a < c < d < b. Then T = S,, n Scd n Stlb has the property T o T E Sl,b .] 7. Show that the uniform topology associated with the uniform structure 9/ constructed in the preceding exercise is the usual topology of the reals. (If x a, then s,),[x] = {y : y < b}; if b x, then

<

<

S,,bbI

= {y

:0

x.


and if a < x < b, then S,,b[x] = Hence every S,,,[x] is open relative to the interval topology and so { s , , b [ x ] } E . t ‘(x). Now given x E X and an open interval (a, b) containing x we can find real numbers c , d such that a < c x d < b. Then Scrc[x]= (a, +o) and s,h[x] = (-co, b ) so that (S,lrln S,.b)[x]= ( a , b). T h e sets T [ x ] where T is a finite intersection of sets s,,,,( a < b and a, b E X ) form a base for the neighborhood filter of x relative the interval topology of the reals.) 8. Show that the uniform structure constructed in Exercise 6 is not the usual uniform structure of the reals. (The following difference between the two structures is very important: In the case of the structure given in Exercise 6 for every uniformity U there are finitely many points xl , ..., x,,, such that

< <

U [ x , ] u ... u U[x,,,]=

x;

namely, if U 2 Sf,,&,,n ... n Slrn,b,,, , then it is sufficient to choose xi E (ai, bi) for each z = I , ,.., nz. In the case of the usual structure there are uniformities such that U[x,] u ... u U[x,,,]c X for all choices of finitely many points.) 9. Show that the metrics d, min( 1 , d ) , and dj( 1 d ) generate the same uniform structure.

+

Exercises

51

[Let Vfl, Vf2, and Vf3 denote the €-uniformities generated by the metrics d, min( 1, d), and d/(l d), respectively. If E < $, then Vfl s V,3 G VZfl and so {V:} (E > 0) and {V:} ( E > 0) are equivalent filter bases. If E 1, then Vfl VC2and so {Vfl} ( E > 0) and {V:} ( c > 0) are also equivalent.] 10. Let X be the set of the reals and let for n = 0, 1, ... the metric d, be defined by dT,(x,y ) = I x2,+l - yZn+l1. Show that the structure generated by do is distinct from every structure generated by d,, ( n > 0). Using a similar argument extend this result to show that the structures generated by these metrics are all distinct. [Let V," denote the €-uniformity generated by the metric d,, . W e show that no V,O (E > 0) is contained entirely in any V,, for n > 0. For let x be a large positive number and let y be such that x - y = 6 where 0 < 6 < E . Then (x, y) E V> but d,(x, y ) > 1 if x is sufficiently large because

+

<

d,,(x,y) = .@,J+l - y 2 n + l = x2"(6

1

+ y ) - y2ni-1 = 8x271 + y

(x2n

-y n )

>

In general, when m < n are arbitrary positive integers we choose for > 0 the real number y such that xZmfl - yZm+l= 6 and use the inequality a given x

d,(x,y) = X P ~ r + l - y2n+l

> &x2(n-?n)

to show that (x, y ) 6 V," for all sufficiently large vales of x > 0.1 1 I . Show that the topologies generated by the metrics d, of the preceding exercise are all the same. (Compare every topology Y,, with .Yo.) 12. Let X be a linearly ordered set and for every a E X let

s,, = {(x, y ) : both s , y < a

01

both x , y >, a } .

Show that 4/s = {S,,)( a E X ) is a subbase for a uniform structure 4/ and the uniform topology associated with 4" is the right half-open interval topology. [Axioms (Us.4)-(Us.6) hold trivially because S,, S,, = S,, for every a E X. Given L( < b in X we have U,,[a] = { y : y 2 a } and L',,[a] = (y : y < b ] . Hence ( [ I , , n IT,,) [a] = [a, 6 ) and so every element [a, b ) of a base of the right half-open interval topology can be represented in the form T [ a ] where T belongs to the structure base generated by Since the intersection of finitely many right half-open intervals is itself a right half-open interval, only such intervals are representable in the form T [ u ]( a E X and T E 13. Prove that if X is the set of the real numbers, then every structure

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

52

base of the uniform structure 4Y constructed in the preceding exercise contains more than countably many elements and so it is not pseudometrizable. [First we prove that no countable base can be selected from the then structure base 4YB generated by the subbase 91,. If V E 9,, V = S,, n ... n Sari for some a, < ... < a , . Suppose that a, < a < ai+l . Choose x and y such that a, < x < a < y < a , + , . Then ( x , y ) E V but ( x , y ) # S, . The situation is similar if a < a, or if a, < a and so S, G V only if a = a , for some index i. Since the set of real numbers is not countable 4YB has no countable subset which is a structure base. If some other countable structure base existed we could select a countable base also from @B .] 9. Simple Results on Uniform Structures and Uniform Spaces

Here we collect a number of elementary lemmas. We introduce also an order classification for uniform structures of a given set and define the least upper bound and the greatest lower bound of a family of structures formed on a fixed set. Lemma 1. For every U E % the point x lies in the interior of U [ x ] .

By definition the neighborhood filter of x consists of the sets U [ x ] ( U E 02). Hence every U [ x ] contains an open set 0, such that x E 0, G U [ x ] . Proof.

Lemma 2. A point x belongs to the interior of a set A is a U E 2‘/ such that U [ x ] c A .

if and only if there

Corollary. A point x lies in the exterior of A if and only if there is a U such that U [ x ] c cA, and x is u boundary point of A if and only if U [ x ] intersects both A and cA for every U E q/. Proof. If there is a U such that U [ x ] G A, then by Lemma 1 we have x E U [ X ] ” EAi. Conversely, if x E A’, then A ibeing open there is a U

in 9/ such that U [ x ] G A‘ and so U [ x ] c A . Lemma 3.

every x

E

For every nonvoid open set 0 in a uniform space X and for = U[x].

0 there is a U such that 0

Let x E 0 and let V E 4Y be such that V [ x ] G 0. We define U = { ( x ,y ) : y E 0}u V . Since V c U and V E 4Y by axiom (U.2) we have Lr E @. Also U [ x ] = V [ x ] u 0 = 0 because V [ x ] G 0. Proof.

9. Simple Kesults on Uniform Structures and Uniform Spaces 53

If U [ A ]c B for some L7,then A c Ri.

Lemma 4. Proof.

A

G

By Lemma I we have A

E

I![A]' and so by the hypothesis

Bi.

Zf [ ' [ A ]E B for some L', then A c B. Proof. We may suppose that C' is symmetric since there is a symmetric V such that V [ 4 E ( V .~' V ) [ A ] E [ ' [ A ] .If R E A, then a E U [ x ] for some u E A . Then (x, a ) E C' and so by the symmetry ( a , x) E U and Lemma 5.

U [ u ] E L'[A] G B. T h e preceding two lemmas can be united in the following stronger result: xE

ZfI'[A] c B f o r some L', then A G B i .

Lemma 6.

Proof. By axiom (U.6) there is a V E 41 such that V V G U . Therefore V [ V [ A ] = ] ( V V ) [ A ] E L'[A] E R and so by Lemma 4 we have &"A]C _ R i . Next we apply Lemma 5 and obtain A E Bi. A useful special case of the last lemma is: <

Lemma 7. It U , V E JM and if there is a W EYY such that U o W then f o r every A we have c V[A]'.

E

V,

We have W [ U [ A ]= ] ( U W ) [ A ]E V [ A ] and hence by the above lemma U [ A ]c V[AI1. Let JI/, and JI/, be uniform structures for the same set X . We define @l t o be coarser than J)/2 and L11/2to be finer than q1if qL1 E q12 , and we C 9,, then qLl is called strictly $1, or J/, 2 JI/, . If write JI/, coarser than J//, and a, is strictly finer than qI1; in symbols, ql< q2 and JM, > . This leads to an order classification of the family of all uniform structures for X . T h e coarsest structure is the nondiscrete structure and its finest structure is the discrete one. If a1 @,, then the uniform topologies .Fland .F2 are related by Yl F,. For 0 is open relative to T i if and only if it contains with each point x a whole set U,[x] where tii E q i , and so if 0 is open relative to 9,, then it is also open relative to JI/, . It is possible that ql1 < q2and .TI= 3 , . Moreover, it can happen that "u, and q2are not comparable; nevertheless, Y1= Y2. Let 4/Lfor every index i E Z be a uniform structure for the fixed set X . A structure $1 is an upper bound of the family if '?It @ for every i E 1.We prove that there is a least upper bound. In fact, @s = U {qi: i E I } satisfies axioms (Us.4)-(Us.6) of a subbase and the uniform structure lub{JI/,} generated by @s satisfies the requirements: On the one hand, Proof.

<

J',

<

<

<

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

54

lub{Wi}is finer than every Wi ( i E I),and, on the other hand, if a structure J// is finer than every q/i ( i E I ) , then U {"?/i : i E I } c @ and so lub{JI/,) ?/. There are families which do not have a greatest lower bound. As a matter of fact, there are families such that the uniform topology associated with 9i is the same for every i ; nevertheless, no greatest lower bound exists for {"Ui} ( i E I ) . In Lemma 6.2 we gave a simple criterion for the equivalence of metric topologies formed on the same set X . This result can also be extended to uniform spaces:

<

Lemma 8. The topology F, generated on the set X by the uniform structure @, is finer than the topology F, generated by q/, if and only i f for each x E X and f o r every U , E @, there is a U , E @, such that L ' J X ] G U,[x]. Note. It is understood that the uniformity U , E d&l may depend on x E X and the lemma can be used only to show that F, F1 . It tells nothing about the relationship between the uniform structures @, and q/2 .

<

Proof. If the condition is satisfied, then every set 0 which is open . Hence Fl is finer than F2and relative to .F, is also open relative to F1 the condition is sufficient. Next we suppose that F,is finer than F, and show that the condition is satisfied: Given x and U , , the point x belongs to the interior of the set U,[x]. Let U,[xIi denote the interior relative to F, . Since U,[x]' is open relative to 7,and F1 is finer than .F, , it is . Hence there is a uniformity U , E a, such that open also relative to ?Fl X E U,[x] c L',[x]' and so U,[x] G U,[x]. This proves the necessity of the condition.

EXERCISES

1. Suppose that the uniform topology associated with qLi is the same topology F for every i E I where I is an arbitrary index set. Show that the topology associated with lub{@,} is also F . (Let F, be the topology associated with the least upper bound. Since 9i ulb& {}'i' we have F .F, . Let U [ x ] be a neighborhood of x relative to F1 . Then U E 1ub{ei} and so U {"?Li : i E I } being a subbase we can find ZI,,, ..., U i such that U 2 U i , n ... n U , , . Hence

<

<

V[x] 2 (Vi, n ... n U,,)[x] = U i l [ x ]n ... n U,,[x]

where U f , [ x ] ,..., Uin[x]are neighborhoods of x relative to F.Therefore

10. Subspaces

55

the neighborhood U [ x ] relative to .Flis a neighborhood also relative to

.Fand ,TI < Y.)

2. Give an example to show that lub{Tl , F2} may be uniformizable while Fland .Fz are not. ( i = 1 , 2) be 0 and all sets containing a fixed [Let the open sets of ,Ti point ai ( a l # u 2 ) . Then Ti is not uniformizable because if x # ai there is a neighborhood of ai not containing x but there is no neighborhood of x not containing ai . In a uniform space this situation is not possible. Since lub{,Fl , .T,}is the discrete topology it is uniformizable.] 3. Let the uniform topology associated with the uniform structure &i be T i .Show that the topology associated with lub{qi} is lub{Ti}.

10. Subspaces

Let X be a topological space with topology .% and let Y be a nonvoid subset of X. T h e family 0, = { O n Y } ( O E O whereOis ) the family of open sets of X satisfies the axioms for the open sets of a topological space on Y . This topology is called the relztivization of .Fto the set Y or the relative topology or the induced topology and Y under this topology is called a subspace of X . Let X be a topological space and let Y and 2 be subsets of X such that 2 Y G X . Then Z can be considered as a subspace of X or as a subspace of the subspace Y . These two topologies on 2 are identical. In fact, if 0 is open in X , then 0 n 2 = ( O n Y ) n 2 where by definition 0 n Y is an open set of the subspace Y . A simple consequence of this rule is the following: If X is a topological space and A and R are subsets of X , then A n B as a subspace of the subspace A and A n B as a subspace of the subspace B are identical and as a matter of fact, their topology is the relativization of the topology of X to A n B. Lemma 1. Let X be a topological space, let Y be a subspace of X and let S be a set in Y . Then (i) the set S is an open set of Y if and only i f there is a set 0 open in X and such that S == 0 n Y ; (ii) the set S is a closed set of Y i f and only if there is a set C closed in X andsuch that S = C n Y ; (iii) the closure of S relative to the topology of Y is n Y where is the closure of S in X ; (iv) the interior of S relative to the topology of Y contains the interior of S in X ;

s

s

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

56

(v) the boundary of S relative to the topology of Y is contained in the boundary of S in X . Proof. Statement (i) is the definition of a subspace. T h e set S is closed in Y if and only if the complement of S relative to Y is open in Y , i.e., if and only if c y ( S ) = 0 n Y where 0 is open in X. Hence S is closed if and only if S = c ( 0 n Y )n Y = ( c 0 u c Y ) n Y = c 0 n Y, i.e., when S = C n Y where C is closed in X. This proves (ii). Let 3, denote the closure of S with respect to Y. Then by the definition of the closure S, = n (C n Y) where the intersection is taken for every closed set C in X satisfying S G C n Y. Therefore by S c Y we have

S , = n{cnY : s

E

C)=

n { c :S G c}n Y = S n Y .

This proves (iii). Statement (iv) follows similarly: S;

=

U { O n Y : O n Y c_ S } 3 U(0 : 0 E S}n Y = S i n Y

=

Si.

T o see (v) let y E Y be a boundary point of S relative to the topology on Y. Then for every open set 0 in X containing the point y the set 0 n Y intersects both S and cy(S). Hence every open 0 containing y intersects both S and cS and s o y is a boundary point of S in X. If the set on which the subspace is formed is an open or closed subset of the space X, then the results given in the last lemma become much simpler: Lemma 2. Let X be a topological space, let Y be a closed subset of X , and let S be a subset of Y . Then S is a closed set of the subspace Y if and only if it is closed in X . The closure of S in Y is the same as its closure in X . Proof. If the set S is closed in Y by part (ii) of Lemma 1 we have S = C n Y where C is closed in X. Since Y is closed in X the set S is also closed in X. Conversely, if S is closed in X, then by S = S n Y it is closed in the subspace Y. If Y is closed and S E Y, then S c Y and so by (iii) we have S, = n Y = 3. Lemma 3. Let X be a topological space, let Y be an open subset of X and let S be a subset of Y . Then the set S is open in the subspace Y if and only if S is open in X . The boundury of S in Y is S t , = Sb n Y . The interior of S in Y is the same as in X . Proof. If S is open in Y , then S = 0 n Y where 0 is open in X and so S is open in X.Conversely, if S is open in X, then it is an open set of the subspace Y. By part (v) of Lemma 1 every boundary point

10. Subspaces

57

of S in Y is a boundary point of S in X and so it is sufficient to show that SYb 2 Sb n Y . If y E Sb n Y , then every open set 0 in X which contains y intersects both S and c S . However, every 0 E Y which is open in Y is also open in X and so 0 intersects both S and c S . Since 0 c Y the set 0 intersects c y ( S )and this shows that y E SYb.T h e interiors of S in Y and in X are identical because 0 is open in Y if and only if it is open in X. Lemma 4. A set N is a neighborhood of a point y E Y in the subspace Y if and only i f N = N u n Y where Nu is a neighborhood of y in X . Proof. If N is a neighborhood of y relative to Y , then there is an open set in X such that y E 0 n Y c N.. Therefore N = N , n Y where Nu = N u 0. Conversely, if N = N , n Y where Nu is a neighborhood of y in X , then there is an open set 0 in X such that y E 0 E Nu and so Y E O n Y E N u n Y = N . Since O n Y is open in Y the set N is a neighborhood of y in Y . Suppose that X is a metric space with metric d and Y G X . Then the restriction of the distance function d to points of Y gives a metric on Y . It is easy to see that the topology generated by this metric is the induced topology of Y . More generally, let X be a uniform space with uniform structure % and let Y c X . Then a uniform structure 9,can be defined for Y,namely, %, consists of the sets U n ( Y x Y ) where U E 9.This %, is called the relativization of 9 to Y . We can look at Y as a subspace of the uniform space X and we can also consider Y as a uniform space relative to the uniform topology associated with 9,. We prove that these two topologies are identical and so we obtain:

Theorem I. Every subspace Y of a uniform space X is uniformizable and i f 9 is a structure for X , then 9,= { U n ( Y x Y ) ) ( U E @ is) a structure for the subspace Y . Note.

U , = U n ( Y x Y ) is called the trace of U on Y x Y .

Proof. Let y E Y be fixed. By Lemma 4, the neighborhoods of y in the subspace Y are the neighborhoods of y in X intersected by Y , i.e., they are the sets U [ y ] n Y where U E %. T h e neighborhoods of Y in the uniform topology associated with @, are the sets U , [ y ] where U , E 02,. However U , = U n ( Y x Y ) and so

U,[y]

= {T

: 7 E Y and ( y , v) E U } = U [ y ]n Y .

This shows that y has the same neighborhoods in both topologies.

58

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES EXERCISES

1. Let X be the real line and let Y = ( a , b) where a < b. Show that Y as a subspace of X is homeomorphic to X. 2. Determine the topology induced on the set of integers by the usual topology of the reals. 3. We define the “circle” or “1-sphere” to be the topological space x: = 1) by the induced formed on the plane set S’ = {x : xI2 topology. Any topological space homeomorphic to S’ is called a simple closed path. Show that the circle is not homeomorphic to the real line. (The Complement of a point of S1relative to S1is homeomorphic to the real line. The complement of a point of the real line is not homeomorphic to the real line because it is the union of two nonvoidopen sets.) 4. Let X be a linearly ordered set topologized by the interval topology and let Y be a subset of X such that if x E X and y E Y where x # y then the open interval determined by x and y contains points of Y . Show that the topology induced on Y is the interval topology of Y . [The family { ( a , b) n Y } ( a , b E X u {-a, +a})is a base for the induced topology of Y . If the hypothesis is satisfied, every ( a , b) n Y can be expressed as a union of open intervals in Y and the two topologies are identical.] 5. Let X be a topological space and let Y be a nonvoid subset of X . Define the closure of every set A G Y as A , = A n Y where A denotes the closure of A in X.Show that the axioms of a closure operator are satisfied and the topology defined in this way is the induced topology on Y .

+

11. Product Spaces

Let us consider the Cartesian product X = I I X s of an arbitrary family of nonvoid sets X, (s E S ) . We assume that a topology Ys is given on each of the sets X, and using these we wish to introduce a topology 9- on the set X.Of course, in general a great number of topoland many of these ogies can be defined in terms of the topologies Fs will be related to the individual Ys’sin a simple way. We wish to select one among these which will be called the product of the topologies 9-*or concisely the product topology. This topology is distinguished by the simplicity of its definition and its relation to the individual topologies Y 8 ,but beyond that the final deciding factor which determines the product topology is its usefulness.

11. Product Spaces

59

Definition 1. Let X = II X , where S is a finite or infinite index set and each X , is a topological space. Denote by Y the family of all sets

Z(s, 0,) = {x : x E X

and x , E 0,)

where s E S and 0, is open in X , . Then Y is a subbase for a topology on X called the product topology. A base for the product topology consists of all finite intersections Z(s, , OJ n ... n Z(s, , 0.J

= {x

:x

EX

and x,,

E

O,, for

i

=

1,

...,n}

where n is arbitrary. These sets are called cylinders with base OSI x ... x O,,. . I n particular, Z(s, 0,) is a cylinder with base 0,. The product topology is the weakest topology on X relative to which the cylinders Z(s, 0,) are open sets. It is natural to ask whether a base for the product topology should consist of all finite intersections of cylinders Z(s, 0,) or whether, if it should also include all sets of the form fl {Z(s,0,) : s E S}. There are several results which indicate that the first choice is preferable. Let A be a set in the Cartesian product X = nX,. We denote by .rr,(A)or occasionally by A, the projection of A in X,, i.e., rr,(A)is the set of those points 5, E X , for which there is a point x in A whose sth coordinate is 5,: r , ( A ) = {t,: x, = 6, for some x E A}. Lemma 1.

If 0 is open in X , then its projection ~ ~ is( open 0 ) in X , for

every s E S. Proof. If x , E rr,(O), then there is an x in X such that its sth coordinate is x, . Since 0 is open we have x E tl Z(s, 0,) s 0 for suitable open sets 0, c X , such that 0, = X,for all but finitely many indices s E S . Let all coordinates of y be the same as those of x except for the sth coordinate y , . If ys E 0, , then y E f Z(s, l 0,) s 0 and so y , E ~ ~ ( Therefore 0). x, E 0, G n,(O) which shows that .rr,(O) is open.

n

Lemma 2. A set of the form (0,: s E S } is open in the product topology if and only if enery 0, is open in X , and if in addition 0, = X , for all but finitely many indices s E S. Proof. The condition is sufficient by the definition of the product (0,: s E S } = n {Z(s,0,) : s E S } is open topology. Moreover, if and x is contained in it, then there are finitely many indices s l , ..., s, such that x E Z(S,, OJ n ... n Z(S,, 0,") G t l {z(s, 0,) : s E s}.

n

60

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

Hence 0, = X, for every s # sl , ..,,s, and by the preceding lemma 0, is open for all indices including s1 , ..., s, . Lemma 3.

If C, is closed for every s E S , then

II{C,: s E S } is a closed

set in X . Proof. Since IIC, = fl Z(s, C,)it is sufficient to show that Z(s, C,)is closed for every s E S. We have cZ(s, C,) = {x : x E X and x, E cC,} and this is an open set in X. Hence Z(s, C,) is closed. It is easy to find closed sets C in a product space such that .IT,(C)is not closed. For instance, if X is the Euclidean plane, then C = { x : x = (xl, x2) and xlx2 1) is such a set. This shows that there is no counterpart to Lemma 1 for closed sets. Lemma 4.

If A , is a subset of X,, then I 3A,

Corollary. The set for each index s E S .

=

IT A, .

n A , is closed in X if and only if A, is closed in X ,

Proof. Since A, c A, we see that IIA, E Il A, and so by Lemma 3 II A, G IIA, On the other hand, if x 4 Il A,, then there exists an

.

open set I I O , in X such that

XEIIO, E CIIA,

E

CrJA,.

There is an index s such that 0, c c A, because if we had 0, n A, # 0 for every s, then II 0, and IIA, would intersect. Now if 0, E: CAa, then by x, E 0, we get x, 4 A, and so x $ IT A, . Therefore IIA, c II A, and the proposition is proved. Let Y, be a subspace of X , for every s E S. If the topology on Y, is the topology induced by X, , then Y = Y, can be considered as a topological space under the product of the topologies given on the subspace Y, . A second topology can be defined on Y by considering it as a subspace of the product space X.We have:

-

n

If the topology on Y , E X, ( s E S ) is the induced topology, then the topology of the product space Y = II Y, is the topology induced on Y by the product topology of X = II X , .

Theorem 1.

Proof. A subbase for the product topology of Y consists of the cylinders Z(s, 0, n Y,) lying in Y where 0, is open in X, . Denote by Z(s, 0,)the Then by Z(s, 0, n Y,) c_ Y we have cylinder lying in X with base 0,. Z(s, 0, n Y,) = Z(s, 0,) n Y and so {Z(s, 0,) n Y} is a subbase for the is a subbase for the product product topology on Y. However, {Z(s, 0,))

I 1. Product Spaces

61

topology on X and so{Z(s, 0,) n Y}is a subbase for the induced topology formed on Y . Therefore the two topologies on Yare identical. Theorem 2. Let S = S, u S, where S, and S, are disjoint sets and let X , be a topological space for every s E S . Choose a point x, in X , for every s E S, and consider the set A = {A, : s E S } where A, = X , for every s E S, and A, =I {x,} for every s E S , . Then A as a subspace of X is

n

homeomorphic to the product space Il {X,v: s E S , } and a homeomorphism is given by the natural map 6 -+ (6,) where 6, is the sth coordinate of 5 for every s E S, . Proof. The open sets of A are the sets Q which can be represented in the form Q = A n 0 where 0 is an open set in X . Therefore Q is open in A if and only if the following proposltion holds for Q: For every 6 E Q and for every s E S, there exist open sets O,yin X , such that only finitely many of these are different from the corresponding X,and

wI{o,:SEsl) x

n { { x , j : s E ~ PG j

Q.

This proposition holds if and only if for every 6 E Q, or equivalently for every (6,) E Q where Q denotes the image of Q under the map 6 ---* (6,) (s E S,), there exist open sets 0, in X , such that only finitely many of these are different from the corresponding X , and (8,)En{o,:sEslj E

8.

This last proposition is equivalent of saying that Q is open in n{X,:S E S,}. Product spaces and product topology can be interpreted in the following way: T h e elements of X = Il { X , : s E S} are functions x which map S into U { X , : s E S} and have the property that x(s) E X , for every s E S. T h e product topology is defined on the set of all these functions x E X . T h e situation is particularly simple when the factor spaces are all equal to a fixed space Y . Then X is the set of all functions x mapping S into Y and the product topology is called the weak topology of the function space X or the topology of pointwise convergence. T h e weak topology of a function space can be visualized by considering the example of real-valued functions and describing a base for the neighborhood filters of its points: Suppose for instance that S is the interval [0, 13 and Y is the space of the reals. We associate a neighborhood of x E X with every E > 0 and every finite collection of distinct points s1 , ..., s, E S as follows: A function y E X belongs to the ( E ; s1 , ..., sn)neighborhood of x if I y(si) - x(sJ < E for every i = 1, ..., n, i.e., if y passes through each of the open intervals of length 26 placed symmetrically around the functions values x(sl), ..., x(sn). (See Figure 1, p. 62.)

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

62

FIG.1.

EXERCISES

1. Let X , , X , be metric spaces with metrics d, , d, . Show that d = d, d, is a metric on X , x X , and the metric topology so obtained is the product topology. (If x E 0 where 0 is open in X , x X , relative to the product topology, then x E 0, x 0, E 0 for SOIXL' open sets 0, and 0, and so there is an z > 0 such that x E S,"x,] x S,2[x2] G 0, x 0, c 0. Hence for every x E 0 there is an > 0 such that x E S,[x] E S,"x,] x S,2[x2] E 0 and so 0 is open in the metric sense. If 0 is open relative to the metric d, then for every x E 0 there is a ball satisfying x E S,[x] c 0. Then x E S,,,[x,] x S,,,[x,] c 0 and so 0 is open in the product topology.) 2. Let g,and 9,be bases for the topologies of the spaces X,and X, . Show that the family = {B, x B,} ( B , E a, and B, E g,) is a base for the product topology on X , x X , , Extend the result to intinite products. (If the index set S is infinite then not all sets of the form B = II {B, : s E S} are in the base. T h e set B belongs t o g if and only if B, = X , for all but finitely many choices of s E S. If S is infinite and no restriction is given on the B's we obtain a topology which is strictly finer than the product topology.) 3. Let X be the product space formed by the factor spaces X , and X , and let A, and A, be sets in X , and X , , respectively. Show that

+

( A , X A2)i= A,' x A,'

and

(A, x AJ' = (A,' x A,) u (A, x A,').

4. Determine the interior of all sets A of the form A when the index set S is infinite.

=

rI{A, : s E S}

Exercises

63

(We have Ai = II {A: : s E S}if and only if A, = X , with at most finitely many exceptions. Otherwise A i = 0 . ) 5 . Determine the relation between the isolated points of the factor spaces X , and the isolated points of the product space X when the number of factor spaces is finite. [Using the formula given in Exercise 3 we obtain ( X , x X,)’ = (X,’ x X,) u ( X , x X,’). Hence x $ (XI x X,)’ if and only if x E cX,’ x cX,’ and so x is an isolated point if and only if its coordinates are isolated points of the factor spaces.]

6. Give an example of an infinite product space X containing a point X although each of its

x with the property that x is not isolated in

coordinates is an isolated point of the corresponding factor space. [Take for X , the subspace of the reals formed by the interval (1, 2) and the number 0.1

7. The Boolean product topology on X = rl: X , is defined by the (0,E 8, and s E S ) where 0, for every s denotes an base A? = { arbitrary open set in X , . Show that a point is an isolated point of X relative to this topology if and only if each of its coordinates is an isolated point of the corresponding factor space. 8. Show the following proposition: If A, is a subset of X , for every index s E S , then A, = IIA, where on the left the closure is taken relative to the Boolean product topology. (The proof given for Lemma 4 holds also in this case.)

no,}

n

9. A subbase for a closure operator on II X , is given by the rule y( I 3A,) = Il A , . Show that the topology defined by this operator is the product topology. Explain why the Boolean product topology is not obtained in this way. (The sets of the form C, where C,9is closed in X , form a subbase for the closed sets of the product topology. This subbase does not contain sufficiently many closed sets to define the finer Boolean product topology.) 10. Show that the cylinder 2 formed by those points ( x l , x , , x,) which satisfy x12 x 2 = r2 is a subspace of E , which is homeomorphic to the product of the real line and the circle. (This is a direct application of Theorem 1: Let E, = El x E, , let Y , = El , and let Y , be the circle xI2 x; = r2 in E 2 . Then Y , x Y , is the cylinder 2.) 11. Define what is meant by a base and a subbase for an interior operator and give the definition of the topology generated by a base and by a subbase for an interior operator. (Compare Theorem 3.2 and Exercise 3.3.)

n

+

+

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

64

12. Show that both the product topology and the Boolean product topology can be introduced by a subbase for a suitable interior operator.

12. Products of Uniformizable Spaces

In the first half of this section we discuss a result on the product of metric spaces when there are at most denumerably many factors, then give a generalization of this result to arbitrary uniformizable spaces by showing that the product of such spaces is again a uniformizable space. In the second half of the section we consider product spaces and product structures in the special case when all the factors are equal and introduce a new topology and uniform structure. Theorem 1. The product topology of countably many pseudometric spaces is pseudometrizable and the product topology of countably many metric spaces is metrizable. Proof. Let X I , ..., X, , ... be pseudometric spaces with pseudometrics d l , ..., d , , ... . We may assume that d n ( x n ,y,) < 2-" for any two points x, , y n of the space X,: I n fact, if 6, is an arbitrary pseudometric on X, , then the pseudometric d , = 2-" a,/( 1 6,) induces the same topology and has the required property. For any pair of points x = (x,) and y = (yn)in X = II X, the series I3 dn(xn ,y,) is convergent and so d = E d , defines a pseudometric on the set X. T h e axioms of a pseudometric are clearly satisfied. Now let 0 s X be open in X with respect to the topology induced by the pseudometric d and let x E 0. Then there is an c > 0 such that SJx] c 0. We choose a positive integer v such that En,, 2-" < 4 2 , and define e l , ...,c, = E / ~ V and Q, = 2-" for every n > v. Then E, < Q and so I I S,[x,] = fl Z ( n , SJx,]) G SJx] c 0. Since E, = 2-" for n > v we have SI,[xn] = X, for every n > v. Hence the set I IS,,[x,] = f l Z(n, S,,[xn]) is open relative to the product topology. We proved that if 0 is open relative to the pseudometric d, then 0 is an open set of the product space. Now let 0 be open relative to the product topology and let x E 0. Then x E fl {Z(n , 0,) : n < v} E 0 for a sufficiently large v and for suitable sets 0, ( n = 1, ..., v) which are open v there is a relative to the pseudometric d, . Hence for every n positive Q, such that Scn[xn] s 0, and so

+

<

x

{z(n , SJX,,])

:n

< }.

E

n { ~ ( n0,,): n G }.

c 0.

12. Products of Uniformizable Spaces

65

We put E = min{r, , ..., by} and obtain x E S,[x] E 0. This shows that 0 is open relative to the pseudometric d. Therefore the pseudometric topology induced by d is identical with the product topology. Clearly, d(x, y ) = 0 if and only if d(xn ,yn) = 0 for every n and so if every X , is a metric space then so is X. T h e preceding theorem has an analog for uniform spaces. First we introduce the notion of the product structure: Definition 1. Let X = ll X , and for everj index s E S let 4, be a subbasefor a uniform structure for X , . Denote by 4sthe family of all sets

Z(s, u,) = {(x, y ) : x , y E X

and (x8,y s )E

uR}

where U, E 4s, . Then 4sis a subbase of a uniform structure 4 for X which is called the product structure. T h e product of the uniform strctures 9, (s E S) is usually denoted by 9 = ll 4,. T h e family {Z(s, U,)} is only a subbase even if U, varies over a base or over the whole uniform structure 4, for every s. Similarly, the family of all finite intersections Z(s, , U,,) n ... n Z(sn, U,J is only a base of the product structure even if U, varies over every element of 4, for every s E S. Theorem 2. The product X = ll X , of an arbitrary family of uniform spaces is a uniform space, and i f %, ( s E S ) is a uniform structure for the topology of X , , then the product structure 4 = I I 9 , is a uniform structure for the product topology. Note.

The product need not be metrizable even if every X , is metrizable.

Corollary. If the uniform space X , has a structure base of cardinality u, , then the product space X = ll X , has a structure base of cardinality at most C u, . Proof. T h e family {Z(s,0,)) (s E S and 0, E 0,)is a subbase for the product topology. Hence it is sufficient to verify the following statements: (i) Given x E X and Z(s, Us)E 4sthere is an open set 0, in X, such that x E Z(s, 0,)c Z(s, U,)[x]. (ii) Given x E X and an open set 0,in X,which contains the projection x, of x there is a U,E 4, such that x E Z(s, U,)[x] c Z(s, 0,). In order to satisfy (i) it is sufficient to choose as 0, the interior of U,[x,]. T o see the other statement we choose U, such that U,[x,] G 0, where x, is the sth coordinate of x. Then Z(s, U,)[x] G Z(s, 0,) and hence the proof is complete.

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

66

T h e present proof appears to be simpler than the proof of Theorem 1 but this is not surprising since for metric spaces the result is weaker. Let us suppose now that all factor sets X , (s E S ) of the product X = { X , : s E S} are identical, say X , = Y for every s E S. Let q/, (s E S) denote copies of the same uniform structure Y for every X, = Y . In this special case it is possible to make a slight modification in the definition of the product structure and of the product topology: By Definition 1, a base for IT @, consists of the sets Z(s, , Us,)n ... n Z(s, , USn)where U,, , ..., Us, E Y . Since U = Us,n ... n U,q is an element of Y it follows that the subfamily consisting of the sets Z(sl , U ) n ... n Z(S,, U ) is also a base for the product structure I'I @, , This interpretation of the product structure makes it clear that the uniform structure which we are going to define now is finer than the ordinary product structure.

n

Definition 2. Suppose that the same uniform structure Y is associated with every copy X , (s E S ) of thefixed set X . Then the sets n,Z(s, V )( V E Y ) form a base of a uniform structure for X = Il X , which is called the uniform product structure for X and is denoted by Y s .The topology associated with Y Sis the topology of uniform convergence relative to Y . Later we shall define what is meant by the uniform convergence of a sequence of functions x, E Il X , relative to the uniform structure V Sor, what is the same thing, relative to the uniform structure Y .This will be a natural generalization of the notion of uniform convergence for real-valued functions of a real variable. We shall see then that a sequence of functions x, E Il X , is uniformly convergent relative to Y if and only if it is convergent relative to the topology of uniform convergence associated with Y .

EXERCISES

1. Let S be a noncountable index set (e.g., let S = [0, 11) and let X , = Y = (0, 1) for every s E S. T h e diagonal I = ((0, 0), (1, 1)) of Y x Y is a base of the discrete structure @, of X , = Y . Determine

a subbase for the product structure It@, and show that there is no subbase for IT @s which consists of countably many elements. [Let U(s) = {(x, y ) : (x, ,y,) € 1 ) = {(x, y ) : x, = y,). T h e family {U(s)}(s E S) is a subbase for Il % ' , and no countable subfamily is a subbase: For let @ be the uniform structure generated by the countable family { U(sn)}(n = 1, 2, ...) and let s # s1 , s2 , ... . Consider a pair of distinct points x, y E X such that xs, =r y,, for every n = 1, 2 , ...

67

Exercises

but x, # y,?. On the one hand we have (x, y) E U for every U E 42 and on the other hand there is a U in II @,, namely, U = U(s), such that (x, y) $ U . Hence the structures 42 and 42, are distinct. It follows I42, cannot have any other countable subbase either.] that I 2. Show that every pseudometrizable structure has a countable I42, constructed in structure base. Consequently the product structure I the preceding exercise is not pseudometrizable though X, = Y is a metric space for every index s E S. 3. Let X, for every s 1, 2, ... be the set of positive integers topologized by the discrete topology. Show by using continued fractions that the product space X = I I { X , : s = 1, 2, ...} is homeomorphic to the space formed by the set of irrational numbers exceeding one under the topology induced by the usual topology of the reals. (A one-to-one correspondence between the elements of X and the. irrationals f > 1 is given by the continued fraction development of f :

n

1=

x = (x,)

+

5

= x1

+~ x2

1

_

_

+ -~ x3 + 1

*

A base in

X is formed by the sets B(x,,

..., x,)

= { y :y E

x

and y1 = xl, ...,yn = xn}

where x1 , ..., x, are arbitrary positive integers. T h e image of B(x, , ...,x,) is the set of irrational points in the interval whose end points are the rationals x1

1

+x2 +

x3

+

I

-

and

x1

1

+ x2 +

1 * + -

x,

+1

x3

+

1

-

1 . + -.YIl

Hence the images of open sets of X are open relative to the topology induced on the irrationals. Now suppose that f E ( a , /3) where 1 < a < /3 are real numbers. If n is sufficiently large, then every irrational 7 satisfying y1 = xl, ..., y n = x, also belongs to (a,8) and so the inverse image of ( a , /3) contains B(x, , ..., xn). This shows that the inverse image of an open set is open in X . ) 4. Let S be a noncountable index set. Suppose that every factor space X , (s E S ) contains a pair of elements which form a subspace with discrete induced topology. Prove that II{X,: s E S} is not metrizable. (Use Theorem 1 1.1 and the result of Exercise 2.)

68

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

5. Determine the closure of II A , when X , is the same set Y for every s E S and the topology on X = IIX, is the topology of uniform convergence relative to a uniform structure V of Y. (The set IIA, is closed since it is closed in the product topology. Hence the closure of II A, is contained in II A, , Since the closure is the intersection of all closed sets containing I IA, and the closure of IIA , in the Boolean product topology is IIA, , its closure in the topology of uniform convergence contains II A,. Hence it is II A, .) 6. Suppose that Y is a pseudometric space with pseudometric d where we assume d 1. Show that the topology of uniform convergence of I1X,, where X , = Y for every s is a metrizable topology and if Y is the uniform structure generated by d , then Y sis generated by the pseudometric 6 defined as follows: 6(x, y ) = lub{d(x, ,y,) : s E S}.

<

13. Inverse and Direct Images of Topologies

Here we describe two more methods which are commonly used to construct new topological spaces by using some known topologies. T h e first of these occurs when we have a set XI a topological space Y, and a function f which maps X into Y. T h e object is to introduce a topology on X by using the topology of Y and the function f . T h e second method concerns the case when X is a topological space, Y is a set, and f maps X onto Y. Using the topology of X we introduce a topology on Y.

X into the topological space Y with topology F.Then there is a weakest topology on X having the property that the inverse image of every open set in Y is an open set in X . This topology is called the inverse image of 9-under f and is denoted by f-'(Y). The family of open sets of f-'(F)consists of the sets f-'(O) where 0 is open in Y .

Theorem 1. Let f map the set

Note. We define f-'(A) = { x : f ( x ) E A } for any A E Y without regard whether A is in the range off or not.

Proof. There exist topologies such that the inverse image of open sets is open in X. For instance, if X is topologized by the discrete topology, then f-'(O) is open for every open 0 of Y. If a topology on X has this property, then the family { f-'(O)} (0 E 0) is a subcollection of the family of its open sets. Since

nf-1(Oi) =

f-l(n 0,)

and

U p ( 0 , ) =p ( U Oi)

13. Inverse and Direct Images of Topologies

69

the family {f-'(O)] ( 0 ~ 0satisfies ) the axioms for the open sets of a topology on X . Hencef-'(Y) exists and its open sets are the setsf-l(O) where 0 E 0. T h e theorem can be extended to the more general situation when a whole family of functions is given on X : Theorem 2. Let { fi}( i E I ) be a family of functions mapping the set X into the topological space Y . Then there is a weakest topology on X such that the inverse images f i - ' ( 0 ) are open in X for every f i h n d every open set 0 in Y . Proof. We consider the inverse images fi-'(Y) ( i E I ) and take lub{ f,-'(S) : i E I} where as usual the least upper bound denotes the weakest topology which is at least as strong as anyfi-'(Y). This topology has the required properties. Later when discussing functions and continuity we shall see that a function f is defined as continuous, or everywhere continuous, relative to a topology given on its domain and a topology given on its range if the inverse image of open sets is open. T h e topologyf-'(Y) has the property that the inverse imagef-'(0) of open sets is open. Hencef-'(Y) is the weakest topoiogy on X such that f is continuous relative to f-l(Y)and Y. T h e topology lub{ fi-'(Y): i E I } whose existence is stated in Theorem 2 is the weakest topology on X such that every fi( i E I ) is continuous. Another interesting property of f - ' ( Y ) is that the image f ( 0 ) of every open set 0 in X is an open set of f ( X ) . For if 0 is open in j-l(Y),then 0 =f-l(Q) for some open set Q in Y and s o f ( 0 ) = Q nf(X). If X and Y are topological spaces and f maps X into Y such that the image of open sets is open, we speak about an open map. Hencef-'(T) is a topology on X such that f is an open map relative tof-'(Y) and the relativization of .Fto f ( X ) . If C is closed in f-l(Y),then C = cf-'(Q) for some open set Q in Y , so f(C) = CQnf ( X ) and f ( C ) is closed in the range off under the induced topology. If a functionfmaps a topological space X into another Y such that closed sets are mapped into closed sets we say thatfis a closed map. Hencef-l(Y) is a topology on X such that f is a closed map relative to f - l ( S ) and the relativization of Y to f ( X ) . T h e formation of the inverse images is a transitive process; that is, f-l(g-l(Y)) = ( f i' g)-'(F). This follows from the fact that ( f c g)-1 = g-l 17 f-l for any pair of functions f : X Y and g : ---f

Y+Z.

Let us now consider a topological space X with topology Y and a function f mapping X into a set Y. There is at least one topology on Y , namely, the nondiscrete topology, such that f is continuous. If f is

70

I.

TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

continuous with respect to some topology on Y, then it is continuous also with respect to every weaker topology. I t is reasonable to ask whether a strongest topology exists on Y such that f is continuous. Suppose f is continuous relative to some topology on Y having open sets Q E 9. Then f-l(Q) is open for every Q E 2 and so 9 is a subfamily of {Q : Q E Y and f-'(Q) €0) where 0 is the family of open sets of X. This family is closed under the formation of finite intersections and arbitrary unions. Hence it defines a topology on Y which has the required property: It is the strongest among those topologies of Y which make f continuous. We proved the following: Theorem 3. Let X be a topological space with topology Y and let f map

X into the set Y . Then there is a strongest topology on Y which makes f a continuous map. This topology is called the direct image of Y under f and is denoted b y f ( Y ) . A set Q is open relative to f(Y)i f and only i f f-'(Q) is an open set of X . Since every family of topologies admits a greatest lower bound we have the following extension of the foregoing result: Theorem 4. Let { f i } ( ; € I ) be a family of functions mapping the

topological space X into the set Y . Then there is a strongest topology on Y which makes every fi continuous. An important application of the direct image topology will be studied in the next section. EXERCISES

1. Determine f-l(Y) when X = Y is the set of reals, Y is topologized in the usual way, and f : :: -+ x2. (A set 0 is open in X relative tof-l(Y) if it is open in the usual sense and is symmetric with respect to zero.) 2. Determine the greatest lower bound of the topologies f-'(S) and g - l ( Y ) when f : x + (x - &)2 and g : x -+ (x &i2, X = Y is the set of reals, and F is the usual topology of the reals. [By the solution of Exercise 1 a set 0 is open relative to f-l(9-) if it is open in the usual sense and is symmetric with respect to 8. Hence 0 is open in the greatest lower bound if it is of the form

+

0 = U((2n + 1 - Q) u (2n

+ Q) :

where Q is open in the usual sense.]

tl

= 0,f l ,

f2, ...}

14. Quotient Spaces

71

3. Let f be a one-to-one map of the set X onto the topological space Y with topology F.Show that if X is topologized by f-I(Y), then X and Y are homeomorphic spaces. 4. Prove that the product topology is the weakest topology on X = Il X , such that the projection maps n-, : X + X , are continuous. 5 . If X = Il X , has the product topology, is r, : X + X , an open m a p ? Is it closed?

14. Quotient Spaces

Let X be a topological space with topology Y and let R be an equivalence relation for X . We denote by X I R the set of equivalence classes; {x} is the equivalence class containing the element x E X . Let f be the function which associates with each X E X the class {x} E XIR. This function f is called the natural map of X onto XIR. Thus f : X 4 X I R where X is a topological space and X I R is a set, a situation studied in the preceding section. T h e direct imagef(7) of 7 is called the quotient topology and is denoted by 7 1 R . T h e set X / R endowed with the topology Y / Ris called a quotient space. By Theorem 13.3 F I R is the strongest topology on X I R which makes the natural map f : X-+ X / R a continuous function. T h e process of forming a quotient space is called a topological identijication. This is so because it corresponds to the intuitive idea of identifying certain points of the space. The points to be identified with each other form an equivalence class and the equivalence relation R is determined by these equivalence classes. We discuss a few instances of topological identification without actually proving that the spaces so obtained are homeomorphic to some other spaces already defined. First let X be the closed interval [0, 11 under the induced topology of the reals. We identify the end points 0 and 1 and obtain a quotient space which is the homeomorphic image of a circle S1. T h e same result can be obtained by choosing for X the whole real line and identifying any two points which are congruent modulo 1; that is, x m y if and only if x - y is an integer. T h e same method can be applied in the plane to obtain the cylinder and the torus: Let X be the plane with its usual topology and let x = (xl, x2) - y = ( y l , y z ) if x1 = y 1 modulo 1 and x2 = y z . T h e resulting space is a cylinder and intuitively the process corresponds to rolling up an infinitely large sheet of paper to form a cylinder. T h e same quotient space can be formed by starting from the infinite strip

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

72

< <

l} and identifying the points X = { x : x = (x,, x,) and 0 x1 (0, x,) and (1, x,) for every x, . The intuitive process is to glue together two parallel edges of a paper strip to form a cylinder. Again let X be the plane and let x - y if x1 = y 1 modulo 1 and x, = y, modulo 1. T h e quotient space can be easily visualized if we assume that this identification process can be performed in two successive steps: First let x - y if x1 = y1 modulo 1 and x, = y, . Then the quotient space X / R is the homeomorphic image of a cylinder. Next we { y } if x, = y, modulo 1 introduce an equivalence relation in X / R : {x} where x = (xl, x,) and y = (y, ,yz). This second identification corresponds to inserting one end of the infinitely long cylinder into its other end and rolling it up by sIfding it within itself. T h e end result is a torus. In what follows we are going to prove a theorem which states that a single complicated identification can be replaced by a sequence of successive simpler identifications. Let R , and R , be equivalence relations on a set X such that R , implies R , . Using these relations we can introduce an equivalence relation R,/R, on the set X / R , of equivalence classes modulo R , . We {y}, modulo R,/R, if x - y modulo R , . This is a correct say that {x}, definition because it is independent of the choice of the representatives x and y : If x1 , x, E {x}, and y1 ,y z E dy}, , then x1 x, and y1 y, modulo R, and so x1 x, and y1 y z modulo R, . Hence if x1 y1 modulo R , , then also x, -y2 modulo R , . There is a natural map of the set X / R , onto ( X / R l ) / ( R , / R l )namely, , one associates with {x}, E X / R , the class {{x},} of those classes in X / R , which are equivalent to {x}, modulo R,/R, . We prove that this natural map is a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of X / R , and of (X/R1)/(Rz/R1): For if {{x}}, = {{Y}}l 9 then {XI1 {Y}l modulo R,IR, , then x - y modulo R , , and so {x}, = {y}, .

-

-

-

-

-

-

N

-

Theorem 1. Let R, and R , be equivalence relations on the topological space X such that R , implies R , . Then X / R , and ( X / R , ) / ( R , / R , )are homeomorphic spaces and a homeomorphism is given by the natural map of XIR, onto ( X / R l ) / ( R , / R l ) . Proof. We have four natural maps:

f :x E X - + { x } , E X / R 1 , R : {x}1 F X / R , - {{x)1) E {~/Rl)/(R2/Rl)> h :X E X {x}*E X / R , -+

-

k : {XI, E X/Rz

W1) E

(~/RI)/(RdRl).

14. Quotient Spaces

73

T h e following diagram helps to visualize the situation: X

These maps have the property that g ( f ( x ) ) = K(h(x)),for every x in X, written in our notation as f o g = h G K. Mapping diagrams with this property are called commutative. Now Q i s open in ( X / R , ) / ( R , / R , )if and only if (g-l of-')(Q) is open in X.However,

(g-'of-')(Q) = ( f o g ) - ' ( & ) = ( h o K)-'(Q) = (K-'

o h-')(Q)= k l ( k l ( Q ) )

and W ( Q )is open in X / R , if and only if h-l(K-l(Q))is open in X . Therefore Q is open in ( X / R , ) / ( R , / R , )if and only if K--l(Q)isopenin X / R , . Those open sets Q of X which are unions of equivalence classes modulo R are called saturated open sets. We can easily check that the family 2 of saturated open sets satisfies the axioms for the open sets of a topological space and so it determines a topology F Ron X . Since 9 G 0 this topology is coarser than 5 and clearly ( F R )= R F R. T h e topologies F R on X and F / R on X / R are closely related, namely, Y Ris the inverse image of Y / R relative to the natural map f of X onto X / R . Often it is more convenient to deal with the original set X under the topology F Rinstead of the set of equivalence classes X / R under the quotient topology Y / R . This is the case for instance when an algebraic structure is given on X which is not compatible with the equivalence relation R . We defined the torus by identifying some points of the plane. It can be obtained also in another way by forming the product of two circles which as we saw earlier, can be obtained from the real line by identification. It is no accident that these two definitions lead to the same space but rather an instance of a general principle on identification in product spaces: If R , and R , are equivalence relations for the sets X,and X,, then an equivalence relation R , x R, can be defined on X, x X , as follows: x = (x, , x,) - y = (y, , y,) modulo R , x R , if x, -yl and x2 - y 2 . There is a natural one-to-one correspondence between the elements of ( X , / R , ) x ( X , / R , ) and of (X,x X , ) / ( R , x R2). T h e map , b2)) {(x, , x,)) gives such a one-to-one correspondence because if x,' x," and x,' x,", then (x,', x,') (x,", x,") and conversely. If X and Y are sets and f : X + Y is an arbitrary map we call f - l ( f ( A ) ) = (fo f-')(A) the saturation of A with respect to f : X + Y .

-

-

--

(h}

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

74

In particular, if X is a set, R is an equivalence relation for X and X / R the natural map then f-l( f ( A ) ) is called the saturation of A with respect to R. If X is a topological space and R is such that the saturation of every open set of X with respect to R is again open, then the equivalence relation R is said to be compatible with the topology of x.

f:X

--f

Theorem 2. Let X , and X , be topological spaces and let R , and R, be equivalence relations on X , and X , , respectively. Then the natural map

g : (IXlL

(XlIRl) x

{XZH E

V2IR2)

-

{(XI

9

X2)l E

(Xl x X,)I(R, x R2)

is an open map. Moreover, if R, is compatible with the topology of X i (i = 1, 2) then g is a homeomorphism. Proof, Let f , : X i + X , / R , be the natural map. A set &, is open in X,/Ri if and only if Q$ = f;' (&,) is a saturated open set in X , . T h e

image of fi(Q1)

x fi(Q2)

= {{XI) : xi EQI}

x

((4 : xz ~ Q 2 1

under the natural map g is h(Q, x

Q2)

=

4): ( ~ 1 9x z ) E

{{(XI 9

Q ~x 9 2 1

where h denotes the natural map of X , x X , onto ( X , x X,)/(R, x R,). Since Q1and Q, are saturated the inverse image of h(Ql x Q,) under h is Q1 x Q, which is an open set of X , x X , . Therefore h(Q, x Q,) is an open set of ( X , x X , ) / ( R , x R,). T h e sets f l ( Q 1 ) x f 2 ( Q 2 )form a base for the open sets of ( X , / R l ) x ( X 2 / R , )and as we just proved they are mapped into open sets of ( X , x X , ) / ( R , x R,) by the natural map g. Therefore g is an open map. Moreover, if R, and R, are compatible with the corresponding topologies, then the image sets h(Q, x Q2) also form a base in ( X , x X , ) / ( R , x R,) and so g is a homeomorphism. EXERCISES

1. Consider the rectangle in the plane with vertices ( + l , &l). T r y to visualize the spaces obtained by the following identifications: (a) (b)

(4 (4 (e)

(f1

(-x, -l)-(l,x) and (x, - I ) - ( % I ) and (x, - 1) (x, 1) (x, - 1 ) (4, 1).

--

(x,-l)-(--x,l) (x, - I ) - @ , 1)

( - 1 , --y) - ( y , 1). (-l,y)-(l,y).

and ( - l , y ) - ( l , - y ) . and ( - l , y ) - ( l , -y).

75

Notes

(Sphere, torus, cylinder, Mobius band, projective plane, Klein bottle.) 2. Let X be the three-dimensional Euclidean space, the origin being omitted, and let x m y if there is a real number h such that xi = hyi (i = 1, 2, 3). Show that the quotient space is homeomorphic to the space defined in Exercise l(e). 3. Let X be the set of ordered pairs ( z , , z,) of complex numbers, the pair (0,O)being omitted. Define u v if there is a complex number h such that ui = hvi (i = 1, 2). Show that the quotient space is homeomorphic to the sphere.

-

NOTES

For further literature on regular open and regular closed sets see Kuratowski [ 11. One says that A is regularly contained in B if A c B'. Axioms (K.l)=(K.4) are equivalent to the following pair of axioms: u 7 u Y = X U Y . These axioms were introduced (a) 0 = 0; (b) by Monteiro [2]. As an exercise the reader should show the equivalence of axioms (a) and (b) and of axioms (K.1)-(K.4). Another set of axioms for a topology can be given in terms of the binary operation A * B = ( A n 8 )u ( B n A) (see Murti [3]). An extensive study of the definition of abstract spaces by derivative, closure, boundary, interior, exterior, and other operators was published by Monteiro and Ribeiro [4]. Axioms (B.l) and (B.2) of a base for a topology can be reformulated as follows:

x

(B.1') (R.2')

u { B : B E G9} = x For every B, , B, €9 we have B , n B,

=

U { B:B

B, n &}.

Topologies and uniform structures for linearly ordered sets were studied in two notes by Nachbin [5]. T h e axioms of a metric are equivalent to the following two axioms:

(W (M")

d(x, y ) = 0 d(x, y )

if and only if

+ d(x, z ) 2 d ( y ,z )

x =y.

for any x, y , z E

x.

These axioms were introduced by Lindenbaum [6]. T h e condition given in Lemma 6.2 expresses a continuity property of d, relative to the topology TIgenerated on X by the pseudometric d,: For each fixed value of x the pseudometric d, determines the function

76

I. TOPOLOGICAL SPACES

dzx: y + dz(x, y). T h e lemma states that TI > F zif and only if every dzx(x E X ) is continuous at x relative to TI and the usual topology of the reals. T h e result discussed in Exercise 6.4 is connected with a result of Sreenivason [7]:A necessary and sufficient condition that d o f = f(d) be a metric whenever d is a metric on X is (i) f(0) = 0; (ii) f(d) 2 0 for every d 2 0; (iii)f(d) f(u) f(v) whenever 0 w - u d u v. Iff is strictly increasing and concave, the conditions are satisfied. T h e topologies generated by d and d o f need not be the same. An equivalent definition of product topologies which is not discussed in the text is due to EfremoviE [8]: Define the closure of every set A : x E A if given a decomposition A = A’ u ... v An of A there is k n) such that x, E A,k for every s E S . T h e product an Ak (1 topology is defined by the closure operator A. An extensive study of Boolean product spaces and of Boolean product of uniform structures was made by Nobeling [9].

<

+

<

< < +

< <

REFERENCES 1. C. Kuratowski, “Topologie I,” 4th ed., in French. Hafner, New York, 1958. 2. A. Monteiro, CaractCrisation de l’opdration de fermeture par un seul axiome. Portugal. Mat. 4, 158-160 (1945). 3. K. Murti, A set of axioms for topological algebra, J. Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 4, 116-119 (1940). 4. A. Monteiro and H. Ribeiro, Sur I’axiomatique des espaces, V. Portugal. Math. 1. 275-288 (1940). 5 . L. Nachbin, Sur les espaces topologiques ordonnks. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 226, 381-382 (1948); Sur les espaces uniformes ordonnks. Zbid. 226, 774-775 (1948). 6. A. Lindenbaum, Contributions A 1’Ctude de I’espace mbtrique, I. Fund. Math. 8, 209-222 (1926). 7. T. K. Sreenivason, Some properties of distance functions. J. Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 11, 38-43 (1947). 8 . V. A. EfremoviE, Invariant definition of topological product. Uspehi Mat. Nauk [N.S.] 7 (47), 159-161 (1952). 9. G Nobeling, “Grundlagen der analytischen Topologie.”Springer-Verlag,Berlin, 1954.

CHAPTER II

Separation Properties 1. (To) and

(T,)Axioms,

Hausdorff Spaces

T h e most primitive axiom of separation states that given any pair of distinct points a and b in a topological space X there exists an open set 0 containing one of these points and not containing the other. We do not care which of the possibilities a E 0 and b 4 0 or a 4 0 and b E 0 can be realized; the axiom states only that at least one of these alternatives can be secured by choosing a suitable 0 E G. T h e axiom is not a consequence of the axioms of a topological space, as is shown for instance by the nondiscrete topology of any set X consisting of more than a single element. This axiom is called (T,) axiom or Kolmogorov’s axiom of separation. If it holds we speak about a (T,) space. One can immediately see that a topological space X is a (T,) space if and only if for any pair of distinct points a and b at least one of the relations a 4 (b) and b 4 (.> takes place. All other axioms of separation are of a similar nature: Two distinct points or two disjoint sets A and R are given subject to various conditions, and the axiom states the existence of an open set 0 or of a pair of open sets 0, and 0, which in some way or another separate these points or point sets. For example, a topological space X is called a (TI) space if given any pair of distinct points a , b there exist open sets O,, and 0, such that a E 0, , b 4 0, and b E 0, , a 4 0,. If X is a (T,) space we say that the (T,) axiom of separation holds in X . One speaks also about Frkhet’s axiom or Riesz’s axiom of separation. It is clear that every (T,) space is necessarily a (To) space. On the other hand, there exist (To) spaces which are not (T,) spaces. For example, we can choose X as a set of two elements X = { a , b} and define the family of open sets as 8 = ( 0 , { a ) , { a , b}}.

The space X is a (T,) space the following statements holds:

Theorem 1.

each-of

if

and only

if

(1) Every set { a } consisting of a single point a is closed. 77

any-and

thus

78

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

( 2 ) For every A the intersection of all open sets 0 , containing A is the set A. ( 3 ) The intersection of all open sets 0 , containing the point a is the set { a } . (4) Every subset of X is a union of closed sets. ( 5 ) Every nonvoid set contains some nonvoid closed subset. Proof. We prove the implications (T,) + (1) -+ (2) --+ (3) 4 (T,) and thus obtain the equivalence of (T,), (l), (2), and (3): If (T,) holds, { a } is closed because the complement of { a } is the union of open sets 0, where b E 0,. Next, if (1) holds, then given a set A and a point b .$ A there are open sets containing A and not containing b, e.g., X - {b} is such a set. Hence the intersection of all open sets containing A is A itself. I t is plain that (2) implies (3). Finally, (3) implies the existence of an open set 0, for each pair of distinct points a , b E X such that a E 0, and b .$ 0,. Hence (3) implies (T,). T h e equivalence of (l), (4), and ( 5 ) is obvious. Theorem 2 .

If X is a (T,) space, then every derived set is closed.

Note. There are (To) spaces such that not every derived set is closed. On the other hand, there are spaces for which (To) fails but nonetheless every derived set is closed. T h e nondiscrete topology of a set yields such a space.

Proof. If a” E A”, then in every open set 0 containing a’’ there is an a’ E 0 such that a’ E A’ and a’ # a”. Since X is a (T,) space we can find an open set Q containing a’ and not containing a“. T h e set S = 0 n Q is open, a’ E S and a’’ 4 S . By a’ E A‘ there exists an a in A which belongs to S. By a” .$ S we have art # a . Thus for every a” E A“ and every open 0 containing a“ there is an a in A , distinct from a“ which belongs to 0. Hence a” is an accumulation point of A . T h e best-known separation axiom was introduced by Hausdorff: Given any pair of distinct points a , b E X there exist disjoint open sets 0,and 0,in X such that a E 0, and b E 0,. A topological space satisfying this axiom is called a Hausdorfl space, a (T,) space, or a separated space. The words separated and separable should not be confused, for the expression separable space occurs in the literature with a completely different meaning. If X is a Hausdorff space we say that the (T,) axiom or Hausdod’s axiom of separation holds in X. Since 0, and 0,are disjoint, b # 0, and a # 0,.Hence (T,) implies (T,) and so all the properties discussed above also hold for HausdoriT spaces. As an additional result we have:

Exercises

79

A topological space is a Hausdorff space if and only if for each point a the intersection of all closed neighborhoods of a is the set {a}. Theorem 3.

Proof. Let X be a Hausdorff space and let b # a. Choose disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that a E 0, and b E 0,. Then a E 0, G c o b but b # c o b and so c o b is a closed neighborhood of a not containing b. Hence the intersection of all closed neighborhoods of a does not contain any b # a. Conversely, if this intersection is {a}, then given any b # a there exist an open 0, and a closed C, such that a E 0, E C, and b # C,. Then 0, = cC, is open, b E o b , and 0,n 0, = 0 . Hence Hausdorff’s axiom holds in X. There exist (TI) spaces which are not (T,) spaces. For instance, let X be an infinite set and let the topology on X be the topology of finite complements. For any pair of distinct points a, b the open sets 0, = X - - { a } and 0, = X - {b} fulfill the requirements of axiom (T,) but not of (T2). Since any two nonvoid open sets have a nonvoid intersection, there exists no pair O,, 0, which would satisfy the requirements of axiom (T,). It is clear that every metric space is a Hausdorff space and it is easy to see that every pseudometric space satisfying axiom (To) is a Hausdorff space. This result can be extended to uniform spaces:

Theorem 4.

If axiom (To) holds in a uniform space, then it is a Hausdorff

space. Note. If the uniform topology associated with the uniform structure is called a separated structure. +Y is a Hausdorff topology, then

Proof. Let @ be a uniform structure for the uniform topology on X and let a and b be distinct points in X . If X is a (To) space, there is a U E 9 such that a # U [ b ] or b # U [ a ] . According to Lemma 1.8.1 we can choose a symmetric uniformity V E @ such that V o V c U . Then V[a] and V [ b ] are disjoint: For if x E V [ a ] and x E V [ b ] , then (a, x ) E V and (b, x) E V , so by the symmetry of V we have (a, b) E V o V 5 U and (b, a) E V 3 V G U which contradicts “ a # U [ b ] or b # U [ a ] . ” Therefore the interiors 0, = V[aIi and 0, = V[bIi are disjoint open sets containing a and b, respectively.

EXERCl SES

1. Let f be a real-valued function on some set X . Show that the pseudometric d : d ( x , y ) = I f(x) - f(y) I generates a (To)-space on X if and only iff is invertible.

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

80

2. Show that a pseudometric (T,)space is necessarily a HausdorfT space. 3. Define the equivalence relation R on the topological space X as follows: a b if and only if a E 0, and b E 0, for every 0, E 0 ( a ) and 0 , E O(6). Show that X/R is a (To) space and X and X/R are topologically isomorphic, i.e., there is a one-to-one correspondence between their open sets which is an isomorphism with respect to the operations U and n. 4. Show that the properties (To), (T,), and (T,) are topological invariants, i.e., if X and Y are homeomorphic spaces, then either both or neither of them have property (Ti) (i = 0, 1, or 2). 5. T h e spaces X and X/Rare homeomorphic if and only if the equivalence relation constructed in Exercise 3 is the identity relation. 6. If X is a (T,) space and if 0 = V, then the topology on X i s discrete. 7. Show that if X is a finite set and its topology is (TI), then it is discrete. 8. T h e following topological space is an example of a (T,) space which is not a HausdorfF space: Let X be the set of real numbers and let C E X be closed if it is bounded and closed in the usual sense. (Any two nonvoid open sets have a nonvoid intersection and so axiom (T,) cannot hold. Similar topologies can be constructed by starting from an arbitrary topology on a set X. This is the topology of compact complements.) 9. Show the following result: If a (To) space X has a countable base, then the cardinality of the set X is at most the cardinality of the continuum. (Let B with card B w be a base. For every x E X let

-

<

L ? ? ~ = { B : B E ~and ? XEB}. Then W,E V ( W ) where V(B) denotes the power set of B and by the card ~(93’)2 w . ) (To) axiom B,, # Bz2. Hence card X = card{B,}

<

<

2. (T,) Spaces, Regular and Semiregular Spaces

We call a topological space X a (T,) space if given any closed set A and any point b $ A there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0,such that A E 0, and b E 0,.Two simple examples show that axiom (T3) is independent of axioms (To),(TI), and (T,): First let X = {a, b, c} and let the open sets of X be 0,{ a } , {b, c}, { a , b, c}. These sets are also closed and they are the only closed sets of X. Axiom (T3) is clearly

2. (T,) Spaces, Regular and Semiregular Spaces

81

satisfied in X but axiom (To) fails because b and c cannot be separated by open sets. Consequently, axiom (T,) does not imply axiom (To). Next consider the following example of a HausdorfT space in which axiom (TJ does not hold. Example 1. Let X be the set of reals and let A = {l/n : n = 1, 2, ...}. We call a set 0 open if 0 = Q - B where B c A and Q is open in the usual sense. This defines a topology on X which makes X a (T,) space because it contains more open sets than the usual HausdorfT topology. However, X is not a (T,) space as can be seen by choosing b = 0 and the closed set A = {l/n : n = 1, 2, ...} : Indeed, if A c 0, , then 0, is open in the usual sense and so it contains intervals arbitrarily close to 0. On the other hand, if b = 0 is contained in 0,, then Qb = 0,v B, contains an interval (-6, 6) for some 6 > 0. Hence 0,and 0,intersect and the (T3)property fails.

Theorem 1. If a topological space satisfies axioms (To) and (T,), then it is a Hausdorff space. Proof. Given any pair of distinct points a , b E X , by axiom (To) there exists an open set 0 which separates these points. We may assume that a 4 0 and b E 0. We apply axiom (T,) with A = c 0 and find open sets 0, and 0,such that A c 0,, b E 0,, and 0,n 0,= 0 . Therefore a E A c 0, and b E 0,.This shows that X is a HausdorfT space. A topological space satisfying axioms (To) and (T3) is called a regular topological space. These spaces were first identified by Vietoris. I n view of the foregoing remarks every regular topological space is a Hausdorff space but not every HausdorfT space is regular. T h e reader should be careful because there are several alternative terminologies in the literature all using the same symbol (T,) and the expression “regular.” T h e best known among these alternatives is a simple interchange in terminology: Our (T,) spaces are called regular and our regular spaces are termed (T3). The strength of the axioms (To), (TI), (TJ, (To) (T3) is increasing in their order.

+

Theorem 2. A topological space X is a (T3) space if and only if any, and thus each, of the following propositions holds in X : (1) For every nonvoid open set 0 and for every x E 0 there is an open set Qz such that x E Qz G Qz G 0 .

( 2 ) For every closed A the intersection of all closed neighborhoods of A is the set A. ( 3 ) For every A and open B satisfying A n B # 0 there exists an open 0 such that A n 0 # 0 and 0 E B.

82

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

(4) For every nonvoid A and closed B satisfying A n B = 0 there exist disjoint open sets 0 , and 0 , such that A n 0 , # 0 and B E 0,. If the set A is contained in the interior of the set N , then N , is called a neighborhood of A. Note.

We prove the following sequence of implications: (T3)--+ ( 1 ) (2) -+ (3) --t (4) --+ (T3).This will show the equivalence of any two of the statements (l), (2), (3), (4), and (T3). (T3) + (1): Let 0 be open and x E 0. Then c 0 is closed and x 4 c 0 . Hence by (T3) there exist open sets Qx and Q such that x E Qx , c 0 c Q, and Q n Qx 0 . Consequently, Q, G cQ E 0 and since CQ is closed Qz E CQ E 0. Therefore x E Qz E Qz E 0 and (1) holds for x and 0. (1) -+ (2): If A is closed and x .$ A , then 0 = cA is open and x E 0. Hence by (1) we have x E Qx E Qx G 0 for some open set Qz.T h e set cQS is closed and cQx z cQx 2 c 0 = A showing that cQr is a closed neighborhood of A which does not contain x. Therefore the intersection of all closed neighborhoods of A contains no x lying outside of A . (2) -+ (3): Let A n B # 0 and let B be open. Then there is an x such that x E A and x E B. Since x does not belong to the closed set cB, by (2) there is a closed neighborhood of cB not containing x: Let us say cB E Q E C where Q is open, C is closed, and x 4 C. Then 0 = cC is an open set which contains x and therefore A n 0 # 0 . Moreover, cQ being closed 0 = c?? E cQ E B . This proves (3) for the sets A and B. (3) (4): If A n B = 0 where A is not void and B is closed, then A n cB # 0 and cB is open. Using (3) with cB in place of B we obtain an open set 0 such that A n 0 # 0 and 0 G 0 c_ cB. Hence if we put 0, = 0 and 0, = cO,then 0, and 0, are open sets satisfying A n 0, # 0 and B c 0,. Furthermore, by 0, = c 0 E c 0 = c 0 , the sets 0, and 0, are disjoint. (4)- (T3): Applying (4) in the special case when A consists of a single point a we obtain a pair of disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that a E 0, and B c 0,. Hence if (4) holds, then axiom (T3)is also satisfied Proof.

--+

1

--+

in X.T h e proof of the theorem is complete. Perhaps the most useful form of axiom (T3) is form (1) above. Two simple variants of (1) are also common. T h e first of these states the following: “For every x and every neighborhood N , there is a neighborhood Q, such that x € Q r E QS E N,.” A base .gfor the open sets of X is called a regular base if for each B E &9 and x E B there is an open set Q, such that x E Qx E Qx G B. T h e second variant of (1) states: “Every base for the open sets of X is a regular base.” It is easy to see that the existence of one regular base implies that every base is regular.

2. (T3)Spaces, Regular and Semiregular Spaces

83

A topological space X is called a (T3.9 space if its regular open sets form a base for the open sets of X . If in addition X is a Hausdorff space, then it is called a semiregular topological space. It follows that X can be a (T39 space without satisfying axiom (To).We can easily show that every (T3)space is a (T35) space and consequently every regular space is semiregular: First we prove that the regular open sets of a (T3)space form a base. Since X itself is regular open, only axiom (B. 2) has to be verified. We assume that 0, and 0, are regular open sets and x E 0, n 0,. By axiom (T3)there is an open set Q such that x E Q G Q s 0, n 0,. If we let 0 = Qi, then by Theorem 1.2.9 the set 0 is regular open and we h a v e x ~ Q 5 ~ c Q c O 1 n O H, e. n c e x E O c O , n O , a n d s o (B. 2) holds for 0, and 0,. T h e same argument shows that if 0 is open and x E 0, then there is a regular open set 0 such that x E 0 E 0. Hence the regular open sets generate the original topology of the space. Another separation property which is actually stronger than (T,) but weaker than regularity was first noticed by Urysohn: A space is usually called a Urysohn space if any pair of distinct points a , b can be separated by disjoint closed neighborhoods. On the one hand, this requirement is clearly at least as strong as Hausdorff’s separation axiom. On the other hand, if a and b are distinct points in a regular space, then a and b have disjoint open neighborhoods O,, and 0, and so by form (1) of axiom (T3)there are open sets Q , and p b such that a E (3, G Q, 5 0, and b E Qh Qb 5 0,. Hence every regular space is a Urysohn space. Semiregularity and Urysohn’s axiom are not comparable: There exist Urysohn spaces which are not semiregular and also semiregular spaces which do not satisfy Urysohn’s axiom. A pair of sets A and B satisfying A E cB and B 5 cA is called separated. Axioms (T4)and (T6)which will be discussed in the following sections concern the separation of separated sets by disjoint open sets. T h e next theorem shows that in order to find Hausdorff spaces having property (T3)but not (T4) or else having property (T4)but not (T5), we must look for rather sophisticated examples. Theorem 3. If X is regular and A and B are countable separated sets, then there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0 , contuining A and B , respectively. Proof. T h e only interesting case is when both A and B are denumerable sets. We suppose that A = {a,} ( n = 1, 2, ...) and B = {b7L}( n = 1, 2, ...). Since X is a (T,) space we can find disjoint open sets O,, and oh1 such that a , E 0,,1and b, E o b l . By hypothesis O,, n cB is an open set containing a, and so by axiom (T3)there is an open neighborhood Q,, of a , such that Qul 5 &, E O,,, n cB. Similarly, there is an open

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

84

neighborhood Qbl of b, such that Qb, E Q b , G Ob, n cA. I t is obvious from the construction that Qul n B = 0 , Qb,n A = 0 , and

-

Ba,

n Qbl = 0 .

Now we use induction to construct sequences (Qu ) (n = 1, 2, ...) and (QbJ(n = 1, 2, ...) of open neighborhoods such" that Bann B = 0 , Q b , n A = 0 , and Qa,n n Qb, = 0 for every m,n = 1, 2, ...; for instance, if Qal , ..., Qa, and Qb, , ...,Pa,are already determined in a proper way, then an+,4 Q b l u ... u Q b n and so a,+, E c(B u Qb,u ... u Qb). Similarly, b,+, E c(A u Qulv ... u Qu,). By the Hausdorff property we can determine disjoint open neighborhoods On,+, and Ob,+, of a,,, and b,+,, respectively. Next, by axiom (TJ there is an open neighborhood Pan+,of an+, such that %+I ' Q a n + l

G

-

Qan+1

E

C(B U

U *.. U Q b n )

n On,+,

T h e neighborhood Qh,+,can be determined similarly. T h e sets 0, = u {Qa,: n = 1, 2, ...} and OB = U{Qb,: n = 1, 2, ...} are disjoint open sets containing A and B, respectively. EXERCISES

1. Give a simple proof for the implication (T,) + (T3) + (T2). 2. Prove directly without using any other statements of Theorem 2 that (1) + (T3) and also that (1) --t (3) -+ (1). 3. Let X be any linearly ordered set. Show that the interval topology of X and also its half-open interval topologies are regular. (Let x be a point in the open interval (a, b). If {x} = (a, b), then {x} is both open and closed because the interval topology satisfies axiom (T,), Hence Qx = {x} is an open set containing x and Qx c Qx c (a, 6 ) . If (a, x) # 0 but (x, 6 ) = 0 , then we can choose a point c in (a, x) and we see that [c, b) = [c, x] is a closed set. Hence Qz = (c, b) has the property that x E Qz E Qr G (a, b). If (a, x) # 0 and (x, b) # 0 , then we choose a point c in (a, x) and a point d i n (x, 6 ) . T h e open set (c, d) has the required properties. If X is topologized by the half-open interval topology, the situation is similar but much simpler.) 4. Show that every uniformizable space is a (T3)space. (Let 42 be a uniform structure and let x be a point in the open set 0. By Lemma 1.9.2 there is a I/ E @ satisfying x E U [ x ] G 0. If V E q/ is chosen such that V 13 V E U , then by Lemma 1.9.7 we have __

x E V[x]i G V [ x ] c U[X]

c

0.)

3. (TJ Spaces and Normal Spaces

85

5. Show that the topology of finite complements of an infinite set is not a (T3R) topology. (The only regular open sets are 0 and X . ) 6 . On the set of reals let .F be the least upper bound of the usual topology and of the topology of countable complements. Show that F is not semiregular. [By Exercise 1.5.4 a set 0 is open relative to 9 if and only if 0 = Q n cA where Q is open in the usual sense and A is countable. We determine the closure of 0 relative to .T:T h e closed sets containing 0 are of the form C U B where C is closed in the usual sense and B is countable. If a C then there is an open interval ( a , /3) such that a €(a, 8) c cC.It follows that a $ 0; for (a,/3) n Qn cA s B and A u B being countable ( a , /?) n Q = 0 . Hence if 0 = Q n cA G C u B , then 0 c C and so 0 = n{C: 0 c C), i.e., the closure of 0 relative to F is the same as its closure in the usual sense. Since C' = CF we then its interior is the same as its see that if C is closed relative to F, interior in the usual sense. Consequently a set 0 is regular open relative to F if and only if it is regular open in the usual sense. T h e complement of the rationals for instance is not the union of regular open sets though it is open relative to F.] 7. Give an example of a set X and two topologies Y, < Y2such that 3, is regular but F2 is not. (Let X be the set of reals, let F1be the usual topology of the reals, be the topology given in the preceding exercise.) and let F2 8. Show the following proposition: If {Si} ( i E I) is a family of (T3) topologies on a fixed set X , then lub{Fi} is also a (T3)topology. (Let 0 be open relative to lub{Yij and let x E 0. Then there are such that indices i, , ..., in E I and sets Oikopen relative to Fik f$

x ~ O ~ , n , . . n Oc ~ , 0. ,

Let Qi, be open relative to Fin. and such that x E QiA,G Qi,G Oik.. T h e set Q = pi, n ... n pinis open relative to lub{Fi}, its closure is contained in Qi, n ... n Qin, and so x E Q c Q E 0.) 3. (T,) Spaces and Normal Spaces

T h e (T4) axiom was introduced by Tietze in one of the classic papers on separation axioms. A topological space X is called a (T4) space if for any pair of disjoint closed sets A and B there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that A E 0, and B E 0,. It is clear that for (TI)

86

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

spaces the (T4) axiom is stronger than the (T3)axiom. However, if the does not imply space does not satisfy the (T,) axiom, then axiom (T4) axiom (T3):For example, let X be a set of five elements, say X = {a, b, c, d , e} and let the open sets of X be {a, b, c, d , e}, {a, b, C, d } , {a, b, c}, {b, c, d, e } , {b, c, d}, (6, c}, {b}, {b, d , e}, {b, d } , {d, 4, (4,and 0 . One can easily see that these sets define a topology on X which satisfies axiom (To)but not (T,). T h e closed sets of X are 0 , {e}, {d, e } , { a } , { a , e } , {a, d , e}, {a, c, d, e}, {a, c}, {a, c, 4 , {a, b, c}, {a, b, c, e}, and X. Let us now suppose that A and B are disjoint closed ,proper subsets of X . Since the only proper closed sets not containing a are {d, e} and {e}, one of A and B must contain a while the other must contain e. Hence A is {a, b, c}, { a , c}, or { a } and B is {d, e} or {e}. In any case we can choose 0, = {a, b, c } and 0, = {d, e} so that the requirements of axiom (T4) are satisfied. However, X is not a (T,) space because the only open set containing the closed set {a, d , e} is X itself. Therefore (To) and (T4) do not imply (T3).

If a topological space satisfies axioms (T,) and (T4),then it also satisfies axioms (T,) and (T3).

Theorem 1.

Proof. This is a simple consequence of Theorems 1.1 and 2.1: In fact, if X is a (TI) space, then the set {b} is closed for every b E X and so for such a space axiom (T3)is a special case of axiom (T4), By the second theorem, axiom (T,) is a consequence of (T,) and (T3).

Example 1.

Now we construct a topological space in which axioms

(T,) and (T3) hold but (T4) fails. This will show that (T4) is not a consequence of the preceding axioms (To),(Tl), (T,), and (T3). Let X be the “closed upper half plane,” that is, the set of ordered pairs (xl , x2) of real numbers satisfying x2 0. We put the set 0 in the family 8 if it contains with each x = (x, , x,); x, > 0 a disk

{ 5 : (51 -

+

(52

- XZ),

< €7

and if it contains with each (x, , 0) a disk D,[X] =

g : (5, - Xl)i + (5, -

€)%

<

€”.

The family 0 satisfies the axioms of a topological space and it is obvious that X is a Hausdorff space in this topology. Using the fact that every closed disk is a closed set in the present topology we see that form (1) of axiom (T3) holds. Now we show that axiom (T4) fails in this space X . For let A = {(x,, 0) : x1 = rational} and B = {(xl , 0) : x1 = irrational}. Every subset

3. (T,) Spaces and Normal Spaces

87

of the real line is closed relative to this topology because its complement is open. Hence A and B are closed sets. Suppose that 0, and 0, are open sets containing A and B, respectively. To each x E B there corresponds an E = E , > 0 such that Ill[.] G 0,. Let B , denote the set of those irrational numbers x, for which c, 2 l / n where x = (xl, 0). Let us suppose that for each n and for each interval I on the real line A u B there is a subinterval J in I such that B,, n J = 0. Let the rational numbers be ordered in a single sequence ( r o , r l , ..., r,, , ...). Then we can construct a sequence of closed intervals I, such that I,+] c I,,, r,, $I, , and B, n I,, = 0. By the “principle of nested intervals” there is a real number p which belongs to all of these intervals. However, by r , $1, this number is not rational and so it belongs to B, for a sufficiently large value of n. Since p E I,, and B,, n I,, = 0 this leads to a contradiction. Hence we proved that for some n there is an interval I on the real line with the property that every subinterval of I contains points of B,*.This shows that every point of I is an accumulation point of B,. Consequently B,, has a rational accumulation point r . A disk D,[(r, O)] can be given such that Db[(r, O)] E 0,. T o each x1 E B,, there corresponds a disk D f [ ( x l O)] , c 0, with radius E = 2 l / n . Hence, if x1 is sufficiently close to the point r , the disks D n [ ( r ,O)] and D f [ ( x l, O)] intersect. Thus 0, and 0, are not disjoint and so the requirements of axiom (T4)cannot be fulfilled. A topological space satisfying axioms (T,) and (‘I‘,) is called a normal space. T h e foregoing results and examples show that every normal space is regular but there exist regular topological spaces which are not normal. Therefore axiom (TI) (T,) is stronger than any of the axioms (To), (TI), (T2),(To)+ (T3). In the literature (T,) spaces are often called normal but then a normal space need not be regular nor a Hausdorff space. If this alternative terminology is used, our normal spaces are identified by the symbol (T,).

+

Theorem 2. A topological space X is a (T4) space if and only if for every open set 0 and every closed subset A of 0 there exists an open set 0, such that A E 0, G 0, E 0. Proof. First we prove that axiom (T,) implies the present criterion: Indeed if we set B = c 0 , then A and B are disjoint closed sets. Hence by axiom (T,) there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that A E 0, and B c 0,. Therefore by 0, G c 0 , we have A G 0, c 0, E c 0 , s cB = 0. Next we prove axiom (T,) by using the statement of the criterion: Given any pair of disjoint closed sets A and B we can apply the statement with A and 0 = cB. We obtain an open set 0, such that

88

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

A G 0, G 0,G 0. T h e open sets 0, and 0, = cc), are disjoint and A G 0, and B = c 0 c cc), = 0,. Therefore axiom (T4) holds in X. EXERCISES

+ < <

1. Let X = (-1, 1) and let the closed sets of X be 0 and the x /?}where -1 < a 0 /? < 1.Show intervals[a,/?] = { x : a that the axioms for the open sets of a topology are satisfied and the space is a (To) (T4)space but it is not a (T,) space nor a (T,) space. 2. Let X be linearly ordered and topologized by the order topology. Show that X is neither (T,) nor (T3) but it is (To)and (T4). 3. Show that if Y is a nonvoid closed set in a (T4) space X, then Y is a (T4) space in the induced topology. (If A c Y is closed relative to the induced topology, then A is a closed set in X. If A c Y and B E Y are disjoint closed sets in X, then there are disjoint open sets 0, and 0,containing A and B, respectively. T h e sets 0, n Y and 0, n Y are open neighborhoods of A and B in Y.) 4. Let C,, C, , ... be closed sets in a (T4) space such that for every m = 1,2, ... the closure of U{C, : n # m} does not intersect Cr,,.Show the existence of disjoint open sets 0, , 0, , ... such that C,n c O,, for every m = 1, 2, ... . (Construct the sets 0, step by step using Theorem 2.) 5. Modify the space described in Example 1 as follows: 0 is open in X if it contains with each x = (xl ,x2) where x, > 0 a disk

< <

+

+

it : (51 - x1Y + ( 6 2 - x,y2 <

) ' 6

and if it contains with each (xl, 0) a sector

{ I :(5, - xJ2

+ 52tl < 2

and I 5, - x1 I

< 5J.

Show that the topological space defined in this manner is regular but not normal. 6. Prove that if X is finite, then ( T 3 )+ ( T4). 4. Point-Finite and Star-Finite Open Coverings

T h e criterion given in Theorem 3.2 can be formulated such that it leads to useful generalizations: Given any closed set A and a covering of A by a single open set 0 there is another covering of A consisting of

4. Point-Finite and Star-Finite Open Coverings

89

one open set Q such that Q G Q G 0. T h e question arises whether a similar statement holds for coverings consisting of more than one open set. For finite covers the answer is affirmative.

If X is a (T4) space, A a closed set in X , and (0,, 0, , ..., O,} an open covering of A , then there is another open covering (9, , Q, , ..., Q,,} of‘ A such that Q, c 0,for each i = 1, 2, ..., n. Theorem 1.

Note. If the conclusion of the theorem holds in the special case when = X and n = 2, then X is necessarily a (T4) space. This is an easy

A

consequence of Theorem 3.2: Given a closed set C and an open set 0 containing C it is sufficient to consider the open cover of X which consists of cC and 0. Proof. First we restrict ourselves to the special case when A = X : Let (0,, 0, , ..., On}be an open covering of X and let A , = c ( 0 , u ... u 0,). Since we are dealing with a covering of X we see that A , c 0,. We use axiom (T4) in the form which is given in Theorem 3.2 and find an open set Q, such that A , E Q, c 8, c 0,. Then (Q, , O,, ..., 0,} is an open covering of X because { A , , 0, , ..., 0,) is a covering of X and A , G 9,. Therefore any open covering (0,, 0, , ..., 0,) of X can be replaced by another one {Q1, 0, , ..., 0,} such that 8, G 0,. If we apply this principle n times we obtain an open covering {Q, ,Q, , ..., Q,} such that QiE 0, for every i = 1, 3, ..., n. Now we prove the theorem in the general case: Given a closed set A and an open covering {0,,..., On} of A we put 0, = c A . Then (0,, 0, , ..., 0,} is an open covering of X and in this special case we may apply the theorem. We obtain an open covering {Q, , Q, , ..., Q,} of X satisfying c 0, and Qic Oi for each i = 1, ..., n. Since Q, c So E 0, = c A we have A E cQo so that the points of A are covered by the open sets Q, , ..., Q,, Therefore {Q,, ..., Qn} is an open covering of A which satisfiesg, E 0,for each i = 1, ..., n. This completes the proof. A cover A , ( i E I ) of a set X is called point-Jinite if each point of X is covered only by finitely many sets Ai.T h e last theorem can be extended to point-finite open covers by using Zorn’s lemma:

Bo

Theorem 2. Let X be a (T4)space and let A be a closed set. Consider an open covering {O,} ( i E I ) of A such that every point x E X is covered only

by Jinitely many 0,’s. Then there is an open covering {Qi} ( i E I ) of A such that Q, c 0,for each i E I . Note. There is one special case which is worth mentioning separately: A cover ( A i }( i E I ) is called star-jinite if every A , intersects only finitely

90

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

many sets of the family {Ai}.Clearly every star-finite cover is pointfinite and so the above statement holds in particular for star-finite open covers of the closed set A. First we restrict ourselves to the case when A = X . Let { O t }(iE I ) be an open covering of X which satisfies the hypotheses of the theorem. We denote by 22 the family of all open coverings (9,)(iE I ) of X which have the property that QiG Oior Qi = Oi for every i E I . Let J be the set of those indices i E I for which Q, G 0,. Of course, J depends on the particular covering {pi}in question. We introduce a reflexive ordering relation in 9 by saying that {Qil} {Qi2} if Qil = Q: for every i E J 1 . T h e transitivity of the ordering follows from the remark that J’ 5 J 2 whenever {Qil} {Qt}. Let S be an index set and let {{Q,s}} (s E S) be a linearly ordered family of open coverings {Q,”}E 9.We show that the family has an upper bound in 9 and so the hypothesis of Zorn’s lemma is satisfied. In fact, let J = U J” and for every i E J let Q, = Qis where s is arbitrarily chosen such that i E /”. Since {{Qis}} (s E S ) is linearly ordered Qi is independent of the choice of s. For every i $ J let Q, = Oi. We show that {pi}is an open covering of X : For let x E X be arbitrary. By the hypothesis of the theorem there exist only finitely many of indices, say i, , ..., in such that x E Oi . Since the number of these indices is finite and {J”} is a linearly ordvered family there is an index s E S such that if i, E J then i, E I”. T h e family {Q}: is a covering of X and so x E Q; for some i E I , where necessarily i = i, for some index Y. Thus, if i E J , then i E /” and so Qi = Q? and x E Qi. If i 4 J , then by definition Qi = 0, and so x E Q$ G Oi = Qi. Hence in any case x is covered by {Qi}. According to the definition of the ordering relation we have {Qt} {Qi} for every s E S because for each i E J” we have Qis = Oi. Therefore the hypotheses of Zorn’s lemma are satisfied. E 9 which is By Zorn’s lemma there exists an open covering {Qi} maximal with respect to the given ordering relation. Using axiom (T4)we can now show that this particular covering satisfies the requirements of the theorem. Indeed if Qi5 Oi is not true for some index i E I , then p i = Oiand so C, the complement of U{Qj :j # i} is a closed subset of the open set Oi. Hence by Theorem 3.2 we can replace pi = Oi by another open set Qi*such that C s Qi* 5 Qi*G 0,. For every j # i we define Qj* = Qj.T h e new family {Q,*} is an open covering of X because C c Qi* and X = C u U{Qj*: j # i}.Morever, (pi}< {Pi*} whence {Qi} is not maximal. This completes the proof for the case when A = X . If A is an arbitrary closed set in X and {Oi} (iE I) is an open covering of A , then we can complete this to a covering of the entire space X by

<

<

<

<

5. (T5) Spaces and Completely Normal Spaces

91

joining 0, = c A to the family {Of>. Using the theorem in the special case for which it was already proved we find an open covering {pi} (i = 0 or i E l ) of X such that QiE 0, for i = 0 and for every i E I . T h e family (Qi} (i E I ) gives an open covering of A which has the required property. We give one more characterization of (T4)spaces. This one depends on the following notion of similarity: An ordered n-tuple ( A , , ..., A,) of subsets A , , ..., A , of a set X is called similar to an ordered n-tuple ( B , ..., B,) of subsets B, ..., B, of a set Y i f for any selection of the indices Ail n ... n Aik = 0 i f and only if Bil n ... n B f k= 0 . We have the following: )

)

A topological space X is a (T4)space i f and only if for every ordered n-tuple ( A , , ..., A,) of closed sets in X there exists an ordered n-tuple (0,, ..., 0 , )of open sets in X such that ( A , , ..., A,) is similar to (0, , ..., 0,) and Ai c O ifor every i = 1, ..., n. Proof. First we show that the condition is necessary. Let ( A , , ..., A,) be given and let A be the union of all those intersections Ail n ... n Ail, which do not meet A , . Then A is closed and A n A , = 0 , so cA is open and A , c cA. Hence by Theorem 3.2 there is an open set 0, such that A , c 0, c 0,c cA. T h e ordered family (o,, A,, ...,A,) is similar to ( A , , ...) A,): First, if we consider intersections which do not involve A , , then the corresponding sets are identical. Next, if A , n Ail n ... n Ai. # 0 , then by A , _c 0,also 0, n AiLn ... n Aik # 0 . If A , n Ail n ... n A ‘k. = 0 , then Ail n ... n Aik G A and so Theorem 4.

c(Ail n ... n A i k ) E? cA

3

o1

whence 0, n Ail n ... n Aik = 0 . We proved that if X is a (T4)space and if A , , ..., A , are closed sets in X , then there is an open set 0, such that ( A , ...) A,) is similar to (0, , A , , ..., A,) and A , g 0, . If we start from ( A , , ..., A,) and apply this principle n times we obtain an n-tuple (0,, ..., 0,)which is similar to ( A , , ..., A J and is such that A, E 0, for every i = 1, ..., n. This shows the necessity of the condition. T h e sufficiency is obvious because if we choose n = 2 and A , , A , to be disjoint then the condition implies axiom (T4). )

5. (T5) Spaces and Completely Normal Spaces

It is simple to show that every subspace Y of a (Ti) space X where 0, 1, 2, or 3 is itself a (Ti) space. In particular, every subspace of a Hausdorff space is a Hausdorff space and every subspace of a regular

i

=

92

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

topological space is regular. For (T,) spaces and normal spaces the situation is different: There exist normal topological spaces such that not every subspace satisfies the (T,) axiom. For instance, let Y be the set of all ordered pairs (x, , x2) of real numbers x, , x2 satisfying x2 2 0 and let X = Y u (00) whereco is not an element of Y . We introduce a topology on X : If 00 E 0 and if 0 -{a} is open in the space of Example 3.1 and if 0 contains all but a finite number of pairs (xl, 0), then we say that 0 is open, I f m 4 0, i.e., if 0 G Y and if 0 is open in the same sense as in Example 3.1, then again we say that 0 is open. Under this topology X is a HausdorfT space and it also satisfies axiom (T,). However, the topology of the subspace Y is the same topology which was described in Example 3.1 and therefore Y is not a normal space. Topological spaces which have the property that every one of their subspaces is a (T,) space are of special interest. These were first systematically studied by Urysohn who found that they can be characterized by a separation axiom which we call the (T,) axiom of separation: A space X is called a (T,) space if given any pair of separated sets A and B there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that A c 0 , and

B E 0,.

+

I t is clear that axiom (T,) implies axiom (T,) so that a (T,) (T,) space is necessarily a normal space and as such is a Hausdorff space. A topological space satisfying axioms (T,) and (T,) is called completely normal. T h e main result concerning (T,) spaces and completely normal topological spaces is: Theorem 1. A topological space X is a (T,) space if and only if every subspace of X is a (T,) space. X is completely normal if and and only if every subspace of X is normal.

Note. T h e necessity part of the theorem can actually be strengthened: If X is a (T,) space, then every subspace of X is also a (T,) space. Proof. First we suppose that X is a (T,) space and prove that every subspace Y of X is also a (T,) space. Let A , B be separated sets in Y , i.e. let A n 8 , = 0 and A , n B = 0 where A , and 8 , denote the closure of A and of B in the subspace Y . By Lemma 1.10.1 the closure of a set S c X with respect Y is S n Y where s denotes the closure of S with respect to X . Therefore A n 8 , = A n B n Y = A n 8 and so A n 8 = 0 and similarly A n B = 0 . Hence by axiom (T,) we can find disjoint sets 0, and 0, open with respect to X and such that A C _ 0, and B s 0,. Then the sets 0, n Y and 0, A Y are disjoint open sets in the subspace Y which contain A and B, respectively.

5 . (T5) Spaces and Completely Normal Spaces

93

This shows the necessity in its stronger form as is stated in the foregoing note. Now we suppose that every subspace Y of a topological space X is a (T,) space and we prove that X is a (T5) space. For let A and B denote sets in X satisfying A n 8 = 0 and A n B = 0 . We consider the subspace Y = c(An 8).T h e sets A n Y and 8 n Y are closed sets of Y and they are disjoint because

(AnY)n(Bn~)=.(An8)nI.’=(AnB)nc(An8)=0. Since Y is a (T4)space there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0, in the subspace Y such that A n Y G 0, and 8 n Y 5 0,. Since Y = c ( A n 8) is open in X , by Lemma 1.10.3 both 0, and 0, are open in X . Moreover, A s 0, and B c 0, because for instance

.-In I.’== A n c ( A n B ) = ( A n c A ) u ( J n c B )= A n c B

z A n c B = A.

Therefore 0, and 0, are disjoint open sets of X containing the sets -4 and B. Consequently axiom (T5)holds in X . T h e following result is of great practical interest: Theorem 2. Every pseudometric space is space is completely normal.

u

(T5)space and every metric

Proof. Let A and B be separated sets in a pseudometric space X . If u 4 8, then c 8 being open there is an 6 = E,, > 0 such that S , [ a ] G c 8 . Therefore d(a, b) 2 cfl for every a E A and b E B. Consider the .union 0, of all balls S, [ a ] where a E A and E = E ( ~. Then 0, is open and A G 0,. Determine the open set 0, in a similar manner so that B E 0, . T h e sets 0, and 0, are disjoint because if we had x E 0, n 0, , then d(a, .I-) < &,, and d(x, b) < i e b for some a E A and b E B whence d(u, 6) < max(r, , qJ which is a contradiction. This shows that X is a (T5) space. If X is a metric space, then d ( a , b ) > 0 for any pair of distinct points a , b E X . Thus if we let E = &d(a, b), then 0, = S,[a] and 0, = S,[b] are disjoint open sets containing a and b, respectively. Therefore every metric space id a Hausdorff space and it is completely normal.

If a linearly ordered set has the least upper bound property, then its interval topology is completely nornial.

Theorem 3.

Proof. Every interval topology satisfies axiom (TI) and so it is sufficient to show that axiom (T5)holds in X . Let A and B be separated sets in X . T h e set 0 = c(A u 8)is open and so by Theorem 1.5.1 it is the

94

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

union of disjoint open intervals, say I , = ( a , , bJ where s E S . We select a point i8 from every interval I, which we keep fixed. If a E A then there is an open interval in CB which contains a . We determine a special open interval I, in cB containing a. Let us consider the following possibilities:

( I ) There is an x, > a such that ( a , xu) is void. Then we let I,, = [a, xu)* (2) There is an xu > a such that [ a , xa] c A n cB. In this case we let I,, = [a, x u ) . ( 3 ) There is an x, E 0 and an interval (a, , b,) such that (a, , b,) c [a, xu) c cB.In this case we choose such an x, and set I,, = [ a , is)* If one cannot choose I,, according to (1) or (2) then a E 0 and so the

third choice is possible. Thus an interval I,, is determined for every a E A such that I,, c cB.In a similar fashion we can find a point y, and construct an interval I,, = (y, , a ] or Ial = (is ,a] for every a E A such that Ial E cB. We put I, = I,, u I,, and 0,= { I , : a E A}. Clearly 0, is open and A E 0,.Using an analog procedure we construct an open set 0, which contains B . Now we show that 0, and 0, are disjoint sets. First we have I,, n I,, = I,/n I b I = 0 for every a E A and b E B because for instance if a < b, then by I,, c CB and I b I c cA we have b $ I,, and a 4 Ibl. Next consider the intersections I,, n where a = b. If= I,, comes l under case (2), then by I,,, c A and I b l E cA, we obtain I,, n I b , = 0 and the same holds if I b / comes under case (2). Let I,, and I b l both come under case (3), say I,, = [ a , i,) and I b ) = ( i t , b]. Now if x, yb then clearly i, < i , , and if Y b < xu then by [ a , xu] G cB and [ya , b] c cA we have [yb, x,] C 0 and so i8 i t . In any case we see that I,, and I,, do not intersect. T h e situation is similar if b < a . Therefore 0, and 0, are disjoint and so X is a (TS) space.

<

<

Theorem 4. A topological space X is a (TS)space if and only if the fallowing proposition holds: If S c X and if A is a subset of S which satisfies A c Si and A s S , then there is an open set 0 , such that

A

E

0,c 0, c

Proof.

s.

T h e sets A and B = cS are separated because

CB = Be = Si z A and cA z cS = B . According to axiom (TS) there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that A c 0, and B c 0, . Since 0, E c 0 , E cB = S

Exercises

95

the set 0, satisfies the requirements. T o prove the converse statement we suppose that A and B are separated sets. If we let S = cB, then A c cB = ( C B )= ~ Si and A c cB = S . Hence there is an open set 0, satisfying A E 0, E 0, E S = cB. If we let 0, = co, , then 0, and 0, are disjoint open neighborhoods of A and of B, respectively. A topological space X is called perfectly normal if it is normal and if every closed set is the intersection of countably many open sets. It can be shown that every perfectly normal space is completely normal but there exist completely normal spaces which are not perfectly normal. Every metric space is perfectly normal. This will be shown in Exercise 6 below. E X E RClSES

1. Show that every regular topology on a countable set is completely normal. (This follows immediately from Theorem 2.3.) 2. Show that the half-open interval topologies of any linearly ordered set are completely normal. (Let A and B be sets in the linearly ordered set X such that A n B = A n B = 0 where A and B denote the closure of A and of B relative to the half-open interval topology F+. If a E A , then a E cB and so there is a point X , E X such that [a, x,) E cB. We define 0, = U { [ a ,x,) : a E A}. Then 0, is open and A G 0, . If we construct 0, in a similar fashion, then 0, and 0, are disjoint because for instance if a E A , b E B, and a < b, then by [ a , x,) G cB we have b # [a xu) and so [ a , x,) n [b, xb) is void.) 3. Let X be the set of all ordered pairs ( m , n) of integers m, n = 0, 1, & 2, ... . Let C E %' if (0, O ) E C or if C n { ( m , n): n = 0, f 1, 2, ...} is finite for all but finitely many values of m = 0, f 1, 2, ... . Show that %' satisfies the axioms for closed sets and the topology defined is completely normal. (Points are closed sets and so X is a (TI) space. We show that X is a ( T J space: If A and B are disjoint sets and (0,O) 4 A u B , then A and B are both open. If (0,O) E A , then (0,O) 4 B and so B is open. T h e n we can choose 0, = cB and 0, = B because if B were not closed, then by (0, 0) .$ B we would have B = B u ((0, 0)) and by A n B = 0 this is excluded). 4. Prove the conclusion of Theorem 3 without supposing the least upper bound property. Use Theorems 1, 3 and the result of Exercise 1.10.4, [Let .Y be the Dedekind completion of the linearly ordered set X.

96

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

This consists of intervals (-00, x) and the lower classes L without upper bound. If A, B E 9"and A < B, then there is an xEXsuch that x $ A but x E B. It follows that CY= {(-a, x)} (x E X ) satisfies the conditions given x)} (x E X) is the in Exercise 1.10.4, Hence the interval topology of {(--.a, subspace topology. Since 3 has the least upper bound property its interx)} val topology is completely normal and so by Theorem 1 {(--a, (x E X) and X itself are also completely normal spaces.] 5. Let X be the set of all ordered pairs (m,n) of real numbers m, n. Let the topology be defined by specifying the family % of closed sets similarly as in Exercise 3. Show that X is completely normal but not perfectly normal. [The point (0,0) forms a closed set all by itself. This set is not the intersection of countably many open sets. T h e neighborhood filter of (0,O)does not have a countable base.] 6. Show that in a metric space every closed set is the intersection of countably many open sets. (Given C, consider the open sets 0, = U{S,,,[x] : x E C). Clearly C E 0, for every n = 1, 2, ... and if y 4 C,then y 4 0, for a sufficiently high value of n. For instance, it is sufficient to choose n so large that l/n < d(y, C) where d ( y , C) is the distance of y from the closed set C.) 6. Separated Sets

T h e condition on the sets A and B which occurs in the (TJ axiom is particularly important and it deserves the special terminology introduced in Section 2. We recall that ;f A and B are sets in a topological space and A n B = A n 3 = 0 , then A and B are called separated. A number of interesting results hold for separated sets some of which are collected in this section. First we have a trivial remark: Lemma 1. If A and B are disjoint and either both open or both closed, then they are separated. Proof. If A and B are both closed, then A n B = A n B = A n B = 0 . If they are both open, then cA and cB are closed sets which contain B and A, respectively. Hence B c cA and A c cB, that is, A n B =

A nB

= 0.

T h e preceding lemma can be generalized to also include intersecting sets: Lemma 2. If A and B are either both open or both closed, then the relative complements cA(B)and cB(A)are separated.

97

6. Separated Sets Proof.

We have in general c A ( B )n cB(A)

=

A n cB n B n cA

c

A n cB n B n LA.

Therefore the intersection is a subset of both A n c 2 and o f c B n 8. If A is open, then c A is closed and so A n c A = A n c A = 0 . Similarly, if B is closed, then c B n 8 = cB n B = 0 . Hence c A ( B )n c,(A) is void in either case. In the same way we can see that c,(A) n c J B ) is void whenever B is open or A is closed. Lemma 3. Let A and B be separated. I f A u B is open, then A and B are open sets, and if A u B is closed, then A and B are closed sets.

Proof,

First let A u B be a closed set. Then

AUB=AUB=AUB and so A G A u B and B E A u B. However, An B = 0 and A n B = 0 , so A c A and 8 E B. This shows that A and B are closed. Now let A u B be open. Then ( A u B ) n c 8 is an open set, i.e. ( A n c 8 ) u ( B n c B ) = A is open. Similarly, ( A u B ) n c A = B is an open set. T h e foregoing reasoning also demonstrates the validity of the following statements: If An B = 0 and A u B is closed, then A is closed. If A n B = 0 and A u B is open, then A is open. A simple consequence of these statements is: If A and B are disjoint closed sets, A , E A B, g B and if A , u B, is closed, then A , and B, are both closed sets. However, this is a triviality because A , = A n ( A , u B,) and B , = B n ( A , u B,). Theorem 1. I f 0, and 0, are open sets such that 0,u 0, = X , then the boundary of 0 , n 0, is the union of two disjoint closed sets. These are ,)~ (cO,)~,respectively. subsets of ( ~ 0 and Proof. For the sake of simplicity we put C, = c 0 , and C , = c 0 , so that C , n C, = 0 . We have (0, n O,)b = ( c ( 0 , n O,))b = (C,u C,)b C,b u C,b. Since C, and C, are disjoint closed sets, Clb and C,b are also disjoint and closed. Therefore (0,n OJb is the union of the disjoint closed sets (0,n O,)bn CIband (0, n O,)b n C,b.

I f A u B = X and every set S in X we have

Theorem 2.

if cA and c B are separated, then for

s = (S n A n A) u (S n B n B ) .

98

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Proof. The set on the right-hand side is a subset of s and so it is sufficient to show that s is contained in it. Starting from the relation ~S = (S n A ) u ( S n c A ) we obtain S = S n A u S n c A and S n A E ( S n A A A ) u S n c A . Since c A and c B are separated cAG B and so S n c A E S n B and S n c A E c A imply S n c A G S n B n B. Therefore we proved that S n A c ( S n A A ) u ( S n B n B). By symmetry the same inclusion holds for S n B and hence also for the union of the sets S n A and n B. However, A u B = X and so this union is S. For uniformizable spaces and in particular for pseudometrizable spaces there are some simple sufficient conditions that two sets be separated. T h e following conditions are sufficient but they are not necessary: Lemma 4. If A and B are sets in a uniformizable space X and if there is a uniformity U in some uniform structure 9 of X such that ( a , b ) # U f o r every a E A and b E R, then A and B are separated sets. Proof. We choose a symmetric uniformity V E % such that V o V For every a E A we consider the interior V[aIi and define

E

U.

0, = U { V [ a ] i a: E A j . Similarly, we let 0, = U ( V [ b l i :b E B}. Then 0, and 0, are disjoint open sets because V o V E U and ( a , b) 4 U for any a E A and b E B. Therefore 0, and 0, are separated and so the subsets A E 0, and B E 0, are also separated. If A and B are sets in a metric space, we define the distance of these sets as d ( A , B ) = glb{d(a, b): a E A and b E B}. T h e distance of a point a from a set B is defined as d(a, B ) = d({a},B). If A and B intersect, then d ( A , B ) = 0, but d ( A , B ) = 0 does not imply that A and B have points in common. There are even separated sets A and B whose distance is null; for instance, if X is the real line, then A = {x: x < 0} and B = {x: x > 0} are such sets. Lemma 5. If A and B are sets in a pseudometric space and i f d ( A , B ) > 0, then A and B are separated. Proof. We can use the previous lemma because by the hypothesis ( a , b) # U, for every E < d ( A , B ) and a E A , b E B. T h e use of uniform structures can, however, be avoided by adapting the proof of Lemma 4 instead of using the lemma itself.

7. Connected Spaces and Sets

99

EXERCISES

1. Let X be an infinite set topologized by the topology of finite complements. Find a necessary and sufficient condition that A , B G X be separated sets. 2. Let X be a metric space and let g ( X ) be the power set of the set X . Show that d(A, B ) is not a pseudometric for .P(X). 3. Prove Lemma 5 directly. 7. Connected Spaces and Sets

This is perhaps the proper time to discuss in detail the notion of connectedness of a topological space and relevant basic theorems. For connectedness depends on the existence of certain separated sets or equivalently on the existence of certain disjoint open sets and so this concept belongs to the group which we call separation properties of the space. A topological space X is called connected if the only sets in X which are both open and closed are the improper subsets 0 and X . Other simple ways of characterizing connectedness are given in: Theorem 1. The space X is disconnected if and only following statements holds: ( I ) X is the union of two nonvoid separated sets. (2) X is the union of two nonvoid disjoint open sets. ( 3 ) X is the union of two nonvoid disjoint closed sets.

if

any one of the

Proof. If X is not connected, then there exists an open-closed set A which is different from 0 and X . Then cA is also open-closed and so the sets A , cA satisfy the requirements of ( l ) , (2), and (3). Conversely, suppose that X = A v B where A , B are nonvoid separated sets. Then X = A u B being open, by Lemma 6.3 both A and B are open sets. By cA = B we see that A is an open-closed set and so X is a disconnected space. A subset Y of a topological space X is called a connected set in X if the topology induced on Y by the topology of X makes Y a connected space. Briefly, Y is a connected set if Y is a connected subspace of X . At this point the notion of separated sets really enters into play, for we have the following:

Theorem 2.

only

A set Y is a connected set in the topological space X

if it cannot be decomposed into two nonvoid separated sets of X .

if and

100

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Proof. Let Y = A u B where A n B = 0 and A n B =; 0 . By part (iii) of Lemma 1.10.1 we have A , = A n Y = A n ( A u B ) = A n A = A. This shows that A is a closed set relative to the topology of the subspace Y . Similarly, B is a closed set of the subspace Y. By hypothesis we have Y = A u B, hence if Y is a connected set in X , then either A = 0 or B = 0 . Conversely, if Y is not a connected space, then there exist disjoint closed sets A and B in Y such that Y = A u B. Since A is closed in Y we have A , = A , i.e., A n Y = A . Therefore A n B = A n Y n B = A n B = 0 and similarly A n E = 0 . T h e sets A and B are separated in X . Lemma 1. I f Y is a connected set in X and $2 is such that Y then Z is connected. Corollary. I f Y is a connected set, then

c_

Z c

I',

I'is also connected.

Proof. Let 2 = A u B where A and B are separated sets. Then either Y E A or Y c B because together with A and B the sets A n Y and B n Yare also separated and their union is Y. Suppose that Y E A. Then I' z A and B = Z n B c I' n B c A n B = 0 . I n the same way we can show that if Y G B, then A = 0 . Consequently, A or B is void and Z is connected. Lemma 2. Let Y, (i E I ) be connected sets one of which is not separated from any other Y, (iE I ) . Then Y = U Yi is connected. Corollary 1. If {Y,} (iE I ) is a family of connected sets and if flY, is not void, then U Y, is connected. Corollary 2.

I f A , B are connected and not separated, then A u B

is connected. Proof. Let Y = A u B where A and B are separated sets. Since Y, is connected we have Yi E A or Y, 2 B for each index i E I . Otherwise A n Y, and B n Yz would give a decomposition of Yi into nonvoid separated sets. Suppose for instance that Yo c A where Yo is not separated from any Y i ( i € I ) .Then we have also Y, c_ A for every i E I . Consequently Y = UY, G A and B = 0 . This shows that Y is connected. Lemma 3. Let {Yi} (i = 1, 2, ...) be a sequence of connected sets such that Yz and Yz+l are not separated for i = 1, 2, ... . Then Y = UY, is connected.

7. Connected Spaces and Sets

101

Proof. It is possible to construct a direct proof by using similar reasonings as in the proof of Lemma 2 but it is quicker to use the lemma itself: First by induction on i we see that Y , u ... u Yiis connected for every i: In fact, Y , u ... u Yiand Yi+,are not separated because Yiand Yi+, are not separated and so if Y , u ... u Y , is connected, then by the second u Yi+,is also connected. T h e corollary of Lemma 2 ( Y , u ... u Yi) first corollary applies to the sequence { Y , u ... u Yi}(i = 1, 2, ...) and it shows that Y = U Y , is connected. For uniformizable spaces one can give a simple and useful necessary condition that X be connected. Later we shall see that in certain cases the condition is not only necessary but also sufficient. First we introduce the concept of a U-chain where U is a uniformity of a uniform structure @: Given a set and a uniform structure ?/ we say that two points a and b can be connected by a U-chain where L‘ is a uniformity in @ if there exists a finite sequence x, , ..., x,, E X such that x1 = a , x , = b, and ( x i , xi- E U f o r every i < n. We shall use this definition only in the special case when U is symmetric.

Theorem 3. If X is a connected uniform space and @ is any uniform structure for the topology of X , then any pair of points a, b E X can be connected by a U-chain for every symmetric U in @. Proof. Let G be a symmetric uniformity and let S, denote the set of those points x E X which can be connected with a by a U-chain. Since a E S, our set is not void. If we can prove that its boundary is void, then it is an open-closed set and so by the connectedness of X it must be A’. This will show that every point of X can be connected with a by a C.-chain. T o prove that (Sc,)Dis void suppose that b E (S,)”. Let V E ?f be symmetric and such that V o V c C’.T h e neighborhood V [ b ]of b meets both S, and cS,, say x E S , n V [ b ]and y E cS,n V [ b ] . B y the symmetry of V , ( x ,y ) E U . However, in that case any U-chain connecting a with x can be extended to a U-chain connecting a with y . Since y E cS,, this is a contradiction.

Theorem 4. Let X be a linearly ordered set with the least upper bound property and let X be topologized by its interval topology. Then every connected set in X is an interval. If in addition no open interval with distinct end points is void, that is, if X is densely ordered, then every interval is a connected set in X . Corollary.

A subset of the real line is connected if and only i f it is an

interval. Proof.

a

Let S be a set in X such that there exist three distinct points x $ S. Then

< x < b in X with the property that a, b g S but

102

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

S = A u B where A = (-m, x) n S and B = (x, 00) n S are disjoint sets. We have A E (-00, x] and B E [x, +cc) so A and B are separated sets and S is not connected. Consequently, if S is a connected set and if a , b E S , then [ a , b] c S . As usual let a = glb S if S is bounded from below and let a be the symbol -00 if S has no lower bound. Similarly, we let 8 denote lub S or +co according as S is bounded from above or not. T h e foregoing remark implies that S is (a,p), [a,p), ( a , 83, or [a, 81.

We show that under the additional hypothesis X itself is connected. Then every interval in X is also connected because it has the property required in Exercise 1.10.4 and so its interval topology is the subspace topology induced by X . Suppose that 0, and 0, are nonvoid open sets in X . By Theorem 1.5.1 these are unions of disjoint open intervals. Let ( a , b) be such a nonvoid interval in 0,. First suppose that a is not the symbol -00, i.e., Q is a point of X . If a $0, , using a $0,we see that 0, u 0, is not a cover of X . If a E 0, , then 0, being open there is an open interval (a,18) in 0, which contains a . Since X is densely ordered (a,8) and ( a , b) intersect and so 0, and 0, are not disjoint sets. Similar reasoning can be applied also in the case when b is not the symbol +cc but a point of X.Therefore in every case 0, and 0, intersect or their union does not cover X.Hence X is not the union of disjoint nonvoid open sets and so it is connected. Theorem 5 . A product space factor X, is connected.

n X, is connected if and only if

every

Proof. Suppose that every X , (s E S) is a connected space. We show that any two nonvoid open sets 0 and Q in X = Il X , whose union is X have a nonvoid intersection. Let x E 0 and y E Q. By the definition of the product topology there are open sets 0, (s E S ) and Q, (s E S ) such that X E E 0 and Y E IIQ, E Q and 0, = Q, = X , for all except at most the indices s, , ..., s, . We choose for every s # s, , ..., s, a point p , E X , and define the sets A, , ..., A, in X as follows: Let

no,

=

{ t :t,q,= xsi

for 1

< k < n let

A,

A,, = {e: 5,'

= yI,

for

1



and

5.

=ps

for

s # s,, ..., sn},

for

1


and

5,

=ps

for

s

# sl, ...,sn}.

Exercises

103

By Theorem 1.11.2 the set A , considered as a subspace of X is homeomorphic to X., and so it is a connected set in X . Moreover, A , and A,,, intersect for every k (0 < k < n), namely, if 8 is the point such k , t,, = x,~,for i > k , and t, = p , for every that ts = yX, for i other i, then t E A, n A,+, . By Lemma 3, A = A , u ... u A , is a connected set in X . Since 0 and Q are open and X = 0 v Q the sets A n 0 and A n Q are open sets in A whose union is A. By our construction A n 0 and A n Q are not void, and so by the connectedness of A the nonvoid sets A n 0 and A n Q must intersect. Therefore 0 n Q is not void and so X is coiinected. This shows that the condition given in the theorem is sufficient. Its necessity is obvious, because if a factor X , is not connected, then there are nonvoid disjoint open sets 0, and Q, such that X , = 0, u Q8 and so X = {t:5, E 0,} u (5: tsE Q,} is a decomposition of X into a pair of nonvoid disjoint open sets. We close with a few remarks on terminology: A compact connected set is usually called a continuum and an open connected set is often called a domain. Some people prefer to call any closed connected set a continuum. If X is not connected and X = A u B where A and B are disjoint open sets, we say that { A ,B } is a partition of X . We can also speak about partitions consisting of more than two parts.

<

E X E RCISES

I . Let X , and X, be disjoint sets in X such that their union is dense in X . Show that if the connected set S meets both X , and X , , then it meets X,b u X,". [Suppose that S n ( X , * u X,") is void. Then by X = X,u the set S can be decomposed into the union of S , = S n X l i and S , = S n X Z i . T h e sets S, and S , are nonvoid open sets in S and so S is not connected.] 2. We say that the sets S, , ..., S, form a chain if S, n S,+, is nonvoid k < n). Show that X is connected if and only if given for every k (0 i any two nonvoid sets O,,and OZ2of an open cover (0,) of X , there is a chain of sets S, E (0,) such that S, = O,, and S, = Oa2. [Let Oi (i = 1, 2) be the union of all chains whose first set S, is Oai and let 0 be the union of those 0,'s which do not meet 0, v 0,. Since X = 0, u 0, u 0 and X is connected, 0 is void and 0, and 0, are identical. The converse statement is obvious from the definition of a connected space.] 3. Show that the plane under the usual topology remains connected even after removing a countable set of points from it.

x,

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

104

(Let S be countable and let x, y be points not in S. Consider the points z of the perpendicular bisector of the segment xy. There is a z such that neither xz nor zy meets S. T h e segments xz and zy connect x and y.) 4. Show the following: If X is a normed vector space over the reals whose algebraic dimension is at least two, then X remains connected even after removing a countable set S from X. [There is a real h # such that the connected subsets

4

S," = {x : x = a,

and

+ p(1 - h)a, + $a,}

s," = {x : x = a2 + pha, + p(l - h)a,}

+

where -a < p < 00 do not meet S. Since, save foraconstantfactor, SIAand SZAare isometric with the reals and have a common point, is connected and contains a, and a2 .] SIA u 5. Show that the union of an increasing family of connected sets is connected. 6. Prove in a simple way that the product of finitely many connected spaces is connected. [The sets (5: = x,} and (5: t2= y 2 }are connected, have a common point, and their union contains both (xl, x2) and (yl ,y2).] 7. Let X be the set of the ordered pairs (0, 0), (i, 0), and (i, k) for every i, k = 1,2, ... . Define a topology on X by specifying the neighborhood filters of its points: Let every (i, k) be an isolated point; let the neighborhoods of (i, 0) be the sets containing a set

{(i, 0)) u

u{(i, k) : k 2 n)

for some n = 1, 2, ...; and let the neighborhoods of (0,O)be the sets containing a set {(O,O)} u U{(i, k): i, k 2 n} for some n = 1,2, ... . Verify axioms (Nb. 1) - (Nb. 4) and show that X is a disconnected nonregular HausdorfT space. 8. Let X be the set of all ordered pairs ( x , y ) of rational numbers such that y 2 0. Define a topology on X by specifying the neighborhood filters: A set N,a.6)is a neighborhood of (a, b) if besides (a, b) it also contains a set of the form

for a sufficiently small value of c > 0. Show that this defines a connected Hausdorff space of denumerably many points. (Determine the closures of the neighborhoods N(a.b).)

8. Maximal Connected Subsets

I05

9. Let X be a topological space and let R be an equivalence relation. Show that X / R is connected if X is connected. 10. Show that X is connected if and only if Ab # 0 for every proper subset A of X . 8. Maximal Connected Subsets

Here we define what is meant by a component or maximal connected subset of a topological space and collect the basic information on components. T h e definition and the results are very simple: A set A in a topological space X is called a component of X or a maximal connected set in X ;f A is connected and not a subset of any other connected set in X . Therefore if A is a component and if B is a connected set such that A c B, then A = B. Distinct components are separated sets because if A and B are connected sets and if A and B are not separated, then by Corollary 2 of Lemma 7.2 A u B is a connected set which contains A and B as proper subsets. This separation property implies that if A and B are components in X , then either A = B or A n B = 0 . Each point x of X belongs to some component, namely, to the union of all connected sets containing x. Hence the set of all components of a space X determines an equivalence relation on X . Components are closed nonvoid sets. In fact, sets consisting of a single point are connected and so 0 is not a maximal connected set. Furthermore, if A is a component, then it is connected and so by Lemma 7.1 its closure is also connected. Hence by the maximality property of components, A = A. A space X is called totally disconnected if every set {x} consisting of a single point x is a component of X . Since components are closed sets, by Theorem 1.1 a totally disconnected space is a (TI) space. However, X can be totally disconnected without being discrete. For instance, 0 and all rationals of the form l / n ( n = 1, 2, ...) form a metric space X if the distance is defined as d ( x , y ) = 1 x - y 1. T h e topology induced by this metric d is not the discrete topology because (0) is not an open set. Nevertheless, the space is totally disconnected: T h e open-closed sets ( l / n } ( n = 1, 2 , ...) are themselves components and the only connected set containing 0 is (0). It is clear that a topological space X is connected if and only if it has only one component. Moreover, if a set S is contained in some connected set of the topological space X , then the union of all connected sets containing S is the unique component of X which contains S. If X has finitely many components, then every component of X is both open and closed. For every component is closed, so the complement of a component is the union of finitely many closed sets and so it is

I06

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

closed. In the case of infinitely many components this proposition may fail. For example, {O} is a component of the space consisting of 0 and the rationals l / n ( n = 1, 2, ...) but (0)is not an open set. This shows that a component and its complement need not be separated sets. T h e following example shows even more: Let X be a subspace of the plane, namely, let X be the union of the IinesL,, = { ( f ,T ] ) : 77 = f l} and of the boundaries of the rectangles whose vertices are ( & n, f ( n - l ) / n ) ( n = 1, 2, ...). Then L,, and,!-, are components of X and neither of them is open. Moreover, if A and B are disjoint closed sets in X whose union is X,then either A or B contains both L, and L-, . Hence L,, and L-, cannot be separated by a partition of X . A topological space X is locally connected if for every x E X each neighborhood N , contains a connected neighborhood of the point x. In simpler words, X is locally connected if every point of X has arbitrarily small connected neighborhoods. T h e fact that these neighborhoods can be arbitrarily small is essential because X may have connected neighborhoods without having any connected neighborhood in a prescribed small neighborhood N , . Example 1.

,

Example 2. Let X be the union of the following connected sets in the Euclidean plane: the closed interval I = [- 1, I], the circles C, = {x: d(x, 0 ) = 1 - ( l / n ) }( n = 1, 2, ...) where d ( x , 0) denotes the Euclidean distance of the point x from the center 0 = (0, 0), and the circle C, = {x: d(x, 0 ) -- I}. Since each circle intersects the interval I , by Lemma 7.2 X = I u (UC,) u C, is connected. There are only two points on the circle C, which have connected neighborhoods of arbitrarily small diameter, namely, the end points of I . Hence X is connected but not locally connected. T h e character of the components of open subspaces affects the local connectedness of the space. More precisely we have the following:

+

Theorem 1. A space is locally connected ;f and only if the coniponents of every open subspace are open. Note. Since the subspaces considered are open sets in in the subspace if and only if it is open in X.

X a set is open

Proof. First let a point x and an open subspace Y containing the point x be given. Then x belongs to some component K , of Y . By hypothesis

K , is open and connected in Y . Hence it is open and connected in X.

Therefore X is locally connected. Now suppose that X is locally connected. Let Y be an open set in X and let K be a component of Y.For every x E K there is a connected open set 0, in Y which contains x. By

8. Maximal Connected Subsets

107

Corollary 2 of Lemma 7.2, 0, u K is connected in Y and so K being maximal 0, u K = K , i.e., 0, c K . Hence K = {O,: x E K } which shows that K is open in Y , and since Y is an open subspace of X , K is open in X . Theorem 2. A product space X is locally connected if and only if all factors are locally connected and all but Jinitely many factors are connected. Proof. T h e condition is sufficient. For let N , be a neighhorhood of x E X and let x E 0, _C N , where O,q= X , unless s = s l , ...,s, . We may choose n so large that for every s # s1 , ..., s, the spaces X , are connected. By the local connectedness of X., ( i = 1, ..., n ) there is a connected neighborhood Ns,of the projection xX,of x in X,q such that

II

Ns, _C O,s,. For every other choice of s we set N , = X , . Then IIN,s is a neighborhood of x and IIN, L N , . By Theorems 7.5 and 1.1 1 . 1 IIN, is a connected subspace of X . Therefore X is locally connected. T h e necessity of the condition can be shown by using: Lemma 1. If A is a connected set in the product space IWS,then its projection into every factor space X , is connected in X , . Note.

This is a special case of Lemma IV.8.1.

Suppose that .rr,(A) = A, is not connected. Then there is a partition of A,y into disjoint open sets, say A , = ( A , n 0,)u ( A , n 0,) where 0, and Qs are open sets in X,q.Hence A n { f : E, E 0,) and A n {[: f,s E Qs}are nonvoid open sets of the subspace A and their union is A itself. Consequently A is not connected. Now we show the necessity of the hypotheses in Theorem 2. Given s, a point x , ~ E X , y ,and a neighborhood N,, of x , ~ let , x E X be a point such that its projection in X , is n,(x) = x,, Moreover, let N , be a connected neighborhood of x which is contained in the neighborhood { f : f , E N , 1. The projection T , ~ ( N ,is) then a connected neighborhood of x, and l't is contained in N., . Hence each X,yis locally connected. Next, let A be a connected set in X whose interior is not void. Since X is locally connected such sets A exist. We choose an open set of the type contained in A . Since O,y= X , except for finitely many values of s, we have x,<(A)2 T,( no,?) = X,s and so n,(A) = X , . By the preceding lemma x S ( A )is connected, so X,s is connected for all but finitely many values of the index s. The expression X is locally connected at a point x is also used. This means that x has arbitrarily small connected neighborhoods, that is, for every prescribed N , there is a connected neighborhood of x which is entirely contained in N , , Proof.

108

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES E X E RClSES

1. Let S, (n = 1, 2, ...) be the closed segment in the plane which and (1, l/n) and let S , be a subset of the interval connects the points (0,O) 0 x 1. Show that the union of the sets S, and S, is a connected subspace of the plane. Show also that by omitting (0, 0) the sets S, , S, , ... become components of the remaining set. 2. Determine the components of an open subset of the real line. (Every open set 0 is the union of disjoint open intervals. These are the components of 0.) 3. Show that if X is locally connected, then any open subset of X is a locally connected space. 4. A space X is locally connected if and only if it has a base consisting of connected open sets. (The necessity is a consequence of Theorem 1 and the sufficiency of the condition is obvious from the definition of local connectedness.) 5. Let the plane set X be the union of the y-axis and of the straight lines y = nx (n =: 1, 2, ...). Show that X is connected but not locally connected. 6. Let C be a connected set in the connected space X and let 0 be an open-closed set in X - C. Show that C v 0 is connected. [Let C v 0 = Q1u Q2 where Q1 and Q, are disjoint open-closed sets in C v 0. Then C being connected C c Q, or C G Q2 and so Q2E 0 or Q, G 0. Suppose that Q, G 0. Since 0 is open-closed in X - C and Q, G 0 c cC the set Q, is open-closed in 0 and so 0 being open-closed in X - C we see that Q, is open-closed also in X - C . By hypothesis Q1is open-closed also in C u 0, so it is openclosed in ( X - C) u (C v 0) = X . However, X is connected and so Q1is void.] 7. Determine the components of IIX, if the components of every X , are known. (Use the theorems on the product of cmnected spaces and Lemma 7.2 or Lemma 8.1, Theorem 7.5, and Theorem 1.11.1 to show that C is a component in I I X , if and only if C = IIC, where C, is a component of X , for each index s.)

< <

9. (T) Axiom and Complete Regularity

In this section we shall introduce the most important separation axiom and discuss its relations to the remaining separation axioms. The axiom,

9. (T) Axiom and Complete Regularity

109

which we shall call axiom ( T ) was first mentioned by Urysohn in a paper on the problem of finding a metric for a given topology. I n another form it was formally introduced by Tychonoff who discovered its significance for the process of compactifications. T h e full importance of axiom (T) was realized only after \Veil proved that a topological space is uniformizable if and only if axiom ( T ) holds. Definition 1. By a scale of open sets with index set D we mean a f a m i l y (Of/) ( d E D ) of open sets 0, such that the index set D is a dense subset of the intercal [0, 11 and c Or,,for every pair d, < d2 . For instance, D can be the set of diadic rationals d = m/2" where

odI

m = 0, I , ..., 2" and n = 1, 2, ... . In this case we speak about a diadic scale of open sets. As another example we may choose D to be the set of all rationals d (0 d 1). If X is a metric space and x E X , then (S,,[s]) ( d E D) is a scale of open sets because the closure of the ball S,,[x] = {t:d ( ( , x) < d } is s d [ x ] G {[: d ( ( , x) < d } s: S,,#[x] whenever d < d'.

< <

Definition 2. A topological space X is called a ( T ) space if for a n y closed set A and for any b $ A there exists a scale of open sets (0,)( d E D ) such

that b E O,, E c A for every d E D. T h e particular choice of the index set D is of no importance: If the index set A is a dense subset of [0, 11 and if a scale of open sets exists for some particular choice of D, then there is a scale also with index set d. This follows from the following lemma: Lemma 1. I f A and B are disjoint sets in a topological space and if there exists (I scale of open sets (Of,) ( d E D ) such that B G 0, c C A for every d E D, then there exists a scale ( i E I ) of open sets with index 1). set I = [0, I] such that B c Qj c c A for every i ( 0 i

(Pi)

Proof.

< <

We define Qi as the union of all sets 0, for which 1 4.. < d

< a + $2

Then Qi is an open set and it is defined for every i E I . Since B E 0, E c A we have B E Qic c A for every i E I . Moreover, given i, < i, we can choose d, and d, such that

t- i,/2 < d , < d2 < 4 + 4 2 . Hence Qi,E OClIE Or/, c Qi, . Since OdLis closed we obtain This shows that (Qi) (iE I ) is a scale of open sets.

Qi, G Qi2.

110

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Hence one can assume that D is fixed, for example, it is no restriction to say that (0,)( d E D ) is a diadic scale, i.e., d = m/2” for some m = 0 , 1 , ..., 2 , a n d n = 1 , 2,.... We can easily show that every ( T ) space is a (T3)space: For let a closed set A and a point b not belonging to A be given. We choose a scale (0,)( d E D ) such that b E 0,1c c A and select d, d‘ in D . If d < d ‘ , then b E 0,G 0, E 0,.E c A and so the disjoint open sets 0, = cod and 0, = 0, separate A and b. There exist topological spaces which are regular but do not satisfy axiom (T).Similarly there are (T) spaces in which axiom (T4) does not hold. Since every ( T ) space is a (T3) space, by Theorem 2.1 we have the following: Theorem 1. If a topological space satisfies axiom (To)and (T), then it is a Hausdorff space.

A Hausdorf€ space satisfying axiom (T) is called a completely regular space. In another terminology our (T) spaces are called completely regular. For Hausdorff spaces satisfying the ( T ) axiom sometimes the term “Tychonoff space” is used. A topological space satisfying axioms (To)and (T4)is not necessarily and (T4)together are not strong enough a (T3) space and so axioms (To) to imply complete regularity. However, (T3)and (T4)imply axiom (T) and so we have:

+

Theorem 2. Every (T3) (T4) space is a (T) space. Therefore every normal space is completely regular. Proof. We shall use axiom (T4)in the form stated in Theorem 3.2: If 0 is open and if A is a closed subset of 0, then there is an open set 0, such that A E 0, G 0, G 0. Here it is convenient to choose D to be the set of diadic rationals. Let A be a closed set, let 0 = c A , and let a point b E 0 be given. Since X is a (T,) space there is an open set 0, such that b E 0, c 0,G 0. We define 0, to be the original set 0. This defines the elements of the diadic scale (0,)( d E 0)for d = 0 and d = 1. We proceed by induction: Let D, be the set of those diadic rationals which are of the form d = m/2n where m is odd and n > 0. Using axiom (T4) we can find an open set O,,, such that

0,c

OIl2 c

Suppose that the sets 0, are already defined for every d in

D,v D, v

... v D,

Exercises

111

such that 0,t c Of,,, for every d' < d". We extend the definition for every d in D,u D, ... u D, u D,L+,:If d' and d" are adjacent elements of D , v D,u ... u D, and d' < d", then using (T4)we choose 0, for d = +(d' d") such that 0,. E 0, G 0,E Odtt. I n this way we obtain a diadic scale (0,)( d E D) with the property that b E 0, and 0, G 0 = cA for every d E D. Hence X is a (T) space. If we perform a slight modification in the foregoing proof we obtain a characterization of (T4) spaces in terms of scales of open sets:

+

Theorem 3. A topological space X is (T4)space if and only if for every pair of disjoint closed sets A and B there exists an open scale (0,)( d E D ) with the property that B E O,, c cA for every d E D .

Proof. Using axiom (T4) we can find an open set 0, such that B c 0, E 0, G 0, = cA. We choose 0, as the smallest set and 0, = 0, as the largest set of the diadic scale (0,)(d E D).T h e remaining sets 0, for 0 < d < I are constructed in the same fashion as in the proof of Theorem 2. This shows that the condition is necessary. Its sufficiency is obvious. In Section IV.6 we shall give a similar characterization of a larger class of spaces which includes both ( T ) spaces and (T4) spaces.

EXERCISES

1. Show directly that every pseudometric space is a (T) space. 2. Let a commutative group X be topologized such that translates of open sets are open. Show by a simple example that the topology need not satisfy axiom (T). (The topology of finite complements on an infinite group.) 3. 1,et the linearly ordered set X be densely ordered. Show that its interval topology is completely regular. [Let x E X and an open interval ( a , b ) containing x be given. Determine for every diadic rational d = m2-" a point pair a d , bd such that a < a, < x < b,, < b and a,' < a," < b,,! < b,,, for every d' < d". Such pairs can be constructed by induction on n. T h e open intervals (ad , b , ) ( d E D)form a diadic scale and x E ( a , , b,) c (a, b ) . ] 4. Show that the interval topology of every linearly ordered set is a (T) topology. [Perform the following modifications in the solution of Exercise 3: Let ( a , b ) be an open interval containing x. If there is a point a in (a, x) such that ( a , y ) is void for some y > a , then set ad = a for every d E D .

112

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Similarly, if there is a point j3 < 6 such that (6, j3) is void for some 6 < j3, then set 6, = j3 for every d E D. If such a or j3 does not exist, construct the ad’s or 6,’s as before.] 5. Show by an example that the following situation can occur: TI < Y2< F3are topologies on the same set X, Yl and T3are (T) spaces but T2is not. (Let X be an infinite set, let Y,be the nondiscrete topology, let Y2 be the topology of finite complements, and let Y 3be the discrete topology of X . ) 6. Let {Yc} ( i E I ) be a family of (T) topologies on the set X. Show that lub{Yi} also satisfies axiom (T). [Let x E 0 where 0 is open relative to the least upper bound. Then there exist indices i, , ..., i, and sets O i l , ..., Oin open relative to the corresponding topologies T i , ..., , Fin and such that

... n 0’. 0. (02)( d D) ~ for every k = 1, ..., n such 0, as 0, = Oil n ... n 0:. . Since the

x E Oil n

Choose a scale of open sets that x E 02 c Oik . Define closure of 03 relative to Yk is closed relative to lub{Yi}, the closure 0,of 0, relative to lub{Yt} is contained is the closure of 02 taken relative to F k . Hence odf5 O,,r for every d‘ < d”.] 7. Show that every family of completely regular topologies formed on the same set X has a greatest lower bound among its completely regular lower bounds. (The greatest lower bound can be strictly coarser than the greatest lower bound of the family concerned. Its existence follows from Exercise

6.) 8. Let X, be a (T) space for every index s E S. Show that n X , is a ( T ) space. [Let X E where 0, = X , for all but finitely many indices. For every 0, there is a diadic scale (0,;)( d E D)such that x, E O,d g 0,.

n0,d.

If 0, = X , , we define 0,d = X , for every d E D.We let Od = Using Lemma 1.1 1.4 we see that ( O d)(d E D) is a diadic scale and xE

Od E

no, .]

10. Uniformization and Axiom (T)

T h e present section is devoted to the proof of Weil’s theorem on the identity of (T) spaces and of uniformizable spaces:

10. Uniformization and Axiom (T)

113

A topological space X is uniformizable if and only if axiom ( T )holds in X . Since every normal space is completely regular and every (T3)+ (T4) space satisfies axiom (T) we have the following: Theorem 1.

Corollary. If a topological space satisfies axioms (T3)and (T4), then it is uniformizable. Therefore every normal space is uniformizable. Proof of Theorem 1. Sufliciency. Let X be a topological space satisfying axiom (T) and let Y denote the topology of-X. Our object is to find a uniform structure % such that the uniform topology associated with % is the topology .F.We shall construct @ by determining a subbase %s for ~ l l .We associate with every nonvoid set 0 and every point 8 E 0 a diadic scale (0,)( d E D ) such that 6 E 0, c 0 for every d E D. It is convenient to denote the set 0, for d = mj2. ( m = 0, ..., 2" and n = 1 , 2 , ...) by O ( m , n ) and define O ( m , n ) also for m = -1 and m = 2" 1 as 0 ( - l , n ) = 0 and O(2" 1,n) = X .

+

+

+

For every m = 0, ..., 2" we put OIflri = O(m 1, n ) n cO(m - 1, n ) . Then {Of,,"}( m = 0, ..., 2") is a family of open sets which is a cover o f X . F o r O ( m - 1 , n ) ~ O ( r n , n ) a n d s ~ O , , O, ~( m ~~ + l,n)ncO(m,n) for 0 < m < 2"; moreover, 0; = O( I , n ) and 0;" 2 c0(2", n). Therefore 0,n

u ... u Oin z O(I, n) u ... u {O(m + I , n) n cO(m, n ) ] u ... u c0(2", n)

=

x.

Using similar reasonings we can easily show that 05, and Ok2 are disjoint unless m, and m 2 are adjacent integers: Indeed, for every m we have O,,," c O ( m 1- 1, n ) and if K > I , then Ofir+kE cO(m

+ k - I , n ) c cO(m + I , n),

whence O,,,'&n = 0 . A further property of these sets O,,," which we shall use is: If m, and m2 are adjacent integers, then there is a suitable integer m such that 0:;" u 0,;" E O,,," , For let m, = 2p and let m2 = 2p E where E = & 1 . Then

+

+ 1, n + 1) n cO(2p - 1, n + 1) s O(p + I , n) n cO(p I , n) O(2p + I , n + 1) s O(p + 1, n ) and O(p 1 , n ) G O(2p - l , n + I). 0;;' = O(2p

-

because

-

I I4

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Similarly, On+l

2(,+<

= O(2p

c_ O ( p

+ + 1 + 1) n c q 2 p + 6

I

E

- 1, n

+ 1)

+ 1, n) n cO(p - 1, n)

because O(2p

+ + 1, n + 1) G O(2p + 2, n + 1) = O(p + 1, n) E

and O(p - 1, n) = O(2p - 2, n

+ 1) c O(2p + fz

-

1,

+ 1).

Now we determine a subbase 9,of a uniform structure 9 for X; namely, we define a set S ( 0 , 5, n) E asfor every choice of 0, 5 E 0, and n as follows: S ( 0 , 5, n) = ((3, y ) : x, y E 0,"

joy

some m}.

Axiom (Us. 4) is clearly satisfied because {O,,,"} ( m = 0, 1, ..., 2") is a cover of X. Axiom (Us. 5) also holds because every S ( 0 , 4, n) is symmetric. In order to verify axiom (Us. 6) it is sufficient to show that S ( 0 , 5, n 1) o S(0, 5, n 1) c S ( 0 , 5, n) for every 0, 5, and n. For 1) and ( y , z ) E S ( 0 , 5, n 1) be given. Then let (x, y ) E S ( 0 , 5, n x,y E 0 : ; ' for some m, and also y, z E 0:;:'for some m2 , Since y belongs to both 0 : ; ' and 0;;:the ' integers m, and m2 must be adjacent and so 0 : ; ' u 0l: E 0,: for a suitable value of m. Consequently, x E O,," and z E 0,: which implies that (x, z ) E S ( 0 , 5, n). Hence axiom (Us.6) holds and 9s is a subbase for a uniform structure %. We prove that the uniform topology associated with 42 is the topology F. First let Q be open relative to %. Then for every x E Q there is a U E 9 such the U [ x ] E Q. T h e set U contains the intersection of finitely many sets S ( 0 , 5, n). Since {O,,,"} (tn = 0, 1, ..., 2") is a cover of X we have x E O,,," for some index m and so x E O,,," G S(0, 5, n ) [ x ] . Consequently, Q contains with each point x the intersection of finitely many sets O,,,". These sets are open in 7 and so Q is open relative to the topology Y. Now let Q be open relative to Y and let 5 E Q. There is a diadic scale {O,,}( d 0) ~ associated with 5 and Q, which determines the sets S(Q, 5, n) E 9,.Since 5 E 0, = O(0, n) and O(0, n) c O(m - 1, n) for m > 0 we have 5 E 0," and 6 $ O,,,tLfor m > 0. This implies that S(Q, 5, #)[
+

+

+

+

10. Uniformization and Axiom (T)

115

Proof of Theorem 1. Necessity. Here we prove that every uniform topology satisfies axiom (T). Let an open set 0 and a point x in 0 be given. T h e object is to construct a scale (0,)( d E D ) such that x E 0, G 0 for every d E D. Since 0 is an open set and x E 0, there is a U , E @2 satisfying x E U,[x] E 0. By Lemma 1.8.1 we can select a sequence {U,-n} ( n = 0, I , ...) of symmetric uniformities such that U2-(n+i)o UZ-(n+l) E U2-n for every n. For every positive diadic rational d = 2-"1 2 - " ~ ... 2-"k we define

+

+ +

U,

=

U p ,o

... o U2-nx.

It is simple to show that Udl G U,, 5 Ud,+,, for any pair of positive d, < 1. Since the same reasoning diadic rationals d, , d, satisfying d, will be used again in the future we state this fact in the form of a lemma:

+

Lemma 1. Let % be a uniform structure and let ( U 2 - n ) ( n be a sequence of symmetric uniformities in @2 such that U2-ln+1)

for every n

=

1, 2, ...)

u2-("+l)u,-n

1, 2, ... . Dejine U , for every diadic rational d

where 0

0

=

= 2-"1 f

... +

2?k

< n, < ... < nl, as follows: U,

=

U2-nl (3 ... o U p k .

Then for every pair of positive diadic rationals d, , d, satisfying d, d , < I we have Ufllc Ud1G U f l l i d. ,

+

Proof. We show that U, o U2-,,E Ulr+,-. for every diadic rational d = 2-'#1 + ... + and for every n 2 I . This special case can be proved by induction on k because if ni # n for every i, then by definition and if nl = n for some i, then U,, U2-,,= Ufl12-n,

U , rl U p

=

U,-,-. c U2-. o U p

U,-2-n o U2-(n-i)

where d - 2 - 7 1 is a diadic rational of k - I terms. T h e lemma follows. Now let 0 < d, < d, be given. From what we just *proved we see that Url,3 Udr-,l c U,, and so by Lemma 1.9.7 we have U,,,[x]5 Url1[xIL. Hence if we define 0, (0 < d < 1) as 0, = U,[xIi, then Otll c O,, for any pair of rationals 0 < d, < d, < 1. Since U,[x] G 0 we have x E Of, G 0 for every d < 1. Therefore (0,) ( d E D ) is a scale of open sets satisfying the requirements of axiom (T). This shows that axiom ( T ) holds in every uniform space.

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

116

EXERCISES

1, Show that the uniform topology associated with a uniform structure 4 is a (T,) topology if and only if n{U : U E @} = I . [If X is a (To) space under the uniform topology, then for every distinct pair x , y E X there is a U E @ such that ( x , y) 4 U . Hence if X is a (To)space, then n { U : U E %} = 1. Conversely, if this intersection is I, then given x # y there is a U such that ( x , y) 4 U . Let V E % be symmetric and let V o V G U . Then V [ x ]and V[y] are disjoint neighborhoods of x and y, respectively.] 2. Find a necessary and sufficient condition that the uniform topology be a HausdorfT topology when the uniform structure is given by a subbase. (The same as in Exercise 1 : U : U E @s} = I.) 3. Show that a topological space X is a (T,) space if and only if the diagonal I is a closed set in the product space X x X . [Let X be a (T,) space and let 0, and 0, be disjoint open neighborhoods of the distinct points x and y, respectively. Then 0, x 0, is an open neighborhood of (x, y) not intersecting I . Hence cI is open. Conversely, if I is closed, then for every x f y there are open sets 0, and 0, such that ( x , y) E 0, x 0, c cI. T h e sets 0, and 0, are disjoint open neighborhoods of x and y, respectively.] 4. Let X be a metric space with a nonbounded metric d . Show that the uniform structure constructed in the proof of Theorem 1 is not the metric structure %*. (If U E 4, then there are finitely many points x l , ..., x , E X such that U [ x J u ... u U[x,] = X . If E > 0, then U, E 'Pd does not have this property. We call 4 a precompact structure.) 5. Let @ be the structure constructed in the proof of Theorem 1 and let d be a metric for the topology of X satisfying %d @. Show that d is a bounded metric.

n{

<

11. Axioms of Separation in Product Spaces

Here we discuss some of the necessary and sufficient conditions under which a particular separation axiom holds in a product space. First of all we have the following:

The product space X = rIX8 satisfies the (Ti) axiom 0, 1, or 2) if and only ifeaery factor is a (T,) space.

Theorem 1.

(i

=

I I . -4xioms of Separation in Product Spaces

117

Proof. First we prove that the conditions are necessary. Let us suppose that X , is not a (Ti) space for some s E S and i ,< 2. Then there is a pair of distinct points a, and b, in X , for which the statement of the (Ti) axiom fails to hold. For every index u # s we choose a point x, = a, = b, in X,arbitrarily. Then the statement of axiom (Ti) fails for the point pair a = {a,}, b = {b,} (u E S ) . For instance, if i = 2 and if a E and b E then and IIQ. intersect. Indeed, 0, and Q, have a common point x, , and by our construction x, E 0, n Q, for every u # s. Thus x = {x,} (u E S ) belongs to both IIO, and IIQ,. If i = 0 or i = 1, the reasoning is similar. Next we prove that the conditions given in Theorem 1 are sufficient. We suppose that X , is a (Ti)space for every s E S . Let a and b be distinct points in X . Then there is at least one index s E S such that a, # b, . If X,s is a (T2) space we can find disjoint open sets O,, and 0,. in X , such that a, E o(l,and b, E ob, . T h e cylinders 0, = z(s,0,) and 0, = Z(s, 0,) are disjoint open sets in moreover, a E 0, and b E 0, . Hence X is a Hausdorff space. If axiom (To)or (T,) holds in X , for every s E S, then a similar reasoning shows that X is a (To) space or a (T,) space, respectively.

nQo, noa

no,

x;

The product space X = nX, satisjies the (T3) axiom and only if every factor is a (T3)space. Theorem 2.

Corollary. The product X factor X,q is regular.

=

nX, is regular

if

and only

if

if

every

First we suppose that X , is not a (T3) space for some index S and prove that X is not either. If X , is not a (T3) space, then there is a point x, E X , and a closed set A, not containing x, such that if O,, and 0,, are open sets and if x , E 0,. and A, c O,, , then Proof.

sE

0z.n

0AI f 0 '

With x, given, we define x in X by choosing x , for every u # s arbitrarily and let A denote the closed cylinder Z(s, A,). Let x E and let 0, be an open set containing A . Then

no,,

O A 1= (4, : 5 = (6,)

E

0 , and 5,

= x,

for every

u # s}

is an open set in X , . It is clear that A, G 0,. and so O,, and O,, intersect. Therefore the open sets IIO,, and 0, intersect and so x and A cannot be separated by open sets.

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

I18

Next we prove that the condition is sufficient. Let us suppose that X, is a (T3) space for every s E S. Let 0 be an open set in X and let x E 0. By the definition of the product topology we have x E c0 where 0, is open in X, and 0, = X , for all but finitely many indices s E S. If 0, = X , we define Q, = X , , If 0, C X , , then using axiom (T3) we can select an open set Q, in X , such that x, E Q, E Q, G 0,. Since Q8 = X , for all but finitely many choices of s, the set Q = is open in X; moreover, by Lemma 1.11.3, nQ, is a closed set and Q G E: 0. Therefore X E Q c Q 5 0 which shows that X is a (T3)space.

no,

nQS

nQ,

The product of an arbitrary family of (T) spaces is a (T) space. This was proved in the solution of Exercise 9.8. It can be proved also by using Theorem 10.1 and Theorem 1.12.2. I n particular, the product of completely regular spaces is completely regular. The product of normal topological spaces need not be normal even if the number of factors is finite. Actually, the product of completely normal spaces need not be normal even in the case of two equal factors. This is shown by the following example: Example 1. Let X be the set of reals topologized by the right half-open interval topology. It is proved in the solution of Exercise 5.2 that X is a completely normal space. Now we show that X x X is not normal. First of all, any subset A of the diagonal line D = {(x, -x) : x E X} is a closed set in X x X. In fact, if (x, y) $ D,then (x, y ) can be enclosed in a disk which does not intersect D,and if (x, -x) is a point in cA, then 7): 5 2 x and 7 -x} is an open neighborhood of the set {(t, (x, -x) which is disjoint from A. Now let A = {(x, -x) : x is rational} and let B = {(x, -x) : x is irrational}. These are disjoint closed sets in X x X. Let 0, and 0, be open sets in X x X containing A and B, respectively. To every (x, -x) E B there corresponds an cx > 0 such that the square

{(t,7): x < t < x + c2

and

-x

< 7 < - x + c2}

belongs entirely to 0,. Let B, be the set of those points in B for which 2 l / n . Using the same reasoning as in Example 3.1 we can find a positive integer n and an interval I on the diagonal line D such that every point of I is an accumulation point of B, in the Euclidean sense. Hence B, has an accumulation point (x, -x) for a rational value of x. T o (x, -x) there corresponds a rectangle which lies entirely in 0,. If a point of B , is sufficiently close to (x, -x), then the corresponding rectangles will intersect. Hence 0, and OB are not disjoint and so X x X is not a (T4) space.

ex

12. Separable Spaces and Countability Axioms

119

EXERCISES

1. Let X = (00) u S where S is an arbitrary set. Let C 5 X be closed i f a E C or if C is finite. Show that the topology defined in this way is completely normal. 2. Define a topology on X = (a} u S where S is a noncountable set by specifying its closed sets: C c X is closed if a E C or if C is countable. Show that the topology of X is completely normal. (Ifco $ 0, then 0 is open. Hence if A and B are separated sets and c o $ A u B , t h e n w e c a n s e t A = 0,and B = O , . I f a ~ A a n d i f A and B are separated, then B is open-closed: For CL, 4 B and B 5 {a} uB and so B s B. Hence we can set 0, = cB and 0, = B.) 3. Let X be the topological space defined in Exercise 1. Show that the sets A = {(x,m): x E S} and B = [(co,x): x E S } are separated sets in X x X . , x E X } . Equality [We have A G {(x,a): x E X } and B s {(ax): holds if X is infinite.] 4. Using the separated sets A and B introduced in the preceding exercise show that X x X is not a (T5) space when S is not countable. [Let 0, and 0,be open sets containing A and B , respectively. If x E S , then {x} is open in X , and since (x,cL,) E 0, , there is an open set OxAin X which containsco and is such that (x,co) E {x} x OxAG 0, . Hence coxA is finite, say n(x) is the number of elements of coxA . There is a noncountable subset So of S and a positive integer n such that n ( x ) n for every x E So.Choose n 1 points in B, say (00, xl), ..., (co,x ~ , ~ )Since . coxBis finite there is an X E Sosuch that x $ cO& for every k = 1, ..., n + 1. This implies that (x, x k ) E O& x { x k } for every K. T h e set cOZAcontains at most n points and so at least one of the points (x, x k ) must belong to {x} x OxA. Hence 0, and 0, intersect.] 5 . Suppose that X = n X , is a (T5) space. Show that every X , (s E S) is a (T5) space. (Choose an x, E X u for every 0 s. By Theorem 1.1 1.2 the subspace {x : r , ( x ) = x, for every u # s} is homeomorphic to X,. Since X is a (T5)space, by Theorem 5.1 this subspace is a (T5) space.)

+

<

+

12. Separable Spaces and Countability Axioms

T h e axioms introduced in this section are of a very restrictive nature and so it is very pleasant to deal with spaces which satisfy anyone of these axioms. When we are faced with a new problem it is always tempting

I20

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

to solve it first in an easy case and relax the hypothesis afterward. Nevertheless, one should not acquire the habit of trying to solve problems first for separable spaces or for spaces satisfying one of the countability axioms. The reasonings will often not generalize or if they do then the force of these axioms was not used in the first place. If A is a set in a topological space X and if A = XI then we say that A is dense in X. If the space X contains a countable dense set A, then X is called separable. T h e simplest nontrival example of separable spaces is furnished by the Euclidean spaces. If the space is finite dimensional, then the points all of whose coordinates are rational form a denumerable dense set in X. This can be seen immediately by considering the open base consisting of the cubical neighborhoods { x : I xk - ak I

< E for k

=

1, ...,n}

where each ak is rational. T h e “infinite-dimensional Euclidean space” or in other words the “separable Hilbert space” is also separable. A denumerable dense set is formed by those points a = (a, , ..., a ? &0, , ...) whose coordinates are rationals and only finitely many of these are different from zero. An example of a nonseparable space is obtained by considering the discrete topology of a noncountable set. I t follows that nonseparable spaces exist already among metrizable spaces. A topological space X is said to satisfy the second countability axiom if the family of its open sets has a countable base. A space satisfying the second countability axiom is sometimes called a rational space. Lemma 1. If X has a countable base, then it is separable. Proof. Let = {B,} ( n = 1, 2 ...) be a base for the open sets of the rational space X. Choose a point a, from each B, . Then A = {a,} ( n = 1,2, ...) is a countable dense subset of X because every nonvoid open set meets A.

Lemma 2.

Every separable pseudometric space has a countable base.

Proof. Let A = {a,} ( n = 1, 2, ...) be a dense subset of X. For every m = 1, 2, ... we consider the open balls Sl/,[a,] ( n = 1, 2, ...). These form a countable collection of open sets. If 0 is open and x E 0, then S,/,[x] E 0 for a sufficiently large value of m , and since A is dense in X we have a, E S,/,,[x] for some a, E A. I t follows that

x

E S,,m[anl

and so the balls S,/,,,[a,] ( m , n

=

E

S,,,[Xl

0

1, 2, ...) form a countable base.

12. Separable Spaces and Countability Axioms

A pseudometric space is separable the second axiom of countability.

Theorem 1.

if

and only

121

if

it satisfies

This is an immediate consequence of the preceding two lemmas. T h e equivalence of separability and of rationality holds only for pseudometric spaces. For instance, the right half-open interval topology of the reals leads to a separable space which does not satisfy the second countability axiom. Proof.

Lemma 3.

The product of countably many separable spaces is separable.

Proof. Let X = nX, and let A, = {a,,} ( m = 1, 2, ...) be a dense subset of X, for every n = 1, 2, ... . Let A be the set of those points x E X which have the following properties: (1) x, E A, for every n = 1, 2, ...; and (2) there is an index n(x) and a positive integer m depending on x but not on n such that x, = am, for every n > n(x). This set A is countable and it is dense in the product space X. Indeed, if is a nonvoid open set, then there is an index n such that Ok = xk for every k > n, and since A, is dense in xk we can choose an aikkin 0, for each k n. We let x k = aikkfor k n and xk = alk for k > n. Then x = (xl , xz , ...) belongs to . T h e second countability axiom has many interesting consequences. Earlier, in Exercise 1.9, we proved for instance that if X is a (To) space which satisfies the second countability axiom, then the cardinality of its family of open sets is at most that of the continuum. Later we shall prove that all regular spaces satisfying the second countability axiom are metrizable. Here we discuss another remarkable consequence of this axiom which is known under the name “Lindelof property.” If a set Y c_ X is covered by a family of open sets Oi ( i E I ) and if 3? = {B} is a base for 0,then Y can be covered by a subfamily {R,} ( i E I and x E 0,) of 3? where Biz is chosen such that x E Biz G Oi . If 3? is a countable set, then {Biz}is a countable collection and so choosing for each Biz one 0, containing it we can replace the original cover {Oi} ( i E I ) of Y by a subcover consisting only of countably many sets. Hence we have:

no,

<

< no,

Lemma 4. Zf X satisfies the second countability axiom and if Y is a subset of X which is covered by a collection of open sets, then there is a countable subcollection which covers Y . This property of rational spaces is called the hereditary Lindelof property. If open covers of the whole space X can be replaced by countable subcovers, we say that X has the Lindelof property. Hence if X has the hereditary Lindelof property, then so does every subspace Y of X.

122

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

Conversely, if every open set of X has the Lindelof property, then X has the hereditary Lindelof property. Indeed, if Y is not open and Y c_ UOi , then UOi being open we can select a countable subfamily ( i E I ) which covers u O i . Of course this will also cover Y . of {Oi} A topological space X is said to satisfy the first countability axiom if the neighborhood filter .,t'(x) of each point x E X has a countable base &(x) = {B,"} {n = 1, 2, ...). Clearly, if X satisfies the second countability axiom, then it will also satisfy the first one but not conversely. Every pseudometric space satisfies the first countability axiom. If the first countability axiom is satisfied in a (TI) space, then by Theorem 1.1, for every x there are denumerably many neighborhoods Ncl, Nr2, ... such that nNz7I = {x). Moreover, if X is a regular space, then we may assume that these neighborhoods NXnare closed sets. I t is remarkable that this property can hold for every x E X even if X does not satisfy the first axiom of countability. An example of such a space is given in Exercise 5.3.

If X is a (T3) space and satisjies the second countability axiom, then it is a (TB)space.

Theorem 3.

Note. A similar result is stated in Theorem 2.3. T h e two theorems are independent even in the special case of Hausdorff topologies: T h e cardinality of the reals is not countable and they form a rational space while the space described in Exercise 5.3 is formed on a countable set but it does not have a countable base. Proof. Let A and B be separated sets in X . Since X has a countable base there exist countable families (0,) and {Q,} of open sets covering A and B , respectively. Since A and B are separated and X is a (TJ space c cA. Let 0 be the union of the we can assume that 0, E cB and open sets 0,,n cQ1 n ... n cQ, where n = 1, 2, ... and let Q be defined similarly. Since A G A E cQ, for every n = 1, 2, ... and A E UO,, we see that A E 0. Similarly, we see that B 2 Q. Hence 0 and Q are disjoint open sets covering the separated sets A and B , respectively.

On

EXERCISES

I . Show that every subspace of a separable pseudometric space is separable. (It is sufficient to show that Y has a countable base. By Lemma 2 the original space X has a countable base and so the same holds for Y . ) 2. Give a simple proof that the product of finitely many separable spaces is separable.

Exercises

123

3. Give an example of a nonmetrizable space which satisfies the second countability axiom. [The topology of finite complements on a denumerable set has countably many open sets but it is not metrizable. For the space is a (T,) space but not a Hausdorff space.] 4. Show that the half-open interval topology F+of the set of reals does not have a countable base. 5. Show by an example that Lemma 3 cannot be extended to the case of noncountably many factors.

6. Show that the space described in Exercise 5.3 does not satisfy the first axiom of countability. [Let 0, , 0, , ... be a sequence of open sets containing (0,O).By the definition of the closed sets, for each n there are integers x, ,y, 2 n such that (x7, ,y,J E 0, for every n. T h e set N = X n c{(xl , y i ) , (x2 , y 2 ) ,...} is a neighborhood of (0,O)and none of the 0,'s is a subset of N . ) 7. Let A* denote the set of those points x of the topological space X for which 0, n A is an uncountable set for every choice of the open neighborhood 0, containing x. Show that if A is a noncountable set in a Lindelof space X,then A* is not void. [Suppose that every x E X has an open neighborhood such that 0, n A is countable. T h e open cover {O,}(XE X) of X can be replaced by countable subcover, say by (0,J (n = 1, 2, ...). Since 0," n A is countable it follows that A is at most denumerable.] 8. Show that A* is always closed. 9. Show that the half-open interval topologies of the reals have the Lindelof property. ( T h e intervals [a, b) form a base for the topology F+. Given any open cover of X by such half-open intervals, consider for every integer m = 0, 5 I , ... families of half-open intervals [a,p) such that each of these intervals is a subinterval of one of the given intervals, they are mutually disjoint, and their union is a half-open interval of X whose left end point is m. Zorn's lemma can be applied and the resulting maximal family is a cover of [m,co).Since the elements of this family are disjoint intervals for every n = 1, 2, ..., there are at most denumerably many among these intervals whose length is at least l/n. Hence the family is countable.) 10. Show that a pseudometric space X has the Lindelof property if and only if there is a countable dense set in X. [In other words, show that X is a Lindelof space if and only if it is

124

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

separable. For every n = 1, 2, ... consider the open cover S,/,,[X] ( X E X.) If X is a Lindelof space there is a countable subcover with centers, say at xln, x,n, ... . T h e family {xwF}( m , n == I , 2, ...) is a countable dense subset of X. Conversely, if X has a countable dense subset {xn,}( m = 1, 2, ...), then the open balls Sl/n[~,,,] ( m , n = 1, 2, ...) form a countable base for the open sets of X.] 11. Show the following proposition: If a pseudometric space X has the Lindelof property, then so does every subspace of X. (This is an immediate consequence of Exercise 1 and the preceding exercise.) NOTES

T h e (T,) axiom was introduced by Vietoris [l]. A space is called (T,) at a point x if for every 0, there is a Q, such that XEQ,

c

E

0,.

Theorem 2.3 was first proved by Tietze in his paper on separation in topological spaces [2]. A second proof of the theorem can be found in one of Urysohn’s articles [3]. Semiregular spaces were discussed by Stone [4] and in Hewitt’s thesis [5]. Hereditary semiregular or completely semiregular spaces were also studied by Katetov [ 6 ] . T h e result stated in Exercise 2.8 occurs in a note by Norris [7]. Theorem 4.2 can be found in Nobeling’s book [8], in Lefschetz’s book [9], and in DieudonnC’s article on paracompactness [lo]. Results related to similarity of ordered n-tuples of sets first occur in an addendum by Hurewicz to a joint paper of Hurewicz and Menger [I 11. A further generalization of this result was given by Kuratowski [12]. Perfectly normal spaces were introduced by Alexandroff and Urysohn [ 131. T h e implication (perfectly normal) -+ (completely normal) is proved in Urysohn’s article [3] (see footnote 41 on p. 286). Perfectly normal spaces were studied by Katetov [ 141 who also considered products of such spaces. Once FrCchet raised the problem of characterizing the Hausdorff separation property by means of the derivation operator. T h e solution was given by Monteiro [15]: X is a Hausdorfl space i f and only i f for every A G X and points a , , a2 E A’ there is a decomposition A = A, u A , with A , n A 2 = 0 such that a2 $ A,’ and a, $ A,’. Later, similar results were obtained on regular, normal, and completely normal spaces by Ribeiro [16]. A closer study of connectivity belongs to algebraic topology. For

References

125

instance the number of components has a simple meaning in homology theory. However, there are other results which were obtained by different means. See for instance Rorsuk [ 171. T h e following is proved: If A and R are homeomorphic subspaces of the n-dimensional Euclidean space En , then E,, - A and E,, - I3 have the sume number of components. See also a more recent article by Granas [18]. Exercise 7.7 is due to Urysohn and it was published in the paper which was mentioned previously [3]. Exercise 7.8 is a more recent contribution by Bing [19]. We gave no example for a regular not completely regular space in Section 9. T h e product space given in Example 1 1.1 is completely regular because the factors are completely regular but it is not normal. Another example can be found for instance in Tychonoff’s article [20] where the notion of complete regularity is introduced. Here one finds also an example of a (T) space which is not a (T4)space. Other examples of such spaces are discussed by Hewitt [21]. A further example is discussed in the text. T h e first proof of the sufficiency in Theorem 10.1 is due to A. Weil who discovered the result. A second proof can be found in Kelley’s book [22] and the proof given in Section 10 is a variant of a proof which can be found in Nobeling’s book [8]. T h e necessity was proved also by Weil but for special types of uniformizable spaces, e.g., topological groups, the result was already known. T h e article by Katetov [14] contains some simple but interesting results on separation in product spaces. For instance we find the following: If X x Y is completely normal then either every countuble subset of Y is closed or X is perfectly normal. Separability was introduced by FrCchet in his thesis [23]. Lindelof’s theorem for the m-dimensional Euclidean space can be found in [24]. T h e first and second countability axioms were introduced by Hausdorff. Theorem 12.3 was discovered by Tychonoff [25]. Vijayaraghavan [26] gave an example of a connected linearly ordered space formed on a set of cardinality c which is not separable. T h e character of a space is defined to mean the least cardinal number of a basis for the open sets of the space. Rational spaces have character at most w . REFERENCES I . L. Vietoris, Stetige Mengen. Monotsh. Math. 31, 173-204 (1921). 2. H. Tietze, Beitrage zur allgemeinen Topologie. I. Axioms fur verschiedene Fassungen des Umgebungs Begriff. Math. Ann. 88, 290-3 12 ( I 923). 3. P. Urysohn, Uber die Machtigkeit der zusammenhangenden Mengen. Moth. Ann. 94, 262-295 (1925).

I26

11. SEPARATION PROPERTIES

4. M. Stone, Applications of the theory of Boolean rings to general topology. Trans. Amer. Math. SOC.41, 375-481 (1937); see Section 111.1. 5 . E. Hewitt, A problem of set-theoretic topology. Duke Math. J. 10, 309-333 (1943). 6. M. Katetov, Remarque sur les espaces topologiques denombrables. Ann. SOC.Polon. Math. 21, 120-122 (1948). 7. M. J . Norris, A note on regular and completely regular topological spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.1, 754-755 (1950). 8. G. Nobeling, “Grundlagen der analytischen Topologie,” pp. 84 and 85. SpringerVerlag, Berlin, 1954. 9. S. Lefschetz, “Algebraic Topology.” Amer. Math. SOC. Publications, Vol. 27, New York, 1942. 10. J. Dieudonne, Une gbneralisation des espaces compacts. J. Math. Pures Appl. [9] 23, 65-76 (1944). 11. W. Hurewicz and K. Menger, Ein Additionssatz. Math. Ann. 100, 627-633 (1928). 12. C. Kuratowski, Sur le prolongement des fonctions continues et les transformations en polytopes. Fund. Math. 24, 259-268 (1935). 13. P. Alexandroff and P. Urysohn, On compact topological spaces. Trudy Math. Znst. Stekloo 31, 95 (1950); this is a revised second edition of the original article. 14. M. Katetov, Complete normality of Cartesian products. Fund. Math. 35, 271-274 (1948). 15. A. Monteiro. Caracterisation des espaces de Hausdorff au moyen de I’operation de derivation. Portugal. Math. 1, 333-339 (1940). 16. H. Ribeiro, Caracterisation des espaces rhguliers normaux et compll?tement normaux au moyen de I’opbration de derivation. Portugal. Math. 2, 13-19 (1941). 17. K. Borsuk, Set-theoretic approach to the disconnection theory of the Euclidean space. Fund. Math. 37, 217-241 (1950). 18. A. Granas, On local disconnection of Euclidean spaces. Fund. Math. 41, 42-48 (1954). 19. R. Bing, A connected countab!e Hausdorff space. Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.4, 474 (1953). 20. A. Tychonoff, Uber die topologische Erweiterung von Raumen. Math. Ann. 102, 544-561 (1929). 21. E. Hewitt, Rings of real-valued continuous functions, I. Trans. Amer. Math. SOC. 64, 45-99 (1948). 22. J. Kelley, “General Topology.” Van Nostrand, Princeton, New Jersey, 1955. 23. M. Frechet, Sur quelques points du calcul fonctionnel. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 22, 1-74 ( 1906). 24. E. Lindelof, Sur quelques points de la theorie des ensemb!es. C . R. Acad. Sci. Paris 137, 697-700 (1903). 25. A. Tychonoff, Uber einen Metrisationsatz von P. Urysohn. Math. Ann. 95, 139-142 (1926). 26. T. Vijayaraghavan, On two problems relating to linear connected topological spaces. J. Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 11, 28-30 (1947).

CHAPTER 111

Compactness and Uniformization 1. Compactness

A topological space X is called compact if from every open cover of X one can select a finite subcover. Thus if X is compact and X = U Oi, then there are finitely many sets O i l ,..., Oimamong the 0,’s such that X = Oil u ... u Oim. Notice that X can be compact without being a Hausdorff space. There are very simple examples of compact spaces: If X is finite or if more generally the family of open sets of X is finite, the space is compact. T h e topology of finite complements is compact no matter how large the cardinality of X may be. Nontrivial examples of compact spaces are the subspaces formed by closed bounded sets of the real line: We shall see that the topology induced on any closed bounded set of a finite-dimensional Euclidean space is compact. T h e notion of compactness was first introduced in 1923 by Alexandroff and Urysohn who used the expression “bicompact.” T h e word “compact” was already reserved to designate another property of topological spaces which we now call sequential compactness or compactness in the FrCchet sense. We shall see that for metric spaces these two notions are equivalent. A family {S,} ( i E I ) of subsets of a set X is said to have the j n i t e (i E I) has a nonvoid intersection property if every finite subfamily of {Si} intersection. Theorem 1. A topological space X is compact i f and only i f every family of closed sets having the j n i t e intersection property has a nonvoid intersection. Proof. X is compact if and only if from every open cover of X one can select a finite subcover. If we replace the open sets by their complements we see that X is compact if and only if given any family of closed sets {C,} ( i E I ) satisfying nC, = 0 there is a finite subfamily Ci,, ..., Ci, such that Cil n ... n C,_ = 0. This is equivalent to the condition stated in the theorem. 121

128

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

A space X is called countably compact if from every countable covering of X by open sets one can select a finite subcovering. Hence the notion of compactness is more restrictive than countable compactness. A point x of a topological space X will be called a l-accumulation point of a set S in X if N , n S is infinite for every neighborhood of x. This notion was first introduced by Hausdorff who used the expression p-accumulation point.

A topological space X is countably compact if every injinite set S G X has a 1-accumulation point in X . Theorem 2.

if and only

Proof. If X contains an infinite set without I-accumulation points, then it contains a denumerable set S having no 1-accumulation point. Then for every x E X we can determine an open set 0, such that 0, n S is finite. For every finite subset F of S , including the void set 0 , let 0, = U(0,: 0, n S = F } . T h e family of these sets is a countable open cover of X . Since each 0, meets the infinite set S in only finitely many points, the countable cover (0,) admits no finite subcover. Therefore X is not countably compact. T h e sufficiency can be proved by assuming that X is not countably compact and constructing a denumerable set S = {x, , xz , ...} without l-accumulation point. Indeed if (0,) ( n = 1, 2, ...) is a family of open sets covering X and no finite subfamily covers X , then we can choose a sequence of distinct points x, , x2 , ... such that x, 4 0, w ... v O,, for every n. No point x of X is a 1-accumulation point of S = {x, , x2 ,...} because if x E 0,,, then 0, n S is finite. Let (x,) ( n = 1, 2, ...) be a sequence of points in a topological space X. A point x of X is called a limit point of (x,J if each neighborhood N , contains all but finitely many points of the sequence. If (x,) has a limit point, then it is called a convergent sequence. In a general topological space a convergent sequence might have more than one limit point but this is of no importance right now. If a topological space X is such that from every sequence (x,) of points of X one can select a convergent subsequence, then X is called sequentially compact. Compactness and sequential compactness are independent notions: There exist compact spaces which are not sequentially compact and vice versa. A point x of a topological space X is called an accumulation point of an injnite sequence (x,) (n = 1, 2, ...) if for every neighborhood of x we have x, E N , for infinitely many indices n. For instance, if the point x occurs infinitely often among the terms of ( x ~ ) then , x is an accumulation point. Thus a point x might be an accumulation point of a sequence (x,) while it is not an accumulation point of the set of points x, , x 2 , ... .

129

1 . Compactness

A space X is said to have the Bolzano-Weierstrass property if every infinite sequence has an accumulation point in X . It is clear that sequential compactness implies the Bolzano-Weierstrass property. Theorem 2 shows that countable compactness also implies this property. We are going to prove that conversely the Bolzano-Weierstrass property implies countable compactness. This will prove the following: Theorem 3. A topological space X is countdbly compact it has the Bolzano- Weierstrass property.

if

and only

if

Proof. Suppose X is not countably .compact. Then there is a denumerable family of open sets 0, ( n = 1, 2, ...) whose union covers X but which admits no finite subcover. Hence we can select a sequence of points x , ( n = 1, 2, ...) such that x , 4 0, u ... u 0,.T h e sequence ( x n ) has no accumulation points in X . For, given a point x we have x E 0, for some index n and so at most xlr ..., xnP1 belong to 0 , .

If the first axiom of countability holds in X and countably compact, then it is sequentially compact.

Theorem 4.

if X

is

Proof. Let ( x n ) ( n = 1, 2, ...) be an infinite sequence of points. By Theorem 3 this sequence has an accumulation point x. By hypothesis, the neighborhood filter of x has a countable base. We may assume that the elements of the base are open sets and they form a decreasing sequence: 0, 2 0, 2 ... , Since x is an accumulation point of (x,), for every index k we can choose an element xnk in 0,. T h e subsequence x n l , x j L Z..., is convergent to x : Indeed, given N , there is a k such that 0, G N , and so xnLk, x , ! + ~ .... all belong to N , . We conclude this section with a theorem of Haar and Konig which gives for instance a complete characterization of the compact subspaces of the real line:

A linearly ordered set X is compact in its interval topology and only if it is order complete, i.e., if and only if every nonvoid subset has a least upper bound and a greatest lower bound. Theorem 5.

if

Proof. First let us suppose that X is order complete; then X has a smallest element a and a largest element 6. We prove that X is compact: ( i E I ) be given. Since the set of all proper and For let an open cover {Oi} improper open intervals is a base for the interval topology we may assume that the sets Oi are intervals. We denote by S the set of those points x E X for which the interval [ a , x] can be covered by finitely many T h e set S is not empty because a is covered intervals of the family {Oi}.

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

I30

by some interval 0, = (-co, b,) and so 0, is a nonvoid subset of S . Let s = lub S ; then s being a point of X , it is covered by an interval of the family (0,)( i E I ) , say by (a, , b,) where b, may be the symbol 4-00. Since a j < s the interval (-00, b,) can also be covered by finitely many intervals of {Oi} ( i € 1 ) . Thus if we can prove that b, is not an element of X but the symbol +00, then it will follow that(-m, +a) can be covered by finitely many sets of the family {Oi}. Now suppose that bj is a point of X . Then there is an interval (ck , dk) in (0,) which contains bj and so since ck < b, , (-m, dk)has a finite cover. However, (-00, b,] E (-00, d k ) and b, exceeds the least upper bound s, so we have a contradiction. Now we suppose that X is not order complete and show that the interval topology of X is not compact: If X contains a nonvoid set S without a least upper bound in X , then an open cover of X is given by the following family of open intervals: (-00, s) for every s E S , also (u, +a)for every upper bound u of S. This cover cannot contain any finite subcover since then the largest s or the smallest u occurring in the subcover would be the least upper bound of S . If X contains a nonvoid set S without a greatest lower bound, a similar reasoning shows that X is not compact. A simple application of Theorem 5 leads to a necessary and sufficient condition for the compactness of a well-ordered topological space: Theorem 6 .

if

and only

if

A well-ordered set X is compact in its interval topology it contains a maximal element,

Proof. The necessity of the condition is an immediate consequence of Theorem 5. T h e sufficiency follows from Theorem 5 and the concept of well ordering. Similarly, the Haar-Konig theorem shows that a subspace of the real line is compact if and onZy if it is a closed and bounded subset.

EXERCISES

1. Let C be a closed set in the compact space X . Show that C is a compact subspace. (Every open cover of C can be extended to an open cover of X by joining the set cC. By hypothesis the extended cover admits a finite subcover. Discard cC from this finite subcover to obtain a finite subcover of the original open cover of C.) 2. Let TIand T2be topologies on the set X. Show that if TI is compact and Y12 T2, then Y2is compact.

Exercises

131

3. Show that the quotient space X / R is compact if X is compact. ( X / R under Y I R and X under Y Rare topologically isomorphic and by the preceding exercise the topology Y Ris compact.) 4. A set S is called an Pm set of a topological space if it is the union of countably many closed sets. Show that if X is compact, then every ,Fo set is a Lindelof space. 5. Let X be a topological space and let 0, be the family consisting of 0 and of those open sets 0 E 0 whose complement is compact. Show and show that that 0, satisfies the axioms for open sets of a topology YC is compact. [The union of two compact subspaces of X is compact. This implies axiom (0.2). Axiom (0.3) follows from Exercise 1.1 6. Show that the right half-open interval topology of a linearly ordered set X can be compact only if every increasing sequence of points x, E X contains not more than finitely many distinct points. [Suppose there is an infinite strictly increasing sequence of distinct points, say x, < ... < x, < .,. . Consider the family of the following open sets: (- 00, x,), [x, , x,+,) for every n = 1 , 2 , ... , and [x, 00) for every x such that x, < x for n = 1 , 2 , ... . This is an open cover of X and contains no finite subcover.] 7. Show the existence of a compact Hausdorff topology on any nonvoid set X . (This follows from the axiom of choice: Well order X such that it has a maximal element. This is always possible: If X is well ordered and x is its first element, modify the ordering by specifying x to be the last element of X . T h e interval topology of X relative to such an ordering is compact.) 8. Let S be the set of all ordinals less than or equal to the first uncountable ordinal w , . Show that the interval topology of S is compact but S is not a hereditary Lindelof space. (The compactness follows either from Theorem 5 or from.the fact that a decreasing sequence of ordinals is necessarily finite: Let w1 be the first uncountable ordinal and let 0, be a set of a cover by open intervals such that w1 E 0,. Let w 2 be the first element of 0, if this element is not w1 and otherwise let w 2 be the first element less than w , not in 0,. If w , E 0, , ..., w, E 0, are determined such that w1 > w 2 > ... > w, , let a,,, be the first element of 0, u ... u 0, except if this element is W , in which case let w,+, be the first element less than w , not in 0, u ... u 0,. After a finite number of steps this procedure must stop, that is, 0, u ... u 0, = S for a sufficiently high value of n. Since there are noncountably many ordinals less than the first uncountable ordinal

132

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

which have predecessors, there is a noncountable set in S such that its elements form open sets by themselves. S therefore does not have the Lindelof property.)

2. Compact Metric Spaces T h e main purpose of this section is to prove that for pseudometric spaces compactness, sequential compactness, countable compactness, and the Bolzano-Weierstrass property are equivalent notions. We already know that sequential compactness, countable compactness, and the Bolzano-Weierstrass property are equivalent in any space satisfying the first axiom of countability. Since compactness implies countable compactness it is sufficient to prove that if a pseudometric space is countably compact, then it is compact. This is an immediate consequence of the following: Lemma 1.

A countably compact pseudometric space X has a countable

base. Proof. First we show that for every E > 0 there are finitely many points x1 , ..., x,,, in X such that the balls S,[x,] (k = 1, ..., m) cover X. For if such finite system of points does not exist we can find an infinite sequence (xnJ (m = 1, 2, ...) of distinct points such that S,[x,] contains no points of (xJ besides the center x, itself. Using this sequence we construct a countable covering of X by open sets which contains no finite subcovering: For we consider the ball S,,,[x] about each point x which is not covered by the union of the balls S,[x,]. Then the open set which is the union of all these balls S,,,[x] together with the family of the balls S,[x,] (m = 1, 2, ...) is an open covering of X. This covering does not contain any finite subcovering because x,, is not covered by any S,[x,] (m # n) nor by any of the balls S,,,[x] which are included in the cover. Hence if the proposition stated in the beginning of the proof does not hold, then X i s not countably compact. Now we determine for every E = l / n (n = 1,.2, ...) finitely many points xln, ...; x": such that the balls Slln[xkn](k = 1, ..., m,) cover X. These balls form a countable family of open sets. We show that it is a base: Given an open set 0 and a point x E 0 there is an 6 > 0 such that x E S,[x] c 0 and for any n = 1,2, ... there is a point xkn with the property that x E Slln[xkn].If n is so large that 2/n < E, then Slln[xkn]E S,[x] and so x is covered by the base element Slln[xkn] which is entirely contained in 0.

2. Compact Metric Spaces

133

We proved the following: Theorem 1. For pseudometric spaces compactness, sequential compactness, countable compactness, and the Bolzano- Weierstrass property are equivalent notions. Corollary. Every compact subspace of a metric space is a closed bounded subset. (This can be obtained also without Theorem 1: Since every metric space is a Hausdorff space by Theorem 3.4 only closed subsets can be compact. T h e boundedness of compact subsets can be proved directly from the definition of compactness.) T h e boundedness of the compact subspaces is not a statement about the open sets but it concerns the metric. Nevertheless, it is a topological property because it is a statement on all metrics compatible with the topology of the space. In particular, a compact space X has a finite diameter d ( X ) relative to every metric d generating its topology. This is useful information and it shows for instance that finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces are not compact and that the only possible compact subspaces are closed bounded subsets. One of the classical results, called the Heine-Bore1 theorem, states that actually every such subset is a compact subspace:

A subspace of the m-dimensional Euclidean space E,, is compact i f and only i f it is closed and bounded. T h e sufficiency follows from the so called Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem: Theorem 2.

Theorem 3. Every bounded sequence (x,~)( n = 1, 2, ...) of points x, in the m-dimensional Euclidean space El,, contains a convergent subsequence. Proof. First we show the result when m = 1. In this case the proof proceeds according to an old but useful principle, We consider the x 0 and 0 x M where M > 0 is chosen such intervals - M M for every n = 1, 2 , ... . At least one of these intervals that 1 x, 1 contains an infinity of terms of the sequence ( x l J . If [ - M , 01 contains infinitely many X,~’S, we put a, = - M and b, = 0. If it contains only a finite number of terms, then [0, MI contains infinitely many x,’s. In this case we put a, = 0 and b, = M . In either case we define the interval [ a o ,b,] such that b, - a, = M and it contains infinitely many terms of (x,). Now we assume that the interval [ a k ,bk] is constructed already

<

< <

< <

134

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

<

<

such that a,-, a, < b, b,-,; b, - a , infinitely many terms x, . Then we choose

a,+,

= ak

and

b,,,

=

M * 2-k and it contains

= *(ak

+ b,)

or

+

a,+, =

< <

bk)

and

b,,,

= b,

+

according as a, x &(ah. b,) contains an infinity of x,’s or not. a,++?< b,+, b,; b,+, - a,+, = M * 2-‘k+” Hence in either case a, and b k f l ] contains infinitely many xj1’s. In this way we can define two monotone sequences a , a, a2 ... and b, 2 b, 2 b, ... such that b, - a, = M * 2-k for every k = 0, 1, 2, ... and [a, , b,] contains a, < bk b, both sequences are bounded an infinity of x,’s. Since a, and hence convergent. We have (b,c - a,) -+ 0 and so lim a , = lim b, . We select a term x , ~from the interval [al , b,], and in general a term xnL of (x,) ( n = 1, 2 , ...) with nk > nk-l from the interval [ a , , b,]. Since each interval contains infinitely many terms this is possible. We xnk b, for every obtain a subsequence (x,,) of (x,) such that a, k = 1,2, ... . Consequently the convergence of (a,) and (b,) to the same limit implies that (x,,) is a convergent subsequence of (x,). Now we generalize the result to Em: Given a bounded sequence of points x, = (x,,, ..., xnm) in Em the sequence of first coordinates xnl is bounded and so we can select a subsequence of (x,) such that the sequence of first coordinates is convergent. Similarly, starting from this subsequence we can select a second subsequence of (x,) such that the sequence of the first and also the sequence of the second coordinates are convergent. In m steps we obtain a subsequence of the original sequence (x,) such that the sequence of its kth coordinates is convergent for k = 1, 2, ..., m. Therefore (x,) contains a convergent subsequence. This completes the proof of the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem. T h e method of subdividing an interval in a diadic fashion which is used in the beginning of the preceding proof is useful also elsewhere; for instance, in the proof of the intermediate value theorem. At present, however, we could have easily avoided this method by using instead the following simple result:

9

< < < < < <

<

<

Lemma 2 . Every infinite sequence (x,) (n = 1, 2 , ...) of elements x, of a linearly ordered set X contains a monotonic subsequence. Proof. Suppose (x,) (n = 1, 2, ...) contains no infinite increasing subsequence. Then there is a first index k such that x,+, < xk for every 1 2 1. We let xnl = x, and consider the terms x , ~ + ~... , Again, since

.

Exercises

135

(xn) contains no increasing subsequence there is a first K 3 1 such that x,,+~., x , , ~ +for ~ every 1 3 1. We let x n 2 = x , ~ + and ~ consider the terms xnZil, ... to determine x n 3 , etc. T h e infinite subsequence (xnl,x n 2 ,...) is decreasing.

,<

EXERCISES

1. Show the following: If X is compact and pseudometrizable, then its diameter d ( X ) is finite for every pseudometric d compatible with its topology. [The space is covered by the union of the open balls S,[x] (x E X). Since X is compact it can be covered by a finite subcollection. Hence max{d(xi, xi)} where xl, ..., x, for any x, y E X we have d(x, y ) < 2 denote the centers of the finitely many balls covering X . ] 2. Let the real-valued function f be continuous in the closed interval [a, b]. Suppose that for every x in [a, b) there is a y in (x,b] such that f(x)
+

+

YaEIxkli

* . * i ~ x ~ , ~ *I x* ~* ,i ~~ ~x *~ ~ ~ I b *

We see that

f(')


'**,f(Y+k,,,)< f ( b )

+

*'

Hencef(a) < f ( b ) . T h e general case can be reduced to the present one by considering instead off the function g,: gc(x) = f ( x ) E(X - a).] 3. Prove: A set S on the real line is a compact subspace of the reals under the usual topology if and only if every real-valued function defined and continuous on S has a maximum. [First let S be compact. Determine an interval I , for every x E S such that f ( f ) < f ( x ) + 1 for every f E I , n S. Since the open cover {I,} (x E S) contains a finite subcover it follows that f is bounded. Choose

+

136

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

the points x l , x 2 , ... such that f ( x , ) > (lub f ) - (l/n). If x is an accumulation point of (x") (n = 1, 2, ...), then f ( x ) is the maximum value o f f . Next suppose that S is not compact. If S is not bounded, define f by f ( x ) = x andf will not have a maximum. If S is bounded, then it cannot be closed. Let xo be a boundary point of S which does not belong to S. Define f by f ( x ) = I /(x - x,,) for every x E S. Then f is continuous but not bounded.] 4. Show that a set in a finite-dimensional real or complex normed vector space is compact if and only if it is closed and bounded. (The necessity follows from Exercise 1 and Theorem 1. T h e sufficiency argument is similar to the proof of the sufficiency in Theorem 3.) 5. T h e Hilbert cube is the set H = { x : x = (x,) and I x , I l/n for every n = 1, 2, ...} metrized by d ( x , y ) = Z I x , - y n 12. Show that H is a compact space. [We use Theorem 1: Let (x") be a sequence of points in H . T h e sequence of first coordinates ( x l n ) has an accumulation point x l . We select a subsequence ('xfl) of ( x n ) such that I lxln - x 1 1 < l/n for every n = 1, 2, ... . T h e sequence of second coordinates ( l x Z n )of (lx") has an ) ('xn) such accumulation point x 2 . Determine the subsequence ( 2 ~ nof that I 2 ~ 2 n- x2 1 < l / n for every n = 1, 2, ... . Using induction deand the real numbers xk such that termine the subsequence (%,) I mxkn - xc I < l/n for every n = 1, 2, ... and for every k = 1, ..., m. T h e point x = ( X J belongs to H and is an accumulation point of the sequence (x").] 6. Let X be a hereditary Lindelof space and let S be a noncountable closed set in X . Show that S can be decomposed as S = P u Q where P is a perfect set, i.e., P = P', and Q is countable. Characterize further the points of P. (Call a point x E X on w-accumulation point of S if N , n S is uncountable for every neighborhood N , . Let P be the set of w-accumulation points of S and let Q = S - P . By the hereditary Lindelof property the set Q is countable. Every p E P is an w-accumulation point of S and so also of P because Q is countable. Hence P z P'. We show that P is closed: If x E P,then 0, n P is not void; say p E 0, n P . Then 0, is a neighborhood of p and as such it contains noncountably many elements of P. Hence x is an w-accumulation point of S and so x E P and P G P.) 7. There are uniformizable Lindelof spaces X such that not every subspace of X is a Lindelof space. [Let S be the set of ordered pairs p = ( x , y ) of real numbers 0 x, y 1. We order S by the ordering relation p = ( x , y) < q = ( u , v ) if x < u or if x = u and y < v . Under this ordering S becomes a densely

<

<

<

3. Subspaces and Separation Properties of Compact Spaces

137

and linearly ordered set. It has the least upper bound property and contains a smallest and a largest element. By Theorem 1.5 the interval topology of S is compact. By Exercise 11.9.4 and Theorem 11.10.1 S is uniformizable. However, the space is not a hereditary Lindelof space. For instance, the open intervals ((x, 0 ) ,(x, 1)) (0 x 1) form a noncountable family of mutually disjoint open sets of S.] 8. Use the Heine-Bore1 theorem to show that the space described in the preceding exercise is compact. [Suppose that S is covered by a family of open intervals. For every x (0 x 1) there is an interval in the family which covers (x, 0) and there is another which covers (x, 1). T h e union of these contains for a sufficiently small positive value of E the set

< <

< <

((. -

€9

01, .(

+

€9

1)) n c[(x,

4. (x,

1 - €11.

T h e set [(x, E ) , (x, 1 - E)] is homeomorphic to the closed interval [ E , 1 - E ] and so it is covered by finitely many open intervals of the given family. If x = 0 or x = 1, slight modifications are needed. Hence for every x (0 x ,< 1) there is an E > 0 and finitely many open E , 1)). By the intervals such that their union covers ((x - e, 0),(x compactness of the closed interval [0, 11 or by the compactness of S under the usual topology of the plane, it follows that finitely many of these intervals give already a cover of S.]

<

+

3. Subspaces and Separation Properties of Compact Spaces

T h e first half of this section contains the basic results on subspaces of compact topological spaces and more generally results on compact subspaces of arbitrary topological spaces. I n the second part we shall study the validity of separation axioms in compact spaces and give some criteria on connectedness.

If X is a compact topological space and Y is a closed set in X , then Y is a compact subspace of X . Theorem 1.

Note. A similar proposition holds for countably compact spaces and for Lindelof spaces.

Proof. Let (0,) (i E I ) be an open covering of Y . T h e set 0, = cY is open and so 0, and the sets 0, (i E I ) together form an open covering (jE J ) of X. By hypothesis there is a suitable finite subfamily {Oi) covering X . Since 0, n Y = 0 those open sets Oil for which ij # 0 form a finite open cover of Y .

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

I38

If X is a topological space such that every open subset of X is a Lindelof space, then every subset is a Lindelof space. Theorem 2.

Proof. Let S be an arbitrary subset of X and let {Oi} (iE I ) be a cover of S. Then the family {Oi}(i E I ) is an open cover of the open set U{Oi: i E I } . Hence by hypothesis there is a countable subfamily {O,,} ( j J )~which covers U{Oi: i E I } , This subfamily is also a cover of the set S. Theorem 3. Let X be a topological space and let { Y,} be a finite family

of subsets of X . If every Y , is compact, then UY, is a compact subspace of

x.

Note.

A similar proposition holds for countable families of Lindelof

spaces. Proof. If {Oi}(iE I ) is an open cover of Y = UY, , then it is an open contains cover of Y,yfor every s E S. Hence if Y , is compact, then {Oi} a finite subfamily which is a cover of Y, . T h e union of these families is a finite subcover of Y .

A subset of a compact Hausdorff space is a compact subspace if and only if it is closed. Theorem 4.

Proof. T h e sufficiency is a consequence of Theorem 1. T o prove the necessity let Y be a compact subspace of X and let x E c Y . We show the existence of an open set 0, such that x E 0, E c Y . This will prove that C Yis open and Y is closed. Since X is a (T,) space for every y E Y there exist disjoint open sets Oru and 0, containing x and y , respectively. ( y E Y ) of the compact By varying y in Y we obtain an open cover (0,) space Y . Let the sets O,, , ..., OUnform a finite subcover. An open set 02 corresponds to each yc such that 02 and OUkare disjoint. Therefore 0, = Opl n ... n 02 is open, it contains x and

0 , n Y c O,nUO,,

=a.

This shows that CYis open and so Y is closed. Theorem 5.

If X is a compact (T3)space, then axiom (T4) also holds

in X . Note.

Notice that no other separation axiom is assumed.

Corollary.

Every compact (T3)space is unifornzizable.

3. Subspaces and Separation Properties of Compact Spaces

139

Proof. Let A and B be disjoint closed sets in X.T h e object is to find disjoint open sets 0, and 0, such that A c 0, and B G 0,. By axiom (T3),for each b E B there exist disjoint open sets 0, and 0,such that A G 0, and b E 0, . T h e family (0,)( b E B ) is an open cover of B which by Theorem 1 is a compact subspace of X.Hence the open cover (0,) ( b E B ) contains a finite subcover, say {obi, ..., Obn>. Let OAkdenote the open set which corresponds to Obk(k = I , ..., n). We define 0, = O A 1 n... n 0," and 0, = o b , u ... u obn. These are disjoint open sets, A E 0, and B 5 0, , and so X is a (T4)space. T h e corollary follows from the corollary of Theorem 11.10.1, Theorem 6. Corollary.

Every compact Hausdorff space is normal. Every compact HausdorfJ space is uniformizable.

Proof. In view of the preceding theorem it is sufficient to show that every compact Hausdorff space X is a (T,) space. T h e proof of this fact is identical with the proof of Theorem 5 with the set B replaced by a point b. T h e reasoning used in the proof of Theorem 5 can be improved so that it leads to a much stronger result which was first obtained by Tychonoff: Theorem 7. If the Lindelof space X is a (T3)space, then axiom (T4)

also holds in X . Note. This result can be still further strengthened: X is a fully (T4) space. (See Theorems 6.2 and 7.3.) Corollary.

Every (T3)Lindelof space is uniformizable.

Proof, Let A and B be disjoint closed sets in X.By Theorem 1, A and B are also Lindelof spaces. Since X is a (T,) space we can find for each b E B an open set 0, such that 0, n A = 0 . T h e family {O,}'(b E B ) is an open cover of B and so there is a countable subcover, say {ob) ( j = 1, 2, ...). We can determine in a similar way a countable open cover {O,,$}(i = 1, 2, ...) of A such that o,,, n B = 0 for every i. We define for every positive integer k the open sets OAk= O,,, n c(O,, u ... u ObA) and O,k = ObAn c(o,,l u ... u Then OAkand 0,' are disjoint for every choice of the indices k and 1 because for instance if k < 1 then OAk n 0,' c O,lAn c(OfIIu ... u O,,,) 2 O,,An c(O,,,)= 0 . Therefore the open sets 0, = UOAk and 0, = UO,' are disjoint; moreover, A 5 0, and B c 0, because c(obI u ... u Ob,,) 2 A and similarly ~ ( 0u ,...~u OcIA) 2 B. This shows that X is a (T4)space.

o,,A).

140

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

T h e hypothesis of Theorem 5 can be relaxed by replacing compactness by a weaker notion called paracompactness. Since Lindelof spaces satisfying the (T3) axiom are paracompact, Theorem 7 is a corollary of this extended form of Theorem 5. (See Theorem 6.2.) T h e next theorem concerns the corollary of Theorem 5 :

There is at most one uniform structure which is compatible with a compact topology. Theorem 8.

Note. By Theorem 6 every compact Hausdorff space is uniformizable. However, if X is only a compact (To)or (T,) space, then it cannot be uniformized.

Proof. We prove that if such a structure exists, then it consists of the neighborhoods NI of the diagonal I of X x X . Suppose that 4 is a uniform structure for the compact space X . First given U E 4 we can determine a symmetric V E 4 such that V o V E U. We set 0, = V[xIi so that 0, x 0, E V[x] x V[x] E V o V E U for every x E X . Clearly U(0, x 0,) is open in X x X a n d of course I c U(0, x 0,) c U. Hence every U E @ majorizes some neighborhood of I. Next let a neighborhood NI be given. For every X E X there is a U, in 4 with the property that U,[x] x U,[x] E N I . If we choose a symmetric V , E @ such that V , o V, c U, , then {V,[xIi} (x E X ) is an open cover of X and so there is a finite subcover

{ Vz,[x,li,

**.I

V,,[~,Ii>#

say. Let V = Vz1 n ... n V,,, . If (x, y) E V , then ( x k , x) E V,* for some index k and so by V E V,, we have ( x k ,y ) E V,, o Vzk E U,, , Since Vxkc U., we also have ( x k , x) E U,, , Therefore

and so V c N I . This shows that every neighborhood N , majorizes some set V E %. There are also noncompact spaces such that only one uniform structure is compatible with the topology of the space. Lemma 1. Let X be a uniform space with uniform structure @. If A is compact and B is closed and disjoint from A , then there is a symmetric uniformity U in 4 such that ( a , b) 4 U for every a E A and b E B . Proof. Since c B is open and A E cB, for every a E A there is a uniform-

3. Subspaces and Separation Properties of Compact Spaces

141

ity U , E such that U,/[a]c cB. We choose a symmetric V , E @ such that V,, c V , G U,, . T h e open sets V,,[u]'(aE A ) cover the compact set A and so there is a finite subcover, say V J a J i , ..., V,,[U,]~.If we let U = V,,, n ... n V,,, then (a, b ) $ U for every a E A and b E B: For a E V,,[ulili for some k and so ( a / < a, ) E V a , . This shows that (a, b) $ V,, for every b E B because V,, o V,, c U,, and Un,[ak]n B

=

0

.

Since ( a , 6) $ V(,,of course ( a , b ) $ U and so U satisfies the requirements.

Let X be a pseudometric spuce with pseudometric d. If is compact and B is closed and disjoint from A , then d ( A , B ) > 0.

Lemma 2.

A

cX

Proof. We can either use the foregoing lemma or give a direct proof based on Theorem 2.1 : Suppose that there are points ak E A and b, E B for every k = I , 2, ... so that d(a,., b,) < 1/K. Since A is compact the infinite sequence (a,) (k = 1, 2, ...) has an accumulation point a E A. Hence for every E > 0 there are infinitely many indices R such that d(a, a,.) < c/2 and so by the triangle inequality

d(a, ba)

< ( 4 2 ) + (Ilk) < c

for k sufficiently large. Therefore a is an accumulation point of B, so either B is not closed or A and B intersect. If both A and B are compact, then the lemma can be further sharpened: Lemma 3. If X is a metric space with metric d and A , B are disjoint compact sets, then there are points a E A and b E B such that d(a, b ) = d(A, B ) . Note.

Since A n B

d(A, B)

= 0

and d is a proper metric d(a, 6)

> 0,

so

> 0.

Proof. There are points a,. E A and b, E B for every k = 1 , 2 , ... such that d(u,, bk) < d ( A , B ) (l/K). Using the same reasoning as in the proof of Lemma 2 we can show the existence of a point a E A such that for every E > 0 there is some point b, satisfying d(a, b,) < d ( A , B ) c. Choosing c = 1/kfor k = 1, 2, ... we can find another sequence of points b, E B such that d(a, b,) < d ( A , B ) (l/k). T h e sequence (bk) has an accumulation point b E B and for this point we have d(a, b) d ( A , B). Since d(a, b) 3 d ( A , B ) always holds, we have equality.

+

+

+

<

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

142

Theorem 9. A compact uniform space X is connected i f and only i f any pair of points a, b E X can be connected by a U-chain for every symmetric U in a uniform structure 92 for X . Proof. The necessity of this condition was proved earlier and it is stated in Theorem 11.7.3. T o see the sufficiency suppose that X = A u B where A and B are disjoint closed sets. Since X is compact so are the closed sets A and B. Hence by Lemma 1 there is a U E 92 such that ( a , b) $ U for every a E A and b E B. I t follows that a sequence x1 = a , x 2 , ..., x, satisfying (xi, xi+,) E U cannot leave the set A and so a E A cannot be connected by a U-chain with points of B.

Corollary, A compact pseudomettic space is connected i f and only if any pair of points can be connected by a finite r-chain for every r > 0 . T h e finite r-chain condition can be used to show that certain sets which often occur in practice are connected. For instance, it is plain that a finite closed interval of the real line satisfies the finite c-chain condition and so it is connected. More generally a closed n-dimensional interval or closed n-cell is connected. For the points (x,, ..., x i , ..., x,) and (x, , ...,y i , ..., x,) can be connected by the E-chain of points (XI

,

..a,

[ik,

... xn) )

(k = 1, ...)m)

+

where :6 = xi ( k / m ) ( y ,- xi) and m > ( l/e)(yi - xi). Hence any pair of points x = (xl, ..., x,) and y = ( y , , ..., y , ) of an n-cell { x : a, xi bi for i = 1, ..., n} can be connected by an E-chain. Similarly, we can easily show that every closed ball in the n-dimensional Euclidean space is connected.

< <

EXERCISES

1. Give a simple example of a compact (T,) space which is not a HausdorfT space. 2. Prove Theorem 5 by using axiom (T4) in the form as is stated in Theorem 11.3.2. (Let A be a closed subset of the open set 0. For every a E A determine 0, such that a E 0, G 0,5 0. Let O,, , ..., 0," be a cover of A and . A _C 0, and let 0, = OU1u ... u O U n Then OA =

oa,u... v oanG 0.)

3. Show that if all subsets of a Hausdorff space are compact subspaces, then its topology is discrete.

Exercises

143

4. Let F1be a compact Hausdorff topology on a set X . Show that (i) if F, is a compact topology on X and Fl F,, then F1= Fz and (ii) if 7, is a Hausdorff topology on X and F , TI, then

<

Fl = 9-,.

<

[Let C, be closed relative .F2. By Theorem 1 it is compact relative to 9-, . By Exercise 1.2 it is compact relative to the Hausdorff topology Fl and so by Theorem 4 it is closed relative to F, . This proves (i). and so by If C, is closed relative to F,, then it is compact relative F1 Exercise 1.2 it is compact also relative to F, . Hence by Theorem 4 the set C, is closed relative to F2.]

5. Prove that every compact pseudometric space satisfies the second countability axiom. (Consider for every n = 1, 2, ... a finite cover of X by balls SlIn[xmlL3. These form a denumerable family .Ow of open sets which is a base.)

6 . Let X be a (T4)space and let (0, ..., On}be a finite open cover of X.Show the existence of a finite open cover {Q} having the following property: For every p E X there is an Oisuch that )

P*

=

U{Q:PEQ} G Oi.

(The set p* is called the star of the point p . By Theorem 11.4.1 there is an open cover {Q, , ..., Qn} such that Qi E Oi. T h e family

is a finite open covering of X. Let p E X.Then p E Qi for some i. If = Oil n ... n Oimn cQim+,n ... n cQi,, then Q G Of.)

p EQ

)

7. Let X be a compact (T3) space and let for every finite open cover {Oi} of X the set S({O,})E X x X be defined as S({O,})= {(x, y ) : x, y

E

Oi for some Oi 6 {Oi}}.

Using the result stated in the preceding exercise prove that (i) the family &B of all sets S({Oi})is a structure base for a uniform structure, and (ii) the topology associated with eBis the given topology of X . [Axiom (Ub.3) follows from the relation S({Oi))n S({QI>) = S({Oi n QjI)

144

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

Axioms (Ub.4) and (Ub.5) obviously hold. T o show axiom (Ub.6) determine for a given (0,) a finite open cover {Qj} such that x * c 0, for every x E X where the star of x is taken relative to the finite cover and a suitable Oi {Qj}. Then S({Q,}) o S({Q,}) 5 S({O,}). T h e rest follows from axiom (TJ.] 4. The Product of Compact Topological Spaces

The object of this section is to find a condition which assures the compactness of a product of topological spaces in the product topology. The answer to this problem is given by a theorem of Tychonoff which gives a necessary and sufficient condition that a product space be compact. First we prove the necessity of Tychonoff's condition: Lemma 1. If X =

HX, is compact, then every factor X, is compact.

Proof. Let (0,) (i E I ) be a collection of open sets in the space X , . Then the collection of cylinders Z(s, 0,) = {x: x E X and x, E O,} is a family of open sets in X,and if {Oi} (i E I) is a cover of X, , then {Z(s,0,)) covers X. Hence if X i s compact, then there is a finite subfamily {Z(s, O,,)}(jE J) which covers X. Therefore UO, = X, and so X, is compact. Now we are going to prove that if the number of factor spaces X , is finite, then the compactness of each X, implies the compactness of the product. It will be sufficient to consider the case of two factors:

The product of two compact spaces X, Y is compact. Proof. Let (0,) (i E I ) be an open cover of X x Y. For every point (x, y) E X x Y there are open sets 0 , Y G X and 0,"G Y such that (x, y) E 0 , Y x 0,"5 0,for some 0,containing (x, y ) . Hence it is sufficient to show that the family of rectangles 0,v x 0,"(x E X and y E Y) contains a finite subfamily which is a cover of X x Y. For any fixed y E Y the sets Ox,(x E X ) form an open cover of the compact space X, so there is a finite subcover consisting, say, of the sets O& , ..., O&. Let us consider the sets OGl, ..., O G m . Since y E 02 for every index k, the intersection Q, = Oel n ... n 03 is a nonvoid open set in Y which containsy. Therefore the finite family {Ozkx Q,} (k = 1, ...,m) covers all points of the set y) : 5 E X}. Now we let y vary over Y and consider the family {Q,} (y E Y) which is an open cover of the compact space Y. There is a finite subfamily {QvI}(1 = 1, ..., n) which is a cover of Y. T h e union of the sets 0;;x Q,, (1 fixed and k = 1, ..., m(yr)) covers X x QvI so that the family {O:;x Q,) (k = 1, ..., m ( y J and 1 = 1, ..., n) is a finite covering of Theorem 1.

{(e,

4. T h e Product of Compact Topological Spaces

X x Y . Since Qy E x x Y.

0 3 , the

145

family {O,u x Ouz}has a finite subcover

of

T h e preceding theorem implies that the product of finitely many compact topological spaces is compact. This is a special case of Tychonoff's theorem. Similar reasoning shows that the product of a compact space and of a Lindelof space is always a Lindelof space. Example. There are Lindelof spaces X such that X x X is not a Lindelof space. As a matter of fact, there are examples in which X is a hereditary Lindelof space: For instance, let X be the set of reals ordered as usual and let the topology on X be the right half-open interval topology Y+. First we show that X is a hereditary Lihdelof space: Given any family {Oi} (i €1) of open sets we can choose a half-open interval I, : x 6 < x 6, for every x in 0 = UOi such that I, G Oifor some i E I . T h e family {I,} (x E 0) is an open cover of 0 so it is sufficient to show that there exists a countable subfamily {I,) in {I,} such that

+

<

UI,,

=

UI,.

We fix a positive integer n and consider the subfamily {I,"} of those intervals I," E {I,}for which 6, > 1 in. If ( E I" = UI,. but is not an interior point of any I," in the usual sense, then there is an interval of length at least l / n situated at the left of 6 and containing no points x with 6 , > l j n . Hence the set S of such points 6 is countable and can be covered by the countable family {It"} (( E S).If we omit the left end point of all remaining intervals I," we obtain a family of intervals J," which are open in the usual sense. Since the real line is a hereditary Lindelof space relative to its usual topology the open set J" = UJ," can be covered by a countable subfamily of {Jrn}. Thus In has a countable covering by sets of the family {I,"}. But UI, = UI" and so 0 = UI, is also covered by a countable subfamily of {I,} and hence by a countable subfamily of (0,)(i E I ) . Now we consider the set X x X in the product topology. I n order to show that X x X i s not a Lindelof space, by Theorem 3.1 it is sufficient to find a closed subset S of X x X which is not Lindelof. T h e diagonal set S = {(x, -x) : x E X } is such a closed set: T h e sets {((, 7) : 4 2 x and 7 -x} for x E X form an open cover of S which has no countable subcover since each open set of the cover contains only one point of the uncountable set S. Therefore X x X is not a Lindelof space. T h e following theorem on the compactness of an unrestricted product of compact spaces is due to Tychonoff. All proofs of the sufficiency of Tychonoff's condition use the axiom of choice and it is known that the theorem can hold only in those set theories in which the axiom of choice is valid.

146

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

Theorem 2. The product X = I I X , of an arbitrary family { X , } (s E S ) of compact topological spaces is compact.

There are several proofs; the one which is given below is based on a very remarkable compactness criterion which was discovered by Alexander. It is both a necessary and sufficient condition but it is the sufficiency which is important: Theorem 3. If a topological space X has a subbase Y such that from every covering of X by elements of Y one can select a finitesubcovering, then X is a compact. Proof. Let d be a family of open sets such that no finite subfamily of d is a cover of X . The object is to show that d itself is not a cover of X . We consider families 2 of open sets Q having the property that d E 9 and no finite subfamily of 9 covers the space X . Let 'I[ be the set of all such open families 9. Since d E %, the set 'u is not void. If we order 'u by inclusion, then the hypotheses of Zorn's lemma are satisfied: Indeed, if i! is a linearly ordered subset of a, then the family @ consisting of all open sets Q E 9 E 2 is an upper bound of i! and no finite subfamily of @ covers the space X . Therefore by Zorn's lemma there exists a maximal family A in 'u. This maximal family has the following property: If M E A and if Q, , ...,Q, are open sets such that Q, n ... n Q, E M , then at least one of the sets Qk belongs to A. For if Qkis an open set and Qk 4 A, then .A being maximal there exist suitable elements M I k ,..., M & in .A such that

Qk U M I kV Hence if

... V Mhk = x .

Q1, ..., Q, 4 A,then (81n

-**

n QrI) u

(gMi')

=X

Therefore by Q1n ... n Q, c M , also M $.A.This proves the foregoing statement. Now we consider the family Y n A where Y is the specific subbase mentioned in the theorem. If a point x is covered by a set M E A, then Y being a subbase there are sets S, , ..., S , E Y such that xES1n

... nS,,

cM.

Since S , , ..., S, are open sets and S , n ... n S , c M E A,by the preceding statement we have S, E A for some index i and so x

E

si E A .

Exercises

147

Hence if a point x is covered by the f a m i l y d , then it is also covered by Y n A. However, d does not contain any finite subcover and so Y n A cannot contain any finite subcover. Since Y n d is a subfamily of Y and every cover by elements of 9‘contains a finite subcover we see that Y n d is not a cover of X . Therefore d is not a cover and finally by d E A we see that .d is not a cover of X . T h i s finishes the proof. Proof of Theorem 2. It is sufficient to find a subbase Y such that every cover of X by elements of Y contains a finite subcover. Let

9 = {Z(s,0,))

(s E S and 0, E Us),

i.e., let Y be the family of all cylinders in X with open base in X , (s E S ) . Suppose that 57 c Y is a family such that 2’has no finite subfamily covering the entire space X . W e prove that 2’itself is not a cover of X . For we fix an s E S and consider the sets 0, such that Z(s, 0,)E 3. These sets form a family {O,s}which contains no finite subcover of X , , since otherwise the corresponding cylinders Z(s, 0,) would form a finite subcover of X . Consequently, by the compactness of X,s this family (0,)is not a cover of X , and so we can choose a point x,s E X,s such that x, is not covered by {Os}.If we put x = (xs) (s E S ) where x, is choosen for every s E S according to the preceding principle, then x E X is not covered by any set Z(s, 0,) of 57. Hence 2 is not a cover of X and so by Alexander’s theorem X is compact. EXERCISES

1. Show that the torus is compact. (Use Theorem 1.) 2. Modify the proof of Theorem 1 to obtain the following: Zf X is compact and Y is countably compact, then X x Y is countably compact. 3. Using the same reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 1 prove the following: Zf A and B are compact sets in the topological spaces X and Y , respectively, and 0 is an open set in X x Y containing A x B, then there are open sets 0, c X and 0, c Y such that A c 0, , B G 0,, and 0 , x 0, c 0. [For every (x, y ) E A x B there are open sets 0,” and 0,” such that ( x , y ) E 0,” x O,,“ c 0. Fix y E R and vary x in A . Select a finite subcover 0:1, ..., O.& of A . Define Q, = OGl n ... n 02 for every y E B and select a finite subcover of B. Define 0, to be the union of these sets Q,, , ..., Qu,. Put 0, = n,U,O~.]

148

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

4. Show that the product of countably many countably compact spaces is countably compact. [Let S be an infinite set of points x E X = IIX, where n = 1, 2, ... and let x, denote the projection of x into X , . Since X, is countably compact there is a point 5, E X, whose open neighborhoods OEncontain the projection x, of infinitely many points x E S. Let 6 = (5, , t2, ...). Then $. is 1-accumulation point of S.] 5. Let X, = {1,2, ...} for every n = 1, 2, ... and let X, be topologized by the discrete topology. Determine all compact subspaces of X = HX,. [A set Y s X i s compact if and only if it is closed and bounded in the following sense: There is a bound m(n) > 0 for every n = 1, 2, ... such that y n m(n) for every y E Y . T h e sufficiency of this condition follows from Theorems 1.11.1 and 2. T h e necessity can be seen by assuming that the set {y,} ( y E Y )is not bounded for some index n and constructing a sequence of points y E Y having no accumulation point in X.]

<

5. Locally Compact Spaces

A topological space is called locally compact if every point has a neighborhood which is a compact subspace. I t is clear that every compact space is locally compact. Less trivial examples of locally compact spaces are the finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces. For every closed bounded subset of En is compact and so for example the closed balls S,(x) are compact neighborhoods of x. A locally compact space need not be a Hausdorff space. Theorem 1. If a H a u s d o r - space is locally compact, then it is regular. Proof. Let 0 be an open set in X and let x E 0. We show the existence of an open set Q, such that x E Q, E Q, E 0. Then by part (1) of Theorem 11.2.2 it will follow that the space X is a (T3) space and so it is regular. By the local compactness there is an open set 0, and a compact subspace C, of X such that x E 0, 5 C, , Since X is a Hausdorff space the compact subspace C, is a closed set of X. T h e set 0 n 0, is an open subset of the compact Hausdorff space C, . By Theorem 3.6 the space Cxis normal and therefore regular. Thus there is a set Q, which is open in the subspace C, and is such that x E Q, c Qx c 0 n O x ,where Q, denotes the closure of Q, relative to the topology of C, . T h e set Qxis open also in the space X because Q, = Q n C, for some set Q which is open in X and so Qx = Q n (0n 0,). Hence it is sufficient to show

5. Locally Compact Spaces

I49

that the closure of Q, relative to X is a subset of 0. However, C, is a closed set in X and so the closure of Q, relative to C, and relative to X is the same set Q, . Theorem 2.

Every closed subset of a locally compact topological space

X is a locally compact subspace. If in addition X is a Hausdorff space, then every open set is also locally compact. Proof. Let C be a closed set in X and let x E C. There exist an open set 0, and a compact set C, with the property that x E 0, G C , . Then C n C, is a closed set in C , and so by Theorem 3.1 it is a compact subspace of C, . Consider C n 0,; this is an open set in C and x E C n O , G CnC,.

Hence C is locally compact. Now let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space and let 0 be a nonvoid open set in X. According to Theorem I the space X i s regular and so for every x E 0 there is an open set Q, such that x E Q, G QE c 0. T h e closed set Q, is a locally compact subspace and so there are sets 0, and C, in Q, such that x E 0, c C, . T h e set 0, is open in Q, and C , is a compact subspace of Q, and so also a compact subspace of 0. T h e set 0, n Q, is open in X because Q, is an open set in X , and 0, being open in Q, we have 0, = Q nQ, for some open set Q of X. Hence x E 0, n Q, c C, where 0, n Q, is open in 0 and C, is a compact subspace of 0. This shows that 0 is locally compact.

Every locally compact Hausdorf space is completely regular and so it is uniformizable. Theorem 3.

Proof. T h e uniformizability follows immediately from Theorem 11.10.1 and so it is sufficient to deal with the ( T ) property. In order to show that X is a ( T ) space let 0 be an open set in X and let x E 0. Since X is locally compact there exist an open set 0, and a compact set C, such that x E 0, c C , . Moreover, X is a (T3) space and so there is an open set Qz such that x E Q, G Q, E 0. Obviously we have x E 0, n Q, E C , n Q, G 0. T h e set C, n Q, is a closed set of the compact subspace C, of X, thus by Theorem 3.1 it is compact. Since C, n 8, is a subspace of the (T3)space X it is a (T3) space and therefore by Theorems 3.5 and 11.9.2 it is a ( T ) space. T h e set 0, n Q, is open in X and so it is an open set of the subspace C, n (5, . Since this space C, P Q, is a )'I( space there is a diadic scale

150

111. COMPACTNESS A N D UNIFOHMIZATION

(O,!)( d E D) such that x E 0, c 0, n Qs for every d~ D. T h e sets 0,)are open in the subspace C, (7Q, but 0, n ( I being , open in X we see that 0, is open in X . We can also show that the closure of O,, in C, n Q, is the same as its closure in X . For C, is a compact subspace of the (T2)space X and so by Theorem 3.4 it is a closed set. Hence by Lemma 1.10.2 the closure of 0, with respect to C, n Q, is o,, . We proved that (O,,) ( d E D ) is a diadic scale not only in the subspace C, n QJbut also in X and x E 0, c 0. Hence X is completely regular. T h e following lemma is often used:

oft

I f A is a compact set in a {ocully compact Hausdorg space, then there is an open set 0 such that its closure is compact and A c 0. Lemma 1.

Note. If X is a uniform space with uniform structure %!, then given any U E 4' the set 0 can be chosen such that 0 c U [ A ] .I n particular, if X is a metric space, then there is an 0 contained in the E-neighborhood of A.

Proof. We cover A by a family of open sets (0,) (x E A ) such that 0, is compact for every x E A. By the local compactness of X such a cover exists. Since A is compact there is a finite subcover, say, the union of the sets O,, (i = 1 , ..., n ) covers A. Then A G 0 = UO,,and 0 = UOxI is compact by Theorem 3.3. If X is a uniform space and Cr is a uniformity, then the open sets 0, (x E A ) can be all chosen such that 0, c U [ x ] . Then U O , G U [ A ] follows. Theorem 4. A product space is locally compact if and only if all but finitely many factors are compact and the remaining ones are locally compact. Corollary. A Jinite product is locally compact if and only is locally compact.

if every factor

Proof. First we prove the sufficiency. Given x E X = nX, we can find a compact neighborhood N , of every projection x, of x and we can assume that N , = X,for all but finitely many indices. Then UN, is a neighborhood of x in X and by Theorems 4.2 and I. I 1. I it is a compact subspace of X.Hence X is locally compact. T h e necessity of the conditions follows equally easily: Given x , ~E X , let x be a point in X such that its projection into X, is x, . If N is a compact neighborhood of x in X, then its projection N , into X , is a compact neighborhood of x, in X,. Hence every factor of X is locally compact. T o see the other condition let x E X be arbitrary and let N be a compact neighborhood of x. Then

Exercises

151

the projection N, is compact and by the definition of the product topology N, = X , except for at most finitely many choices of s. If X is locally compact, then it is the union of a family of compact subspaces whose interiors are nonvoid and cover X . If X is the union of countably many such sets, then X is called o-locally compact. A space is called a-compact if it is the union of countably many compact subspaces. For instance, the finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces are both o-locally compact and o-compact. A a-compact space is of course always a Lindelof space. Sometimes the notion of rim-compactness comes up: X is called rim-compact if each point of X has arbitrarily small neighborhoods whose boundaries are compact.

E X E RClSES

1. Show that an infinite-dimensional Hilbert space is not locally compact. 2. Show that a normed vector space over the reals or over the complex field is locally compact if and only if its unit sphere is compact. (First show by considering the product of the unit sphere and the closed interval [0, I] that the unit ball is compact if the unit sphere is compact: For this purpose one needs Theorems 3.1 and 4.1. Next identify all points of the product whose second coordinate is 0. Use Exercise 1.3 and show that the quotient space is homeomorphic to the unit ball of X . T h e “only if” part follows from Theorem 3.1.) 3. Show the following: A normed vector space over the reals or over the complex numbers is locally compact if and only if it is finite dimensional. [In view of the preceding exercise the necessity follows by proving that in the infinite-dimensional case the unit sphere is not compact. This can be seen by constructing a sequence (xm) ( m = 1, 2 , ...) of points such that (1 x,,, 11 = 1 and 11 x,,, - x, 11 > 4 for every m < n. T h e construction of such a sequence can be based on the following proposition: If X is a normed vector space and Y is a proper complete linear subspace of X , then for every t > 0 there is an x E X such that 11 x 11 = 1 and 11 x - y 11 > 1 - E for every y E Y . For let z 4 Y and let d = glb{llz - y 11 : y E Y } . Using the completeness of Y one can easily E ) d, see that d > 0. If we choose y E Y such that 11 z - y 11 < (1 then for every q E Y we have 11 z - ( y q ) 11 d > /I z - y /I - EL!. Hence x = ( z -. y)/ll z - y 11 satisfies the requirements. T h e sufficiency follows from the compactness of the product space: If xl, ..., x,, is a

+

+

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

152

+ +

<

basis of X , then the points Alxl ... A,xn with I A1 I 1, ..., I A, 1 ,< 1 form a compact neighborhood of the origin.] 4. Every locally compact subspace of an infinite-dimensional normed vector space X over the field of real or complex numbers is nowhere dense in X. (If Y is a compact set in X,then by the previous exercise Y contains finitely many linearly independent elements. Hence P is a finitedimensional subspace of X.) 5. Show that the convex hull of a finite set of points of a real normed vector space is compact. [The convex hull of the set (xl, ..., x n } is the set of all points A1xl ... A,x, where A, ... A, = 1 and 0 Xi 1 (i = 1, ...,n). It follows that the convex hull is a closed bounded set of the finitedimensional subspace generated by the elements xl, ..., x,.] 6. Give an example of a locally compact space X and an equivalence relation such that the quotient space is not locally compact. (Let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space and let xl, ..., x, , ... be a sequence of points without accumulation point in X. Identify all points of the sequence. For instance, X can be the space of reals and we may identify all integers.) 7. Show that a Hausdorff space is locally compact if and only if there is an open cover (0,)(i E I ) of X such that 0,is compact for every iEI.

+ +

+ +

< <

8. Show that the product of finitely many a-compact spaces is ucompact. [Let X = UA, and Y = UB, where A , and B, are compact for every n = I, 2, ... . By Theorems 4.1 and 1.11.1 the sets A,,, x B, are compact subspaces of X x Y and X x Y = U ( A , x B,).] 9. Show by an example that the product of denumerably many a-compact spaces need not be o-compact. [Let X, = (1, 2, ...} for every n = 1, 2, ... and let X, be topologized by the discrete topology. T h e product X = nX, is not a-compact. For by Exercise 4.5 a set Y 2 X is compact if and only if it is closed and bounded. Let Y k ( k = 1,2, ...) be compact subspaces of X and let m(n, k) be the bound of the nth coordinate of the points in Yk. T h e point whose nth coordinate is m(n, n) 1 for every n = 1, 2, ... is not in UYk and so UYk is a proper subset of X.]

+

10. The unit sphere S of a normed real vector space X is called strictly conoex if $11 x y 11 < 1 for every pair of distinct points x, y E S. It is called uniformly convex if for every E > 0 there is a 6 > 0 such

+

6. Paracompactness and Full-Normality

153

+

that x, y E S and 11 x - y 11 > E imply $11 x y I/ < 1 - 6. Show that if X is locally compact and strictly convex, then it is uniformly convex. [For every pair x, y E S satisfying 11 x y 11 3 E there are open sets 0, and 0, in X and a positive 6(x, y ) such that $11 5 r ) /I < 1 - 6(x, y ) for every 5 E 0, and for every r ) E 0, . T h e open sets (0, x 0,) n (S x S) and ((x, y ) : x , y E S and 11 x - y I/ < e} form an open cover of S x S . By the compactness of the unit sphere S there is a finite subcover corresponding, say, to the points (xl , y l ) , ..., ( x n , y n ) . Let 6 be the smallest of the positive numbers 6(xl , y l ) , ..., 6 ( ~ ,,y~n ) . Now if 5, r ) E S and 11 5 - r ) 11 > E , then (5,7) E OJzx Outn S x S for some i(l i < n ) and so 411 5 7 11 < 1 - 6.1 ~

<

+

+

6. Paracompactness and Full-Normality

A system of sets Si( i E I ) of a topological space X is called a locally finite system if every point x E X has a neighborhood N , which intersects only a finite number of the sets S, (i E I).If US, = X we speak about a locally finite cover of X . Usually one is interested only in locally finite (i E I ) is called starcovers consisting of open sets. T h e system {Si} Jinite if every Si is intersected only by a finite number of sets of the system. It is called a point-finite system if every x E X belongs to at most finitely many of the sets S, ( i E I ) . A cover {Qj}( jE J ) of X is called a refinement of the cover {O,} (i E I ) if each Qj is contained entirely in some 0 , . Definition 1. A topological space X is called paracompact if every open cover of X has a locally finite open refinement. I t is clear that every compact space is paracompact and it is easy to see that every closed subspace of a paracompact space is paracompact. Local compactness does not necessarily imply paracompactness. I n the next section we shall prove a theorem on the equivalence of paracompactness and full-normality. T h i s will immediately imply that every metric space is paracompact. Here we prove some of the basic properties of paracompact spaces. T h e proofs depend on the following observation: Lemma I.

is,) ( i E I ) is a

locally finite system, then

usi = US,.

Proof. I t is sufficient to show that usi 5 us,. If x E Usi,then by void the local-finiteness there is an open set 0,. such that 0, n Si is not . . only for finitely many indices, say, for z = z l , ..., i,, . Since X E US,,

I54

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

every neighborhood N , of x intersects US,. Therefore every N , intersects Si, v ... v Stnand so XESi,V

Lemma 2.

... u S i , , = S i , u ... USi,C u s i .

Every paracompact Hausdorff space is regular.

Proof. Let A be a closed set in X and let x 4 A . For every y ( y # x ) determine a pair of disjoint open sets 0 , V and 0, such that x E Ox, and y E 0, . Since A is closed Ox, can be chosen such that Ox,G c A . The family {O,u, 0,}( y E X and y # x) is an open cover of X . Let the cover {Qjj( j E J ) be a locally finite refinement of this open cover. If Qin A # 0, then Qj G 0, for some y # x because Oxu c cA for every y # x. Hence by x E 0,u c c o , we get x $ Q j . If we set 0, = U(Qi: Qjn A # 0 } , then A c 0, and x 4 0,because by Lemma I we have 8, = U{Q,: Qi n A # O } . T h e set A and the point x are separated by the open sets 0, and 0, = c 8 , .

Theorem 1. Corollary.

Every paracompact (T3)space satisjies axiom (T4). Every paracompact Hausdorff space is normal.

Proof. Let A be a closed set in an open set 0. Using axiom (T3) we determine for each a E A an open neighborhood 0, such that

aEO, E

O,,c

0.

The sets 0, ( a E A ) and c A form an open cover of X . Let {Qj} ( j J )~ be a locally finite refinement. If A n Qi# 0, then Qi c 0, for some a E A and soQj G 0,G 0. Hence if we define 0, = u{Qj: Qi n A # o}, then by Lemma 1 A E 0, G OA = U ( Q j : Q j n A # o } E 0.

By Theorem 11.3.2, X is a (T4) space. Theorem 2.

Every Lindelof (T3)space is paracompact.

Let {O,} (i E I) be an open cover of X . For each x there is an 0, containing x and since X is a (T3)space we can determine two open sets 0, and Q, such that Proof.

x

The sets {Q,)

eQXc

oxc 0, c Oz c 0,.

(x E X ) form an open cover of the Lindelof space

X and

155

6. Paracompactness and Full-Normality

so there is a countable subcover consisting, say, of the sets Qxn ( n = 1, = OX1and in general we define

2, ...). We put S,

S,

=

Oxnn cQxl n ... n C Q , ~ - ~

so that S, is open and S, E Oifor some i E I. T h e family {S?J( n = 1 , 2 , ...) is a cover of X : I n fact, if x 4 S , = O,,, then there is a first index n > 1 such that x E OXn. By the choice of n we have x $ O X 1 v... v Oxn-l so

X $ & ~ V

. . . V O ~ ~ and -~

XES,,.

T h e open cover {S,} ( n = 1, 2, ...) is locally finite. For, if x EQ,~, then N , = Qxnis a neighborhood of x which intersects at most S1, ..., S, . Hence {S,} ( n = 1, 2, ...) is a locally finite refinement of the given open cover {O,} ( i E: I ) . Now we turn to the definition of full-normality. If {S,} (i E I) is a system of sets in a set X , then the star of an element x E X is defined to be the set x * = U{S,: x E Sf}.More generally we define the star of any subset A G X as A* = U{x*: x E A } or equivalently as A* = U{S,: Sin A # 0 } . A system {Qj}( j E J ) of sets Qj c X is called a (strong) star refinement of another system {Oi} ( i E I ) if UQj = UO, and if for (every Qj) every x there is an Oisuch (that Qj* c Oi) that x* c 0, . Definition 2. A topological space X is culled a fully (T4) space if every open cover of X has a star refinement. T h e existence of a large class of fully (T4) spaces is assured by the following:

If X is pseudomatrizable then every open cover of X admits strong star refinements.

Theorem 3.

Corollary.

Every pseudometric space is a fully (T3) space.

Proof. Let {0,} ( i E I ) be an open cover of the pseudometric space X and let d be any pseudometric which is compatible with the topology of X. For every X E Xthere is an 0, containing x and there is an E, (0 < E+ < 1) such that S,,2[x] 5 Oi, Let such an cx and 0, be fixed for every x E X . For each x in X we define E

= C(X)

= lub(c,: d ( x , y )

< tz

and d ( y , z )

< tZ

for some y

EX}.

Clearly the condition on z means that S ~ Zmeets ] Sez[x]. We show that the sets SeZ[x](x E X ) form a star refinement of the given cover {Oi} ( i E I ) . Given x choose a u such that zu > r/2, and d(x, y ) < z,

156

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

and d(y, u) < cu for some y E X. We prove that the star of S,* [ x ] is contained in S,,,,[u]. T h e latter is known to be a subset of some Oi( i E I ) . In fact, if v belongs to the star of S,[x], then there are points w and z such that d(x, w ) < ex and d(w, z ) < cz and d(v, z ) < ct . Consequently, d(x, v) < cx 2 c Z . By the definition of u we have d(x,y ) < ex and d(y, 14) < cU for some y E X. Thus d(x, u ) < cX E, and so d(u, v) < 2cx 2cS cU 4c -t E, 9 c u . This proves that v belongs to Sgru[z4].

+

+

Lemma 3.

+ <

<

+

Every fully (T4) space is a (T4) space,

Proof. Let A and B be disjoint closed sets in the fully (T4)space X. The sets cA and cB form an open cover of X. Let {Qj}( j E J) be a star refinement. We define 0, = A* and 0, = B* where the stars are formed relative to the open cover {Qj}( jE J ) . T h e sets 0, and 0,are disjoint open neighborhoods of A and B , respectively: For suppose that x E Qi n Qj, where Qr n A # 0 and Qi8 n B # 0 . Then x* $ cA and also x i $ cB so that {&} (jE J) is not a star refinement of the open cover {cA, cB}.

Definition 3. A fully (T4) space satisfring axiom (TI) is called fully normal. A topological space X is called countably paracompact if every countable open cover of X admits a locally finite refinement.

EXERCISES

1. Show by an example that Lemma 1 cannot be extended to pointfinite systems even if the sets S, ( i E I ) are all open. 2. Let C be a closed set in the paracompact space X. Show that C is paracompact. n C} ( i E I ) be an open cover of C. Join cC to the family [Let (0, {O,} (i E I ) to obtain an open cover of X. If {Qr}( j E J) is a locally finite open refinement of this cover, then {Qin C} ( j E J) is a locally finite cover of C which is a refinement of (0,n C} ( i E I ) . ] 3. Show that if every open subspace of a topological space is paracompact, then every subspace is paracompact. n S } ( i EI) be an open cover of a subspace S. Then (0,) [Let (0, ( i E I ) is an open cover of the open subspace 0 = UO, . If (Qj}( jE J )

Exercises

157

is a locally finite refinement of {Oi} (i E I ) , then {Qjn S}( j E J ) is a locally finite refinement of the given cover of S.] 4. A space X is called metacornpact if every open cover of X admits a point-finite refinement. Extend the results stated in the preceding two exercises to metacompact spaces. 5. Using Example 11.3.1 and Exercise 11.3.5 show that a locally compact Hausdorff space need not be paracompact. [The spaces in question are not (T4)spaces and therefore not paracompact. Every point has a compact neighborhood: If x = (xl , x2) where x2 > 0, then for a sufficiently small value of E > 0 the closed disk C,[x], and if x2 = 0, then the closed sector Z:,[x] is a compact neighborhood of x.] 6. A space is called hypocompact if every open cover has a star-finite refinement. Prove that the right half-open interval topology of any linearly ordered set with a first element and having the least upper bound property is hypocompact. (Every open cover of X admits a refinement consisting of right halfopen intervals. Using the same reasoning as in the solution of Exercise 11.12.9 we can show the existence of a subfamily of every such refinement which consists of mutually disjoint sets. T h e existence of a first element is not essential and can be replaced by weaker requirements.) 7. Find a paracompact space X such that X x X is not paracompact. (Consider the set of nonnegative real numbers under the right halfopen interval topology. According to Example 11.11.1 X x X is not normal, hence it is not paracompact.) 8. Let X be compact and let Y be paracompact (hypocompact or metacompact). Using the same reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 4.1 show that X x Y is paracompact (hypocompact or metacompact). 9. Using the same reasoning as in the solution of Exercise 4.2 show the following: If X is compact and Y is countably paracompact, then X x Y is countably paracompact. 10. A family of sets S, ( i E I ) is called a discrete family if every x E X has a neighborhood N , which meets at most one of the sets S, (i E I). Show that if {S,} (i E I ) is a discrete family, then so is (i E I). [Let 0, be an open neighborhood of x which meets at most one of the sets Si(i E I). If 0, meets s, , then 0, is a neighborhood of the common points of 0, and s, , hence 0, must intersect S, . I t follows that 0, can intersect at most one of the sets ( i E Z).] 11. A topological space X is called a collection-wise (T4)space if for every discrete family of (closed) sets Si(i E I ) there exists a family of

{si}

si

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

158

disjoint open sets 0, (i E I ) such that S, G 0,for every i E I . Show that every fully (T4) space is a collection-wise (T4) space. [Let {S,} (i E I ) be a discrete collection of (closed) sets. For every x E X there is an open set 0, such that 0, intersects at most one of the sets S , . Since the space is a fully (T4) space the open cover (0,) (x E X) has a star refinement {Qj}( jE J ) . Define 0, for every i E I as the star of S, relative to this refinement. T h e reasoning used in the proof of Lemma 3 shows that the open sets 0, (i E I ) are disjoint: For suppose that z n Qi, whereQjl n Sil # 0 andQiz n S,, # 0 . Then z* n Sil # 0 and z* n Sip# 0 . Since z* E Qil c 0, for some 0, which meets only 'one of the Si's it follows that {Qi} ( jE J ) is not a star refinement.]

12. Show that the following properties of a (T4) space are equivalent: (i) the space X i s countably paracompact; (ii) every countable open covering of X has a point-finite refinement; (iii) every countable open covering (0,) (n = 1, 2, ...) has an open refinement {Q,} (n = 1, 2, ...) such that Q n c 0, for every n = 1,2, ... . [The implication (i) --t (ii) is obvious because every locally finite cover is point-finite. Next show that (ii) + (iii): Let {Pi}( jE J ) be a point-finite refinement of the countable open cover (0,) (n = 1, 2, ...). For every j E J let the positive integer n ( j ) be the first index such that Qi c On(i)and let R, = U{Qi: n ( j ) = n}. T h e sets R, (n = 1, 2, ...) form a point-finite cover of X and R , G 0, for every n = 1 , 2, ... . By Theorem 11.4.2 there is an open cover {S,}(n = 1, 2, ...) such that s R, G O,, . T h e equivalence of the three properties follows by showing that (iii) + (i): Let (0,) (n = 1, 2, ...) be given. First construct an open cover {Q,} (n = 1,2, ...) such that (7, E 0, for every n = 1 , 2 , ... . Then use that same construction as in the proof of Theorem 2 to obtain a locally finite refinement of (0,) (n = 1 , 2, ...).I

sn

13. Show that the space described in Example 11.2.1 is not paracompact. (This is a Hausdorf€ space but it is not regular.) 14. The space given in Example 11.2.1 is not countably paracompact.

I:

1'

1 A ) u 1, - , ..., , n for every n = 1 , 2 , ... . n-1 This is a countable open cover of X which admits no locally finite refinement. For suppose that there is an open neighborhood 0, of 0 which intersects only finitely many sets of the refinement {Q1}( j E J ) . Then on the one hand each Qj covers only finitely many points of the form l/n (n = 1 , 2, ...) and on the other hand for n sufficiently large l/n is covered by Qi only if Qi intersects 0, . Hence {Qj}( j E J ) is not a cover of X.] [Let 0,

=

(X

-

7. The Equivalence of Paracompactness and Full-Normality 159 7. The Equivalence of Paracompactness and Full-Normality

T h e main object of this section is to prove that for uniformizable spaces the proposition of being a fully (T4)space is equivalent to paracompactness. T h e essential part of this result is the implication expressed in the theorem of A. H. Stone:

Every fully (T4)space satisfying axiom (T3) is paracompact. Since every (T,) (T4) space is regular we obtain the following:

Theorem 1.

+

Every fully normal space is paracompact. T h e importance of Stone’s theorem can be realized by applying it to pseudometric spaces. Every pseudometric space satisfies axiom (T3) and by Theorem 6.3 it is a fully (T4) space. Hence we have: Corollary.

Every pseudometric space is paracompact. First we sketch an independent proof of a weaker statement, namely, we show that every pseudometric space is countably paracompact. T h e proof of Theorem 1 is based on the same ideas but the axiom of choice is needed in the form of the well-ordering theorem. Stone’s theorem is proved in the same way. There is only one new point which requires some discussion before entering into the technical details of the proof. ( i = 1, 2, ...) be a countable open cover of the pseudometric Let (Oi) space X.Our object is to construct a locally finite refinement. We choose any pseudometric d which is compatible with the topology of X . Given any set A c X we define U n [ A ] = {x : d(x, A ) < 2-“} and Theorem 2.

ZyA]

= {x : S,-n[x] G

A}.

The first is an open neighborhood of A and the second is a closed subset of A because P [ A ] = c U n [ c A ] . These sets are commonly used, for instance, in the theory of convex bodies and are called the outer and the inner “parallel domains” of distance 2-”. First we replace the open cover (Oi) ( i = 1,2, ...) by the refinement {Qin} ( i = 1, 2, ... and n = I , 2, ...) where Qil = Im[Oi] # 0 and QjtL= U‘l[Qin-l] for every n > 1. T h e sets Qin ( n > 1) form an expanding sequence of open sets whose union Qi is an open subset of O i . T h e process of replacing Oi by Qi is a well-known geometric operation. For every n = 1, 2, ... we define CF

= lrLIQ1]

and

Cin = P [ Q i - u{Cjn :j

<;}I.

The family of open sets Un+3[Cin] (i = 1, 2, ...) is a discrete system

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

I 60

and so by Lemma 6.1 the union of the closures of these sets is a closed set which we denote by Cn. This assures that the following sets are open:

Rln = Un+2[[c,n]

and

Rin

=

Un+z[[Cjn] n cC1n ... n cCn-l.

These form again a discrete system but the union of these systems for n = 1, 2, ... is an open cover of X . One can easily show that we are dealing with a refinement of (Oi). Its local finiteness follows by showing ] a sufficiently high value of m can meet at most m of the that U m f 3 [ xfor sets Rin (n = 1, 2, ... and i = 1, 2, ...). T h e preceding reasoning works also when the index set I of (Oi) (i E I) is not countable. However, the axiom of choice is needed here to show that the index set I of any open cover {Oi}(i E I ) can be well-ordered. If X is not pseudometrizable we must change the definition of the sets U " [ A ]andIn[A]. T h e latter can be defined asIn[A] = cUn[cA]provided Url[A] is meaningful for every A 5 X. Since X is a fully (T4) space satisfying axiom (T3) by the Corollary of Theorem 11.10.1 it is uniformizable. We introduce a suitable uniform structure 91 and select a sequence of uniformities U71(n = 1, 2, ...) such that Un+l o Un+' 5 Un. T h e choice of these uniformities will depend on the open cover {Oi} (i E I). Then as usual we define Un[A]to be the uniformity Ufl evaluated on the set A. As far as the actual proof is concerned it is not necessary to deal with the whole of % but it is sufficient to introduce only the uniformities Un (n = I , 2, ...) which are needed in the proof. These sets U nform a subbase for a uniform structure whose topology is weaker than the original topology of the set X . In the next section we shall prove that this weaker uniform structure is always a pseudometric structure. Proof of Theorem 1. Let {Oi} (i E I) be an open cover of the fully (T4)space X . First we construct a sequence of open covers O', 02,... such that 0 ' is a star refinement of {Oi}(i E I) and Onfl is a star refinement of 0" for every n >/ 1. We construct a uniform structure for X by

introducing U n = {(x, y ) : x , y E 0" for

some 0"E U n } .

The family {U"}(n = 1, 2, ...) satisfies the axioms of a subbase for a uniform structure: It is plain that Un is symmetric and contains I . Moreover, U71[x]= ( x ) ~ *where ( x ) ~ *denotes the star of the point x relative to the cover On. Axiom (Us. 6 ) follows from the fact that On+l is a star refinement of On and so Unfl o Unfl 5 Un:Indeed, if ( x , y ) E Un+'

7. The Equivalence of Paracompactness and Full-Normality I61 and (y, z ) E U n f l ,then x, z E (Y):+~and (y):+' c On for some On E On. Hence (x, z ) E Un. We define for every i E I the sets Qin ( n = 1 , 2, ...) as follows:

8,' = cU1[cOi]

and

0;

=

Un[Q;-']

for n

>1.

Since Un[x]= ( x ) ~ ~is* open for every x E X , the sets Qin are open for every n > 1 and Q i l is closed. If x E Ul[Q;], then x, y E 0' for some 0' E O1 where y # U'[cO,]. Hence y E U'[x] and so x 4 c 0 , . This shows that Qil c U1[Qi'] c 0,. Suppose that Un[Qin]c 0, for some n 3 1. Then Un+l[Q;+l]= Un+l[Un+'[Q:]]= (Un+' o Un+l)[Q:] 5 Un[Qin]c Oi.

Thus we see that Qin c 0, for every n = 1 , 2 , ... and so Q, = UQ," is an open subset of 0, . The family ( i E I ) is an open cover of X : Given x E X there is an index i E I such that U1[x]= (x)'* c Oi . For this index i we have x E Qil G Q, because if x E 0' E 01, then 0' c Oiand so

{Pi}

x E cU'[CO,] = 82.'.

We well-order the index set I and define Cin for every i E I by transfinite induction as CIn = cUn[cQ1]

and

Cin = cUn[cQiu

u {C," :j


As Cin c c U ~ ~ [ c Qby , ] , the definition of Un we have Un[Cin]c Q i . We show that {C,"} (n = 1,2, ... and i E I ) is a cover of X : Given x E X , let i be the first index such that x E Qi . Then we have x E Qr-' for a sufficiently high value of n. Clearly Un[x]G Un[Qr-l] = Qin c Q,. We prove that x E Cin: If x # Cin for some index i E I , then there is a y in cQi or in U{Cjn:j < i } such that x, y E On, i.e., y E Un[x]for some On E On. However, Un[x]E Qi and so y must belong to u { C j n: j < i } . Then y E Cjn for somej < i and so by x, y E On we have x E Un[Cin]s Q j where j < i. Therefore i is not the first index with the property that x belongs Qi. For each fixed n = 1, 2, ... every On E On intersects at most one of the sets C,": Indeed, if i > j and x E On n Cin , then x 4 Un[cQiu

u { C j n:j < i } ]

and so by x E On we have On E Qi n n{cCjn:j < i } E din. Since Of2is a star refinement of On it follows that every Onf2E Onf2 intersects

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

162

at most one of the sets Un+2[Cin]( i E I ) and so Onf2 being an open cover these sets form a discrete system. T h e family of open sets Unf3 [C,"]( i E 1 ) is a fortiori discrete and so by Lemma 6.1 C" = U U nf 3[ C in]is a closed set. For each n = 1 , 2 , ... we define by transfinite induction R,n = U n t 2[C,"]

and

R," = Un+2[C,+i] n cC1n ...n cCn-l.

Since Cnis closed for every n these are open sets in X . We prove that {R,n} ( n = 1, 2 , ... and i E I ) is a locally finite refinement of {OJ (i E I ) . We first show that every x E X belongs to some Rill: Since {C,"} (n = 1,2, ... and i E I) is a cover of X there are sets CF containing x. Let n be the smallest integer such that Un+3[Cin] contains x for some i E I . Then by Lemma 1.9.7, x E Un+2[Cp]and x E cC' n ... n cCn-l so that x E Rin. This cover is a refinement of {Oi}(i E I ) because R,"

c Un+2[C,n]G

U"[C,"] G V " [ C U ~ ~ [ CGQQt , ] ]c 0 , .

Finally, each x E X has a neighborhood which intersects only finitely many of the sets Rin (n = 1, 2, ... and i €1): For if x E Cia, then U n + 3 [ ~c] Un+3[Cin]G C" and so U n f 3 [ x ]does not intersect any Rim with m > n. If m n , then Unf3[x] c Onf2 c Om+2for some On+2E Onf2 and Om+2E Omf2. Hence U n f 3 [ x can ] meet Rim for at most one value of j E I . Therefore U n f 3 [ x ]meets at most n sets of the refined cover. This completes the proof of Theorem 1.

<

Theorem 3.

Every paracompact (T3)space is fully (T4).

Proof. By Theorem 6.1 every paracompact (T3)space is a (T4)space. Since every open cover of a paracompact space can be replaced by a locally finite refinement the result follows from the following:

Lemma 1. Every locally finite open cover of a (T4) space admits a star refinement. Proof. Let {Oi} (i E I ) be a locally finite open cover of X . By Theorem 11.4.1 there exists an open cover {Qi} (i E I ) such that Qic Oifor every i E I. Every x E X has an open neighborhood 0, which intersects only a finite number of the Oils. Let I ( x ) be the set of those indices i E I for which x E Qiand let J ( x ) be the set of those indices j for which 0, meets Oj but x $ Qj. We let

pZ= 0, A n {oi : i E I@)} n n {cQj : j E I@)}.

Exercises

163

We show that the open cover {Qz}(x E X ) is a star refinement of {Oi} (i E I): Given x E X there is a Qi which contains x. If x E Qv, then Qi intersects Q, and so i 4 J ( y ) . Since x E Qu n Qiwe have 0, n Oi # 0 and so i E I ( ~and ) Qu c Oi. Therefore x * c Oi. As a result of Theorems 1 and 3 we have the following: Theorem 4.

A space is fully normal i f and only i f it is paracompact

and regular. EXERCISES

1. Show that every regular u-compact space is fully normal. (This follows immediately from Theorems 6.2 and 3.) 2. Let X be a linearly ordered set with the property that every increasing sequence has a least upper bound in X . Show that in the interval topology for each open cover of X there is a point x E X such that { y : x < y} G x*. [Given any open cover and a strictly increasing sequence (x,) ( n = 1, 2 , ...) let x be its least upper bound. There is a set Oi in the open cover which contains x and so there is a proper interval ( a , x] c Oi . Since x is the least upper bound, (a, x) contains an x, . Hence x, , x,+~ E Oi and x?L+lE (x,)*. This shows that no strictly increasing sequence exists with x , , ~ 4 (x,)* for every n = 1, 2, ... -1 3. Let X be a topological space and let @ be the filter of all neighborhoods of the diagonal of X x X . Show that @ is a uniform structure for some topology on X if and only if X has the following property: (iE I) of X has a refinement {Qj} ( j E J ) such that Every open cover {Oi} the union Qj, u Qj2 of two intersecting Qj, , Qj2 is contained in a suitable

oi.

[Every neighborhood of the diagonal contains some neighborhood of the form U = U(0, x Oi) where {Oi}( ; € I ) is an open covef of A '. For every U there is a I/ = U(Qj x Qj) such that V o V C_ U if and only if Q,, n Qi2 # 0 implies that Qj, u Qj, s Oifor some Ot . Hence if J1/ is a uniform structure, then the condition must hold. Conversely, if the condition is satisfied, then the sets of the form u(Oix Oi)fulfill the axioms for a base of a uniform structure.]

4. If X is a (T3) space, the uniform topology associated with the uniform structure s ? defined above is the original topology of X . I n other words, if X is uniformizable at all, then $2 is compatible with the topology of

x.

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

164

8. Metrizable Uniform Structures and Structure Gages

T h e uniform structure associated with a pseudometric d is the structure generated by the base {U,} ( E > 0) where U, = {(x, y ) : d ( x , y ) < E}. A uniform structure '42 is called a pseudometric structure if there is a pseudometric d such that the uniform structure associated with d is the given '42. If 4Y is associated with d , then the sets u1,n

= {(XIY ) : 4x3 Y ) < 1/n)

form a countable structure base for '42. We are going to prove the converse statement so that we have the following: Theorem 1.

A uniform structure '42for a set X is a pseudometric structure

i f and only i f '42 has a countable base. Proof. T h e necessity is obvious from the above remark. By Lemma 1.8.1 every countable structure base can be replaced by another such that the elements of the new base are symmetric uniformities and they form a decreasing sequence with respect to inclusion. Hence in the proof of the sufficiency we can assume that a given '42 has a countable base '42B = { U ( n )(}n = 1, 2, ...) consisting of symmetric uniformities Vn) and U(") z U(n+l)for every n >, 1. We set U , = U ( l )and select by induction a sequence of uniformities U,-" from the base '?lBsuch that Uz-n o U 2 - n E U 2 - ( " - 1 ) and Uz-n c V n ) .Next we extend the definition of U , for every diadic rational d = 2-"1 ... 2 - " k where 0 < n, < ... < n, as follows:

+ +

U, = U p , o

... c U p , .

Then by Lemma 11.10.1, for every pair of positive rationals d, , d , satisfying dl d , < 1 we have U,, o u d , 5 U d , + d , . Now we introduce a pseudometric d on the set X :

+

The axioms d ( x , x) = 0 and d(x, y ) = d ( y , x) are obviously satisfied. If d(x, y) d ( y , z) >, 1, then the triangle inequality holds because d(x, z) 1 for every point pair x, z E X . If d(x, y ) d ( y , z ) < 1, then we can choose arbitrarily small positive real numbers 6, and 6, such that d(x, y ) S , and d ( y , 9) 6 , are diadic rationals and

<

+

+

+

+

+,y)

+ 4%4 + 8, + 6, < 1.

8. Metrizable Uniform Structures and Structure Gages

165

This follows from the fact that the diadic rationals are dense in the space of reals under the half-open interval topology .F+ . From the definition of the pseudometric d we see that ( " Y Y ) U~ d ( r . r r ) ~ d ,

and

z,

Ud(U,2)+62'

Hence cidli,~)+dl

(.y?

Ud(g.~)+62

C ~ , l ( x , y ) + d ( i i , r ) + d l + 6 r*

+ +

<

This proves that d ( x , z ) d ( x , y ) -: d ( y , x ) 6, 6,. Since the positive reals 6, and 6, can be chosen arbitrarily small we obtain the triangle inequality. T h e family {U,} is a structure base because U2-,,o U,-,, 5 U 2 - ( , , - l ) and by U,-,, E U(I1)it is equivalent to 41,. We show that the structure generated by { U,{} and the structure associated with the pseudometric 1) is a diadic rational and d ( x , y ) < d , dare identical. In fact, if d (0 < d then ( x , y ) E U,, so that { ( x , y ): d ( x , y ) < d } G U , . On the other hand, let d (0 < d < 1) be a diadic rational and let (x, y ) E U,,,. Then d(x, y ) d 2 and so UcrlzG { ( x , y ): d(x, y) < d } . Thus the structure bases @, { U,}, and {{(x, y ) : d ( x , y ) < d } } are equivalent. T h e proof is complete. T h e least upper bound lub{@2} of a family of uniform structures 5?/%( a E A ) for the same set X is the coarest structure which is at least as fine as any of the %='s, Its existence is shown in Section 1.9. Let ( n = I , 2 , ...) be pseudometric structures for a common set X and let = {Unk}(k = 1, 2, ...) be countable bases for the structures @,, ( n = 1, 2, ...). T h e family of all finite intersections nUk,. is a structure base for lub(J/,,} . This is a countable family and so by the present theorem 1ub{en} is a pseudometric structure. Hence we have:

<

<

Lemma 1. The least upper bound of a countable collection of pseudometric structures is pseudometric. If the collection is finite, say, it corresponds to the pseudometrics d, , ..., d,, , then both d = d , ... + d,, and d = lub{d,, ..., d,} are pseudometrics for the least upper bound of 4Vdl, ..., @,-. This follows from the inclusion relations

+

{(XI

y ) : 4 ( * y , y ) < €1 2 {(x, y ) : 4 . T , y )

<4

and {(x,y) : d , . ( x , y ) < c/n for k = 1, ..., n} G { ( x , y ) : d ( x , y ) < E } . T h e next theorem states that every uniform structure % can be described by specifying a family of pseudometrics d. T h e result gives a connection between uniform structures and metric structures which can be very useful in applications.

I66

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

Theorem 2. For every uniform structure 92 for a set X there is a family of pseudometrics d on X such that % = hb{%d} where @d is the pseudo-

metric structure generated by d . Note. There is a largest family of pseudometrics satisfying the requirements. It consists of all pseudometrics d for which %d %. This particular family is called the gage of the structure %. Another family which satisfies the requirements consists of those pseudometrics d for %. This is called the boundedgage of %. which d ( X ) is finite and %d (See Exercise 1.8.9.)

<

<

Proof. Given U E @ we construct a sequence aB= metric uniformities U2-"E % such that Ul/2 E U and

U2-h+1)0 U 2 - ( n + 1 ) E

@B(

U ) of sym-

u,-.

for every n = 1, 2, ... . Then %(, U ) is a denumerable base for a uniform structure @( U ) and U E %( U ) because UllZ E U. By Theorem 1 there is a pseudometric d 7 d ( U ) on X such that the uniform structure %d generated by d is %(U). Hence %d = % ( U ) % and so

<

lUb{%d}

<%

where the least upper bound is taken for all pseudometrics d( U ) ( U E @). On the other hand, U E lub{@,} for every U E @ because u€@d("l

E

lub{@,}.

Therefore @ = lub(9,) and the theorem is proved.

EXERCISES

1. Suppose that the compact Hausdorff space X has a countable base. Show that X is metrizable. [Let g be a countable base for the open sets of X . Associate with every finite open covering (0,) of X by sets 0, E the following set in x S({O,})= { ( x , y ) : x , y ~ Oforsome ~ Oi~{Oi}}.

x x:

Then by the statement given in Exercise 3.7 the family of all sets S((0,)) is a structure base for X which is compatible with the topology of X . Since this family is countable it generates a pseudometric structure which by the Hausdorff property is a metric structure.]

9. Metrizability Conditions

167

2. Show that if X has a countable base and it is a fully (T4) space satisfying axiom (T3),then it is pseudometrizable. [Consider for each pair of base elements Q G Q G 0 the open cover (0,cQ>. Let 8,be a star refinement of this cover and let On+l for every n = 1, 2, ... be a star refinement of 8, . Let U,

= {(x, y) : x, y E 0,

for some

0, E On}.

Here U , depends on the choice of 0 and Q. T h e denumerable family of all these U , is a subbase for a uniform structure which is compatible with the topology of X.] 3. Show that every (T3) space X having a countable base is pseudometrizable. [ X is a Lindelof space and so by Theorem 6.2 it is paracompact. Theorem 7.3 implies that X is a fully (T4) space, hence by the preceding exercise it is pseudometrizable.] 4. Let X be a locally compact Hausdorff space having a countable base. Show that it is metrizable. ( X is regular; hence the result stated in the preceding exercise applies to X.) 5 . Let X be compact and suppose that the diagonal I of X x X is the intersection of countably many closed neighborhoods of I . Show that the filter of all neighborhoods of I has a countable base. [Let N,' , N , 2 , ... be closed neighborhoods of I and let nNIn = I. Using the compactness of closed subspaces of X we see that given any open N, and a point x E X there is an 0, and a suitable NIn where n depends on x such that N,"[t] E N,[.$] for every" E 0,. Since X is compact {Oz}(x E X ) contains a finite subcover. If N)' is the intersection of the corresponding N," sets, then NIP[.$] c N,[t] for every .$ E X.] 6. Let X be a compact (T3) space and suppose that the diagonal I of X x X is the intersection of countably many open sets of X x X. Show that X is metrizable. [By Exercise 3.7 the neighborhoods of I form a uniform structure for the topology of X . Using the (T3)property and the compactness of I , one proves that every open neighborhood 0, contains a suitable closed neighborhood N I . Thus by the preceding exercise this uniform structure has a countable base.] 9. Metrizability Conditions

We shall prove here a theorem on the metrization of arbitrary topological spaces which was discovered independently by Jun-iti Nagata and

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

168

Yu. M. Smirnov. A weaker form is also due to R. H. Bing. A number of sufficient conditions on metrizability were introduced earlier. T h e most significant of these is the metrization theorem of Urysohn: If X satisjies axiom (T3) and has a countable base, then it is pseudometrixable. The first hypothesis of Urysohn’s theorem is a necessary condition. It is the second hypothesis which Nagata and Smirnov replaced by a necessary condition.

A (T3) space is pseudometrizable if and only if it has a base which is the union of countably many locally jinite systems. By Theorem 7.2 every pseudometrizable space X is paracompact, hence the open cover formed by the balls S,,,[X](x E X ) has a locally finite refinement On. T h e union of the locally finite covers On is obviously a base for X . Hence the conditions stated in the preceding theorem are necessary. Let us now prove that they are also sufficient. By On (n = 1, 2, ...) we denote the locally finite systems whose union is a base for X . Theorem 1.

Lemma 1. Every (T3)space X satisfying the Nagata-Smirnov condition is a (T4) space. Note.

Since every subspace of X satisfies the condition it follows that

X is a (TS) space. Proof. Let A and B be disjoint closed sets. Since X is a (T3)space we can determine for every a € A and b E B open sets O a m €Om and Obn E On such that a E 0,”’ C 0,” C CB and b E 0,”E c c A . Of course the indices m and n depend on the choice of the points a and b, respectively. We set QAk= U{Oam: m = k } and QBk= U{Obn: n = k } . The family Ok is locally finite and so Lemma 6.1 can be applied to obtain

-

Now we define the open sets OAk= QAkn c@ n ... n cQBk and OBk= QBkn c m n ... n c E k . T h e sets 0 , = UOAkand 0, = UOBk are disjoint open neighborhoods of A and B, respectively. Proof of Theorem 1. We construct a countable family of pseudometrics for X . Let the positive integers m and n be fixed. Given any OinE On we consider oi= U ( 0 m : O m E O m and Oms 0,“).

Since Om is a locally finite system, by Lemma 6.1 we have 0,c Op. Using Theorem 11.9.3 we can find a diadic scale (Od,*)( d E D ) such that Od c Od,,c Ocn for every diadic rational 0 d < 1. For d = 1 we

<

9. Metrizability Conditions

169

set Ol,i = X . Now we define the real-valued function f i = f i , n l , , by 1 for every the formula f i ( x ) = glb{d: x E Od,i} so that 0 f i ( x ) x E X . We define the pseudometric d,,., by setting

<

<

By the local finiteness of On there are open neighborhoods 0, and 0, which intersect only finitely many Oin sets. Hencefi(x) < 1 orfi(y) < 1 only for finitely many indices i and so the expression lub I f i ( x ) - f i ( y ) I indicates a minimum. By Lemma 8.1 the least upper bound of the topologies generated by the pseudometrics d,,,,, is itself a pseudometric topology. Hence it is sufficient to prove that this least upper bound F is identical with the original topology of X . For we first show that if a set 0 is open relative to the pseudometric d,,,, , then it is open in the original sense. Essentially this means that d , , , , is a continuous function on X x X . If x E 0, then there is an E > 0 such that S J x ] E 0. We show that S,[x] contains a neighborhood N,: Let 0, be an open neighborhood of x which intersects only finitely many of the sets Oi".Let i be an index such that 0, intersects Oin. If 0 < f i ( x ) < 1, we can determine diadic rationals d, and d, in D such that

I t follows that I f i ( x ) - fi(y) 1 < 4 2 for every point J J in the open set = cOdl,ln O d 2 , i If . f i ( x ) = 0 or if f i ( x ) = 1, the open set Qi can be determined in a similar manner. Hence if y belongs to the intersection N , of these finitely many sets p i , then d m , n ( x , y= ) lub{Ifi(x)-fi(y)I} ~ / 2 I. t follows that N , E S J x ] and 0 is open in X . Now we show that if 0 is open in the original sense, then it is open relative to the topology Y. Let 0 and x E 0 be given. Since X is a (TJ space and u O n is a base for X , there are open sets Ojm E Om and Oin E On such that x E 0," 0," c 0. Therefore we have

Qi

<

Oj" E

E

Od,i

E 0

for every diadic rational 0 < d < 1 . Hence, on the one hand, f i ( x ) = 0 and, on the other hand, fi(y) = 1 for every y E CO. It follows that d,n,n(x,y) = 1 for every y E c 0 and so {y : d,,,,,(x, y) < l} E 0. Hence 0 is open relative to Y.

1 70

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

EXERCISE Consider the space described in Exercise 11.5.3 and discussed again in Exercise 11.12.6. Using this example show the existence of a uniformizable space on a denumerable set X such that no uniform structure compatible with this topology has a countable base. NOTES

T h e Bourbaki group and several other people call a space compact only if it is a Hausdorff space. T h e hereditary Lindelof property was introduced by Lindelof [I]. T h e Lindelof property itself is due to Kuratowski and Sierpinski [2]. (See also Sierpinski [3].) A generalization of compactness, countable compactness, and Lindelof property, called ( m , n)-compactness, was first published in a famous article dated 1929 [4]. A new edition of this article is available in Russian [5]. These spaces were extensively studied by Smirnov [6]. A modification of the notion is due to Gaal [7]. Cantor’s principle of nested intervals appears in a paper [8] where the existence of transcendental numbers is proved by using a countability argument. T h e importance of the finite intersection property was first realized by F. Riesz [9]. Theorem I .5 was proved by Haar and Konig [lo]. I t was stated several times later. (For instance see Murty [ll].) It is a special case of the following theorem due to Frink [I la]: Every complete lattice is compact in its interval topology. Lemma 2.2 is a special case of Ramsey’s theorem [12]. (See also Specker [13].) T h e result stated in Exercise 2.6 is the so-called CantorBendixon theorem. This was first published by Cantor in a paper [14] where perfect sets are introduced. Soon it was extended by Bendixon [ 151 and by Lindelof [ 161. By Exercise 1.7 a compact Hausdorff topology .Y exists on any nonvoid set X . Exercise 3.4 shows that ,Y is maximal among the compact topologies of X and minimal among its Hausdorff topologies. Ramanathan [ 171 proved the existence of minimal noncompact Hausdorff topologies. These are all necessarily semiregular. Similarly, there exist maximal non-Hausdorff compact spaces. (See Balachadran [ 181 and Ramanathan [ 193.) Tychonoff’s product theorem first occurs in an incomplete form in the paper where the notion of complete regularity is introduced [20]. Later the theorem was stated explicitly when it was applied to the space of bounded real-valued functions on an interval [21]. T h e equivalence

Notes

171

of Tychonoff’s product theorem and the axiom of choice was conjectured by S. Kakutani and proved by Kelley [22]. T h e product of two countably compact spaces need not be countably compact even if they are both regular. An example was published for instance by Novak [23]. Alexander’s subbase theorem was first proved by using the wellordering principle [24]. T h e present proof is due to Kelley. It is essentially a proof based on the use of filter theory: T h e complements of the elements of the family 91 form a filter base and we wish to show that its adherence is not void. We first find an ultrafilter containing this filter base and verify the “ultrafilter theorem” for this particular ultrafilter. T h e result given in Exercise 4.2 and related theorems were published by several people. (See for instance Michael [25].) They are special cases of a theorem of Smirnov [26]. T h e theorem given in Exercise 4.3 is due to A. D . Wallace and the result stated in Exercise 4.5 is a special case of a theorem of Fhry [27]. Sometimes one speaks about locally n-compact or (1, n)-compact spaces. In general one can define what is meant by a locally ( m , n)compact topological space. If X is such a product space, then every factor is locally ( m ,n)-compact and all but finitely many of the factors are (m,n)-compact spaces. Paracompactness was introduced by DieudonnC [28]. T h e notion of countable paracompactness is due to Dowker [29]. Many people call a space paracompact only if it is a Hausdorff space. T h e notion of full normality was introduced by Tukey [30]. A fully (T4) space is often called fully normal. Spaces with the property that every open cover admits a strong star refinement may be called strongly paracompact. T o the author’s best knowledge, no detailed study of such spaces has been made to date. It is not known whether every normal space is countably paracompact. This problem was first raised by Dowker. w-fully normal spaces were introduced by Goldman [3 I]. Hypocompact spaces were introduced by S. Hu. T h e result stated in Exercise 7.6 is due to IsCki [32]. Sbrgenfrey [ 3 3 ] proved first that the right half-open interval topology of the reals is paracompact but the product of this space by itself is not normal, hence it is not paracompact. Exercise 7.7 gives a generalization of the first half of this result, T h e proposition stated in Exercise 7.9 is due to Dowker who proved it in the special case n = w . His proof has the disadvantage that it does not generalize easily to the case n > w . T h e notion of a collectionwise (T4) space was introduced by Bing [34]. T h c equivalence of the propositions stated in Exercise 9.12 was proved by Dowker i n the above-mentioned article [34]. H e also proved that every perfectly (T4) space is countably paracompact. Additional informa-

172

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

tion on paracompact spaces can be found in Kelley’s book [35], in Michael’s note [25], and in two further papers of Michael [36]. See also Arens and Dugundji [37]. T h e notion of metacompactness was introduced in this paper. One can find several interesting propositions there on paracompactness and metacompactness: “ X is countably compact if and only if every infinite cover of X by open sets admits a proper subcovering.” “ X is compact if and only if it is countably compact and metacompact.” “If X is paracompact, then X is compact if and only if it is countably compact.” All results of Section 7 are due to Stone [38]. Stone also proves in the same paper the following: The following statements about a product of metric spaces are equivalent: (i) the product is normal; (ii) the product is fully normal; (iii) all but countably many factors are compact. T h e result stated in Exercise 7.2 is a lemma of DieudonnC and it was used by Mansfield [39] to prove that the interval topology of every linearly ordered set is w-fully normal. T h e result given in Exercise 7.3 was first enounced by Cohen [40]. Theorem 8.1 is due to Weil [41]. T h e proposition given in Exercise 8.3 is Urysohn’s metrization theorem. (See Urysohn [42] and Tychonoff [43].) The special case stated in Exercise 8.4 was proved earlier also by Urysohn [44]. T h e theorem stated in Exercise 8.6 was published by Sneider [45]. A third proof was given by I. Namioka who actually rediscovered it. T h e Nagata-Smirnov metrization theorem was discovered independently by Nagata [46] and by Smirnov [47]. T h e proof given in the text was published in Kelley’s book [35]. Smirnov also wrote another note [48] on the metrization of locally compact Hausdorff spaces. His main results were published in an expository paper which is available also in English [49]. Bing’s paper concerning paracompactness and collectionwise normality was mentioned earlier [34]. There are many other results on metrization of which we mention the following: A compact space X is metrizable if and only if X x X x X is completely normal. (See Katetov [50].)

REFERENCES 1. E. Lindelof, Sur quelques points de la thborie des ensembles. C . R. Acad. Sci. Paris 137, 697-700 (1903). 2. C . Kuratowski and W. Sierpinski, Le thborhe de Borel-Lebesgue dans la thdorie des ensembles abstraits. Fund. Math. 2, 172-178 (1921). 3. W. Sierpinski, Sur I’dquivalence de trois propribtks des ensembles abstraits. Fund. Math. 2, 179-188 (1921).

References

I73

4. P. Alexandroff and P. Urysohn, Memoire sur les espaces topologiques compact dCdiC B Monsieur L). Egoroff. Verh. Amsterdam 14, No. 1 (1929). 5. P. Alexandroff and P. Urysohn, On compact topological spaces. Trudy Mat. Znst. Steklov 31, 95 (1950). 6. Yu. M . Smirnov, On topological spaces compact in a given interval of powers. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Ser. Mat. [N.S.] 14, 155-178 (1950); O n normally disposed sets of normal spaces. Mat. SD. [N.S.] 29 (71), 173-176 (1951). 7. I. S. Gal, On a generalized notion of compactness, I, 11. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. 60 Indag. Math. 19, 421-430, 431-435 (1957); On the theory of (m,n)-compact topological spaces. Pacific. 3. Math. 8, 721-734 (1958). 8. G. Cantor, Uber eine Eigenschaft des Inbegriffs aller algebraischen Zahlen. 3. Reine AnEew. Math. 17, 258-262 (1874). 9. F. Riesz, Stetigkeitsbegriff und abstrakte Alengenlehre. Atti 4 Congr. Znternat. Mat. Roma 2, 18-24 (1908); footnote h on p. 21. 10. A. Haar and D. Konig, Uber einfach geodnete Mengen. Crelle’sJ. 139, 16-28 (1910). 11. A. S. N. Murty, Simply ordered spaces. J . Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 13, 152-158 ( I 949). 1 la. 0. Frink, Topology in lattices. Trans. Awwr. Math. SOC.51, 567-582 (1942). 12. F. P. Ramsey, On a problem of formal logic. Proc. London Math. SOC.30, 264-286 (1930). 13. E. Specker, Teilmengen von Mengen mit Relationen. Comm. Math. Helw. 31, 302314 (1956). 14. G . Cantor, Ueber unendliche, lineare Punktmannichfaltigkeiten. Math. Ann. 21, 545-586 (1883). 15. I. Bendixon, Quelques thborimes d e la theorie des ensembles. Acta Math. 2, 415429 (1883). 16. E. Lindelof, Remarques sur un thborime fondamental de la thborie des ensembles. Acta Math. 29, 183-190 (1905). 17. A. Rarnanathan, Maximal-Hausdorff spaces. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Sect. A 26, 31-42 (1947). 18. V. K. Balachadran, Minimal-bicompact space. 3. Zndian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 12, 47-48 ( 1948). 19. A. Ramanathan, Minimal-bicornpact spaces. J. Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 12, 40-46 ( I 948). 20. A. Tychonoff, Uber die topologische Erweiterung von Raumen. Math. Ann. 102, 544-56 I (1 929). 21. A. Tychonoff, u b e r einen Funktionenraum. Math. Ann. 111, 762-766 (1935). 22. J. L. Kelley, T h e Tychonoff product theorem implies the axiom of choice. Fund. Math. 31, 75-76 (1950). 23. J. Novak, On the Cartesian product of two compact spaces. Fund. Math. 40, 106112 (1953). 24. J. S. Alexander, Ordered sets, complexes, and the problem of cornpactification. Proc. Nut. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 25, 296-298 (1939). 25. E. Michael, A note on paracornpact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.4, 831-838 (1953). 26. Yu. M. Smirnov, On the theory of finally compact spaces. Ukrain. Mat. 2. 3, 52-60 (195 1). 27. I. Firy, Un critire de compacite pour les fonctions continues. C. R . Acad. Sci. Paris 224, 992-993 (1947). 28. J. D i e u d o n d , Une gCnCralisation des espaces compacts. J. Math. Pures Appl. [9] 23, 65-76 (1944).

174

111. COMPACTNESS AND UNIFORMIZATION

29. C. H. Dowker, On countably paracompact spaces. Canad. J. Math. 3, 219-224 (1951). 30. J . W. Tukey, Convergence and uniformity in topology. Ann. of Math. Studies No. 2 (1940). 31. A. J. Goldman, A Cech fundamental group. Summary of lectures and seminars of the Summer Institute on Set Theoretic Topology, Madison, Wisconsin, Amer. Math. SOC.Summer Inst. pp. 107-109 (1955). 32. K. IsCki, A note on hypocompact spaces. Math. Japon. 3, 46-47 (1953). 33. R. H. Sorgenfrey, On the topological product of paracompact spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. SOC.53, 631-632 (1947). 34. R. H. Bing, Metrization of topological spaces. Canad. 3. Math. 3, 175-186 (1951). 35. J. L. Kelley, “General Topology.” Van Nostrand, Princeton, New Jersey, 1955. 36. E. Michael, Another note on paracompact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.8, 822-828 (1957); Yet another note on paracompact spaces. Ibid. 10, 309-314 (1959). 37. M. Arens and J. Dugundji, Remark on the concept of compactness. Portugal. Math. 9, 141-143 (1950). 38. A. H. Stone, Paracompactness and product spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. SOC.54, 977-982 (1948). 39. M. J. Mansfield, Some generalizations of full normality. Trans. Amer. Math. SOC. 86, 489-505 (1957). 40. H. J. Cohen, Sur u n problkme de M. Dieudonnk. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 234, 290292 (1952). 41. A. Weil, “Sur les espaces B structure uniforme.” Herrnann, Paris, 1937. 42. P. Urysohn, Zum Metrisation problem. Math. Ann. 94, 309-315 (1925). 43. A. Tychonoff, uber einen Metrisationsatz von P. Urysohn. Math. Ann. 95, 139-142 (1926). 44. P. Urysohn, uber die Metrisation der kompakten topologischen Raume. Math. Ann. 92, 275-293 (1924). 45. V. E. Sneider, Continuous images of Suslin and Bore1 sets. Metrization theorems. Dokl. Acad. Nauk SSSR [N.S.] 50, 77-79 (1945). 46. J. Nagata, On a necessary and sufficient condition of metrizability. J. Inst. Polytech. Osaka City Univ. Ser. A 1, 93-100 (1950). 47. Yu. M. Smirnov, A. necessary and sufficient condition for metrizability of a topological space. Dokl. Acad. Nauk SSSR [N.S.] 7 7 , 197-200 (1951). 48. Yu. M. Smirnov, On a problem connected with the metrizability of topological spaces. Ukrain. Math. 2. 3, 161-163 (1951). 49. Yu. M. Smirnov, On metrization of topological spaces. Uspehi Mat. Nauk [N.S.] 6, 100-111 (1951); Amer. Math. SOC.Transl. No. 91 (1953). 50. M. Katetov, Complete normality of Cartesian products. Fund. Math. 35, 271-274 (1948).

CHAPTER IV

Continuity 1. Functional Relations and Functions

In order to give a satisfactory definition of functions in general we must start from the theory of sets. First we define what is meant by the graph of a function or by a functional relation. As usual we denote by ( X x Y ) or more simply by X x Y the product of the sets X and Y , i.e., X x Y is the set of all ordered pairs ( x , y ) where x E X and y E Y . Any subset R E X x Y is called a binary relation on X x Y . Functional relations are special binary relations: Definition 1. A nonvoid subset F of the product X x Y of the nonvoid sets X and Y is called a functional relation with domain in X and range in Y if for every x E X there is at most one point y E Y such that ( x , y ) E F. The sets D = {x : ( x , y ) E F for some y E Y }and R = { y : ( x , y ) E F for some x E X } are called the domain of dejinition or domain and the range of F. They are the projections of F into X and Y , respectively. I n practice the set F is called the graph of the function f and that point y which occurs in the pair (x, y) E F for a given x is denoted by f ( x ) ,f x , or f x instead of the standard notation F[x]. T h e expressions “ y = f ( x ) corresponds to x” or “f maps x into y = f ( x ) ” or “ y = f ( x ) is the image of x” or ‘Iftransforms x intoy = f ( x ) ” all mean that ( x , y ) = ( x ,f ( x ) ) E F . Iff has domain X and if its range is in Y we write f : X Y. T h e way we defined choice functions and product sets a function f : X -+ Y is the same as a point in the product set Y x = II{Yx: x E X } where Y , = Y for every x E X . But even if the power set Y x is defined differently there is a natural one-to-one correspondence between functional relations F with domain X and functions f ; namely, F corresponds tofif and only ifF[x] = f x for every x E X wheref, denotes the projection of the point f into the coordinate space Y , . This one-to-one correspondence allows us to prove theorems on functions and interpret them in terms of functional relations or vice versa. We shall also use the expressions ‘7 maps the set D into Y” or ‘y maps D onto R.” If A is an arbitrary subset of D, thenf(A) will denote the set --f

175

176

IV. CONTINUITY

of all image points y = f ( x ) ( x E A). T h e definition is meaningful also when A is an arbitrary subset of X ; in general f ( A ) is the set F [ A n D] where F denotes the functional relation associated with f E YD. If f ( D ) = R = Y , then we say that jmaps D onto Y or f is surjective; otherwise if only f ( D ) = R E Y is known, then f is said to map D into Y . I n particular, if the domain D is X , then f maps X onto Y or into Y according asf(X) = R = Y or f ( X ) = R c Y . T h e expressions “fis a function from X onto Y” or “into Y” are also used. When it is not important to distinguish between a function and its graph we shall use the word function and the symbol f to denote either one of them. When the graph interpretation is essential we shall speak of the function F or the functional relation F . If X’ and Y’ are sets containing X and Y , respectively, and if F‘ G X’ x Y’ is a function from X ’ into Y’ such that F c F‘, then F‘ is called an extension of F. We can also say that F is a restriction of F‘. If F is an arbitrary function from X into Y with domain D and if A is any subset of X , then F n ( A x Y ) is the graph of a function with domain D n A and having the same values as F. I t is called the restriction of F to A. Similarly, if B is a subset of Y , then F n ( X x B ) furnishes a restriction of F such that its range is in B. Let F be a function from X into Y such that for every y E Y there is at most one point x with y = f ( x ) . Then F-l, the set of all ordered pairs (y, x ) for which (x, y) E F is itself a function from Y into X . T h e domain of definition of F-’ is R and its range is D. We say that F is invertible on X and its inverse is F-l. T h e point which corresponds to y under F-’ is denoted by f-’(y). Using our previous terminology, we denote f-’(A) as the set of all image points x = f - l ( y ) as y varies over A. I t is clear that F-l is also invertible and its inverse is (F-l)-l = F . If F is invertible, then F defines a one-to-one correspondence between the sets D and R. If f is invertible, then we call f injective. Moreover i f f : X - + Y is both surjective and injective, i. e., i f f is a one-to-one map of X onto Y , then f is called bijective. T h e symbol f - l ( A ) is defined independently whether F is invertible or not as the set of those points x E X for which there is a y in A such that y = f ( x ) . The set f-’(A) is called the inoerse image of A. For any family of sets A, s Y we have f-l(flAi) = nf-l(Ai)

and

~(UA= , )U j - y ~ , ) .

Let X , Y , and 2 be arbitrary sets and let f and g be functions from X into Y and from Y into Z , respectively. Then one can define a function from X into 2 by forming the composition of the graphs o f f and g: If F and G are the graphs off andg, t h e n F o G is the graph of a function

2. Local Continuity

177

from X into 2; namely, (x, z ) belongs to F o G if there is a y E Y such that (x, y) E F and (y, z ) E G, or in other words z = g ( y ) and y = f ( x ) . T h e function associated with F o G is called the composition of the functions f a n d g and is denoted by f o g . Of course it is possible that the range o f f and the domain of g do not intersect. In this case f o g is nowhere defined. T h e composition f o g is sometimes called the function theoretical or diagrammaticalproduct off andg and is often denoted by gf. Letfandg be functions from X into Y and from Y into 2, respectively. T h e inverse of G is in general a relation on 2 x Y and similarly F-l is a relation on Y x X.T h e composition of these relations determines a relation on 2 x X called G-l o F-l. Clltarly we have (F o G)-l = G-l o F-’ and so if A is any set in 2, then (F o G)-l[A],the inverse image of A under F o G , is the set (G-l o F-’)[A].

E X E RCISES

1. If the function f establishes a one-to-one correspondence between the sets X and Y , verify that f ( c A ) = cf(A)for every A c X. 2 . Show that f-’(cA) = cf-l(A) for any f mapping X onto Y . 3. Verify the relations f-l( U Ai)= Uf-l(Ai) and Ai)= n f - l ( A i ) where f is a function from a set X into a set Y and A i G Y for every i E I .

f-’(n

2. Local Continuity T h e general concept of a function is too wide to be of interest in analysis or in topology because in these fields one usually deals with functions which are continuous on certain sets of points. This implies that the sets X,containing the domain off, and Y , into which f maps the domain, are sets with some special structure such that continuity is meaningful. T h e classical concept of continuity is that of metric continuity: Let X and Y be metric spaces and let f be a function from X into Y . T h e n f i s said to be continuous at a point x of its domain if for every “allowance” E > 0 there is a “tolerance” 6 > 0 such that d( f ( x ) , f ( S ) ) < E for every 5 satisfying d(x, [) < 6 . T h e continuity o f f at x is independent of the metrics used on X and Y and it depends only on the topologies which are determined by these metrics. This observation leads to the notion of topological continuity: Let X and Y be topological spaces and let f be a function from X into Y. Then f is continuous at the point x of its domain if for every open set 0, in Y which contains y = f ( x ) there is an open

178

IV. CONTINUITY

set 0, in X which contains x and is such that f(t)E 0, for every 6 E 0, or in other words f(0,) c 0, . This definition includes metric continuity as a special case. T h e continuity off at x is a local property: f can be continuous at x and discontinuous at every other point of its domain. T h e definition involves only open sets which contain x and y = f ( x ) . In analysis one uses an even more general continuity concept which can be derived from topological continuity by rephrasing its definition: T h e function f from the topological space X into the topological space Y is continuous at x if for every neighborhood Nu of y = f ( x ) there is a neighborhood N , of x such that f ( N J G Nu . The family of all neighborhoods of x is a filter on the set X and x E N , for every N , E N(x).In the definition of continuity only the filters N ( x ) and .N(y) occur and so the definition is meaningful even if no topologies are given on the sets but only these filters are defined. We arrive at the following definition: Definition 1. Let f be a function from a set X into a set Y and let x be a point in the domain off. Suppose that two filters 9 ( x ) and 9 ( y ) are given on X and Y such that x E F, for every F, E 9 ( x ) and y = f ( x ) E F2/for every F, E 9 ( y ) .If for every F, E 9 ( y ) there is an F, E 9 ( x ) such that f(F,) c F, , then f is said to be continuous at x with respect to the filters 9 ( x ) and 9 ( y ) . Note. If X and Y are topological spaces and iff is continuous at x with respect to the neighborhood filters of x and y, then f is called continuous at x with respect to the topologies given on X and Y . T h e continuity of a function is usually verified by considering filter bases instead of the filters 9 ( x ) and 9 ( y ) . This is the situation for instance when we are dealing with metric continuity and in particular with real-valued functions of a real variable: According to the so-called " E - S definition of Continuity" f is continuous at x if for every c > 0 there is a S > 0 such that I f(8) - f ( x ) i < E whenever 1 t - x 1 < 6, i.e., 17 = f(8) belongs to the interval ( y -- ~ , y E ) whenever 8 belongs to (x - 6, x S). As E and 6 vary over the positive real numbers these open intervals give bases for the neighborhood filters of x and y . As is ;well known, c and S can be restricted to the set of positive rationals or to the set consisting of all rationals of the form 2-" ( n = 1, 2, ...). T h e reason for the possibility of such restrictions is:

+

+

Lemma 1. If B(x)and a ( y )are bases for the filters F(x)and 9 ( y ) ,and if for every B, E g ( y ) there is a B, E 9?(x) such that f(B,) c B , , then f is continuous at x with respect to thejlters F ( x ) and 9fy). Proof. Given any F, E S ( y ) there is a B, E 9 ( y ) such that B, E F,.

2. Local Continuity

179

By hypothesis there is a B , E B ( x ) such that f(B,) s B , . Since = B, E F ( x ) we found a set F, E F ( x ) such that f(F,) G Fu . Upper and lower semicontinuity of real-valued functions are the best-known instances where metric continuity is not sufficient but filters must be used. Let X be a linearly ordered set and for a given x E X let X<(X) be the neighborhood filter of x relative to the order topology generated by the intervals ( a , +a)( a E X ) . Similarly, let N,(x) be the neighborhood filter of x in the order topology generated 6 ) ( b E X ) . By ,Y'-(x) and N,(x) we denote the by the intervals (-a, neighborhood filters with respect to the half-open interval topologies F-and F+. Now we consider functions f into a linearly ordered set Y from some set X with some filter F ( x ) defined on it or with some. topology given on X . We say that f is upper semicontinuous at x with respect to F ( x ) or with respect to the topology given on X iff is continuous with respect to the filters F ( x ) and N , ( y ) where y = f ( x ) . Similarly, we can speak about the lower semicontinuity o f f at x. If X itself is also a linearly ordered set, then we can introduce four different types of continuities at x according as we consider continuity at x with respect to the filters J l C ( x ) and N < ( y ) ,or N-(x) and X , ( y ) , or M+(x)and N < ( y ) ,or N + ( x ) and d V, (y ). These are called in order left lower, left upper, right lower, and right upper semicontinuities. It is easy to see the following: I f f is left upper semicontinuous and also right upper semicontinuous at x, then f is upper semicontinuous at x with respect to the interval topology of X . I n particular, if both X and Y are the reals and i f f is left upper semicontinuous and right upper semicontinuous at x, then f is upper semicontinuous at x with respect to the usual topology of the reals. If X is linearly ordered and Y is an arbitrary set with a filter F ( y ) or if Y is an arbitrary topological space, then we may speak about the left and right semicontinuity off at x : T h e function f from X into Y is left semicontinuous at x if it is continuous with respect to the filters ..C'-(x) and F ( y ) or if it is continuous with respect to c , V - ( x ) and the filter ' ( y )of the pointy = f(x). T h e right semicontinuity of f can be defined similarly. Lower and upper semicontinuous functions on a metric space are pointwise limits of monotonic sequences of continuous functions. This characterization of semicontinuity was discovered by Baire who proved the following:

F,

A real-valued function f is lower (upper) semicontinuous on a metric space X if and only if there exists an increasing (decreasing) sequence of continuous functions f n ( n = 1,2, ...) on X such that f n ( x ) +f ( x ) for every x E X . Theorem 1.

IV. CONTINUITY

180

Note. The convergence can be interpreted as convergence in the topological sense. For the pointwise convergence of the sequence ( f,) is equivalent to the convergence of the elementary filter associated with (f,) in the product topology of Y x where Y denotes the space of the reals. Proof. T h e sufficiency of the condition follows easily: Let c > 0 be given. Since the functions f, are continuous we can determine open sets 0," such that Ifn(() - fn(x)I < c/2 for every 5 E 0,". By hypothesis, f n ( x ) - t f ( x ) as n -t co and so we can choose n so large that f , ( x ) > f ( x ) - 42. Hence f,(5) > f , ( x ) - ( 4 2 ) > f ( x ) - c for every 0,".The sequence of functions fa being increasing we have f ( g ) >, f n ( g ) for every g E X and so f(5) > f ( x ) - c for every 5 E OXn. This shows thatfis lower semicontinuous at x. T h e necessity can be proved as follows: Let d be a metric on X . Using the lower semicontinuity of f we can fix a 6, > 0 such that f(5) > , f ( x ) - 1 whenever d(5, x) 6,. We define the functions f, (n = 1, 2, ...) at every x E X as

<

fn(4

= glb{f(l)

+ 4 5 , x ) :4 5 , x) < a,>.

We show that these fn's satisfy all the requirements. For simplicity let vn(5, x) = f ( 6 ) n d ( 5 , x ) . Then v,(5, ). vn+1(5,). and so f,(x) f,+l(x). Moreover, fa(.) f ( x ) and so limf,(x) exists for every X E Xand lim f, (x) f (x). We have

+

<

<

%(5,

XI)

<

<

<

- Vn(5, x2)

=

#(a, x1) - 4 5 ,

+

.2))

<4 x 1

<

9

x2)

+

and so fn(xl) ~"(5,x2) nd(xl , x2) andf,(x,) f,(x2) nd(xl , x2). Hence by symmetry I f,(xl) - fn(xz)I nd(x,, x2). This shows the continuity off, . Now we show that f , ( x ) - f f ( x ) for every x E X . By hypothesis, f is lower semicontinuous at x and so there is a 6 > 0 for every c > 0 such that f ( 4 ) > f ( x ) - c for every 5 E X satisfying d(6, x) < 6. Hence f ( 4 ) nd(6, x) > f ( x ) - c for every 5' satisfying d(E, x) < 6. If we choose n so large that nS > 1 - c then f(5) nd(E, x) > f ( x ) - E whenever 6, >, d(5, x) 2 6, and so for such large values of n we have

<

+

a,,(E,4 = f ( 5 )

+

+ n45, <

>f(x) - c

for every ( E X satisfying d(5, x) 6,. Therefore f n ( x ) > , f ( x ) - c which shows that limf,(x) = f ( x ) . The following is a basic result on the continuity of the composition of two functions:

181

Exercises

Let f be a function from the set X into the set Y and let g be a function from Y into the set Z such that the composition f -) g is defined at a point x E X . I f f is continuous at x with respect to the filters F ( x ) and F ( y ) and i f g is continuous at y = f(x) with respect t o the filters F ( y ) and F ( z ) , then the composition f i. g is continuous a t x with respect to F ( x ) and F(z). Theorem 2.

T h e result follows immediately from the definition of continuity: Given any F, E F ( z ) there is an F, E 9 ( y ) such that g(F,,) G F, because g is continuous at y. Similarly, f being continuous at x we can find a set F, E F ( x ) such that f(F,) c F , . Therefore Proof.

( f 0 g)(FA = g ( j ( U ) !z and so f

3

kv,)c Fz

g is continuous at x with respect to 9 ( x ) and F ( z ) . EXERCISES

1. Determine all continuous functions f : X -+ Y when (a) the topology of X is discrete; (b) X is nondiscrete and Y is a (T,) space; (c) Y has the discrete topology and X is connected; (d) the topology of Y is nondiscrete.

[(a) and (d): Every f is continuous everywhere. (b): I f f is continuous somewhere, then f is a constant. (c) For every 5 E X there is an OEsuch that f is constant on 0 : . Given any point X E X consider the set S, = {[ : f(5) = f(x)}. It follows that S, is open and has no boundary points. Hence S, = X and f is constant.] 2. Determine all real-valued functions which are continuous on the noncountable set X when the topology of X is the topology of finite complements. [ I f f is continuous at x, then f ( 5 ) = f(x) for all but countably many values of 4 E X : For I f(5) - f(x)l < l / n for all but finitely many values of 5 for each fixed value of n = 1 , 2 , ... . Hence f is a constant.] 3. Let X = {a} u S where S is a noncountable set and 00 is not an w. element of S. We say that 0 c X is open if 00 $ 0 or if card c 0 Show that this topology is completely normal. (If x E S, then {x} is both open and closed. X is a Hausdorff space because if x, Y E S ,then 0, = {x} and 0, = {y} are disjoint open neighborhoods of the distinct points x and y , and if x E S, then 0, = {x} and 0, = C{X} are disjoint open sets containing x and 00,

<

182

IV. CONTINUITY

respectively. Disjoint separated sets can be separated by open sets: If 03 4 A u B, then we may choose 0, = A and 0, = B. Suppose that 03 E A and A and B are separated. We show that B is closed and so we can choose 0, = cB and 0, = B. Indeed B 5 (03) u B and A n B = 0 so that co E A implies B = B . ) 4. Let X be the space constructed in the preceding exercise. Show that a real-valued f is lower semicontinuous at 03 if and only if there is an f(00) for every 6 E 0, . open set 0, such thatf(4) [ I f f i s lower semicontinuous at co,then for every n = 1, 2, ... there is an open set 0," such that f(6) > f(co) - ( l / n ) for every 5 E 0,". Hence f(5) > f(03) - (l/n) for every 5 E f l 0," and for every n = 1, 2, ... . It follows that f(5) f(00) for every 6 E 0, = fl 0,". Since c 0 , is countable, 0 , is open.] 5. Using the results stated in the preceding two exercises show that Baire's theorem cannot be extended to arbitrary uniform spaces. [A function f is continuous everywhere if and only iff is continuous at 00. Letf(co) = 0 andf(x) = 1 for every x E S . Then f i s lower semicontinuous everywhere. Let ( fn) be an increasing sequence of continuous -+ 0. Since fn is continuous there is an functions on X such that f,(.o) open set 0," such that fn(g) = f,(03) for every 5 E Omn. Hence fn(5) = f"(03) for every n = 1, 2, ... and every 5 E 0, = fl 0,". ThusfJ5) +f(03) = 0 for every 6 E 0, a n d f i s not the pointwise limit of the squence ( f,) (n = 1 , 2, ...).I 6. Let f map X into Y and let N , be a neighborhood of x E X . Show that if the restriction offto N , is continuous at x, thenfis continuous at x. [Given 0, , there is an 0, such thatf(0, n N,) G 0, , Since 0, n N , is a neighborhood of x the function f is continuous at x.] 7. Prove the following: I f f is a function of a complex variable and if f(5) f ( z ) as 5 + z along every convex path, then f is continuous at z. [Suppose there is an N , such that there are points 5 arbitrarily close to z for whichf(5) 4 N , . Then determine a polar angle cp such that for any small positive angle z there are points 5 arbitrarily close to z for arg 5 < a and f({)$ N , , Either on the ray which y (5 : arg 5 = y} or on a convex path tangent to it, f(5) 4 N , for points 5 arbitrarily close to x.]

>

>

-

<

+

3. Continuous Functions

T h e local continuity or continuity at a point is of interest primarily in analysis. I n subjects dealing with more primitive mathematical

3. Continuous Functions

183

structures one is interested only in functions which are continuous everywhere in their domain of definition. Then we may as well assume that the domain is the entire set X because points not in the domain can be discarded without affecting the definitions and the continuity of the function. These special types of functions are called continuous functions so that continuity in this context means continuity at every x E X:

A function f mapping a topological space X into another Y is called continuous i f i t is continuous at every x E X .

Definition 1.

More generally we can speak about the continuity of a function Y with respect to two systems of filters { T( x ) } (x E X ) and {F(y)}( y E Y ) given in the domain set X and the range set Y . We say that such a function f : X -+ Y is continuous with respect to these filter systems i f f is continuous at every x E X with respect to the filters F ( x ) and F (y). If no confusion can arise, we say simply that f is continuous on X . In topology X and Y are usually topological spaces and the filter systems are the neighborhood filters of the points x E X and y E Y . Then f is called continuous with respect to the topologies given on X and Y . Many authors reserve the words map and mapping for everywhere continuous functions. For continuous functions defined on topological spaces there is a very useful continuity criterion:

f:X

---f

A function mapping one topological space into another is continuous i f and only if the inverse image of open sets is open.

Theorem 1.

Proof. T h e sufficiency of the condition is clear: Given any x E X and any open set 0, containing the point y = f ( x ) we can find an open set 0, such that f ( 0 , ) G 0,; namely, 0, =f-l(O,) satisfies the requirement. As a matter of fact, we have exactly f ( 0 , ) = 0,. T h e condition is also necessary: Let f be continuous on X and let Q be an open set in Y . If y E Q and y = f ( x ) for some point x E X , then by the continuity off at x there is an open set 0, in X such that X E 0, and f ( 0 , ) G Q. This implies 0, G f-'(Q) and so f-'(Q) contains with each point x an open set 0,. Hencef-'(Q) is open. There is a corollary of Theorem 1 which is an immediate consequence of the identity f-l(cA) = cf-'(A); namely, choosing A to be open in Y we obtain:

A function mapping one topological space into another is continuous i f and only i f the inverse image of closed sets is closed. A simple application of these theorems leads to a useful lemma:

Theorem 2.

IV. CONTINUITY

184

Lemma 1. I f f is a continuous map of X into Y , then for every set S

in Y we have

f-'(sj Conversely, function.

if

G f-yS)

and

f-'(s)i2 f-ysi).

either one of these inclusions holds, then f is a continuous

Proof. Clearly, f-'(S) c f-'(S) where f-'(S) is a closed set in the space X. Similarly, f-'(S) 2 f-'(Si) where f-'(Si) is an open set in X. Hence the fibst half of the result follows from the definition of the closure and of the interior. T h e converse statement is a consequence of Theorems 1 and2: In the first case we let S be an arbitrary closed set C of Y and obtain,f-'(C) E f-'(C) = f-'(C) which show that the inverse image of each closed set is closed. T h e second case is similar but S has to be chosen open. Lemma 2. A function f from a topological space X into another Y is continuous if and only if for every set S in X we have f ( S ) E f(s).

Proof. Suppose that f is continuous. By Theorem 2, the inverse image is a closed set in X. Since we have of the closed set f(s)

s C f-'(fW = f-'(f(s)) where f-'(f(s)) is closed, it follows that S G f-'( f(s)) and so

fm fF). 5

Now suppose that the condition is satisfied. Let C be a closed set in Y and let S = f-'(C). Then

s 5 f-'(f(S)) G f-'(fT)) G f-'(C) =f-'(C) = s. So S

c S and the inverse image of

closed sets is closed.

Lemma 3. A function f : X -+ Y is continuous if and only if there is a base ,GY for the open sets of Y such that f-'(B) is open in X for every B E ,GY.

Proof. Every open set Q E Y can be expressed in the form Q = U B, . Hence i f f satisfies the condition then f-'(Q) = Uf-'(Bi) is open for every open set Q c Y. T h e necessity is obvious from Theorem 1. Suppose that f maps X onto Y such that f is invertible, i.e., f defines a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of X and Y. I t is possible that f is continuous on X, nevertheless, f-' is not a continuous

4. Homeomorphisms, Open and Closed Maps

185

function. As a matter of fact, in some cases f can be chosen such that f-' is discontinuous at every point y E Y ; for example, let Y be any set containing at least two elements and let the open sets of Y be 0 and Y itself. We let X = Y but the topology of X we choose to be discrete. Then the identity map f : x -+x is continuous on X but f-' is discontinuous at every y E Y . T h e reader will notice that the topology on Y is not a (To)topology. It is possible to find similar examples where Y satisfies some axioms of separation; for instance, one can choose Y to be a Hausdorff space. EXERCISES

1. Let Y be a subbase for the open sets of Y . Show that if f-'(S) is open for every S E 9,then f is continuous. 2. Let f be a real-valued function and let {x : f ( x ) > u } be open for every real a. Show that f is lower semicontinuous. 3. Show that a real-valued f is continuous if and only if the sets {x : f ( x ) < u } and {x : f ( x ) > u } are open for every point u E A of a dense subset A of the space of real numbers. 4. Use the definition oflocal continuity to prove that iff : X + Y is continuous, then f ( S ) E f ( S ) for every S E X . [Let x E and let y = f ( x ) . For every 0, there is an 0, such that f ( 0 , ) GO .,Since 0, intersects S it follows that 0, intersects f ( S ) and so Y E f ( S ) * l 5 . Let f and g be lower semicontinuous real-valued functions on X . Show that f n g : x -+ min { f ( x ) , g(x)} is lower semicontinuous. 6. Let f and g be continuous real-valued functions. Show that f u g : x + max { f ( x ) ,g(x)} and f n g : x + min { f ( x ) , g(x)} are continuous functions. 7. Show that f :X + Y is continuous with respect to the topologies T, and T, if and only if f-'(Y,) T, . 8. Prove that if f : X - + Y is continuous with respect to T Z and i 7, for each ~ E Ithen , f is continuous also with respect to glb{TZi} and T, .

<

4. Homeomorphisms, Open and Closed Maps

Of particular interest are those invertible functions f for which f and f-' are both continuous.

I86

IV. CONTINUITY

A homeomorphism of one topological space X onto another Y is an invertible function f mapping X onto Y such that f and f-’ are both continuous. This definition is in complete accordance with Definition 1.1.2 because in view of Theorem 3.1 a one-to-one map of X onto Y is a homeomorphism if and only if it gives rise to a one-to-one correspondence between the open sets of X and Y . Evidently i f f is a homeomorphism, then so is f-l, and so if X is homeomorphic to Y , then also Y is homeomorphic to X . I n symbols, if X Y , then Y X . Clearly, we have X X for every topological space X because the identity map f : x -+ x is a homeomorphism of X onto itself, Furthermore, in view of Theorem 2.2, if X Y and Y 2, then X 2. Therefore the homeomorphism is a symmetric, reflexive, and transitive relation between topological spaces. For this reason homeomorphic spaces are often called topologically equivalent. One of the fundamental problems of topology is to supply a great number of useful criteria which can be used to determine whether or not two topological spaces are homeomorphic. T h e importance of this question is due to the following: If X Y , then there is a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of X and Y which induces a one-to-one correspondence between the open sets of X and Y . I n fact, i f f is a homeomorphism of X onto Y , then by Theorem 3.1 the set f - l ( Q ) is open for every open set Q in Y and also f ( 0 ) is open for every open set 0 in X . Consequently, from a purely topological point of view, X and Y are indistinguishable; if a topological theorem holds for X , then a corresponding theorem holds also for Y and conversely. We shall use the expression “topological isomorphism” for another relation between topological spaces which in general is weaker than homeomorphism: Definition 1.

-

-

-

N

-

N

-

Definition 2. The topological spaces X with open sets O E 8 and Y with open sets Q E d are called topologically isomorphic if there is a one-to-one correspondence f : 8 + 9 such that

0) (ii) (iii)

f(0) = 0

a d

f(X)= Y;

f(0,n 0,) = f(0d nf(O*); f( U Oi) = U f ( 0 i ) the open sets 0, , 0, , and Oi( i E I ) in the family

for every choice of 8. A one-to-one correspondence f : 0 + 9 satisfying the requirements (i), (ii)) and (iii) is called a topological isomorphism of the space X onto the space Y . It is obvious that iff is a topological isomorphism of X

4. Homeomorphisms, Open and Closed Maps

I87

onto Y , then f-' is a topological isomorphism of Y onto X.Hence the topological isomorphism is a symmetric relation between X and Y. T h e transitivity can be easily verified. If X and Yare topologically isomorphic and a statement involving only open and closed sets holds in X , then a corresponding statement holds in Y. Lemma 1. Let X and Y be topological spaces, let 9? be a base for X and let f be a one-to-one map of X onto Y. Then f is a homeomorphism if and only ifthe family f(g)= { f ( B ) }( B E g)is a base for the topology on Y.

First let f be a homeomorphism. If Q is an open set in Y , then 0 = f-l(Q) is an open set in X . Therefore 0 is the union of some sets B E B' and so Q = f ( 0 ) is a union of some of the sets f ( B ) E f(3?). Hence f(.g)is a base for the topology on Y. Now let us suppose that f(B)is a base for Y. Then the image of every open set 0 G X is open in Y because 0 = U Bi for some sets Bi E 9? and so f ( 0 ) = Uf ( B i ) . Similarly, if Q G Y is an open set, then Q = Uf(B,) and so f-'(Q) = f -l( Uf(B,)) = U Bi is open in X . Consequently f is a homeomorphism. There are a few more standard expressions which we shall use in the future: Iff is a homeomorphism, then so is f-l, the inverse homeomorphism. A homeomorphism is sometimes called a topological transformation. I f f is invertible and both f and f-' are continuous functions, then f is called a bicontinuous transformation from X into Y. Proof.

Definition 3. A n open (closed) map of a topological space X into another Y is a function f on X into Y such that the image of open (closed) sets

under f is open (closed). For example, the projection 7rs of the product space X = X,onto the coordinate space X,qis an open map. I f f is an open map and C is a closed set in X , then f ( C ) need not be closed. A simple example for this situation can be found in product spaces: Let X = X , x X , where X , and X , are copies of the space of real numbers, let f be the projection 7,: X X , and let C = {(x, , x,) : x l x z >, I}. Hence not every continuous open map is closed. Similarly, a continuous map can be closed without being open. We can also find open and closed maps which are not continuous. Continuous open and closed maps can be characterized by using the following notion:

n

---f

A map f of X onto Y is called quasicompact Y whenever f - ' ( S ) is open in X .

Definition 4.

if S is open in

188

IV. CONTINUITY

Since cf-l(S) = f-'(cS) for any set S we have: Lemma 2. A surjective map f : X-+ Y is quasi compact if and only if S is closed in Y whenever f-'(S) is closed in X . I t is clear that every open or closed map is quasi compact but quasi compactness alone does not imply that f is open or closed. T h e additional property needed for a complete characterization of surjective open and closed maps concerns the decomposition of X into the disjoint sets f - Y y ) (Y E Y ) . Definition 5. Let Y = {S,} (iE I ) be a partition of the topological space X into disjoint sets S, (iE I ) . Y is called an upper semicontinuous decomposition if U {S, : S, E 0}is open for every open set 0. Y is called a lower semicontinuous decomposition if U {S, : S, n 0 # 0 ) is open for every open set 0. Since Y is a cover of X for every set A E X we have

X = US,= U{S,:SinA#O}u

U{S,:S,ECA}

where the two unions on the right-hand side are disjoint sets. Choosing

A to be closed or open we obtain: Lemma 3. A partition Y = {S,}(iE I ) is an upper semicontinuous decomposition of X if and only if U { S, : S, n C # 0 } is closed whenever C is a closed set in X and it is lower semicontinuous if and only if U { S, : S, c C } is closed when C is a closed set in X . We have the following theorem on continuous open and closed maps:

A continuous mapping f of X onto Y is open (closed) if and only if it is quasi compact and { f-'(y)} ( y E Y ) is a lower (upper) semicontinuous decomposition of X .

Theorem 1.

Proof. Suppose first that the decomposition { f - l ( y ) } (y E Y ) generated by f is lower semicontinuous. Then for every open 0 in X the set f - l ( { y :f - l ( y ) n 0 # 0 ) ) is open. Iff is quasi compact, then

bJ:f-W n o f 4 =f(O> is also open. Hence f is an open map and the conditions are sufficient. Now suppose that f is a continuous open map of X onto Y. Then f is clearly quasi compact and also f-l( f ( 0 ) ) is open for every open set 0 s X. However,

Exercises

189

Hence f generates a lower semicontinuous decomposition of X. I n the case of closed maps the proof is similar. Every map f : X + Y generates an equivalence relation R on X: We say that x1 x2 if f ( x l ) = f ( x z ) , so the equivalence classes are the sets f - l ( y ) (y E Y ) .Iff is an open or closed continuous map, then up to a homeomorphism Y is determined by X and the equivalence relation R:

-

I f f is an open (closed) continuous map of X onto Y,then Y is homeomorphic to the quotient space X R where R denotes the equivalence relation generated by f . Theorem 2.

Proof. We associate with each y E Yetheequivalence classf-'(y). Under this one-to-one map a set Q G Y corresponds to the set

WYY):YEQ} s X/R* By the definition of the quotient topology, {f-'(y) : y

E

Q } is open in

X/Rif and only if U { f - ' ( y ) : y E Q} = f - ' ( Q ) is open in X.Since f is continuous and open, f - l ( Q ) is open if and only if Q is an open set in Y . Therefore the correspondence y 4f-l(y) between the elements of Y and XIR is a homeomorphism. We finish with a simple lemma concerning closed maps:

I f f is a closed map of X onto Y ,then f o r every open set 0 G X and f o r every y E Y satisfying f-I(y) c 0 we have y E f ( 0 ) " . L e m m a 4.

Proof. Since f-l(y) s 0 we see that y E c f ( c 0 ) where f ( c 0 ) is a closed set. Moreover, c f ( c 0 ) s f ( 0 ) and so c f ( c 0 ) being open we havey ~ f ( 0 ) ~ .

Corollary. I f f is a closed map of X onto Y , then for every set S c X and for every point x E X satisfying f-I( f ( x ) ) c Si we have f ( x ) E ~ ( S ~ ) ~ . EXERCISES

1. Show that the cross formed by the union of the coordinate axes is a subspace of the plane which is not homeomorphic to the real line. [If we omit any point from the real line the subspace obtained has two components. If we omit the point (0,O) of the given space, then the remaining subspace has four components.] 2. Show that the real line is homeomorphic to the space (-1, 1). [A homeomorphism of the space of reals onto (- 1, 1) is given by the 1 x 1). correspondence x -+ xi( 1

+

190

IV. CONTINUITY

3. Show that the intervals (0,l) and [0,1] are not homeomorphic subspaces of the reals. (The closed interval is compact while the open interval is not.) 4. Show that the intervals (O,l] and (0,l) are not homeomorphic. [If we omit 1 from (0,1], then the rest is connected. If we omit any point x of (O,l), the rest is not connected.]

<

<

x l , x2 l} are 5. Show that X = [0,1] and Y = { ( x l , x2) : 0 not homeomorphic spaces. (If we omit three points of X , the remaining subspace will not be connected. Omitting any three points of Y we always obtain a connected space.)

6. Show the existence of a one-to-one map of the unit interval = [0,1] onto the unit square Y = {(xl, x2) : 0 < xl, x2 < l} by using the correspondence x -+y = (xl , x2) where x = E k 2 - k ; x1 = E € ~ k - 1 4 - x2 ~ ; = Z ~ ~ ~ 4and - k e,k = 0, 1 for every K = 1, 2 , ... . [Every x E (0, l].can be expressed uniquely in the form x = Ek2-k where Ek # 0 for infinitely many indices k = 1, 2, ... . T h e given correspondence leads to a one-to-one map between X and a subset of Y . Construct a similar one-to-one correspondence between Y and

X

x x

a subset of

X.Then apply the Cantor-Bernstein theorem.]

7. Show by an example that there is no Cantor-Bernstein theorem for homeomorphisms. [The problem is to find topological spaces X and Y such that X is homeomorphic to a subspace of Y and Y is homeomorphic to a subspace of X but X and Y are not homeomorphic. Let X = (0) u [I, 21 and let Y = [l, 21, or let X = (0, 1) and let Y = (0, 1) u (2, 3). I n the second case X is homeomorphic to an open subspace of Y and Y is homeomorphic to an open subspace of X.]

fv)

8. Show that a one-to-one map f of X onto Y is a homeomorphism if and only if f(A) = for every A G X . [Use Lemma 3.2: By the continuity off we havef(A) E and by the continuity of f-' we have f-l(f@)) E f-'(f(A)) = A so that f(A)E f(A1.1

fv)

9. Let f be a closed continuous map of X onto Y . Show that if X is a (T4) space, then so is Y . [Let A and B be disjoint closed sets in Y . T h e closed setsf-l(A) and f-l(B) can be separated by open sets 0, and 0, . Let

QA

={y

:fl@) C O,}

and

QB = { y

:f-l(y) E O,}.

5. Real-Valued Functions

191

These are disjoint sets containing A and 23, respectively. By Theorem 1 the sets QA and QBare open.] 10. Show by an example that the closed continuous image of a regular topological space need not satisfy axiom (T3). [Let X = Y be the set of reals. Let the topology of X be the discrete topology and let Y be topologized in the way as is given in Example 11.2.1, Then X is completely normal, Y is a Hausdorff space but it is not a (T3) space.] 11. Show that if f : X ---t Y is a one-to-one transformation, then the following properties are equivalent: (i) f is open; (ii) f is closed; (iii)fis quasi compact; (iv) f-' is continuous. [(i) --t (ii) because f ( C ) = cf(cC); (ii) --t (iii) because every surjective open or closed transformation is quasi compact; (iii) + (iv) since (j-l)-l(O) = f ( 0 ) where f-l(f(0)) = 0 is open; (iv) + (i) because f ( 0 ) = (f-l)-l(O) and the inverse image of the open set 0 under the continuous f-' is open.] 12. Suppose that f maps X onto Y a n d g maps Y onto 2. Show that i f f is continuous and i f f c g is open (or closed or quasi compact), then g is also open (or closed or quasi compact). [We have g(S) = (f o g) ( f - ' ( S ) ) and (fo g)-'(S) =f-'(g-'(S)). Set S = 0 or S = C.] 13. Let h : Y 4 2 be a homeomorphism and let f : X Y and g : X + 2 be functions such that (f o h ) ( x ) = h( f ( x ) ) = g(x) for every x E X . Show that f is continuous at x if and only if g is continuous there. 14. For any real-valued function f let [fl be defined by the formula

-

Show that f is continuous at a point x if an only if [ f ] is continuous at x. [By Exercise 2 the map h : y ---t y / ( 1 1 y I) is a homeomorphism. Hence the result stated in the preceding exercise can be applied.] 15. Extend the result of the preceding exercise to upper and lower semicontinuous functions.

+

5. Real-Valued Functions

Real-valued functions defined on topological spaces are particularly important and deserve special attention. If the topology of the range space is the usual topology of the reals, these functions are often called

192

IV. CONTINUITY

functionals. This name is especially common for real-valued functions defined on linear spaces. Real-valued functions of a real variable will be referred to as functions of a real variable. This section contains some of the elementary results concerning functionals and functions of a real variable. Theorem 1. Let f be a real-valued function on a topological space

X.

Then (i) f is lower semicontinuous i f and only i f f-'((a, 00)) = {x : a < f ( x ) } is an open set in X for every real a. (ii) f is upper semicontinuous i f and only if f-'((-co, a ) ) = {x :f ( x ) < u} is open for every real a. (iii) Iff is continuous, then the closures of the open sets {x : a < f ( x ) } and {x : f ( x ) < a } are contained in the closed sets {x : a < f ( x ) } and {x :f ( x ) a}, respectively.

<

T h e first two statements follow from Lemma 3.3. T h e third is an immediate consequence of the first and the second. Proof.

A real-valued function f : X + % is lower semicontinuous i f and only i f the set L ( f ) = {(x, r ) : f ( x ) > r} is open in X x % and it is upper semicontinuous if and only i f U(f) = {(x, r ) :f ( x ) < r} is an open set of X x %.

Theorem 2.

Proof. Let f be lower semicontinuous and let f ( x ) > Y. Then there is an open neighborhood 0, such that f(() > [f ( x ) r ] / 2 for every 6 E 0, . HenceL( f) contains with each point (x, r ) a whole open set

+

Conversely, if L( f ) is open in X x %, then given x E X and E > 0, there is an 0, and a 6 > 0 such that ((5, p) : E 0, and f ( x ) - E 6 > p} is a subset of L ( f ) . Choosing p = f ( x ) - E we see that f(4) > f ( x ) - Q for every 4 E 0,. Hence f is lower semicontinuous at x. Considering -f in place o f f we obtain the corresponding result on upper semicontinuous functions.

+

Lemma 1. If a real-valued function f : X 3 % is continuous, then its graph F = {(x, r ) :f ( x ) = r} is a closed set in the product space X x %.

5. Real-Valued Functions

193

Proof. Since L( f ) u U( f ) is the complement of F in X x 3, the lemma follows from the preceding theorem. It can also be proved directly from the continuity off. It is simple to show that a linear combination of continuous real-valued functions is again a continuous function. For it is evident from the definition of continuity that together with f and g the sum f f g and the constant multiple Af of f are continuous functions. T h e deeper meaning of this simple result will be discussed later in Section 9. (See Lemma 9.1.) Now we turn to real-valued functions of a real variable. T h e simplest ones are the monotonic functions and these have a number of interesting continuity properties. Some properties hold also when the domain X and the range Y of the monotonic function f are arbitrary linearly ordered sets and their topology is the interval topology. There are of course some obvious properties. For instance, an increasing function is left upper and right lower semicontinuous and a decreasing function is right upper and left lower semicontinuous. A somewhat less obvious result concerns the continuity of the inverse function: Theorem 3. Let f be a strictly monotonic function mapping a linearly

ordered set X onto another linearly ordered set Y . I f f is continuous at a point x E X with respect to the interval topologies of X and Y , then f-’ is continuous at y = f ( x ) with respect to the same topologies. Note. T h e point of the theorem is that it is sufficient to suppose continuity at x. I f f is continuous everywhere, the result holds also for other types topological spaces X and Y . (See Lemma 7.3.)

I f X and Y are linearly ordered and i f f : X continuous one-to-one map, then f is a homeomorphism.

Corollary.

-+

Y is a

Proof. We suppose that f is a strictly increasing function. Then f-’ is also strictly increasing. Let y = f ( x ) and let ( a , b) be an open interval which contains x. If we set c = f ( a ) and d = f ( b ) , then f being strictly increasing we have c < y < d . For the same reason if 7 E (c, d ) , then f = f - l ( T ) E ( a , b). Hence (c, d ) is an open set which contains y and its image f-l((c, d ) ) is a subset of (a, b). Therefore f - l is continuous at y . It is well known that a monotonic function of a real variable can be discontinuous at not more than countably many points. (See the exercises following this section.) Functions of bounded variation and the so-called regular functions of a real variable also have this property. We now define a class of functions called nearly regular functions which includes all the preceding ones and its elements still have this continuity property. For the sake of simplicity we shall use the expression “nearly everywhere”

IV. CONTINUITY

194

to abbreviate the phrase “with the possible exception of at most countably many points.” We assume that the reader is familiar with the concept of one-sided limits of real-valued functions of a real variable. These notions can also be defined for real-valued functions on any linearly ordered set X as follows: Definition 1. The real number 1 is called the left limit o f f at x and is f ( 4 ) if for every E > 0 there is a point a < x such that denoted by lim, I f ( f ) - 1 I < E for every 4 E [a, x). T h e right limit off can be defined similarly. Definition 2. The real number 1 is the left limit superior o f f at x and is denoted by lim supE+z-of ( 4 ) if (i) for every E > 0 there is a point a < x such that f ( 4 ) < 1 + E for each ( E [a, x) and (ii) for every E > 0 and a < x there is a point 5 E [a, x) such that f(4) > 1 Similarly we can define the right limit superior o f f at x and also the left and right limit inferior offat x. These notions are specially interesting when X is densely ordered at x; that is, when no interval ( a , x) ( a < x ) or ( x , b) (x < b) is void. T h e deeper topological meaning of these notions will be discussed in the next chapter. Q.

Definition 3. A real-valued function f dejined on a linearly ordered set X is called (nearly) regular if the one-sided limits limejx-o f ( 5 ) and lim$j5+o f ( 5 ) exist (nearly) everywhere in X.

Now we are going to prove two theorems which will imply that nearly regular functions of a real variable are continuous nearly everywhere. For functions of a real variable these theorems were first proved by W. H. Young in 1908. Theorem 4. Let f be a real-valued function dejined on a linearly ordered set X . If X is a hereditary Lindelof space with respect to its half-open interval topologies, then the points x at which lim up^+^-^ f ( 4 ) and lim suppjx+of ( 5 ) are not equal form a countable set.

Note. Notice that there are no conditions given on f . T h e hereditary Lindelof property can be replaced by the following weaker hypothesis: Every noncountable set S E X contains an accumulation point of S . Several corollaries can be obtained by putting various conditions on f and on X and also by replacingf by -f. W e mention only one of these

5. Real-Valued Functions

195

which immediately implies that monotonic functions of a real variable are continuous nearly everywhere: Corollary. I f f is a function of a real variable which is left or right upper semicontinuous and also left or right lower semicontinuous nearly everywhere in an interval I , then f is continuous nearly everywhere in I . Note. T h e direction of approach of the one-sided semicontinuity can vary from point to point. T h e herditary Lindelof property of the half-open interval topologies of the reals is discussed in Exercise 11.12.9.

Proof. For simplicity we use the symbols A- = A - ( x ) and A+ = A+(x) to denote the one-sided limit superiors o f f as f -+ x; thus A*(x) = lim f ( f ) . We prove the theorem by contradiction. We suppose that A-(x) # A+(x) for every point of a noncountable set X, c X.We assume that A-(x) < A+(x) < +co for the points of a noncountable set X, G X,. If A+(x) < k ( x ) < +a for every point of a noncountable set X , c X , , then the contradiction follows by a similar reasoning. If neither situation takes place, then there is a noncountable set X,such that A-(x) < A+(x) = +co for every x E X, or A+(x) < A-(x) = +m for every x E X,. Then the reasoning is similar but considerably simpler. Since X , is not countable there is an E > 0 and a noncountable subset X,of X , such that A-(x) < A+(x) - E for every x E X,:For if this were not true, then we would have A - ( x ) < A+(x)- (I/k) for at most countably many points and so considering k = 1, 2, ... the inequality A - ( x ) < A+(x) could hold for at most countably many points x E X,. Now we consider the set of values A + ( x )(x E X,). If a particular value A+ is attained for the points of a noncountable subset of X,,then we choose such a A+ and such a set X , c X,. If this is not the 'case, then the set of all distinct A+(x) values for x E X , is not countable and so it has an w-accumulation point A + , i.e., an accumulation point A+ each neighborhood of which meets the set of A+(%)values in uncountably many points. Hence in both cases we can find a noncountable subset X , 5 X , such that 1 A+ - A+(x)l < c/3 for every x E X 4 . T h e half-open interval topology F- has the hereditary Lindelof property and so there is an accumulation point x of X , with respect to 5-which belongs to X , . Let a < x and let ( E [ a , x). By the definition of A + ( ( ) there is an 7 E ((, x] such that A + ( ( ) - (c/3) < f(7). S'ince x is an accumulation point of X4 with respect to F- we can choose f in X, and 7 in (5, x). Hence we have I A+ - A+( f ) ] < c/3. These

196

IV. CONTINUITY

inequalities imply A+ - (2r/3) < f(r]). Since a < x is arbitrary this A-(x). As x E X , we have shows that A+ - (2c/3)

<

I cl+(x) - A+ I < 4 3 , therefore A+(x) - E < A-(x). However, x E X, G X, and so A-(x) < A+(x) - E. This is a contradiction and the theorem follows. The next theorem was also first proved by W. H. Young for the special case of functions of a real variable: Theorem 5. Let f be a real-valued function on a hereditary Lindelof and

metrizable space X . Then the points x for which the closed interval [lim inff(t), E+*

lim supf(t)] (4

does not contain y = f ( x ) form a countable set. Note. In view of Exercise 11.12.10 the second countability axiom.

X

is a metrizable space satisfying

Proof. We give an indirect proof. We suppose that there is a noncountable set X , z X such that for every x E X , the interval in question does not contain y = f ( x ) . Then there exist ~ ( x )> 0 and 6(x) > 0 for every x E XI with the property that I y - r ] I > E ( X ) for every 4 E X ( 5 # x and r ] =f(5)) satisfying d(x, 5) < 6(x). We may assume that 6(x) and ~ ( x )are of the form ~ ( x )= I / m ( x )and 6(x) = l/n(x)where m(x) and n(x) are positive integers. Then on the one hand there are only denumerably many possibilities for the pair m(x), n(x) and on the other hand there are noncountably many choices for x E X,. Therefore there exist E > 0, 6 > 0, and a noncountable subset X, of X,such that for every x E X, we have I y - r ] I > E whenever 5 E X ( 5 # x) satisfies d(x, 5) < 6. Now we consider the set S of ordered pairs (x, y ) where x E X,and y = f ( x ) . This is a noncountable set. T h e product of X and of the space of reals is a hereditary Lindelof space. (See Lemma 11.12.3 and Exercise 11.12.1 1.) Therefore S has an accumulation point (5, 7). Hence there is a point X E X ,(x # 5 ) such that d(x, 5) < 6 and Iy - r ] I < E where r ] = f(5). Since x E X, and d(x, 5) < 6 we have I y - r ] I > c for every [ E X (( # x) satisfying d(x, 5 ) < 6 where y = f ( x ) and r ] = f(5). This is a contradiction and so the theorem is proved. T h e last two theorems imply:

A nearly regular function defined on an interval of the real line is continuous nearly everywhere in its domain of definition.

Theorem 6.

197

Exercises

Proof. By the definition of a regular function the limits limF+2--of(f) and lim5+x+,,f(f) exist nearly everywhere and by Theorem 4 they are equal nearly everywhere. Therefore lim:+,f( .f) exists nearly everywhere. By Theorem 5 we havef(x) = lim:+,f(t) for nearly all of these points and so f is continuous nearly everywhere. It is possible to extend Theorems 4 and 5 to functions whose domain and range are metric spaces or uniform spaces satisfying some simple requirements. Then the limit inferior and limit superior can also be replaced by more general limiting processes such as, for example, convergence with respect to systems of filters given in the domain space.

E XERCl SES

1. Give an example of a real-valued continuous function f such that the closures of the sets {x : f ( x ) > u } and {x : f ( x ) < a} are proper subsets of the closed sets {x :f ( x ) u } and {x : f ( x ) a}, respectively. 2. Let f be a real-valued function on X , for simplicity let glbf(A) = glb{f ( u ) : u E A}, and let D be that subset of X for which the definition

<

fi(x)

= lub{glbf(NX) : N , E

N(x)}

is meaningful. Show that f is lower semicontinuous at x if and only if =f ( x ) . [It is clear thatfl(x) f ( x ) for every x E D. Iffis lower semicontinuous at x, then for every c > 0 there is a neighborhood N , such that glbf(N,) 2 f ( x ) - e. Hence x E D and fi(x) = f ( x ) . Conversely, if x E D and fi(x) = f ( x ) , then for every E > 0 there is an N , such that L glbf(N,) 3 A x ) - 6.1 3. Show that D is an open set in X . [We have x E D if and only if there is an open set 0, such that glbf(0,) is finite. Hence with x every t E 0, belongs to D.] 4. Show that fi is a lower semicontinuous function on D. [For every E > 0 there is an open set 0, such thatfl(x) - E glbf(0,). If 4 E D n 0, , then fl(t)3 glbf(0,). Hence fi(x) - E f i ( f ) for every 6 E D n 0, .] 5 . Suppose that the real-valued function f of the real variable x is bounded and its graph F = {(x, y ) :f ( x ) = y} is a closed set in % x %. Show that f is continuous. [Let x E 3 be given. If for every c > 0 the integer m can be chosen so large thatf(6) > f ( x ) - E (1 /m)for every f satisfying 1 x - f I < l/m, then f is lower semicontinuous at x. If for some c > 0 such an integer

x E D and fi(x)

<

<

<

+

198

IV. CONTINUITY

- -

m does not exist, then we can find a sequence of numbers xl, ..., x,,, , ... such that f ( x J f(x) - E (l/m) for every m and x, x as m CO. Since the range is a bounded set the function values f ( x m ) have an f ( x ) - B. accumulation point y which satisfies the inequality y However, F being closed we must have y = f ( x ) . This would lead to a contradiction. Similarly, we can prove that f is upper semicontinuous.] 6. Prove directly from the definition of continuity: If the real-valued function of a real variable is monotonic in (- 00, + X I )then , it is continuous nearly everywhere. [Let f be increasing and let v ( x ) = lim~_,x+o f(E) - limt-r,-Of(@. If a < x1 < ... < x, < b, then v ( x l ) ... z)(x,) f ( b ) - f ( a ) . Hence for every E > 0 there are at most finitely many points in ( a , b ) for which v ( x ) 2 Q . Choose B = l / m for m = 1, 2, ... and a = -n, b = n for n = 1, 2, ... .] 7. Prove the theorem on the continuity of regular functions by a direct argument. f(E). Suppose that the set of those [As usual let f ( x & 0) = points x at which f ( x 0) # f ( x ) or f ( x - 0) # f ( x ) is not countable. Then there is an Q > 0 and a noncountable set S such that

+

<

<

+ +

<

+

If@+ 0) -f(4 I 7 1 f ( x - 0) - f ( x ) i > E for

for every x E S or every x E S . T h e set S has a one-sided accumulation point x in the interior of the domain of definition off. In every neighborhood of x there are points x1 and xg on the same side of x such that I f(xl) - f(x2)I > Q . Hence f is not regular at x.] 8. Prove: I f f is a real-valued function on a separable metric space X , then f ( f ) at nearly every x E X implies the continuity of the existence of f nearly everywhere in X . (Apply Theorem 5 or prove it directly using reasoning similar to that in the p-eceding exercise.)

6. Continuity and Axioms of Separation

Constant functions defined on a topological space X are trivially continuous and so when we are speaking about continuity properties of functions we assume always that there exist nonconstant continuous functions on X . Real-valued functions with continuity relative to the usual topology of the reals form a particularly important instance. Here having fixed the range space the existence of nonconstant con-

6. Continuity and Axioms of Separation

199

tinuous functions depends only on the topology of the domain X . If the topology of X is discrete, then of course every real-valued function is continuous on X and if the only open sets of the space are 0 and X , then the only continuous real valued functions are the constants. T h e object of this section is to classify the relationship between separation axioms and the existence of nonconstant real-valued continuous functions. First Urysohn gave an example of an infinite Hausdorff space X such that every continuous real-valued function is constant on X . Later Hewitt constructed a regular space in which the same situation holds. Urysohn and Tychonoff proved also that on (T)-spaces and on (T4) spaces there exist nonconstant continuous real-valued functions, and as a matter of fact these functions can be chosen such that some additional requirements are also satisfied. I t is remarkable that the existence of such special nonconstant functions implies the corresponding separation axioms ( T ) and (T4). T h e proofs are based on two lemmas: Lemma 1. Let X be a topological space and let (0,)( d E D ) be a scale of open sets in X such that u 0, = X . Then the real-valued function f defined by f ( x ) = glb{d : x E O,} is continuous. Note. T h e condition U 0, = X is necessary only in order to assure that the domain off is the entire space X and the condition of?, E is needed only to show the lower semicontinuity off. T h e function is upper semicontinuous even if (0,) ( d E D ) is any family of open sets whose union is X . Proof. We show that f is continuous by using the.definitions of upper and lower semicontinuity at a point. Let x E X and E > 0 be given. By the definition off there is a d E D such that d < f ( x ) E and x E 0, . If f E 0, , then we have f(5) d , hence f(5) < f ( x ) E for every f E Ol1where 0,1contains x. Therefore f is upper semicontinuous at x. If f ( x ) = 0, then f is lower semicontinuous at x because f is nonnegative. If f ( x ) > 0, then D being dense in [0, 11 we can choose d' and d" such that f ( x ) - E < d' < d" < f ( x ) , and this implies that x q! O,!!. Clearly x 4 8,i because _C O d ~ and l thus the open set d' > f ( x ) - E c o d !contains x. Now i f f E c o , , , then 5 $ 0,)and so f(E) for every 5 in co,t . As coat contains x it follows that f is lower semicontinuous at x. Therefore f is a continuous function.

+ +

<

orll

Lemma 2. Let A and B be disjoint sets in a topological space X . Then any one of the following propositions implies the others: (i) There exists a scale (0,)( d E D ) of open sets such that B _C 0, _C CA for every d E D .

IV. CONTINUITY

200

(ii) There exists a real-valued continuous function f such that 0 f ( x ) 1 for every X E X , f ( a ) = 1 for every a E A , and f ( b ) = 0 for every b E B. (iii) There exists a continuous real-valued function f on X such that glb{f ( a ) : a E A} > lub{ f ( b ) : b E B}.

<

<

Proof. I t is sufficient to show that (i) implies (ii) and (iii) implies (i) because (iii) is an obvious consequence of (ii). First we suppose (i) and show (ii): If 1 E D we replace 0, by X so that using the new meaning of 0, we have U 0, = X. If 1 4 D,then we join 1 to the index set D and define 0, to be X.In both cases we can apply Lemma 1 to show that the real-valued function f defined by f ( x ) = glb{d : x E 0,)is continuous. I t is clear that 0 f ( x ) I for every x E X and f ( a ) = 1 for every a E A because 0,c c A for every d < 1. Since 3 E 0, for d E D we have f ( b ) = 0 for every b E B. Therefore f satisfies the requirements of proposition (ii). Now we suppose (iii) and show that (i) also holds. We prove the existence of a scale with index set D = I = [0, 11; namely, we define d 1) the open set for every real number d (0

<

<

< <

where a = glb{f ( a ) : a E A } and /3 = lub{ f ( b ) : b E B}. It is obvious that B G 0, for every d E D and also 0, G c A for every d E D. T h e G Od2for every pair d, < dz” follows remaining requirement immediately from Theorem 5.1. Now we can combine the results which we obtained in this section with those of Section 11.9 to show the existence of nonconstant continuous functions on topological spaces satisfying various separation axioms. First we get the following:

“odl

There exist nonconstant continuous real-valued functions on a topological space X if and only if there is a scale of open sets (0,)( d E D ) such that 0 C 0, C X for at least two values of d.

Theorem 1.

Note. If there is a continuous function f such that f ( a ) # f ( b ) , then there is another continuous function cp such that ~ ( a< ) ~

( b ) and

< ~ ( x<) p(b)

~ ( a )

for every x E X .

Proof. T h e necessity of the condition follows from Theorem 5.1: In fact, if there is a continuous f such that ,f(a) # f ( b ) , then there is a

6. Continuity and Axioms of Separation

20 1

scale of open sets (0,)( d E D) such that 6 E 0, and a d 1 ; for instance, if f ( a ) > f ( 6 ) , then we may define

4 0, for every

<

for each d E [0, 13. Conversely, if there is a scale (0,)(4 E D)and indices d, < d2 with the property that Odl # 0 and O,, # X,then using the transformation 6 = ( d - dl)/(d2- d,) we can replace the indices d (d, d d2) by indices 6 (0 6 1) and hence we obtain a scale (Oa) (6 E [O,l]) such that 0, # 0 and 0, # X.If we choose a E 0, and b E c 0 , , then Lemma 2 gives a continuous function 9 which satisfies d a ) = 0 d x ) d V(b) = 1. If X is a (T) space or a (T4) space, then by Definition 11.9.2 and Theorem 11.9.3 the conditions of the preceding tneorem are satisfied and so on uniform spaces and on (T4) spaces there exist nonconstant continuous functions. Actually we can prove much stronger results which hold if and only if X is a (T) space or a (T4) space, respectively:

< <

< <

<

The space X is a ( T ) space if and only i f for every closed set A and every point 6 4 A there exists a real-valued continuous function f such that 0 < f ( x ) < 1 for every x E X , f ( a ) = 1 for ewery a E A , and f ( 6 ) = 0. Theorem 2.

We combine Definition 11.9.2 and Lemma 2. We notice the following:

Proof.

Corollary. If TI and T2are ( T )topologies on the set X and i f the same real-valued functions are continuous relative to .TI and .T2,then Y1 and Y 2are identical.

Let 0 # a, X be open relative to a (T) topology Y. Forevery x E 0 define the continuous function f = jz such that 0 f ( 5 ) 1 everywhere, f ( x ) = 0, and f ( [ ) = 1 for each 5 E c 0 . Then (5 :f ( 5 ) < 1) lies in 0 and contains x. Conversely, if for each point x of a set 0 there is a continuous function f = f , such that x E (5 :f(5) < l} s 0, then 0 is open. Hence 0 is open relative to T if and only if for every x E 0 there is a continuous function f = f , such that Proof.

<

x E(4

:f(5) < 1)

<

G 0.

This characterization of an open set depends only on the set of real-valued functions which are continuous relative to F.

202

IV. CONTINUITY

We can easily derive the following useful result: Lemma 3. If X is a (T) space, A is a closed set, and b 4 A , then there is a closed neighborhood cb of b and a real-valued continuous function cp such that 0 < ~ ( x <) 1 for every x E X , p)(a) = 1 for every a E A , and cp(x) = 0 for every x E cb . Proof. Let f denote the function in Theorem 2. We let cp = 2( f u &) - 1 so that ~ ( x = ) 2 max{f ( x ) , &} - 1 for every x E X . T h e requirements are i}. satisfied with C, = {x :f ( x )

<

The space X is a (T4) space i f and only if for every pair of disjoint closed sets A and B there exists a real-valued continuous function f such that 0 < f ( x ) 1 everywhereon X , f ( a ) = 1 forevery a E A , and f ( b ) = 0 for every b E B. Theorem 3.

<

We combine Theorem 11.9.3 and Lemma 2. It is natural to ask whether it is possible to choose the function f in Theorem 3 such that it takes the value 1 exactly on A and the value 0 exactly on B. Similar questions can be raised concerning the functions which occur in some of the earlier theorems, e.g., in Theorem 2. We shall prove that this can be done whenever every closed set can be represented as the intersection of at most denumerably many open sets. If a set A is the intersection of countably many open sets, then A is called a Ga-set. The complement of a Gd-set is called an Fa-set so that F,-sets are the unions of countably many closed sets. T h e proof is based on the following lemma which extends a well-known real variable theorem to arbitrary topological spaces: Proof.

Lemma 3. I f the sequence of the real-valued continuous functions f a ( n = 1, 2, ...) is uniformly convergent on the topological space X then the limit function f is continuous.

N , of the arbitrary point in N , . By the uniform convergence there is an index n such that I f n ( [ ) - f ( [ ) i < r / 3 for every [ in X . By the continuity off, at x there is a neighborhood N , such that f,([)- fn(x)I < 4/3 for every [ E N , . Hence if [ E N , , then Proof. The object is to find a neighborhood x E X such that I f ( [ ) - f(x)I < r for every

~

If(0 -f(4 I G I f(0 -f n ( 8 I

+I

fn(8

-

fn(4 I + I fn(4

-

f(4I < E

*

Thus f is continuous at x. Let A and B be disjoint closed sets of the (T4)space X . We prove that if A is a Gb-set, then there is a real-valued continuous function cp on X

6. Continuity and Axioms of Separation

<

2 03

<

such that 0 ~ ( x ) 1 everywhere, v ( b ) = 0 for every b E B , and q~ takes the value 1 exactly on A. For let 0, ( n = 1, 2, ...) be open neighspace by borhoods of A such that A = n 0,. Since X is a (T4) Theorem 3 there are continuous functions v, on X having the following property: 0 y,(x) 2-" everywhere, v , ( x ) = 2-" on A and ~ , ( x ) = 0 on c o n . The infinite series Z T , ( X ) is uniformly convergent ) 1 and so it defines a continuous function v. By the construction ~ ( x = only if p),(x) = 2-" for every n = 1,2, ... and so only if x E c U c 0 , = A. T h e remaining requirements are obviously satisfied. If B is also a Ga-set, +(x) 1 everywhere on X , then there is a function such that 0 +(a) = 1 for every a E A and takes the value 0 exactly on B. T h e continuous function f = *(T 1) takes the value 1 exactly on A , the value 0 exactly on B and satisfies 0 < f ( x ) 1 everywhere on X. T h e next result shows that the preceding remarks do apply in many cases:

<

<

+

+

<

<

++

<

Lemma 4. If X is metrizable then every closed set is a G8-set and every open subset is an Fa-set. Proof.

For n

Let d be a metric for 1,2, ... we define

X and let C be a nonvoid closed set.

=

1

1 for some 0, = x : x ~ Xand d ( x , c ) < n

C E Ci1

.

Then 0, is an open set containing C and so C E n 0,. If x 4 C, then C being closed there is an z > 0 such that d(x, c) 2 CI for every c E C and so x 6 0, for sufficiently high values of n = 1, 2, ... . Therefore C = n 0, and C is a Gb-set. Taking complements we see that open sets are Fa-sets. spaces in terms of continWe give one more characterization of (T4) uous real-valued functions. This result is known as Tietxe's extension theorem:

A topological space X is a (T4) space if and only if every real-valued function which is dejined and continuous on a closed subset of X has a continuous extension to the entire space X . Theorem 4.

Note. As far as the sufficiency is concerned it is sufficient to suppose that bounded continuous functions can be extended. I f f is bounded, which does not increase the least upper then there is an extension bound of the absolute value o f f on the given closed set C. Actually

+

for every

E 6 C.

I $(4) I < WIm I : x E C)

204

IV. CONTINUITY

Proof. T h e sufficiency is immediate: Let A and B be disjoint closed sets and let f be 0 on A and 1 on B. By hypothesis f can be extended to a real-valued continuous function on X . T h e open sets 0, = {x :f ( x ) < &} and OB = {x : f ( x ) > are disjoint neighborhoods of A and B , respectively. Hence X is a (T4) space. T o prove the necessity of the condition let us suppose that X satisfies axiom (T4) and f is a real-valued continuous function on the closed set C. First we suppose that f is [).(fI 1 on C. Since bounded on C, for the sake of simplicity let A = {x :f ( x ) - 33 and B = {x :f ( x ) 2 i} are disjoint closed subsets of the closed subspace C they are closed in X . Hence by Theorem 3 there is a real-valued continuous function 'p on X such that 'p(x) = on A, ~ ( x = ) on B, and I 'p(x)/ 4~ for every x E X. We let f = fo , 'p = yo , andf, = fo - 'po . By the construction we have I f,(x)I f on C. Using the same process we construct a real-valued continuous function 'plsuch that I 'pl(x)l 3 * #on X a n d I fi(x)I (#)zwheref, = f, - 'pl . In general we can determine 'pn (n = 0, 1, ...) such that I 'pn(x)I $($). on X and I fn+l(x)l ($)%+lon C where fn+l denotes fn - 'pn . We can easily see that the infinite series

a}

<

<

-5

<

<

<

< <

cPO(4

+ n ( x ) + .'. + V n ( 4 +

<

a'.

converges to a finite limit +(x) for every x E X and the limit function is continuous on X : In fact,

+

and so the series is uniformly convergent. By the preceding Lemma 3 the limit function is continuous and satisfies 1 +(x)l 1 on X . Moreover, on C we have

<

I f(4 - VOW - .*

I

I

- V n ( 4 = f"+l(X)

I < (W+l

and s o f ( x ) = +(x) on C. This shows that bounded continuous functions can be extended to the entire space without increasing the least upper bound of their absolute value. Iff is not bounded on C, it can be replaced b y g = f/(1 I f I) without destroying its continuity. Let 'p be a continuous extension of g to X such 1 for every x E X . Since 'p is continuous A = {x : 'p(x) = that I 'p(x)] fl } is closed and by I g(x)l < 1 it is disjoint from C. By the (T4) axiom there is a real-valued continuous function on X such that 0 +(x) 1 everywhere, +(a) = 0 for every a E A , and #(c) = 1 for every c E C. Thus j 'p(x)+(x)l < 1 everywhere on X and 'p(x)+(x) = g(x) on C. Hence 'p+/(l - I v+ I) is defined and is continuous on X and on C it coincides with f.

+

<

+

<

<

6. Continuity and Axioms of Separation

20 5

As an application of Theorem 3 we prove the following result which is due to C.H. Dowker:

X be a countably paracompact (T4) space. Then we have: I f h is upper semicontinuous and g is lower semicontinuous on X and if h(x) < g ( x ) for every x E X , then there is a continuous function f on X such that h(x) < f ( x ) < g ( x )for eaery x E X . By Theorems 11.5.2 and 111.7.2 the condition holds for every pseudometric space. Hence a continuous function can be inserted between any upper semicontinuous h and lower semicontinuous g satisfying the inequality h(x) < g ( x ) for every point x E X of the pseudometrizable space X. Theorem 5 . Let

Note. Dowker proves also that the conclusion implies that countably paracompact (T4)space.

X is

a

Proof. We may suppose that the ranges of h and g are subsets of [0, 13. For every rational number r E (0, I ) let 0, = {x : h(x) < r < g ( x ) ) . T h e family (0,)is a countable open cover of X.Since X is a countably paracompact (T4) space, by Exercise 111.6.12 there is a locally finite open cover {Q,} of X such that 0, G 0, for every r . Similarly there is an open cover {R,} such that R, G Q, for every rational r E (0, 1). By Theorem 3 there is a continuous function f, such that f , ( x ) = -1 if x E C Q , and f,(x) = r if x E R , . We define f by the formula f ( x ) = lub{ f , ( x ) } . T h e cover {Q,}being locally finite there is an open set 0, which meets only finitely many Q, sets. Hence the restriction of f to 0, is the maximum of finitely many continuous functions f, and so it is continuous on 0,. By Exercise 2.6 f is continuous at x relative to the entire space X . Hence f is a continuous function on X . If x E R, , then x E 0, and so f , ( x ) = r < g ( x ) . Therefore {Q,) being locally finite, f ( x ) < g(x). Moreover, {R,} being a cover of X,there is a rational r such that x E R, and so h(x) < r = f , ( x ) f ( x ) . Hence h(x) l } and 0, = {x :f ( x ) < I} are disjoint neighborhoods of A and B, respectively.

<

206

IV. CONTINUITY E X E RClSES

1. Show that the half-open interval topologies of the real line are completely regular. [Let A be closed and let x 4 A . Choose y such that [ x , y) E c A . Define f to be 1 on the complement of [ x , y ) and define f ( 6 ) = (6 - x)/(y - x ) for every 6 E [ x , y). Then f is continuous everywhere We have 0 ,< f(6) 1 relative to the half-open interval topology F+. everywhere, f(x) = 0 and f(6) = 1 for every 4 E A.]

<

2. Show that the continuous image Y = f ( X ) can be a (Ti) space where i = 0, 1, 2, 3,4, or 5 while X itself is not a (T,) space. [Let Y consist of a single pointy.] 3. Let X be completely regular, let A be compact, and let B be closed and disjoint from A . Show the existence of a real-valued continuous f on X such that 0 f(x) 1 everywhere, f is 1 on A and it is 0 on B. [Determine for every a E A a continuous fa such that 0 ,< f a ( x ) 2 everywhere, f,(a) = 2 and f a ( b ) = 0 for every b E B . We define 0, = { x : fa(x) > l} and find a finite cover of A consisting of sets 0, , If these correspond to the points a , , ..., a,, we let f = ( f a , u ... u fa,) n 1. Then f is continuous on X and has the required properties.]

<

<

<

7. Continuity and Compactness

Many important results are known on continuous functions whose domain or range is in a compact space. We collected here some of the simplest and most fundamental of these. Theorem 1. The continuous image of a compact space is compact; that is, i f f is a continuous map of X onto Y and if X is compact then

so is Y . Compactness can be replaced by countable compactness, Lindelof property, or hereditary Lindelof property.

Note.

Proof. Let {Qi}( ; € I ) be an open cover of Y and let Oi = f-l(Qi). Since the domain off is X the family (0,)( i E I ) is a cover of X and so by the compactness of X there is a finite subcover (0,) ( j E J). T h e corresponding finite family {Qc,}( j E 1)is a cover of Y because f maps X

7. Continuity and Compactness

207

onto Y and so for every y E Y there is an x E X such that y = f(x). Hence every open cover of Y contains a finite subcover. Lemma 1. The image of a compact space X under a continuous mapping of X into a Hausdorfl space Y is a closed subset of Y .

Proof. This result is an easy consequence of the preceding theorem and of Theorem 111.3.4. In fact, iff maps X into Y , then f ( X ) is a compact subspace of Y and so Y being a Hausdorff space f ( X ) is a closed set. Lemma 2. Let f be a continuous map of the compact space X into the Hausdorff space Y . Then f is a closed map.

Proof. If C 5 X is closed, then by Theorem 111.3.1 C is compact and so f(C) is compact. Since Y is a Hausdorff space by Theorem 111.3.4 f(C) is closed. Hence f maps closed sets of X onto closed sets of Y. Lemma 3. Let X be compact and let Y be a Hausdorfl space. I f f is a continuous one-to-one map of X onto Y , then f is a homeomorphism.

Proof. We must show that f is an open map. Since f is one-to-one f(0)= c f ( c 0 ) for every open set 0 c X. By the preceding lemma f ( 0 ) is open in Y .

I n the next section we shall use the following lemma: Lemma 4. Let f be a continuous map of a compact space X onto a Hausdorfl space Y . Then for every set S G X and f o r every point y E Y such that f-'(y) G Siwe h a v e y E f ( S ) i .

Proof. T h e result is an immediate consequence of Lemma 4.4 and the foregoing Lemma 2. T h e next result is not a topological theorem because it involves not only the topology of the spaces X and Y but also the specific structure which is used to define the topology on Y . If Y is the set of reals under its usual topology the result is well known: Iff is a real-valued function on the compact space X , then f is bounded on X , i.e., there is a constant M > 0 such that I f(x)I M.

<

Lemma 5. Suppose that the domain of the continuous function f is a compact space X and its range lies in a metric space Y . Then given any metric d for the topology of Y there is a positive constant M such that d( f ( x l ) ,f ( x z ) ) M for any pair of points x1 , x2 E X .

<

Note. If the domain o f f is a proper subset of the compact space

IV. CONTINUITY

208

X , the conclusion is not necessarily true. Of course, if the metric function d is bounded on Y x Y , then the conclusion is trivial. Proof. Since f is continuous at every ,$ E X there is an open set O E such that d(y, 7) 1 for every x E Oc where y = f ( x ) and 7 = f ( 4 ) . T h e family (0,) (6 E X)is an open cover of the compact space X and so there are finitely many points ..., $,, such that (0,) (i = 1, ..., n ) is a max(d(qi , 7,)) where cover of X . If we choose M so large that M >, 2 7 =f ( S ) , then the requirements are satisfied: Indeed, given x , , x2E X we have x, E Oti and x, E Of,for some indices i,j and so

<

el,

+

The above lemma can be derived in several other ways; for instance, it is a simple consequence of the following: Lemma 6. Let f : X + Y continuously where X is compact and Y is a uniform space with uniform structure V . Then for every V E V- there is a decomposition of the range o f f into finitely many sets B , , ..., B, such that (y',y " ) E V for every pair y ' , y" E B, (k = 1, ..., n).

Proof. By Theorem 1 the image space f ( X ) is compact. Thus it is sufficient to prove the following proposition: Lemma 7. If X is compact and uniformizable and U is a uniformity of its unique uniform structure, then X can be represented as the union of finitely many open sets 0, , ..., 0, such that 0, x 0, c U for k = 1, ...,n.

Determine a symmetric uniformity V such that V o V c U . By the compactness of X there are finitely many points x l , ..., x, such that the union of the open sets 0, = V[x$ is X . Since V is symmetric V[x,] x V[x,] E V o V E U and so 0, x 0, E U for every k = 1, ..., n. Proof.

I f f is a real-valued function on a compact space X , then it has a maximum and a minimum value on X .

Theorem 2.

Proof. I t is sufficient to show that a maximum exists. T h e existence of the minimum follows by considering the maximum of the function -f. By Lemma 5, f has an upper bound on X . Hence there is a least upper bound M of the function values f ( x ) ( x E X ) . We must show that f ( 6 ) = M for some point 4 E X . For every n = 1, 2, ... we can find a

7. Continuity and Compactness

209

point x,, E X such that f ( x , ) 3 M - (l/n) and by Theorem 111.1.3 the sequence (x,) ( n = 1, 2, ...) has an accumulation point [. Since f is continuous at [ for every E > 0 we can find an open set Ot such that I f([) - f(x)I < E for every x E Ot . Consequently f(5) > f ( x n ) - E for infinitely many indices n. Hence f(5) 2 M - E for every E > 0 which shows that f(5) 3 M .

If an upper (lower) semicontinuous real-valued function is constant on the complement of a compact subspace C of the domain space X , then it has a maximum (minimum) value on X.. Theorem 3.

Note. If X is compact, we can choose X itself as C. Hence iff is upper (lower) semicontinuous on a compact space, then f has a maximum (minimum) value on X . Proof. It is sufficient to prove the theorem in the special case when f is upper semicontinuous, X is compact, and C = X : I n the general case the restriction off (or -f) to C has a maximum value M on C and so the maximum o f f (or -f) on X is either M or it is the constant value of f ( o r -f) on cC. T o prove the theorem in the special case when f is upper semicontinuous and X is compact we first show that f is bounded from above. For every ( E X let the open set Od be determined such that f ( x ) < 1 f(5) for every x E Ot . Then (0,)( 5 E X ) is an open cover of X and hence there is a finite subcover, say, { O E , ,..., Of,}. Therefore we have f ( x ) < 1 max{f(ti)} for every X E X and so f is bounded from above. Let M be the least upper bound off on X . T o show that M is a function value at some point 5 E X we merely repeat the reasoning given in the proof of Theorem 2: There is a sequence of points x , (n = 1, 2, ...) with the property that f ( x n ) 2 M - ( l / n ) and since X is compact this sequence has an accumulation point t E X . By the upper semicontinuity off at 4 we have f ( x ) < f(5) E for every point x of some open set O5which may depend on E > 0. Therefore we have

+

+

+

<

+

f ( f ) c for for all but finitely many indices n. This shows that M every E > 0 and so f ( f ) = M . Any continuous one-to-one image of the interval [0, 11 is called a simple arc. By Lemma 3 all simple arcs in a Hausdorff space are homeomorphic. We give a few examples which indicate how essential is the one-to-one property of the map. The, construction of these examples is based on the following observation:

IV. CONTINUITY

210 Let

Yl

YO

yo1

YMI

YlO

yo00 yo01 yo10 yo11 Yl,

y101

Yll YllO

Ylll

.......................................................... y1111 yoooo ..................................................................... be closed sets in a compact metric space having the following properties:

(9

YfI...€,2 y€l.-*€,,o" y€l...€,,

for every n = 1, 2, ... and for every choice of the indices € 1 , .... E, = 0,l. (ii) T h e diameter of the sets approaches zero as the number of indices increases to infinity. (iii) Any two adjacent sets in the same row have a nonvoid intersection.

.

If we define Y 1 = Y o u Y , Y 2 = Yo,u Yo,u Y,, u Y,, .... then Y = n Yn is the continuous image of the interval [0, 11. Indeed, every x E [0, I] has a development x = C ~ , , 2 -where ~ for x > 0 we have E~ = . 1 for infinitely many indices k. Since the space is compact by (ii) and by Theorem 111.1.1 the intersection Y f ,n Y f l fn 2 ... consists of a single point y . We define f ( x ) = y . T h e continuity of the map f : [0, 13 + Y follows from hypotheses (i) and (ii): For if I x1 - x2 I < 2-", then the value of e l , is the same for both x, and x 2 . Hence f ( X l ) , f ( 4 E Yf,...€"-, . It is now easy to show for instance that a closed right triangle, its interior included, is a continuous image of the interval [0, 13. For let the right triangle Y be divided into two congruent triangles Yo and Y , by dropping the perpendicular from the right angle. Similarly, divide Yo and Y , into congruent triangles Yo,, Yo, and Y,, , Y,, , respectively, and label them such that Yo,and Yloare adjacent. Continue this process by constructing Yooo..... Y,,, etc. It follows that Y is the contipuous image of the interval [0,1]. It is evident that the same holds for any figure which is homeomorphic to a triangle. Hence for instance a square is the continuous image of the line segment [0, 13. Any continuous image of the closed interval [0, 11 is called a continuous curve or a Peano curve. For Peano was the first to show that the unit square is the continuous image of the segment [0, I]. As can be seen from Exercise 4.6 the square is also a one-to-one image of the segment.

....

.

Exercises

21 I

However, no one-to-one continuous map can exist between these figures because by Lemma 3 such a map would be a homeomorphism and this would contradict the result stated in Exercise 4.5. I n the next sections we shall see that continuous curves preserve a number of important properties of the line segment [0, I] such as compactness, connectedness, local connectedness, and rationality.

EXERCISES

1. A Hausdorff space X with topology F is called a minimal Hausdorff space if there exists no weaker Hausdorff topology on X than F.Prove that X is a minimal Hausdorff space if and only if continuous Hausdo& one-to-one images of X are necessarily homeomorphic images. [Suppose that X is a minimal Hausdorff space with open sets 0 E 0. Let f : X --t Y be a continuous one-to-one map. T h e setsf-'(Q) (Q E 2 ) where Q is open in Y form a Hausdorff topology on X which is at most as strong as F.Hence it is F and so every 0 is of the form 0 = f-l(Q) where Q E 2. Consequently, f ( 0 ) is open for every 0 E 0 and f is a homeomorphism. Next suppose that every continuous Hausdorff one-to-one map is a homeomorphism. Given a Hausdorff topology which is weaker than F the identity map must be continuous and so the weaker topology and F must coincide.] 2. Prove Lemma 3 by using Exercise 111.3.4. (Compare with the preceding exercise.) 3. Let 0, and 0, be the families of open sets of the topologies Fl and .7,on the set X . If 0, E 0, we say that F, is a contraction of Y2and Y, is an expansion of ,F1 . Show that no proper contraction of a compact Hausdorff space is a Hausdorff space and no proper expansion of a compact Hausdorff space is compact. (See Lemma 3 and Exercise 111.3.4.) 4. Let X be a metric space with metric d having the property that for any two distinct members of a sequence ( x n ) ( n = 1, 2, ...) we have

212

IV. CONTINUITY

d(x, , x r ) > E > 0. Show the existence of a nonbounded real-valued continuous function on X. [Let f be defined by f(x) = ( K / E ) - ( 2 k / ~ ~ ) d (xxk,) for every x E X satisfying d(x, xk) ~ / and 2 by f(x) = 0 for the remaining points of X . Then f is continuous on X and f ( x k ) = k/E for each k = 1, 2, ... .] 5. Let f map X into Y where X is a compact metric space with metric d, and Y is a metric space with metric d y . Show that i f f is continuous, then for every E > 0 there is a 6 > 0 such that d y(f(A)) < E for every A C _ X satisfying d,(A) < 6. [For every X E Xthere is a 6, > 0 such that d(x, 6) < 6, implies d(y, 7) < ~ / 2 Consider . a finite subcover of the cover {Sdz12[x]}(x E X ) which corresponds, say, to the points x1 , ..., x, . Define

<

6

= imin{6,,

, ..., Szn}.

If u E A, then there is an xi such that d(xi , u) < *axi. If d,(A) < 6, then also d x ( x i , 5) < is,, 6 6,, for every 5 E A. Hence dy(yi, 7) < 4 2 for every 6 E A and so dy(f(A)) E . ] 6 . Prove Lemma 5 by using Exercise 111.2.1 or the Corollary of Theorem 111.2.1. [Let 9 map X x X into the space of the reals as follows: 9(x1 , x2) = d( f(xl),f(x2)). Since 9 is continuous and X x X is compact, v(X x X ) is a compact set and so it is bounded.] 7. Let X and Y be metric spaces and let f map X onto Y such that compact sets of X are mapped onto compact sets of Y . Show that iff is discontinuous at a point x, then there is a sequence of distinct points x, (n = 1, 2, ...) and a point 7 # y = f(x) such that x, --f x and f(x,) = 7 for every n = 1,2, ... , [There is an open set 0, and a sequence (xn) (n = 1, 2, ...) such that x, + . x and y, = f ( x , ) 4 0, for every n = I , 2, ... . Since x, -+ x the set S = {x, xl, x 2 , ...} is compact so f(S) {y, y1 , y z ,...} is also compact. We have y n $ 0, (n = 1, 2, ...), hence f ( S ) - {y} = {yl , y2 , ...} is also compact. If f(S) - {y} were an infinite set it would contain an accumulation point, say, yln . Since S - {xlrL}is compact, f ( S ) - {y,ym>would be a compact set. However f(S)- {y} contains a convergent subsequence whose limit is y l l l . Hence f(S)- {y,yn,} cannot be compact. Thereforef(S) is finite and f(x,) is the same point 7 for infinitely many indices n = 1, 2, ... .] 8. Let X and Y be metric spaces and let f map X onto Y such that f ( C ) is compact for every compact C G X and f-l(y) is closed for every y E Y . Show that f is continuous.

+ <

<

-

213

8. Continuity and Connectedness

[This is an immediate consequence of the proposition stated in the preceding exercise: Iff is not continuous at x, then f-'(q) is not closed in X . An interesting special case is obtained by assuming that f is a one-to-one map: I f the one-to-one maps f and f-' preserve compactness, then the metric spaces X and Y are homeomorphic.] 9. Exhibit a map to show that the 1 shaped plane figure is a continuous curve. 10. Show that no continuous map of [0, I ] onto a triangle can be a one-to-one map. (If it were, Lemma 3 would apply.) 11. Let fi ,fi , ... be real-valued nondecreasing functions on a compact interval [a, b ] . Prove that if the family is uniformly bounded, then there is a subsequence which is convergent on [ a , b ] . (Let C be the set of real-valued nondecreasing functions f: [a, b] 4 [ - M , MI. Then C is a closed subspace of [ - M , in the product topology. Thus C is a compact Hausdorff space. Its sequential compactness can be proved by showing that it satisfies the first axiom of countability.) M][u9b1

8. Continuity and connectedness

A theorem in classical analysis known as the intermediate value theorem states that iff is a continuous function of a real variable on an interval [ a , b] and if f ( a ) f ( b ) , then in that interval f assumes every value 7 satisfying f ( a ) ~ . < f ( b )at least once. This theorem can be generalized in many directions but here we are interested only in the topological nature of the theorem and in purely topological generalizations of it. We describe two proofs of the intermediate value theorem. First there is the classic proof which leads to the desired result in a completely elementary way with the least use of topology. Clearly it is sufficient to show the theorem in the special case when f ( a ) < 0 < f ( b ) and 7 = 0. Otherwise f can be replaced by f - 7. Using the same halving process which we applied in Section 111.2 to prove the BolzanoWeierstrass theorem we can construct a sequence ((a,,., bk)) (K = 0, 1, ...) of nested intervals such that a, = a , b, = b, b,,. - a,,. = ( b - ~ ) 2 - ~ (K = 0, 1, ...), and f(a,,.) 0
<

<

<

< <

IV. CONTINUITY

214

however, show the topological nature of the theorem. We need Theorem 11.7.4 and the following: Lemma 1.

The continuous image of a connected space is connected.

Proof. Let f ( X ) = A v B where A and B are disjoint open sets in Y . Since f is continuous f - l ( A ) and f - ' ( B ) are open sets. They are disjoint and their union is X . By hypothesis X is connected and so f - ' ( A ) = 0 or f-'(B) = 0 . Consequently, A = 0 or B = 0 . Now let f be continuous on the interval [a, b] and let f ( a ) < f ( b ) . Then by the preceding lemma, f ( [ a , b ] ) is a connected set lying in the space of the real numbers. Hence by Theorem 11.7.4, f ( [ a , b ] ) is an interval and so it contains the closed interval [ f ( a ) ,f ( b ) ] . Therefore given any r ] in this interval there is a 5 E [a, b] such that f(5) = r ] . This topological proof can be adapted to show:

Theorem 1. A .topological space X is connected if and only if every real-valued continuous function f de$ned on X assumes for each pair of values f ( a ) < f ( b ) also every 7 satisfying f ( a ) r ] f(b).

< <

Proof. First suppose that there is a continuous f which leaves out a value r ] lying between f ( a ) and f ( b ) . Then f ( X ) is not an interval and so by the corollary of Theorem 11.7.4 it is not connected. Since the continuous image of a connected space is connected this shows that X is not a connected space. Therefore the condition is necessary. T o show its sufficiency let us suppose that X is not connected. Then there exist nonvoid open sets 0, and 0, such that X = 0, v 0, and 0, n 0, = 0 . We define f ( x ) = 1 for every X E 0, and f ( x ) = 2 for every X E 0,. Then f is a continuous function because for every X E Xthere is an open set 0, , namely, 0, or 0, according as x E 0, or x E 0, , such that f ( S ) = f ( x ) for every 5 E 0, . Since 0, and 0, are not voidfassumes the values 1 and 2 but it leaves out every 71 E (1,2). Therefore if X is not connected then the condition fails. T h e connectedness of intervals on the real line can be used in several other ways to show that a topological space X is connected. For instance we have:

Lemma 2. If X is a topological space and ;f for every pair of distinct points a, b E X there is a continuous function on a closed interval [a, p] of the real line with values in X such that f ( a ) = a a n d f ( p ) = b, then X is connected. Note.

T h e condition of this lemma is not necessary. If X satisfies the

8. Continuity and Connectedness

21 5

condition, then it is called pathwise connected. If f can be chosen a one-to-one map, then X is arcwise connected. Proof. Let us suppose that X is not connected, say X = A v B where A and B are nonvoid separated sets. Let a E A and b E B and let f be a function on an interval [or, /?I with values in X and such that f ( a ) = a, f(/?) = 6. Then the sets f([or,81) n A and f([a,81) n B are nonvoid subsets of the separated sets A and B and hence they are separated. Their union f([or, is therefore not a connected set. Since the interval [or,/?] is connected and the continuous image of a connected set is connected, we see that f cannot be a continuous function. This shows that the condition is sufficient. Extensions of these theorems can be obtained by replacing the space of reals by some other topological spaces.

)I?!,

Lemma 3. If any two points of X can be enclosed in some connected set, then X is connected. Proof. Let x E X be fixed and for every y E X let S,, be a connected subspace of X which contains the points x and y . By Lemma 11.7.2 the set U {Szu: y E X } is connected and by hypothesis it is the entire space X . Hence X is connected.

A normed vector space over a connected normed field F is connected. Note. T h e topologies of the vector space and of the normed field F are determined by metrics 11 x - y 11 and I X - p I. T h e connectedness of F is not a necessary condition. Theorem 2.

Proof. We associate with every field element X E F the vector Ax where x is an arbitrary fixed vector in X . T h e mapping f : X --t Ax is continuous because if I p - X I E , then 11 px - Ax 11 €11 x 1 . Therefore the set {Ax : X E F } is connected and it contains 0 E X. Now given any two vectors x and y the sets {Ax : X E F } and {Xy : X E F } are connected and both contain 0. Hence by Lemma 11. 7.2 the union of these sets is also connected. T h e result follows from Lemma 3. The continuous image of a locally connected space need not be locally connected. However, if the space is compact the situation is different and we have the following:

<

<

I f a Hausdorff space Y is the continuous image of a compact locally connected topological space X , then Y is locally connected.

Theorem 3. Proof.

Let f be a continuous function which maps X onto Y . Let a

IV. CONTINUITY

216

pointy E Y be given and let N , be a neighborhood of y . T h e object is to find a connected neighborhood of y which is contained in N , . We choose a point x which belongs to the inverse image of y : x ~ f - l ( y )E f-l(N,). Since f is continuous and y E N: the set f1(N,) is a neighborhood of x. By the local connectedness of X there is a connected neighborhood N , which is contained inf-l(Ny). By Lemma l,f(N,) is a connected set in Y and f(N,) E I V Y . We have x E Nzd, so y € f ( N Z i )c N , for every x ~f-l(y).Hence Lemma 11.7.2 implies that N =

u( f ( N z ):x Ef-yy)}

is a connected set in Y. We must show that y belongs to the interior of the connected set N. For this purpose we can use Lemma 7.4. T h e set S =fl(N) contains the complete inverse image of y in its interior , by our construction x E N,"' s f-l(N)i. because if x ~ f - l ( y ) then Therefore we have y ~ f ( S ) = i Ni.Thus N is a connected neighborhood of y and N s N , . This shows that Y is locally connected. T h e results of this section and the principles which we used in their proofs are special instances of important techniques and results of topology. T h e process of halving an interval has its counterpart for higher dimensional Euclidean spaces known as the elementary subdivision of a simplex. I n the plane for instance a simplex is a triangle and by its elementary subdivision we understand a subdivision into four triangles such that the three new vertices are the midpoints of the sides of the original triangle. T h e process of halving an interval is a special case of another operation on simplices which is called the baricentric subdivision of a simplex. In the plane for example the baricentric subdivision of a triangle consists of the six triangles obtained by connecting its vertices and the midpoints of its sides to the center of the triangle. T h e Corollary of Theorem 11.7.4 implies: If a point is omitted from the real line, then the remainder is not connected but consists of two components and both of these are homeomorphic to the real line and their common boundary is the omitted point. This has important generalizations for the Euclidean plane and also for the n-dimensional Euclidean space known as the Jordan curve theorem and the JordanBrouwer theorem. Let f be a continuous function of a real variable which maps the interval [-1, +1] onto itself. Since f(xl) = -1 and f ( x 2 ) = + 1 for xl, x2 < 1 we see that either ~ ( x )= f ( x ) - x some points -1 vanishes for x = x1 or x = x 2 , or takes on both positive and negative values in [-1, +1]. If we apply the intermediate value theorem to q we obtain a point x such that ~ ( x = ) f ( x ) - x = 0. Hence i f f is a

<

Exercises

217

+

continuous map of the closed interval [ - 1, 13 onto itself, then there is a fixed point, that is, a point x E [-1, $11, such that f(x) = x. T h e same proposition holds even iff is not surjective. Instead of the interval [-1, +1] we can consider a disk in the Euclidean plane or more I} in the n-dimensional Euclidean space generally the ball {x : 11 x /I and ask whether or not every continuous map of this set into itself has a fixed point. T h e affirmative answer to this question is given by the Brouwer $xed point theorem.

<

EXERCISES

1. Show that every polynomial function with real coefficients and of odd degree has a real root. 2. Prove the following statement: Let X be connected and let Y , and Y , be separated sets in Y . I f f maps X continuously into Y and if f(xl) E Y , and f(x,) E Y , for suitable xl , x, E X,then there is a point x E X such thatf(x) $ Y , u Y , . [By Lemma 1 the setf(X) is connected.] 3. Show that a metric space X can be connected only if it contains exactly one element or if it contains more then denumerably many elements. [Let a E X . T h e function d, : d,(x) = d(a, x) (x E X ) is continuous and so its image d,(X) is a connected set in the space of the reals. Hence either d,(X) consists of the single point 0 or it is an interval and so X is not countable.] 4. Give a simple proof of the following proposition: Iff is a continuous open map of the locally connected space X onto the space Y , then Y is locally connected. [Let y = f ( x ) and let N , be a neighborhood of y . Then f-'(N,) is a neighborhood of x and so there is a connected neighborhood N , contained ) Nvand f being open f ( N z ) is a connected inf-l(N,). Then y E ~ ( N ,E neighborhood of y.] 5 . Give an example of a connected, locally connected but not arcwise connected Hausdorff space. 6. Show by an example that the condition given in Theorem 2 is not necessary. (Let X be the space of reals normed as usual and let F be the field of the rational numbers.) 7. Let C denote the cross C = { ( f ,0 ) : I t I l} u ( ( 0 , ~ ): I 7 I l} and let f ( C ) be a homeomorphic image of C in the same plane. Define

<

<

218

IV. CONTINUITY

the distance d(i,f) = lub[d(p, f ( p ) ) : p E C } and show that if d(i,f) < 1, then C and f ( C ) intersect. , : I 5 I l} under f belongs entirely to the [The image of { ( I 0) rectangle {(t, 7) : 1 5 I 2 and I q I 1) and it intersects both

<

<

R, ={(S,7): - 2 <

<

6 < O and

171

< 1)

and R,

= {(S, 7) : 0


and 17 I

< 1)-

<

Since R, and R, are separated while the image of {(I,0) : I I I I} is connected this image must intersect the segment ((0, v) : 1 v 1 l} which is a part of C.] 8. Let X be a locally connected metric space and let f map X onto the metric space Y such that compact sets are mapped onto compact sets and connected sets onto connected sets. Use the result stated in Exercise 7.7 to show that f is continuous. [Suppose that f is discontinuous at x. Denote by x , ( n = 1,2, ...) and q the points described in Exercise 7.7. Since X is locally connected at x and x, -+ x there is a subsequence (xnJ and connected neighborhoods NZk(k = 1, 2, ...) such that xnk E NZk E S,,,[x]. We have y , v E f(Nzk) and so by the connectedness of f ( N z k ) and Exercise 3 we can determine a point 7, = f(&) where Ik E NZksuch that 0 < d ( v k , 7) < l/k. T h e set { x , , I2, ...} is compact but its image { y , , q, , ...} is not.]

<

9. Continuity in Product Spaces

Several theorems on the continuity of functions from a product of topological spaces into another topological space are of general interest. T h e simplest concerns the restriction of such functions to various subproducts: Theorem 1. Let X = Il Xi be the product of an arbitrary family { X , } ( ~IE) of topological spaces and let f be a function from X into a

topological space Y . Denote by 9 the function from a subproduct into Y defined by the rule

Xi,

db,))=mi)) where xi for i # ii is a fixed point of X i and xi, for each j varies over Xi, . Then the continuity o f f at a point ( x i ) implies that q~ is continuous at the corresponding (xi,).

9. Continuity in Product Spaces

219

Proof. Consider the subspace S formed by points f whose i,th coordinates are arbitrary for every j E J but every other coordinate ti coincides with the ith coordinate xi of the point x = ( x i ) . T h e restriction off to this subspace S is continuous at x. However, by Theorem 1.1 1.2, S is homeomorphic to the subproduct IIXi, and at the corresponding points f and q have the same function values. Therefore q is continuous at the point (xij). Simple applications of this theorem frequently occur in the theory of functions of several real variables: For instance, f with f((xl , x2)) = xlxz x22is continuous and so q~ with q ( x z ) = 3x2 x: is a continuous function of the real variable x 2 . One can raise the question whether the continuity of all restrictions off to proper subproducts would imply the continuity of the function f itself. This need not be the case even if the product space X has only a finite number of factors. For example, let f be the real-valued function of the real variables x1 and x2 such that f((0,O))= 0 andf((xl , x2)) = x1x2/(x12 xz2)for every (xl , x2) # (0,O). Then the restrictions off to points with x1 = 0 or to points with x2 = 0 vanish identically and so these are continuous functions. However, f is discontinuous at (0, 0) because f ( ( x , x)) = for every x # 0. T h e next theorem is a convenient tool in proving theorems such as the continuity of the sum of continuous functions. It also gives us a deeper insight to the older proofs of these theorems and leads to important new mathematical concepts.

+

+

+

Theorem 2. Let X , Yi ( i E I ) , and 2 be topological spaces. Let f i ( i E I )

be functions from X into Yi which are continuous at a $xed x E X and let g be a function from Y = I 3Yiinto Z which is continuous at the point y = (yi) where y i = f i ( x ) . Then the composite function h defined by h ( f ) = g ( ( v i ) ) = g(( fi(()) is continuous at x. Proof. Let an open set 0, be given in 2 such that it contains x = h(x). T h e object is to find an open set 0, in X with the property that h ( 0 , ) c 0, , Sinceg is continuous at y -- (yi)there is an 0, in Y = Yi such thatg(0,) 5 0, . By the definition of the product topology there are lO,, s 0, and all but finitely many open sets O!,#E Yi such that I factors satisfy Yi = O,,, . As fi is continuous at x we can find an open set OEi E X such thatfi(OZi) c O,, . For all but finitely many factors we may choose OZi = X . Then 0, = n OXicontains only a finite number of distinct factors and so 0, is an open set in X . Now if 6 E 0, , then f E OXifor every i E I , hence fi(f ) E O,, and so ( fi(5)) E 0, which shows that h ( f ) E 0,. Therefore 0, is an open set containing x with the property that h ( 0 , ) E 0,. This shows that h is continuous at x.

n

220

IV. CONTINUITY

We choose X, Yi (i = 1, ..., n), and 2 to be the space of reals under the usual topology. For g we choose the linear function g((yJ)=yl ... y, which is clearly continuous on Yl x ... x Y , . An application of the theorem gives: If the functionsfl , ...,f , of a real variable are continuous at x, then their sum fl ... f n is also continuous at x. If we choose the continuous g by g((yd))= y1 ...y n , then we obtain the corresponding theorem on the continuity of the product of continuous functions. Similarly, if we let g be Ay, I y I, y u 0 = max{y, 0}, and y n 0 = min {y, 0}, we see that Af, 1 f I, f + = f u 0, and f- =f n 0 are continuous at every point where f is continuous. It is easy to find natural conditions such that the preceding theorems on the continuity of sums and products can be generalized. First it is necessary that sums and products be meaningful, so for instance we can assume that Y is a semigroup, i.e., an associative binary operation is defined on Y with values in Y. In order to assure the continuity of the product fl ...f , of continuous functions f l , ...,f , : X --t Y at a point x E X, it is sufficient to suppose that y1 ... yn maps Y x ... x Y continuously into Y. Since the operation is associative we may restrict ourselves to a product of two factors:

+ +

+ +

Lemma 1. If a topological space Y is a semigroup such that the product ylyz maps Y x Y continuously into Y , then y1 ... yn is a continuous mapping from Y x ... x Y into Y for every n 1. Proof. For n = 1 the result is trivial and for n = 2 it reduces to the hypothesis. For n > 2 we apply induction: Let

Y = Y1 ...Yn

= (Yl

3%-1)

Yn = r’m

where y’ = y1 ... ynP1. Given 0, by hypothesis there are open sets 0,. and OUnsuch that q’y, E 0, for every q’ E 0,. and q n E OUn. By the induction hypothesis we can find open sets OU1,..., OYn-lsuch that ql ... qn-l E 0,’ whenever ql E OUl, ..., qn-l E O,n-l. Hence if q1 E OU1 ..., qn-l E OUn-:and q n E 0,” , then 71 = (ql ... qnL1)qn E 0,. Therefore ql ... qll is continuous at y1 ... yn . T h e continuity of y o 2 depends on both the algebraic and the topological structure of the set Y and it must be verified in each specific instance. A mathematical system which is both a semigroup and a topological space and in which yly2 is continuous is called a topological semigroup. These are among the simplest of the so-called topological algebraic structures. We conclude this section with the proof and applications of the following simple theorem:

9. Continuity in Product Spaces

22 I

Let X , ( s E S ) and Y , ( s E S ) be topological spaces and let X,s continuously onto Y , .for every s E S. Then the function f: X, II Y , defined by f ( ( x s ) ) = ( j * ( x s ) ) maps the product Il X , continuously onto Y,q. Theorem 3.

-

iv map

n

Proof. Given x = (xa) and a neighborhood N , of y = (y,) = f ( x ) = f ( ( x X ) ) = (fX(x,J) we wish to determine N , such that f ( N x ) _c N , . We

can find open sets OU8(s E S ) with the property that OU8= X , for all but finitely many indices s and 0,.E N , , Since f s : X , Y,is continuous at x, an open set Ox, can be determined such that f(0,d)G Ov a. If O,* = X , s , we may choose Or#= X,v. Then N , = is an open neighborhood of x and clearly f ( N , ) s Il OvaE N , , As usual, we denote by X s the product n X , where X , = X for every index s E S . Then we have the following:

n

--f

Corollary. If Y is the continuous image of X , then Y s is the continuous image of X s . T h e map f constructed in the last theorem is a surjective and injective providedj, is a one-to-one transformation of X , onto Y , for every s E S . Moreover, if I,,and are continuous functions, then by the theorem f and f-' are both continuous. This shows that the product topology has the following invariant property: Theorem 4.

If X , and Y , are homeomorphic for every

n X , and n Y , are homeomorphic spaces.

SE

S , then

Moreover, we have:

Theorem 5.

and if card S

If all factor spaces X , (sES)and Y , (ISEX) are homeomorphic =

card

2, then

X , is homeomorphic to

n Y, .

Proof. By the preceding theorem it is sufficient to investigate the special case when X , = Y , = X for every s E S and a E Z where X is a fixed topological space. If q~ : S --t Z is a one-to-one correspondence (xq(,)) is a one-to-one between the index sets S and 2, then f : (xJ X , onto rI Y , which leads to a one-to-one correspondence map of between their open sets. For f gives a one-to-one m a p between the generalized cubes O,,,and 0, where 0, = X and 0, = X for all but finitely many indices. As an application of Theorem 3 we shall prove that the n-dimensional unit cube In, where I = [O, 13, is the continuous image of the interval I for every n = 1, 2, .,. . This gives a generalization of the result which we discussed at the end of Section 7 and it shows that not only the unit square but any one of the s e t s P ( n >, 1) can be considered as a continuous

-

n

n

IV. CONTINUITY

222

curve, Moreover, it turns out that I x I x which is homeomorphic to the Hilbert cube

H=

I

x : x = (xn)

where

1 x,, I < n-1

... is also a continuous curve for every n = 1,2, ... 1

I'

The topology of H is of course the induced topology of the separable Hilbert space so that d(x, y) = I/ x - y 11 where I( x = xp x: ... . Using earlier results it follows that H is compact, connected, and locally connected. First we define what is meant by the Cantor set or by the triadic set of Cantor: This is a noncountable subset P of the interval [0, 13, namely, it consists of all real numbers x which can be represented in the form x = C E , ~ - ,where E, = 0 or 2 for every n = 1, 2, ... . Although we speak about the Cantor set P it is understood that P is topologized by the induced topology of the reals. It is easy to see that P is a closed subset of the space of real numbers: For if x E [0, 13 but x 4 P, then in all possible triadic developments of x there is an E, = 1. But E, = 1 for every 5 satisfying x - 6 < 5 < x 6 where 6 > 0 is sufficiently small and so (x - 6, x 6) 5 c P . I t is clear that every neighborhood of a point x E P contains uncountably many other points of P. Hence the Cantor set is a perfect set.

+ +

+

+

Lemma 2. The triadic set of Cantor is homeomorphic to the product space X" = X x X x ... where X is a set of two elements topologized by the discrete topology. Proof. We choose X = (0, 2). If p E Xw, then p = ( e l , E ~ ...) , where clt = 0, 2 (n = 1, 2, ...). We define f ( p ) = C.E,~-, so that f : X w -+P

gives a one-to-one correspondence between X w and P. T h e map f is continuous because given E > 0 and f ( p ) E P there is an index n such that we have 1 f ( q ) - f(p)I < E for every q = (vl, q 2 , ...) satisfying v1 = , ...,7, = E , . Moreover, if c is sufficiently small, then 1 f(p) - f(q)l < E implies that the first n terms of the triadic development of f(q) are the same as the corresponding terms in the development of f ( p ) . Hence f-I is also continuous and X" and P are homeomorphic. (Since P is a Hausdo& space and X u is compact the continuity of f-' can be seen also by applying Lemma 7.3.) Lemma 3.

The closed interval I = [0, 13 is a continuous image of the

Cantor set P. Proof. We map x = Z ~ ~ 3 E- nP into f ( x ) = Z(&,)2-" is continuous and every point of I is an image point.

E I . Then f

223

Exercises We need one more lemma:

Lemma 4. For every n = 1, 2, ... and f o r every topological space X the ure homeomorphic. spaces X w ,(XW).,and (Xw)c,J Proof. We show that X" and (Xw)" are homeomorphic by exhibiting a bicontinuous one-to-one map as follows: If x = ((xrnn)) = ((XtnY, (Xn,'),

...) E WW)",

then we define cp(x) = (x,,,J (m, n = 1, 2, ...) by setting x, = x,,?. By Theorem 5 the nature of the denumerable index set is irrelevant, hence (XW)"is homeomorphic to X".T h e homeomorphism of ( X u ) , and X" can be proved similarly. Now we can draw some interesting conclusions: Since I = [0, 11 is the continuous image of the Cantor set P, by the corollary of Theorem 3, In and Pn (Iw and P)are related in a similar way. However, P is of the form X" and so by the last lemma Pn and Pw are homeomorphic to P. Consequently the n-dimensional unit cube In and also the infinitedimensional product I" are continuous images of the Cantor set P . Moreover, we see that every I" (n = 1, 2 , ...) and also Zw are continuous curves. For P is a continuous image of the interval I under the map C. 6n2-n + C. 2r,3-" where E , = 0 or 1. EXERCISES

1. Show that the graph of a continuous functionf : X --t Y considered as a subspace of the product space X x Y is homeomorphic to the domain space X . [Let F denote the graph off. T h e one-to-one map cp : F -+ X given by the formula cp((x,y)) = cp((x,f(x)) = x is a homeomorphism: For given (x, y) E F and a neighborhood N , we have cp(F n ( N , x Y ) )= N , where F n ( N Z x Y ) is a neighborhood of (x, y) in F. T h e continuity of f is used in the proof of the continuity of y-l: Given a neighborhood of the form F n ( N Z x N u ) of (x, y ) E F there is a neighborhood 0, E N , of x in X such that f ( 0 , ) E N , . Hence cp-l(O,) G F n ( N , x N,).] 2. Let X, and Y , be homeomorphic for every S E S .Show that X, and Y , are homeomorphic spaces. the Boolean products (The map constructed in Theorem 3 is one-to-one provided fs is one-to-one for every s E S. By a similar proof f and f-' are continuous if every f, and f;l is continuous.) 3. Show that if Y = Xw,then X x Y is homeomorphic to Y .

n

224

IV. CONTINUITY

4. Let X, = X for every s E S where X is a fixed HausdorfT space and let I be the diagonal set I = {(x,) : x, = x for every s E S for some x E X}.Show that I is a closed set in X,which is homeomorphic to [We show that cI is open: If (x,) E cI, there are sl, s2 E S such that xsl # x , ~ . Let the open sets O,,and O,z be disjoint neighborhoods of x , ~and xsn,respectively. T h e cylinder Z(sl , 0,)n Z(s, , 0,)does not intersect I. A homeomorphism is given by the map (x,) + x where x denotes the common value of the projection of (x,) into the factor spaces X,.] 5. Let X be the space of irrational numbers. Show that X u is homeomorphic to X. (By Exercise 1.12.3 X is homeomorphic to a product space of the form

n

x.

Y”.) 6. Let the topology on I = [0, 11 be the usual topology of the reals. Show that I” is homeomorphic to the Hilbert cube. [Let I, = [0, l/n] be topologized by the usual topology of the reals. T h e object is to show that the topology induced on H = II I, by the metric I( x - y 11 is the product topology. T h e induced topology is clearly at least as fine as the product topology. T h e converse follows from the inequality N

7. Let the real-valued function f be defined on the interval (0, 1) by the formula f(x) = lim sup(cl ... en)/2n

+ +

where x = ZeE,3-,, E , = 0, 1, or 2, and E , # 0 for infinitely many indices n = 1, 2, ... . Show that J’ = (0, 1) x (0, 1). [Given 6 E (0, 1) we can bring x into any neighborhood of 6 by fixing finitely many indices E,, in a suitable way. Given 7 E (0, 1) we can make f ( x ) = 7 by choosing the remaining en’s suitably.] 10. Uniform Continuity and Equicontinuity

Uniform continuity is one of the most important concepts of classical analysis. A function f of a real variable is called uniformly continuous on a set S if for every > 0 there is a 6 > 0 with property that I f ( x l ) - f(x2)I < z for every pair of points xl, x2 in S which satisfy

10. Uniform Continuity and Equicontinuity

225

1 x1 - x2 1 < 6. For functions of a complex variable and for functions whose domain and range is a metric space the definition is analogous. It is obvious from the definition that uniform continuity is a property which is stronger than the continuity of the restriction off to S in the topological sense: If f is uniformly continuous, then given any x E S there is a 6 > 0 such that 1 f ( 5 ) - f(x)1 < E for every 5 E S satisfying I 5 - x 1 < 6. T h e point in the definition of uniform continuity is that such a value of 6 can be determined without first specifying x. T h e difference between topological continuity and uniform continuity is deeper than appears at first sight. Topological continuity is a purely topological concept and as such it is determined by the topologies of the domain and the range. Although some special concepts which are used to describe these topologies might appear in the definition of topological continuity, these concepts are used only for convenience. For instance, as long as it generates the same topology, a change in the metric does not affect the continuity of a function. Uniform continuity on the other hand is not a topological concept but depends intrinsically on the metrics or other structures which are used to determine the topologies of the domain space X and of the range space Y . There are only a few special cases when the two notions of continuity coincide. T h e true importance of uniform structures is that they can be used to define uniform continuity for a wider class of topological spaces than the class of metric spaces: Definition 1. Let X and Y be sets and let % and V be uniform structures for X and Y , respectively. A function f from X into Y is called uniformly continuous on a set S G X with respect to the uniform structures %! and V iffor every V E V there is a U E %such that (yl,y2)= (f ( x l ) ,f ( x 2 ) )E V whenever x1 , x2 E S and (xl , x2) E U. There are a number of equivalent definitions and there are also several useful criteria for uniform continuity. Of these we mention the following one which concerns the whole space X : Lemma 1. A function f is uniformly continuous on the space X with respect to the uniform structures % and V if and only if the sets

f-’(V = Ux1

I

.2)

: x1 , x2 E

x

and

(f(Xl),f(.Z))

E

v

belong to %for every V E V sof a subbase V sfor V . Proof. I f f is uniformly continuous on X with respect to %! and “Y, then for every V E V there is a U E % such that (yl,y 2 )E V for every xI , x2 E X satisfying (xl , x2) E U. Thus U is contained in f-l( V ) and so

226

IV. CONTINUITY

by axiom (U.2) the set f-’(V) belongs to 9. Conversely, if f-’(V) belongs , by (U.2) and (U.3) the same holds for to 9 for every V E Y ~then every V E Y and sofis uniformly continuous on X . It is easy to verify that the sets f-’(V) ( V E Y ) form a base for a uniform structure independently whether f is continuous or not. Indeed, it is simple to check that f-’(V) nf-’(W ) = f-1( V n W ) j - 1 ( V)-1

and if W o W

= j-1(

V-1)

for any V , W E “Y, for every V E V ,

c V E Y ,then also

f-y W )0 j-1( W ) G j-l( V ) . T h e uniform structure generated by the base {f - l ( V ) }( V E Y )is called the inverse image of Y under f and is denoted by f-’(V).An immediate consequence of Lemma 1 is the following: Lemma 2. A function f :X + Y is uniformly continuous with respect to the uniform structures @ and Y if and only i f f - l ( Y ) 9. T h e relationship between uniform continuity and topological continuity is the same as in the special case of metric spaces:

<

I f f is uniformly continuous on the set S with respect to the uniform structures 9 and V ,then the restriction o f f to S is continuous with respect to the uniform topologies associated with the structures 42 and V . Theorem 1.

Proof. We first notice that { U n ( S x S ) }( U E @) is a uniform structure for the uniform topology of the subspace S. Given any V E Y there is a U E 9/ such that ( y l , y z )E V for every x 1 , x2 satisfying (xl, xz) E U n (S x S ) and so f( U n ( S x S ) [ x ] ) c V [ y ] for every x E S. This means that f is continuous at x with respect to the filters {( U n ( S x S ) ) [ x ] }( U E @) and { V [ y ] }( V E Y ) . Since these are the neighborhood filters .A’*(x) and A ” ( y )relative to the uniform topologies associated with @ and V the function f is continuous at x. There are many simple examples which show that continuity with respect to the uniform topologies associated with the uniform structures q/ and ,f does not imply uniform continuity. As a matter of fact, we can find uniformizable spaces X and Y and functions f from X into Y such that f is uniformly continuous with respect to some uniform structures @ a n d , f , b u t these structures can be replaced by others yielding the same topologies and such that the uniform continuity no longer holds. (See the exercises at the end of this section.)

10. Uniform Continuity and Equicontinuity

227

Some of the most useful results on uniform continuity are those theorems which assert that certain continuous functions are necessarily uniformly continuous. T h e best known among these concerns continuity on compact spaces. By Theorem 111.3.8 at most one uniform structure is compatible with the topology of such a space. This uniqueness property does not a priori imply that continuous functions should be uniformly continuous, nevertheless, we have the following: Theorem 2. Let X be a compact uniform space with uniform structure @ and let Y be a uniform space with a uniform structure ,f.I f f : X + Y

is continuous relative to the uniform topologies associated with @ and Y , then f is uniformly continuous relative to these uniform structures. Theorem 111.3.8 is included as a simple corollary. For we have the following: Lemma 3. If @ and $-' are uniform structures for X s u c h that the identity map f : x 4 f ( x ) = x is uniformly continuous with respect to % and Y , thenY @.

<

Proof. This is a special case of the last lemma but it is simpler to give a direct proof. Given any V E Y, by the definition of the uniform continuity there is a U E G2 such that U E V . Hence V E @ and Y @. Now if o)/ and Y are both compatible with a compact topology given on a set X , then by Theorem 2 the identity map is uniformly continuous relative to q/ and V and also relative Y and @. Hence by the lemma we Y. have 9'" 4Y and also q/ T h e proof of Theorem 2 is a straightforward generalization of the proof of Theorem 111.3.8 and the same method can be used to obtain the following extension:

<

<

<

Let f be a continuous function from one uniform space X into another uniform space Y . I f f is constant on the complement of a closed compact set, then j is uniformly continuous with respect to any pair of uniform structures 071 and Y compatible with the topologies of X and Y , respectively. Proof. Given V E V we choose a symmetric uniformity W such that W c W s V . By the continuity of f , for every point x of the given closed compact set S there is a U , E @ so that f(U,[x]) E W [ y ] . We choose a symmetric T , satisfying T, o T, E U , . T h e family of open neighborhoods T,[x]i ( x E S ) is a cover of the compact space S and so there is a finite subcover, say T S , [ x J i ,..., T,,n[x,,r]i.We let Theorem 3.

U = T Z l n... n T Z m .

228

IV. CONTINUITY

We are going to prove that (vI, q2) E V whenever (5, , g2) E U: If q1 = r ] , and so (q1, q2) E V . For any point t1 E S we can find an index i such that ( f1 , xi) E Tzi . Now if 5, is a second point in X such that (Il , 5.J E U , then by U G T,, we have

5, , f 2 # S , then

(4, 42) E Tzi 0 u G Tz, 0 Tz, E u s , * Therefore by the definition of Uxi we see that ( y c , q2) E W. Similarly (4, , x i ) E T,, E Uxi implies that (vl ,y r ) E W and so (xi 9

42) = ( x i

(r]1,72)

9

41) 0

9

=(%jydo(yijr]d

= w0

5

v*

Hence f is uniformly continuous on X . This is perhaps the proper time to introduce the notion of equicontinuity of a family of functions. First consider a family E of real-valued functions on a topological space X . If every f E E is continuous at x E X , then given E > 0 there is a neighborhood N,' of x such that I r ] - y I < E for every 5 E N,'. In general the neighborhood N,t depends not only on the choice of E but also on the function f E E. T h e family E is called equicontinuous at x if there is a neighborhood N , such that I r ] - y I < E for every 5 E N , and for every f E E. T h e equicontinuity of a family E at a point x is not a topological property. For when we fix E > 0 we are really specifying a uniformity U , of the usual uniform structure of the reals and this uniformity plays a vital part in the definition of equicontinuity. This will be clear from the following more general and precise: Definition 2. Let E be a family of functions f which map a topological space X into a uniform space Y with uniform structure Y . The family E is called equicontinuous at the point x E X relative to the topology of X and the uniform structure Y if for every V E 9'-there is a neighborhood N , such that (7,y ) = ( f ( S ) ,f ( x ) ) E V for every f E E and 5 E N , . If E is equicontinuous at every point x of a set S , then the family E is called equicontinuous on S . It is clear that if E is an equicontinuous family, then every f E E is continuous at x relative to the topology of X and the uniform topology associated with V . On the other hand, we can easily find uniform structures V1and -tr, both compatible with the usual topology of the reals and a family E of real-valued continuous functions of a real variable such that E is equicontinuous at a point x with respect to 71rl but not equicontinuous relative to V 2 .Every finite family of continuous functions is equicontinuous relative to every uniform structure compatible with the topology of the range space Y . More generally the union of finitely many equicontinuous families is equicontinuous.

229

Exercises

Equicontinuous families play the main role in Arzeld’s theorem:

Let ( f , , ) ( n = 1, 2, ...) be (I sequence of real-valued continuous functions on a closed interval [ a , b] subject to the conditions: (i) the fainily { f r i }( n = 1, 2, ...) is eqziicontinuous; (ii) there is a bound M > 0 such that f,,(x)l < M f o r every n = 1, 2, ... and for every x E [ a , b ] .

Theorem 4.

~

Then there is a subsequence ( fiL,)( k = 1, 2, ...) of ( f , ) which is uniformly convergent oz the interval [ a , b ] . This is a very useful theorem and it has many interesting applications. A careful analysis shows that both the hypotheses and the conclusion are essentially statements of topological gr uniform nature: Let S and Y be topological spaces and let C ( S , Y ) denote the set of all those continuous functions which map S into Y . We assume that Y is uniformizable and a uniform structure %/ is actually given. In the next section we shall introduce a topology on the set C(S, Y ) called the topology of uniform convergence. This topology depends not only on the spaces S and Y but also on the choice of the uniform structure V . Arzela’s theorem can be interpreted in terms of the topology of uniform convergence.and the new theorem, known as Ascoli’s theorem can be generalized in several directions. Briefly, Ascoli’s theorem gives a necessary and sufficient condition that a family of functions f : S -+Y be a compact set of C ( S , Y ) when S is compact and C ( S , Y ) is topologized by the topology of uniform convergence relative to V , We shall see that the new conditions are modifications of Arzeli’s (i) and (ii). EXERCISES

1. Show that if the real-valued functions f and g are uniformly continuous on the set S with respect to some uniform structure, then f g is also uniformly continuous on S. [Use the inequality

+

+

I (f(4 + g(4) - M Y ) + d Y ) ) I G I f(4 -f(r)I I g(4 - g(Y) I .I 2 . Let f be a real-valued function on X with uniform structure @ such that for every E > 0 there is a uniformly continuous g satisfying I f ( x ) - g(x)l < E everywhere on X . Show that f is uniformly continuous. [This follows from the inequality

If(4 -f(Y) I G If(.) See also Lemma 11.4.1

-g(4

I + I&)

-dY)

I + I d Y ) -.f(Y)

I

*

IV. CONTINUITY

230

3. Show that if the real-valued uniformly continuous functions

f and g are bounded, then fg is uniformly continuous. [We have the inequality

4. Let f be a real-valued function which is uniformly continuous on

X relative to @. Suppose that If(x)l >, Q for some E > 0 and for every x E X.Show that l/fis uniformly continuous on X relative to @,

5. Show that iff and g are uniformly continuous real-valued functions, then f u g = max{ f,g} andf n g = min{ f, g} are uniformly continuous. [Verify the inequality

6. Show that every continuous periodic real-valued function of a real variable is uniformly continuous on the space of real numbers. (Let p > 0 be a period off. By Theorem 2 f is uniformly continuous on [ - p , p ] . If I x1 - x2 < p we can find an integer n such that xi np E [ - p , p ] (i = 1,2).)

I

+

7. A real number p > 0 is called an almost period relative to the allowance Q > 0 of the real-valued function f of a real variable if I f ( x p ) - f ( x ) l < E for every number x. T h e functionfis ulmost periodic if for every E > 0 there is a length 1 > 0 such that in every interval of length 1 one can find a number p which is an almost period relative to Q . Show that every continuous almost periodic function is bounded. (By Theorem 7.2fis bounded on the interval [0, 2] where 1 is a length which corresponds to = 1. Given any real number x, the interval [-x, 1 - x] contains an almost periodp relative to 1. Hence

+

+

Since x p belongs to [0, 11 we have I f(x)I is a bound off in [0, 11.)

< 1+M

where M

>0

8. Show that every continuous almost periodic function is uniformly continuous on the space of reals. [Given Q > 0 we determine a length 1 which corresponds to the I] allowance 43. By Theorem 2 f is uniformly continuous on [- 1, 1

+

23 I

Exercises

and so there is a small 6 > 0 such that I f(xl) - f(x2)1 < ~ / whenever 3 xl, x2 are in [-1, I I] and 1 x1 - x2 1 < 6. We prove that

+

<

for every pair of real numbers satisfying 1 - (, I < 6 1: For let p be an almost period relative to the allowance ~ / 3in the interval [-tl , 1 - (,I. Then x1 = t1 p belongs to [0, 11 and x2 = E, p belongs to [- 1, 1 I]. Hence

+

If(&)- f ( 5 2 ) I

+

+

If(&) -f(4I + If("%)-f(x2) I + If(X2)

-m,>I -=c

6.1

9. Find two metrics d, and d, compatible with the usual topology of the real numbers such that some continuous functions of a real variable are uniformly continuous with respect to d, but not with respect to d , when the range space is uniformized by its usual structure. [Let dl(x, y ) = 1 x - y 1 and d,(x, y ) = I x3 - y3 1. These metrics induce the same topology on the set of reals. T h e functionf : x + x3 is uniformly continuous with respect to d, but it is not uniformly continuous with respect the uniform structure generated by d, .] 10. Find a family E of functions of a real variable and uniform structures Yel and V , for the space of reals such that E is equicontinuous relative to Yl but not equicontinuous relative to V , . 11. Let d be a metric for the metric space X and let d, for every x E X be the real-valued function defined by d,(y) = d ( x , y ) ( y E X ) .

Show that the family {ds} (x E X ) is equicontinuous on X relative to d and the usual structure of the range space. 12. Let X be the set of all homeomorphisms of a compact plane set C into the same plane. X can be metrized as follows:

<

<

Show that if C = {(t,0) : 1 4 I l} u ( ( 0 , ~:)17 1 l}, then X is separable. [Consider the set of those homeomorphic imagesf(C) which have the following properties: f ( C ) is the union of finitely many closed straight line segments all of whose end points have rational coordinates. These images yield a denumerable dense subset of X.]

13. A plane set S is called a tamely imbedded cross if there is a homeomorphism f of the entire plane onto itself which maps the cross C onto S. Show the following: Given any tame crossf(C) there is an E > 0

232

IV. CONTINUITY

such that every other tame cross g ( C ) satisfying d ( f ( C ) , g ( C ) ) < z intersects f( C). [Consider the restriction of the map f-' to f ( C ) u g ( C ) . Since this restriction has a compact domain f-' is uniformly continuous. Hence there is an z > 0 such that d ( p , f - ' ( g ( p ) ) ) < 1 whenever

T h e image ( g of-') (C) = f - l ( g ( C ) ) is a tame cross such that d(i, g o f-l) < 1 where i : C + C i s the identity map. Now Exercise 8.7 can be applied.] 14. Show that it is not possible to embed in a plane more than denumerably many disjoint tamely embedded crosses. [By Exercise 12 and Lemmas 11.12.2 and 11.12.4 the set X of tamely embedded crosses is a hereditary Lindelof space. Hence by Exercise 11.12.7, every noncountable set Y of tame crosses contains an accumulation point, sayf(C). By Exercise 13, crossesg(C) €9which are sufficiently close tof(C) intersectf(C) and so Y is not a disjoint family.]

11. The Topology of Uniform Convergence

Let S be an arbitrary nonvoid set and let Xs = IIX , where X , for every s E S denotes the same fixed nonvoid set X. T h e elements of X s can be interpreted as functions x : S + X or as points of the product set IIX,. Since later in this section we shall assume that both S and X are topological spaces it is better to visualize these functions by their graphs. A great deal of work in modern analysis concerns the study of various topological spaces formed on sets of functions x E X s . Two such topologies were introduced earlier in Chapter I: Assuming that a topology is given on X we can introduce on Xsthe product topology or the Boolean product topology. If X is uniformizable, so are the product and the Boolean product topologies of Xs.A pair of compatible uniform structures for Xsis given by the product and the Boolean product of S copies of any structure 9'- which is compatible with the topology of X. If X is uniformizable and a uniform structure 9'- is actually given we can introduce another uniform structure for Xs, the so-called uniform product structure. T h e topology associated with this structure is called the topology of uniform convergence relative to V . T h e uniform product structure was first mentioned in Section 1.12. We repeat the definition in terms of functions instead of the product Xs:

1 I . The Topology of Uniform Convergence

233

Definition 1. Let V be a uniform structure for X and let for every

V E .V the set U , be defined as U , = {(x, y ) :x , y E Xs and (x(s), y(s)) E V for every s E S } .

The uniform structure '$2 generated by the structure base { U,} ( V E V ) is called the uniform product structure and the topology associated with '$2 is called the topology of uniform convergence relative to V . It is important to realize that the topology of uniform convergence depends not only on the uniform topology associated with V but on V itself. It is possible to change V without affecting the topology associated w i t h V but changing the topology of uniform convergence. I n the case of the product structure the situation is reversed: Theorem 1.12.2 states that is always the same, namely, it is the the topology associated with II product topology. Similarly, the topology associated with the Boolean product structure is the Boolean product of the topologies of the factor spaces. Special instances of the topology of uniform convergence are well known from the theory of real and complex variables. For instance when we say that a sequence of real-valued functions x, ( n = 1, 2, ...) is uniformly convergent on a set S to a limit function x, we are dealing with the topology of uniform convergence relative to the usual uniform structure of the reals. I n fact "x, --f x uniformly on S" means that given any €-neighborhood Ue[x]of x there is an index n(e) such that for every n > n(€) we have x, E U,[x] or in other words I x,(s) - x(s)l < E for every real number s E S. T h e exact relationship between convergence in the topological sense and the topology of uniform convergence will be discussed later in Section V. 9. If X is the space of reals and we are speaking about the topology of uniform convergence without specifying a uniform structure for X , we shall always mean uniform convergence relative to the usual uniform structure of the reals given, say, by the metric d ( x , y ) = I x - y I. Let the uniform structure V be a pseudometric structure, say let V = V dwhere d is a pseudometric for X . Then the uniform product structure '$2 has a denumerable structure base: For instance, the uniformities U, = { ( x , y ) : d ( x ( s ) , y ( s ) )< €}for € = 1, +, ... form a base for %. Thus by Theorem 111.8.1, '$2 is a pseudometric structure. I n practice, however, it is usually not worth finding a pseudometric which generates & ' even if a pseudometric is known for V .Instead it is more convenient to deal with another metric function called k a r t . In fact, if we introduce the nonnegative function e by setting e(x, y ) = lub{d(x(s), y(s)) : s E S} whenever this supremum is finite, then this e defines a distance for some pairs of furxtions x, y E X s which can be used to describe the structure

234

IV. CONTINUITY

for X s : For if (x, y ) E U , , then e(x, y ) then (x, y ) E U , . Hence we have:

<

E

and conversely if e(x, y )

< E,

Lemma 1. If Y is a pseudometric structure for X , then the uniform product structure 4% is pseudometrizable and an Pcart for @ is given by the junction e(x, y ) = lub{d(x(s),y ( s ) ) : s E S } where d is a pseudometricfor Y . T o make things clear we define what we mean by an k a r t for an arbitrary structure: Definition 2.

A nonnegative function e defined on a set E if E is symmetric and

G

X x X

is called an Pcart

0 for every x E X ; (ii) e ( x , y ) = e(y, x) for eachpair ( x , y ) E E ; (iii) (x, z ) E E whenever (x, y ) E E and ( y , z ) E E, and in this case 4x9 z ) < e ( x , y ) -1- e ( y , z). (i) e(x, x)

=

The uniform structure associated with e is the structure generated by the base consisting of the sets U , = {(x, y ) : e(x, y ) < E}. Now we turn to various subspaces of Xs. If X is the space of real or complex numbers, it is clear what is meant by the boundedness of a function x : S -+ X . Hence we can speak about the space of bounded real- or complex-valued functions topologized by the topology of uniform convergence. T h e notion of a bounded function can be extended to the case when X is an arbitrary set with a uniform structure 7“ so we can speak about the subspace formed by the bounded functions under the topology of uniform convergence relative to T. T h e only question is the definition of boundedness. Boundedness is again a uniform notion; a function xcan be bounded relative to one uniform structure while it is unbounded relative to another. A function x : S -+ X will be called bounded relative to the uniform structure7“ if the range of x is a “bounded set” in X . Since the range is the projection of the graph of x into the range space X this definition corresponds to the intuitive concept of a bounded function. There remains the definition of bounded sets of X relative to 7”. If T is a pseudometric structure the obvious definition would require that the diameter of a bounded set be finite. However, every pseudometric structure can be generated by a bounded metric and so this would lead to a useless concept. T h e next obvious requirement would be that the diameter of a bounded set be finite relative to every pseudometric d generating the structure Y . By Theorem 111.2.2 and Lemma 7.5 this definition would be in accordance with the earlier definition given for

1 I . T h e Topology of Uniform Convergence

235

real- or complex-valued functions on S. However, this is not yet the correct definition. T h e proper definition of boundedness is obtained by observing the following property of bounded sets of real numbers: If B is bounded, then for every E > 0 it can be decomposed into finitely many sets B, , ..., B , having diameter d(B,) < E. Conversely, sets satisfying this requirement are obviously bounded. Moreover, it is clear that this condition can be reformulated in terms of the uniform structure generated by the metric d : d ( x , y ) = I x - y I. Hence we can introduce the following: Definition 3. A set B c X is called bounded with respect t o the uniform structure V - for X if for every V E,Vthere is a subdivision of B intofinitely many sets B, ( k = 1 , ..., n ) such that (x, y ) E

V

for every

x,y

E

B,

(k = 1, ...,n).

If X itself is bounded with respect to V", then V is called a totally bounded or precompact structure. T h e exact relationship between precompact structures and compact spaces will be discussed in Section V.6. There we shall prove that if a space X is bounded relative to a uniform structure V", then its diameter d ( X ) is finite with respect to every pseudometric d satisfying V d V . Now having the correct definition of boundedness we can speak about the subspace formed by the bounded functions in the topology of uniform convergence.

<

Lemma 2. In the topology of uniform convergence the space of bounded functions x : S + X is a closed subspace of X s . Proof. Let x be a function with the property that every neighborhood of x contains bounded functions. Then given V EVthere is a bounded function y in U,[x] where W is symmetric and W o W o W G V. Since y is bounded, the range of y is the union of finitely many sets B , , ..., B , such that ( y ( s ) ,y ( t ) )E W whenever y(s),y ( t ) E B, for some index k. Since y belongs to U , [ x ] the sets W [ B , ] , ..., W[B,] cover the range of x. Moreover, if x(s), x ( t ) E W [ B , ] , then there are points s', t' E S such that ( ~ ( s ) , y(s,)) E W

and

(.r(t),y(t,)) E W

where

y(s'),y ( t ' )E B,

.

Hence by the definition of the sets B, , ..., B, we have (y(s'),y ( t ' ) )E W and so (x(s), x ( t ) )E W c W : c W G V . For a given V E V we covered the

236

IV. CONTINUITY

range of x by finitely many sets W[B,],..., W[B,] such that if x(s), x ( t ) E W[B,],then (x(s), x ( t ) ) E V . Therefore the range of x is bounded. T h e space of bounded functions contains all of its accumulation points and so it is closed. Further important subspaces of X s can be defined when S is a topological space. Then we can consider the subspace formed by the continuous functions and by the bounded continuous functions on S with values in X . We prove that both of these are closed subspaces of X s and so the bounded continuous functions form a closed subspace of the space of all continuous functions. T o see all this it is sufficient to prove: Lemma 3. I n the topology of uniform convergence the space of continuous functions x : S -,X is a closed subspace of X s . Proof. Suppose that every neighborhood of x contains continuous functions. We show that x is continuous at every s E S. Let V EV be given and let W o W o W G V where W is a symmetric uniformity in V . By hypothesis we can find a continuous y such that (x(s),y ( s ) )E W for every s E S. Since y is continuous there is a neighborhood N , such that ( y ( s ) ,y ( t ) ) E W for every t E N , . Hence for every t E N, we have (x(s), x ( t ) ) E W o W o W c V or in other words x ( t ) E V [ x ( s ) ] .Hence x is continuous at each s E S. We can also consider the space of functions which are constant on the complement of some compact set. I n general these will not form a closed subspace of Xs. If X is the set of real or complex numbers, we can consider the functions which vanish on the complement of some compact set. These are called functions with compact support or functions with compact carrier. A set C E S containing all points s at which x does not vanish is called a support of x . If S is a H a u s d o e space and x has a compact support, then there is a smallest compact support: By Theorem 111.3.4 it is the closure of the set {s : x(s) # O}. T h e identically zero function has compact support 0 . If S is locally compact and uniformizable, then there are also other continuous functions with compact support. For if N , is a neighborhood of s E S, then by Theorem 6.2 there is a real-valued continuous function x on S such that x(s) = 1 and x ( t ) = 0 for every t E . Hence N, is a support of x. If S is locally compact at s the neighborhood N , can be chosen compact. T h e set of real- or complex-valued continuous functions with a fixed compact support is a closed subspace of Xs. However, the union of all these closed sets, that is, the set of all continuous functions having some compact support, is in general not closed in Xs. Its closure consists of those continuous functions which “vanish at infinity”: We say that

1 1 . T h e Topology of Uniform Convergence

237

-+ X vanishes at infinity if for every E > 0 there is a compact set C in S such that I x(s)i < E for every s @ C. By Lemma 3 the elements of the closure are all continuous and by the definition of the topology of X s they vanish at infinity. T o see the converse first suppose that x is nonnegative and it vanishes at infinity. Then x u Q - E has compact support and is in the +neighborhood of x. T h e general case can be settled by considering x+ = x u 0 and x- = x n 0. Similarly, if x is complex valued, we can approximate its real and imaginary parts separately by functions having compact support. These subspaces are most interesting when S is a locally compact Hausdorff space. Suppose that S is not only a topological space but a uniform structure If is specified for S . Then we can speak about the uniform continuity of a function x : S+ X relative to the uniform structures W and V . We have the following:

x :S

Lemma 4. In the topology of uniform conaergence the space of uniformly continuous functions x : S + X is a closed subspace of Xs. T h e proof is similar to those of the preceding lemmas and is left to the reader. Finally let S be compact. Then by Lemma 7.6 every continuous function is bounded. If in addition S is uniformizable, then by Theorem 10.2 every continuous function is uniformly continuous. We finish this section with Ascoli's theorem. This gives a sufficient condition for the compactness of a set of continuous functions in the topology of uniform convergence when S is compact. If X is a HausdoriT space, then the condition is also necessary. First we prove two lemmas: Lemma 5. Let S be compact and let E be an equicontinuous family in X s . Then the topology induced on E by the topology of uniform convergence of X s is the same as the topology induced on E by the product topology of X s . Proof. Let Y,, be the topology of uniform convergence and let Y pbe , same relation holds for the product topology on X s . Since Y p Y t the the trace of Y pand Y,, on E. Hence it is sufficient to prove the following: If N , c E is a neighborhood of x E E relative to the trace of Y,, , then N , is a neighborhood of x relative to the trace of Y p. Since N , is a neighborhood relative to Y,, there is a I'EVsuch that U,[x] E N , . We choose a symmetric uniformity W such that W o W o W E V . By the equicontinuity for every s E S there exists an open set 0, in S such that y ( 0 , ) E W [ y ( s ) ] for every y E E . T h e family (0,) (s E S) being an open cover of the compact space S , there are points s1 , ...,s, such that the union of the sets Oak(k = I , ..., n) covers S.

<

238

IV. CONTINUITY

Suppose y E E is such that y(s,J E W[x(sk)]for every k = 1, ..., n. Given any s E S we have s E OSkfor a suitable k (1 k n). By y(0,J E W[y(s,)]and y(s,) E W[x(s,)]for this index k we have

< <

( y ( s k ) , y(s))

and

(x(sk), r ( s k ) )

w-

Since x E E , also x(0,) c W[x(s,)],so that (x(s), x(s,)) E W. Hence (x(s), y(s)) E W o W o W c U where s is an arbitrary element of S. In other words, y E U,[x]. We proved that if y(s,) E W[x(sk)]for every k = 1, ..., n, then y E U,[x]. Since the set of these y’s is a neighborhood of x in the product topology Y p, we see that U,[x] and so N , are neighborhoods of x relative to Y p. Hence Y u T pon the set E . Suppose that E is closed relative to Y p. Since .Tp .Tu , the set E is also closed relative to Y,, . In general there are sets E which are closed in 2Tu but not in Y p. T h e following lemma states that for equicontinuous families this situation cannot take place:

<

<

Lemma 6. Let S be compact. I f the equicontinuous family E is closed in X s relative to the topology of uniform convergence, then it is closed also in the product topology. Proof. We show that cE is open relative to the product topology of Xs. If x E cE, there is a V EV such that U,[x] c cE. Since E is equicontinuous with respect to Y ,for every s E S there is an open set 0, such that y(0,) c W[x(s)] where W is a symmetric uniformity and W o W o W E V . Since S is compact there are finitely many points s1 , ..., s, such that {081r} (k = 1, ..., n) is a cover of S. Now if y(sk) E W[x(s,)]for k = 1, ..., n, then by the same reasoning as in the proof of the preceding lemma we obtain (x(s), y ( s ) ) E W o W o W c V . Therefore y E U,[x] E cE. We found a neighborhood N , of x E c E relative to the product topology Y pwhich lies entirely in cE. Hence cE is open relative to Y p. Now Ascoli’s theorem follows easily:

Theorem 1. Let S be compact and let Y be a uniform structure for X . Let

E be a set in X s such that (i) the cross section E(s) = {x(s) : x E E } has compact closure for ewery SES;

(ii) E is equicontinuous on S relative to V ; (iii) E is closed in the topology of uniform conoergence on Xs.

Then E is compact relative to the topology of uniform convergence. Note.

Conditions (i) and (ii) are also necessary. If X i s a HausdorfT space

Exercises

239

relative to the uniform topology associated with Y , then (iii) is also a necessary condition.

By Theorem I. 1 1.1 and Lemma I. 1 1.3 the set II E(s) is a closed subspace of the product space II X, . Since E is equicontinuous and closed relative to the topology of uniform convergence, by the preceding lemma it is a closed subspace of the product space II E(s). By Theorem 111.4.2 this product is compact and so by Theorem 111.3.1 the trace of the I X, induces a compact topology on the set E. product topology of I By Lemma 5 this is the same as the topology induced on E by the topology of uniform convergence on II X, . Hence the theorem. Arzeli’s Theorem 10.4 is a simple corollary of Ascoli’s Theorem 1. For it is sufficient to show that the uniform closure of an equicontinuous family is equicontinuous. T h e proof of this lemma is left for the reader. (See Exercises 4 and 5 below.) Proof.

EXERCISES

1. Let X be the set of reals and let Y be the usual uniform structure generated by the norm I x I. Show that the uniform product structure of Xs is generated by the kcart I x - y I = lub{l x(s) - y(s)l : s E S}. 2. Show that if S is compact and X i s a normed vector space, then the norm 11 x [I = lub{lj x(s)il : s E S} generates the topology of uniform convergence on the set of all continuous functions x : S --+ X . 3. Show that the Hilbert cube is compact. 4. Show that the closure of an equicontinuous family of functions defined on a compact space S is the same both in the product topology and the topology of uniform convergence. [This follows from Lemma 6, or we have the following direct reasoning: Let E,, and I?, denote the closure of the family E with respect to the product topology and the topology of uniform convergence, respectively. We have E,, 5 E, . Let y E E, . Then { y } u E is equicontinuous and so there is an 0, for every s E S such that (y(s),y ( t ) ) E W and also (x(s), x ( t ) ) E W for every x E E and t E 0, . Let {Os1, ..., Osn}be a cover of S. Since y E E, there is an x E E such that (y(sk),x(sk))E W for k = 1, ..., n. Hence (y(s),x(s)) E W o W o W for every s E S and so Y E E,‘ .I 5 . Show that if E is equicontinuous and S is compact, then E, , the closure of E with respect to the product topology of II X , , is also equicontinuous. [By the preceding exercise E, = E,. Given W E Y there is an 0, such that (x(s), x ( t ) ) E Wfor every x E E and t E 0, . Ify E E, , there is an

240

IV.

x E E such that (y(s), x(s)) E

(y(s), y ( t ) )E

CONTINUITY

W for every s E S. Therefore we have

w o w o W for every y E E,, .]

6. Let S be compact and let E be an equicontinuous family of functions on S relative to V ,Show that the trace of the product structure and of the uniform product structure is the same structure on E x E.

7. Let 0 be an open set in the n-dimensional Euclidean space and let E be the family of all harmonic functions u : 0 + 31 satisfying the inequality 11 u 11 = sup I u(s)l 1. Show that E is an equicontinuous

<

family. [We need the following property of harmonic functions: Let p be a point in 31, and let S be the boundary of the ball S,[p]. Then there is a continuous function v : S,[p] x S -+ 31 such that for every harmonic function u : 0 + 31 whose domain 0 contains S and for every point q in S,[p] we have u(q) = JS u(s)v(q,s) ds. T h e continuity of q~ and compactness imply the existence of a 6 > 0 such that if I p - q I < 6, then I ~ ( ps), - v(q,s)I < for all s E S. Thus, if I p - q I < 6, then for any 24 in E we have I u(p) - 4 q ) l I d p , 4 - v(4,$11ds W(S) where p(S) is the Euclidean volume of S.]

< s,

<

8. Let 0 be an open set in 31, and let H be the set of harmonic functions u : 0 + 31. Show that H is a closed subspace of C(O),the space of all continuous real-valued functions on 0, in the topology of uniform convergence on compact sets. [Harmonic functions have the following characterization: If u(p) = Js u(s) ds for every p E 0 and for every sphere S contained in 0 and centered around p, then u is harmonic.] 9. Let u l , u z , ... be harmonic functions on an open set 0 of the n-dimensional Euclidean space and let their family be uniformly bounded on compact subsets of 0. Then there is a suitable subsequence which is uniformly convergent on compact subsets of 0 to a harmonic function. (The set 0 is the union of countably many compact sets C,, C, , ... and the restriction of u l , u 2 , ... is a uniformly bounded family on each C, . Thus by Exercise 8 and by Ascoli’s theorem the uniform closure of the set of these functions is compact. T h e space of bounded continuous real-valued functions on C, satisfies the first axiom of countability so compactness implies sequential compactness. Select a diagonal sequence.)

10. Suppose that the real-valued and continuous f, (n = 1, 2, ...) has compact support and f, +f uniformly. Show that f has a finite maximum which is m = lim m, where m, is the maximum off, . [Let fn(sn) = m, and p = lubf(s) which is finite by the uniform convergence. Choose k such that I f,(s) - f(s)I < p / 8 for every n 2 k.

12. The Algebra of Continuous Functions

24 I

There is an s such that f(s) > 7p/8 so there we have f,(s) > 3p/4 and fn(sn) = m, > 344. Since I fn(sn) - fk(sn)I < p/4 for every n 2 k , we see that f,c(s,) # 0 and so s, belongs to the compact support of f k . Thus the set of points s, has an accumulation point at which the maximum p is attained.]

12. The Algebra of Continuous Functions

In this section we shall state and prove a famous theorem of Weierstrass on the approximation of continuous functions by polynomials and an equally famous generalization of this theorem which is due to M. Stone. ' ? be classes of functions of a real variable, all of them Let 9 and % defined on the same domain S. In the theory of functions of a real variable we often ask the following question: Is it possible to approximate in some sense every function of the class % by functions of the class 9. T h e oldest among these problems is the one in which S is a finite closed interval, 9 is the class of all continuous functions defined on S, 9 is the class of all polynomials in s E S whose coefficients are real numbers and approximation is understood in the uniform sense. I t was believed that the answer for this question is affirmative and this was first verified by Weierstrass in 1885: Theorem 1. Let x be a continuous real-valued function on the finite closed

interval [ a , b]. Then for every E > 0 there is a polynomial p with real coe8cients such that 1 x(s) - p(s)l < E for every s E [a, b]. Since the first proof by Weierstrass many simple proofs were given but the algebraic and topological basis of the theorem has been fully understood only by M. Stone. We shall prove two theorems of Stone from which Weierstrass' theorem and its generalizations to functions of several variables follow as simple corollaries. Let C(S) denote the class of all continuous real-valued functions x on the topological space S. This class C ( S )has a number of useful algebraic properties. For the absolute value I x 1 and any constant multiple Ax of a continuous real-valued function x are also continuous and if x and y are continuous, then so are x u y = max{x, y } , x n y = min{x, y } , x y , and x y. Thus the set C(S) has a rich algebraic structure: It forms a y . It vector space over the field of reals under the operations Ax and x y and x y . Since is a commutative ring with respect to the operations x A(xy) = (Ax)y = x(hy) for every real A and for every x, y E C ( S )the set C(S) is an algebra with respect to the vector operations Ax and x y and

+

+

+

+

242

IV. CONTINUITY

the ring multiplication x y . This algebra is commutative and has a unity 1. Finally C ( S )is a distributive lattice under the operations x u y and x n y. It is easy to see that C ( S )is in fact a vector lattice. Theorem 2. Let L be a sublattice of C(S) where S is compact. Then the

closure of L relative to the product topology is the same as its closure relative to the topology of uniform convergence. Proof. We must prove that if y E C ( S )can be approximated by elements of L on any finite subset of the domain space S, then y can be approximated uniformly by elements of L on the entire space S. Let E > 0 be given. First we prove that given u E S there is a function x, E Lsuch that xJs) < y ( s ) Q for every s E S and y ( u ) - e < xu(u): In fact, given any v E S , by hypothesis there is an xu, E L such that I xu,(.) - y(u)l < and I xuv(v)- y(w)l < E . Since x, and y are continuous functions there is an open set 0, containing w such that I x,,,(s) - y(s)l < Q for every s E 0, . The family ( 0 , )( v E S ) is an open cover of the compact space S and so there are finitely many points v1 , ..., v , , E~ S such that S is covered Now it is easy to see that the function xu defined by by OC1u ... u OUm. xu = xu, n ... n xUvmsatisfies the inequality x,(s) < y ( s ) for every s E S: Fok given s E S we have s E OCkfor some index k (1 k m) and so xu(s) x,Js) < y(s) e. The inequality I xuv(u) - y(u)l < implies that xuu(u) > y ( u ) - E and so x,(u) > y ( u ) - E . Since xu, E L for every v E S and L is a lattice we have xu E L . Next we construct a function x E L such that I x(s) - y(s)l < E for every s E S . We start from the inequality X J U ) > y ( u ) - E . Since xu and y are continuous at u there is an open set 0, containing u such that x,(s) > y(s) - E for every s E 0,. T h e compactness of S implies that S can be covered by a finite collection of these open sets O,, (u E S), say, by Otll, ..., O,*. T h e function x = xtll u ... u xll, satisfies the E inequality x(s) > y ( s ) - for every s E S. Moreover, x,,(s) < y ( s ) for every u, s E S , and so x(s) < y ( s ) E for every s E S. We proved that 1 x(s) - y ( s ) / < e for every s E S , so x approximates y uniformly in S with an error less than e > 0. Since x is the maximum of finitely many functions of the lattice L, the function x itself belongs to L.

+

+

<

< <

+

+

+

Note. In the foregoing proof we did not use the full strength of the product topology. For instead of assuming that y belongs to the weak closure of L, it is sufficient to suppose that for every t > 0 and s l , s2 E S there is an x E L such that

I x(s1) - Y(Sl)l <

and lx(s2) - Y(S2)I

< E.

12. The Algebra of Continuous Functions

243

In the proof of Stone’s second theorem we need the following lemma which is actually a very special case of Weierstrass’ theorem: Lemma 1. For every E > 0 and for every M > 0 there is a polynomial p with real coeficients such that I I t I - p(t)l < E for every real number t E [ - M , MI. In the proof of this lemma we shall need the following result which is due to Dini: Lemma 2. If S is compact and (x,) is a decreasing sequence of nonnegative continuous functions on S whose limit x is continuous, then x, + x uniformly on S . Proof. For every s E S there is an index n(s) and an open set 0, such -(xt( t)) < E is valid for every t E 0,. T h e family (0,)(s E S ) that ~ , ( ~ ~ admits a finite subfamily of sets OS1,..., OSmwhose union covers S. Hence if n is the largest of the indices n(s,), ..., n(s,,J, then we have x,(t) - x ( t ) < E for every t E S and this inequality is valid also for every index larger than n. Therefore x is the uniform limit of (x,).

Let xo be identically 1 on % and let for every 1 , 2 , ... the function x, be defined by the formula

Proof of Lemma 1.

n

=

X,(t)

=

Q(X,&)2

+1-

22).

<

<

Clearly x, is a polynomial in t whose coefficients are reals and 0 xn(t) 1 for every t E [- 1, I]. We can easily show by induction on n that x n + l ( t ) x , ( t ) for t E [- I , 11: Indeed we have x, - x,+~ = Q(X,+~ - xn2) for n = 1,2, ... . Hence ( x n ( t ) )(-1 t 1) is a convergent sequence whose limit x ( t ) can be computed by using the defining relation:

<

< <

Therefore the limit function x ( t ) satisfies the equation ( x ( t ) = t2 hence x ( t ) = 1 t or x ( t ) = 1 - t. Since 0 x,(t) 1 we have 0 x(t) I . This implies that x ( t ) = 1 t for - 1 t 0 and x ( t ) = 1 - t for 0 t I . In other words, limx,(t) = 1 - 1 t 1 for every t E [- 1, 11. T h e approximating functions x,(t) are continuous on the compact set [ - I , I ] and their sequence is decreasing. Hence by Dini’s lemma the convergence is uniform in t E [- l,l]. Since the t ) polynomials in t we proved that I t 1 can be approxifunctions ~ , ~ (are mated uniformly by polynomials in [- 1, 11. If we replace t by t / M we obtain the same result for the interval [ - M , MI where M > 0 is arbitrary.

<

<

+

< <

+

<

< < <

244

IV. CONTINUITY

Theorem 3. Let A be a subalgebra of C(S) where S is compact. Then the

closure of A relative to the product topology is the same as its closure relative to the topology of unvorm convergence. Note. In practice we often use the expression “weak topology’’ to denote the product topology of Xs. I n this terminology the topology of uniform convergence is called the strong topology. Proof. Let Ap and A, denote the closure of A relative to the product topology and the topology of uniform convergence, respectively. Since 5,is finer than F p we have A, c Ap . If we can prove that A, is a sublattice of C(S),then by Theorem 2 it will follow that A, is closed relative to the product topology. Then A c A, will imply that Ap c A, and the theorem will be proved. Therefore we wish to prove that if x, y E A,, then x u y E A, and x n y E A, . W e have in general x u y = &x+y

+ Ix -yl)

and

x n y = &(x + y - ( x -yI).

Hence it is sufficient to prove the following: Lemma 3. I f A is a subalgebra of C ( S ) which is closed relative to the topology of uniform convergence, then I x I E A for every bounded x E A.

Note. In particular, if S is compact, then by Theorem 7.2 we have I x I E A for every x E A.

<

Proof. Let I x(s)l M for every s E S. By Lemma 1 there is a polynomial function p of the real variable t such that I I t I - p(t)l < E for every t E [ - M , MI. Therefore I Ix(s)l - p(x(s))l = I Ix(s)l - (x o p)(s)l < Q for every s E S. T h e function x o p is a polynomial in x whose coefficients are real numbers. Hence x o p E A and so we proved that I x I can be approximated uniformly in s E S by elements of A. Therefore I x I E A and the lemma is proved. We say that a family A of functions x defined on a set S separates the points of S if to any pair of distinct points s1 , s2 E S there is a function x in A such that x(sl) # x(s2). Using this notion we have:

Let A be a subalgebra of C(S)which separates the points of S. Then the closure of A relative to the product topology is either C(S) or the subspace formed by those functions which vanish at a fixed point s E S.

Theorem 4.

Note. The same theorem holds also if C(S)denotes the algebra of continuous complex-valued functions on S. Proof. Let Z E S be the set of those points at which every x E A vanishes. By the separation hypothesis, 2 is either void or consists of a

12. T h e Algebra of Continuous Functions

245

single point of S. First we prove that if s $ Z and if t # s, then there is a u E A such that u(s) # 0 and u ( t ) = 0: If x separates the points s, t and if x(s) # 0, then we can choose u = x2 - x ( t ) x . If x(s) = 0, then by s $ 2 we can choosey E A such that y(s) # 0. Then either z = x y or z = x - y separates the points s, t and it has the property z(s) # 0. Hence again u = z2 - z ( t ) z satisfies the requirements. It follows that if s1 , ..., s,, $ 2 ,then there are functions x1 , ..., x, E A such that xk(sk) = 1 and x k ( s r )= 0 for every 1 # k . Now let y E C(S), an E > 0 and a set of points s1 , ..., s, $ 2 be given. Then the function

+

x = YI(S1)

XI

+ + **’

Y , , ( S n ) xn

has the property that 1 y ( s k ) - x(s,,.)l < for every k = 1, ..., n. Actually we have x(sI.) = y(s,.) at each sk (k = :.I, ..., n ) . Hence i f y vanishes on 2, then y E A. Weierstrass’ Theorem 1 is an immediate consequence of the last two theorems. For let S = [a, b] and let A be the class of all polynomial functions on S. Then A separates the points of S and for every s E [a, b] there is an x E A such that x(s) # 0. Hence by Theorem 4 the weak closure A,, is C(S). By Theorem 3, Ap = A,,and so the uniform closure of A is C ( S ) . A second theorem of Weierstrass states that every continuous 2n-periodic function x can be approximated uniformly on (- 00, co) by trigonometric polynomials t(s) = 2: ( a k cos ks bk sin Ks). Since x and t are periodic it is sufficient to restrict x and t to the compact domain S = [ - T , +n] and prove the approximation there. Here sin s, cos s separate the points of S and the constant 1 never vanishes. T h e algebra generated by 1, sin s, and cos s is the algebra of trigonometric polynomials. Hence Weierstrass’ second theorem follows from the theorems of Stone. If S is a compact set in the n-dimensional Euclidean space with points s = (sl , ..., SJ and if A consists of all polynomials in s1 , ..., s, with real coefficients, then A separates the points of S and so every continuous function x can be approximated uniformly on S by such polynomials. This is Weierstrass’ approximation theorem for functions of n real variables. This theorem has several useful generalizations; for instance, we can replace the n-dimensional Euclidean space by the product of n compact HausdorfT spaces. We obtain:

+

+

Every real-valued continuous junction on the product S, of the compact Hausdorff spaces S, , ..., S, can be approximated uniformly by functions x of the form x = Zr xlk ... xnk where m is arbitrary and xik ( i = 1, ..., n) is a real-valued continuous function on S, . Lemma 4.

S, x

... x

246

IV. CONTINUITY

Proof. Since Si is a compact Hausdorff space, by Theorem 111.3.6 it is normal and so by Theorem 6.2 any pair of distinct points of Si can be separated by continuous functions. Therefore the family of those continuous functions on S, x ... x S, which depend only on one variable si (i = 1, ..., n) separate the points of S, x ... x S , . Stone’s theorem can be applied to the smallest algebra containing these functions.

EXERCISES

1. Let S be an arbitrary topological space and let cb(s)be the space of bounded continuous functions on S topologized by the topology of uniform convergence. Show that cb(s)is connected. [Use Lemma 8.2 to show that cb(s) is arcwise connected. If a, b E cb(s),then x, = ra (1 - r)b is bounded and continuous for Y 1). T h e map f : Y -+ x, is a continuous function from every Y (0 the reals into C,(S) because 11 xrl - xp211 ( 1 1 a 11 11 b /I)/ Y, - y2 1.1 2. Prove that the space C([a, b ] ) of real-valued continuous functions on the closed interval [a, b] is separable. (Consider polynomials in the real variable s E [a, b] all of whose coefficients are rationals.) 3. Let S be a compact set in the n-dimensional Euclidean space. Use Stone’s theorem to prove that C(S)is separable. [The algebra generated over the rationals by the functions 1, x1 , ...,x, where xk(s) = sk (k = 1 , ..., n) contains denumerably many elements.] 4. Let S be a compact Hausdorff space having a countable base. Show that C(S)is separable. [By Exercise 111.8.1 the space S is metrizable and by Theorems 111.3.6 and IV.6.3 for any pair of distinct points s1 , s2 there is a real-valued continuous function on S such that x(sl) # x(s2). Let OS1and O,? be open sets such that x ( t l ) # x ( t 2 ) for every ( t , , t 2 ) E OS1x Osy. T h e set {(sl, s2) : d(s, , s2) 2 l/n} is a compact subspace of S x S. Hence it can (s, , s2 E S) and so be covered by finitely many of the sets Oal x 08* {(sl , s2) : s1 # s2} can be covered by denumerably many of these sets. T h e corresponding functions x1 , x 2 , ... separate the points of S. T h e algebra generated by 1, x1 , x2 , ... over the rationals contains denumerably many elements and is dense in C(S).] 5. Show by an example that compactness is an essential requirement in the preceding exercise. [Let S = (1, 2, 3, ...} be topologized by the discrete topology. Then S is metrizable, separable, and locally compact. Every real-valued function

< <

+

<

+

Notes

247

is continuous on S . T h e functions x with x ( n ) = 0 or 1 (n = 1, 2, 3. ...) form a noncountable subset of C ( S ) and cannot be uniformly approximated by denumerably many functions.] 6. Show by exhibiting a suitable example that in Lemma 2 the word “decreasing” is essential. [Let fn(0)= fn(2/n) = fn(l) = 0, let fn(l/n) = 1 and let the graph of f i Lbe linear between these points on the closed interval [0, 11.1 7. Let S be a compact Hausdorff space and let A be an algebra of complex-valued functions on S over the field of complex numbers so that if x E A and if h is any complex number, then Ax E A. Suppose that A separates points and contains with each x also its complex conjugate x*. Show that the uniform closure of A is C ( S ) or the space of those complex-valued continuous functions on S which vanish at a fixed point of S . (If x E A , then by x * E A the real and imaginary parts of x also belong to A . Since A is a separating algebra the real algebra spanned by the real and imaginary parts is separating and so Theorems3 and 4 can be applied.) NOTES

Graphs were introduced by von Neumann [l]. For applications of graphs see for example pp. 302-307 in the book of Riesz and Nagy [2] on functional analysis. T h e problem stated in Exercise 4.7 was first considered by Kuratowski [3]. Theorem 4.1 and the results stated in Exercises 4. I 1 and 4.12 are due to Whyburn [4]. Young’s theorems were published first in 1908 [5]. These and also other interesting theorems can be found in his Paris address [6]. T h e spaces mentioned in the beginning of Section 6 are described in Urysohn [7] and in Hewitt [8]. For further results on axioms of separation in terms of continuous functions see Smirnov [9], and van Est and Freudenthal [lo]. A topological space in which points can be separated by real-valued continuous functions is often called a Stone space. This terminology is due to Theorems 12.3 and 12.4 on the approximation of arbitrary real-valued continuous functions by the elements of an algebraic system of real-valued continuous functions. Theorem 6.5 was published by Dowker [ I l l . T h e content of Exercise 6.4 first appeared in [12]. There exist noncompact uniformizable spaces X such that all continuous real-valued functions on X are bounded. Simple examples were given by Mr6wka [13] and Novak [14]. Among many other things the existence of such spaces is pointed out in Hewitt [15]. See also

248

IV. CONTINUITY

DieudonnC [16], Doss [17], and Ghl [18]. (Note: A result of Hewitt is incorrectly quoted in the last paper and as a consequence proposition (iii) on p. 1054 should be omitted.) T h e content of Exercise 7.1 1 is essentially Helly’s theorem on functions of bounded variation. In Michael’s second paper [ 191 the following characterization is given for paracompactness: X is paracompact if and only if every open cover of X admits a closure preserving refinement. (A family {S,}of sets is called a closure preserving family if U S$j= U Sijfor every subfamily of {&}.) This result can be used to prove that the closed continuous image of a paracompact H a u s d o d space is paracompact. T h e theorem stated in Exercise 7.1 is due to Ramanathan [20]. T h e content of Exercise 7.3 can be found in Hewitt’s thesis [21]. Exercises 7.4, 7.7, 7.8, and 8.8 contain theorems which were proved by Klee and Utz [22]. A number of interesting theorems on the closed continuous image of a metric space were published by VainStein [23]. Among other things the following is announced: I f f is a closed continuous map of a metric space X onto a metric space Y, then the inverse image f-l(y) has compact boundary for every y E Y. T h e first articles on Peano curves were published by Peano [24] and Hilbert [25]. See also Knopp’s article [26] where also continuous nowhere differentiable functions and Jordan curves with positive measure are discussed. A real-valued function f is called continuous in the Darboux sense, or f is said to have the Darboux property, if the range o f f is connected. In other words, f has the Darboux property if f ( X ) is an interval. This is of course not a topological property of the function f. As a matter of fact, the domain off need not even be a topological space. A number of articles appeared on this subject, e.g., Halperin [27] and Sierpinski [28]. The expository paper of Hopf [29] should be mentioned in connection with the remarks made at the end of Section 8. There exist nonhomeomorphic topological spaces X , and X , such that X , x X , is homeomorphic to X , x X , . Moreover, there exist X x 2 but Y and topological spaces X, Y, and 2 such that X x Y 2 are not homeomorphic. Examples for this situation can be found in Fox [30]. Arzelh’s theorem was published in Arzelh [31]. Of the many applications of Arzelh’s theorem and of Ascoli’s theorem we mention the following few: The best known is Peano’s theorem on the existence of a solution of the differential equation y’ = f ( x , y ) . I t can be found in Birkhoff and Rota [32] or in the booklet of Kolmogoroff and Fomin on functional analysis [33]. An application to the problem of the vibrating cord is in the book of Riesz and Nagy [2]. T h e topological space 9 N

References

249

introduced by Schwartz has the Heine-Bore1 property, that is, a set C c 9 is compact if and only if it is closed and bounded. T h e proof of this proposition is also based on Ascoli’s theorem. (See Schwartz [34].) Ascoli’s theorem has many generalizations. A few of these one can find in Kelley’s book [35], pp. 233-234. I n some generalizations the topology of uniform convergence is replaced by other topologies. For instance, see FBry [36]. Weierstrass’ Theorem 12.1 was first proved in Weierstrass [37]. One of the best-known proofs is based on an interpolation formula which was discovered by Bernstein [38]. It can be found in Botts and McShane [39] or in Lorentz [40]. T h e least analytic proof prior to the discovery of the theorems of Stone was given by Lebesgue. A number of proofs can be found in an article by FejCr [41]. An elegant proof of Weierstrass’ second theorem on approximation by trigonometric polynomials is based on the summability of Fourier series. (See for instance Titchmarsh’s book on the theory of functions [42].) T h e summability theorem is due to FejCr [43]. Weierstrass’ second theorem is a special case of an important theorem of Peter and Weyl [44]. T h e first theorem of Weierstrass can be generalized in another direction: Muntz’ theorem states that every continuous real-valued f on [a, b] can be uniformly approximated by polynomials of the form p ( s ) = a, alskl ... aksk-,where (k,, k, , ...) is a given sequence of positive integers, if and only if E k;’ = 30 (See for example Kaczmarz and Steinhaus [45] or Muntz [46].) T h e Stone-Weierstrass approximation theorem was published by Stone in his second memoir on Boolean algebras [47]. A number of simplifications and generalizations appeared subsequently by Dunford and Segal [48], Hewitt [49], Kakutani [50], silov [51], and others. A lucid exposition of the subject was given by Stone [52]. T h e proof of Lemma 12.1 is due to Visser.

+

+ +

REFERENCES 1. J. von Neumann, uber adjungierte Funktionaloperatoren. Ann. of Math. 33, 294-

310 (1932). 2. F. Riesz and B. Sz.-Nagy, “Leqons d’Analyse Fonctionelle.” Akadtmia Kiad6, Budapest, 1952. 3. C. Kuratowski, On a topological problem connected with the Cantor-Bernstein theorem. Fund. Math. 37, 213-216 (1950). 4. G. T. Whyburn, Open and closed mappings. Duke Math. J. 17, 69-74 (1950). 5. W. H. Young, On the distinction of right and left at points of discontinuity. Quart. 3. Math. 39, 67-83 (1908). 6. W. H. Young, La symttrie de structure des fonctions de variables rtelles. Bull. Sci. Math. [2] 52, 265-280 (1928).

2 50

IV. CONTINUITY

7 . P. Urysohn, Uber die Machtigkeit der zusammenhangenden Mengen. Math. Ann. 94, 262-295 (1925). 8. E. Hewitt, On two problems of Urysohn. Ann. of Math. [2] 47, 503-509 (1946). 9. Yu. M . Smirnov, On the theory of completely regular spaces. Moskov Gos. Univ. Ut. Zap. 155 Mat. 5, 137-155 (1952). 10. W. T. van Est and H. Freudenthal, Trennung durch stetige Funktionen in topologischen Raumen. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 54, 359-368 (1951). I I . C. H . Dowker, On countably paracompact spaces. Canad. J. Math. 3,219-224 (1951). 12. N. Vedenissoff, S u r les fonctions continues dans des espaces topologiques. Fund. Math. 27, 234-238 (1936). 13. S. Mrbwka, O n completely regular spaces. Fund. Math. 41, 105-106 (1954). 14. J. Novik, On a problem concerning completely regular sets. Fund. Math. 41, 103-104 ( I 954). 15. E. Hewitt, Rings of real-valued continuous functions, I. Trans. Amer. Math. SOC. 64, 45-99 (1948). 16. J. DieudonnC, Sur les espaces uniformes complets. Ann. Sci. €hole Norm. Sup. [3] 56, 277-291 (1939). 17. R. Doss, On uniform spaces with a unique structure. Amer. J. Math. 71, 19-23 ( I 949). 18. I . S . Gal, Uniformizable spaces with a unique structure. Pacijic J. Math. 9, 10531060 (1959). 19. E. Michael, Another note on paracompact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.8, 822828 (1957). 20. A. Ramanathan, A characterization of maximal Hausdorff spaces. J. Indian Math. SOC.[N.S.] 11, 73-80 (1947). 21. E. Hewitt, A problem of set-theoretic topology. Duke Math. J. 10, 309-333 (1943). 22. V. L. Klee and W. R. Utz, Some remarks on continuous transformations. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5, 182-184 (1954). 23. I. A. Vainitein, On closed mappings of metric spaces. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR [N.S.] 57, 319-321 (1947). 24. G . Peano, Sur une courbe qui remplit toute une plane. Math. Ann. 36, 157-160 ( 1 890). 25. D. Hilbert, Uber die stetige Abbildung einer Linie auf ein Flachenstiick. Math. Ann. 38, 459460 (1891). 26. K. Knopp, Einheitliche Erzeigung und Darstellung der Kurven von Peano, Osgood und v. Koch. Arch. Math. [3] 26, 103-1 15 (1918). 27. I. Halperin, Discontinuous functions with the Darboux property. Amer. Math. Monthly 57, 539-540 (1950). 28. W. Sierpinski, S u r une propriCtC de fonctions rCelles quelconques. Math. Catania 8, 43-48 (1953). 29. H. Hopf, Vom Bolzanoschen Nullstellensatz zur algebraischen Homotopietheorie der Spharen. Jber. Deutsch. Math. Verein. 56, 59-76 (1953). 30. R. H. Fox, On a problem of S. Ulam concerning Cartesian products. Fund! Math. 34, 278-287 (1947). 31. C . ArzelP, S u l k serie di funzioni, I. Mem. Accad. Sci. Bologna 8, 131-186 (1900), 32. G. Birkhoff and G.-C. Rota, “Ordinary Differential Equations.” Ginn, Boston, 1962. 33. A. N. Kolmogoroff and S. V. Fomin, “Elements of the Theory of Functions and Functional Analysis.” Vol. 1 , “Metric and Normed Spaces.” Graylock, New York, 1957. 34. L. Schwartz, “ThCorie des distributions,” Vol. I, p. 70. Hermann, Paris, 1957.

References

25 1

35. J. L. Kelley, “General Topology.” Van Nostrand, Princeton, New Jersey, 1955. 36. I. Firy, Un critere de compaciti pour les fonctions continues. C . R. Acad. Sci. Paris 224, 992-993 (1947). 37. K. T. Weierstrass, Uber die analytische Darstellbarkeit sogenannter willkiirlicher Funktionen reeller Argumente. S.-B. Deutsch Akad. Wiss. Berlin KI. Math. Phys. Tech. 633-639, 789-805 (1885). 38. S. Bernstein, Dbmonstrstion du thkoreme de Weierstrass fondie sur le calcul des probabilitbs. Comm. Soc. Math. Kharkoff [2] 13, 1-2 (1912). 39. T. A. Botts and E. J. McShane, “Real Analysis.” Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 1959. 40. G. G . Lorentz, “Bernstein Polynomials.” Univ. of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1953. 41. L. Fejir, Uber Weierstrasssche Approximation, besonders durch Hermitesche Interpolation. Math. Ann. 102, 707-725 (1930). 42. E. C. Titchmarsh, “Theory of Functions,” 2nd ed. Oxford Univ. Press, London and New York, 1939. 43. L. Fejkr, Untersuchungen uber Fouriersche Reihen. Math. Ann. 58, 51-69 (1904). 44. F. Peter and H. Weyl, Die Vollstandigkeit der primitiven Darstellungen einer geschlossenen kontinuierlichen Gruppe. Math. Ann. 97, 737-755 (1927). 45. H. Steinhaus, “Theorie der Orthogonalreihen,” 2nd ed. Chelsea, New York, 1951. 46. Ch. Miintz, Uber den Approximationssatz von Weierstrass. Festschr. H. A . Schwarz, pp. 303-312 (1914). 47. M. H. Stone, Applications of the theory of Boolean rings to general topology. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 41, 375481 (1937). 48. N. Dunford and I. E. Segal, Semigroups of operators and the Weierstrass theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. SOC.52, 911-917 (1946). 49. E. Hewitt, Certain generalizations of the Weierstrass approximation theorem. Duke Math. J . 14, 419427 (1947). 50. S. Kakutani, Concrete representations of abstract (M) spaces (a characterization of the space of continuous functions). Ann. of Math. [2] 42, 994-1024 (1941). 51. G. E. silov, On rings of functions with uniform convergence. Ukrain. Math. 2. 3, 404-41 I (1951). 52. M. H. Stone, The generalized Weierstrass approximation theorem. Math. Mag. 21, 167-184. 237-254 (1948).

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

CHAPTER V

Theory of Convergence Ordered convergence in its simplest form occurs when we speak of a sequence of real numbers. Using the so-called c definition of a limit we can tell precisely what we mean by the convergence and the limit of sequences of real numbers but we should not be satisfied by merely being able to give an exact definition for a concept which we want to use extensively. A careful analysis of this notion was made only relatively recently by also considering more general instances of limits and eliminating the unnecessary special means used in the earlier definitions. As a result of this analysis we now see that convergence and limits are purely topological notions and as such can be described by using only topological concepts. Another line of development in the theory of convergence centers around the problem of replacing sequences by more general mathematical notions for which convergence and limits are meaningful. Several instances of such generalized limits occur in analysis and a study of these led to new mathematical concepts which permit far-reaching generalizations of sequential convergence. On the following pages we shall introduce these new concepts and define what we mean by convergence, by adherence or accumulation points, and by limits. T h e classical theory of sequential convergence appears as a special case and it will illustrate the general theory. We first introduce filters and nets. These are generalizations of sequences and as far as convergence properties are concerned they areequivalent notions. Their range of applicability, however, is different. Filters are very versatile tools in topology while nets are better adapted to arguments in analysis. T h e first successful application of filters was in the theory of compact spaces. Using filters the theorem on the equivalence of the compactness and of the Bolzano-Weierstrass property can be extended from metric spaces to arbitrary topological spaces. Later, similar results were obtained by using nets instead of filters. A second basic application of filters is in the theory of complete spaces or more precisely complete uniform structures. Uniform structures are themselves filters but this is only a 253

2 54

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

superficial application. It is in the definition of completeness where filters or nets are indispensible. As a generalization of Cauchy sequences we introduce Cauchy filters and define completeness in terms of these filters. 1. Filters and Nets

These two notions are set-theoretical concepts and replace sequences in the general theory of convergence. Subsequently we shall speak about the convergence and divergence of filters and of nets, their adherence points and limit points. It is possible to associate with each filter a net in such a way that they converge or diverge simultaneously, have the same accumulation points, and in the case of convergence both have identical limits. Similarly, we can replace nets by suitable filters which exhibit the same convergence properties. Hence in the theory we could restrict ourselves either only to filters or only to nets. This, however, would be as impractical as trying to forget about infinite series and to think always in terms of sequences or vice versa. When one uses filters or nets one should always choose whichever is most natural for the situation at hand. We first define filters. In what follows X will denote a nonvoid set and for the time being we do not require the existence of any structure on X. Later when discussing convergence we shall assume that X is a topological space. Definition 1. A nonvoid family .Fof subsets F of a set X is called afilter in X if it satisjies the following axioms:

( F a 1) ( F a 2) ( F a 3)

I f F E F,then F is not void. If F, E 9and F, c F , then F E 9. IfF,,F,E9, thenF,nF,Eg.

Note.

The last axiom can be replaced by a weaker one; namely:

(F. 3a)

If F , ,F, E 9, then F

G

F, nF, for some F E 9.

Clearly (F.2) and (F.3a) imply (F.3). Axiom (F.3) shows that a filter is a nonvoid family of nonvoid sets in X which has the jinite intersection property, that is, Fl , ..., F, E 9 implies F, n ... n F, # CI. T h e family also has the property expressed in axiom (F.2) which can be stated in an equivalent form: (F. 2a)

If F, E 9 and ifFz is a subset of X , then F, uF , E 9.

255

1. Filters and Nets

This form is not practical but it brings out the algebraic meaning of this axiom and of the filter itself: Let LY be the set of all subsets of X.Under the binary operations PIu P, and P, n P, the set 9'forms a distributive lattice. If a subset 9 of 9 is closed under these operations, then it is called a sublattice. If F, n F , E F not only when both F,, F , E but ~ also when either F , or F, belongs to 9, then the sublattice F is called an ideal in 8. If F, u F , E F whenever either F , E . ~ or , F , E F , or both, then we speak about a d u d ideal in 9.T h e axiom system (F.l), (F.2a), and (F.3) shows that a filter 9 is a dual ideal in 9 'which does not contain the element 0 . Usually filters are defined by giving only some of their elements from which the remaining ones can be found easily. If we discard axiom (F.2) we obtain the axioms of such a subfamily known as afilter base: Definition 2. A nonvoid family B of subsets B of a set X is called afilter base in X ;f it satisfies the following axioms: (Fb. I )

(Fb. 3a)

If B E d,then B is not void. If B , , B, E 3,then B

B , n B , for some B

E d?.

The filter .Fgenerated by the filter base d is the family ofthose sets F E X which contain some B E ../A. Note, Every filter 9 is a filter base and the filter generated by the filter base 9is 9 itself.

Definition 3. A subbase Y for afilter in a set X is a nonvoid family of nonroid sets S C_ X having the firrite intersection property. The j l t e r base generated by Y is the family 2 of all finite intersections B = S, n ... n S , of elements S , , ..., S , of 9.The filter generated by Y is the filter 9 generated by .3. It is convenient sometimes to speak about finer and coarser or about stronger and weaker filters and also about refinements of filters and filter bases. These concepts correspond to the notion of a subsequence. We say that a filter base ,dl is a refinement of another filter base B, if every B, E .A, contains some B , E 3,. If .2,is a refinement of L%', we shall write d, A, or 3, &,. T h e 'relation g13 B, does not necessarily imply that ./A, 2 9,. We define a filter 9, to be finer than a or in other words, 9, to be coarser than 9, , if Yl2 9,. filter .F2, Since filters are filter bases we can also speak about F, being a refinement of 9, . It is clear from these definitions that if S1 is finer than 9,, then 9, is a refinement of the filter base 9,. It is simple to show that if .iA, .g2,then 9, , the filter generated by 3?,, is finer than S 2 the ,

<

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

256

filter generated by g2. A necessary and sufficient condition for 9, = 9, is that the generating bases and g2satisfy 9?ll g2and 3, 99,. A filter 9 is called countable if it has a base consisting of at most denumerably many elements. We have:

<

a,

<

Lemma 1. Every countablefilter has a base oftheform {C,} (n = 1,2, ...) where C, z C, 2 ... . Proof. Let 9 = (B,) ( n = I , 2, ...) be a countable base for the filter 9. We consider the sets C, = B, n ... n B, (n = 1, 2, ...). These form a decreasing sequence V which is a filter base in X . T h e base V is obviously a refinement of and 9?l is also a refinement of % because by axiom (Fb.3) every finite intersection B, n ... n B, contains some set B E a. Hence the filters generated by .9?and V are identical and %' is a decreasing base for the filter 9. T o adapt the theory of convergent sequences to this treatment we must first associate with every sequence (x,) ( n = 1, 2, ...) of points x, E X a filter 9 such that if X is a topological space, then x, + x if and only if the filter 9 is also convergent and its unique limit is the point x. T h e filter 9is called the elementary filter generated by the sequence (x,). It is a countable filter and it is defined by giving a decreasing base: Definition 4. Let (x,) (n = 1, 2, ...) be a sequence in the set X and let 9be the filter generated by the denumerable base L?# = {B,} (n = 1, 2, ...) where B,, = {xv : v 2 n}. Then 9is called the elementary filter generated

by the sequence (x,). Note. The elementary filter 9 is the set of all subsets F of X which contain all but finitely many elements of the sequence (x,). Countable filters are instances of a larger class of special filters: If a filter 9has a base 97 of cardinality at most n, then 9is called an n-filter. T h e definition of a net involves directed sets. A partially ordered set D with a reflexive ordering relation is called a directed set if for any d pair of elements d, , d, E D there is a d E D with the property that d , and d , d . For example, linearly ordered sets and lattices are directed sets. If 9is a filter in a set X,then 9becomes a directed set by introF, if and only if F, c F, . ducing the following ordering relation: F, Indeed, given F, ,F, E 9 the set F, n F, E 9 is an upper bound of both F, and F, . This ordering relation is called ordering by inverse inclusion.

<

<

<

<

Definition 5. A net or directed system on a directed set D with values in a set X is a function x defined on D whose function values xd or x ( d ) belong to the set X .

257

Exercises

We see immediately that every sequence ( x n ) ( n = 1, 2, ...) of points X is a net in the set X and its directed set D is the set of positive integers n under the usual ordering relation. If the directed set D of a net (x,) ( d E D ) is linearly ordered, we say that the net is a linear net. For instance, sequences are linear nets and every function of a real variable d with values x, in a set X is a linear net. Functions of two real variables x , y need not be nets under the customary ordering “(x, , y , ) < (x2 , y 2 ) if x1 < xz and y , y z or if x1 x2 and y1 < y 2 .” For the domain of the function need not be a directed set. If the domain is an open rectangle D = {(x, y ) : a < x < b and c < y < d } , then every function on D is a net. Now we define what we mean by the restriction of a net and by a subnet of a net: x, of a set

<

<

Let ( x d ) ( d E D ) be a net and let D, E D be a directed set. Then the restriction of the function ( x d ) ( d E D ) to the set D, is called the restriction of the net to the directed set D,. Every subsequence of a sequence is a restriction of the sequence to the directed set (n, , nz , ...). If we insist that sequences should have (1,2, ...) as index set, then the definition of a subsequence should be modified as follows: (ynJ (m = 1, 2, ...) is a subsequence of ( x n ) (n = 1, 2, ...) if there is a strictly increasing function (n,) ( m = 1 , 2, ...) such that ynL= xnm for every m = 1, 2, ... . A generalization of this definition leads to subnets: Definition 6.

Definition 7. Let ( x d ) ( d E D ) and (yi)(i E I ) be nets. Suppose that d is a function which maps I into D such that:

(9 (ii)

< i2 then d(i,) < d(Q; for every do E D there is an io E I such that do < d(io).

if i, < i, , then d(i,) < d(i,) and if i,

If d can be chosen such that yi called a subnet of (x,) ( d E D ) .

= x,(~)for

eoery i E I , then (yi)( i E I ) is

Note. Without condition (i) every rearrangement of a sequence would be a subsequence. This is the reason for including (i). T h e subset A = d ( I ) is itself a directed set and by (ii) for each d E D there is a 6 E A such that d 6. We say that A is cojinal with D.

<

EXERCISES

1. T h e neighborhood filter M ( x )of a point x in a topological space is a filter. Any base g ( x ) of N ( Xis)a filter base for the filter .N(x).For instance, the family 8(x) of open neighborhoods of x is a filter base for X ( x ) .

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

258

2. Let X be a nonvoid set and let d ( x ) be the collection of all subsets of X which contain the point x. Show that A(,) is a filter and there is no other filter in X which is finer than ,rU(x). 3. Let X be an infinite set and let 9be the collection of those subsets F whose complement is finite. Show that 9is a filter in X . Try to find a filter B which is strictly finer than 9. 4. I n the plane with polar coordinates Y, y, for every p > 0, let F, = {(r, 9’): r < p and a < y 0) is a filter base in the plane for a filter Sufi and Sufi 9,,6 if and only if a y < 6 8. 5 . If 9and B are filters in a set X , then 9n 9,the family of common elements of 9and 9,is a filter in X . Show that 9 99 if and only if .Fn9=S.

<

<

<

<

6. If the family 0 of open sets of a topological space X is a filter base, then no point-pair can be separated by disjoint open sets.

7. Show that the neighborhood systems X ( x ) , O(x), and “(x) form directed sets under ordering by inverse inclusion. Show the same for every base g ( x ) of the neighborhood filter .N(x). [Any two neighborhoods in B ( x ) have a common upper bound, namely, their intersection contains an element of B(x).] 8. A partially ordered set D is called an w-directed set if every countable subset of D has an upper bound in D. Give an example to illustrate that 0(x) need not be an w-directed set. (Consider the open neighborhoods S l / n[x] ( n = 1, 2, ...) of a point x in the plane. Then f l S l / n[x] = (x} and so there is no open neighborhood of x contained in every one of these open neighborhoods.) 9. Let X be a topological space and let D be the family of all open ( i E I ) of X . We say that {Qj}is a refinement of {Oi}, in covers {Oi} symbols, {Oi} {Qj}, if for every Oj there is a Qj such that Qj G Oi. Show that under this ordering D is a directed set. Show the same for the family of all finite covers and for the family of all locally finite covers of

<

x.

2. Convergence of Filters, Nets, and Sequences

In this section we consider filters, nets, and sequences of points in a fixed topological space X. There are two basic notions for sequences in X : accumulation point and limit point. It is clear that a sequence can have more than one accumulation point even if X is a very simple

2. Convergence of Filters, Nets, and Sequences

259

space. T h e set of accumulation points is called the adherence of the sequence. It is less obvious that a convergent sequence can have more than one limit point because in most applications we usually deal only with Hausdorff spaces and a sequence of points in such a space can have at most one limit point. However, if X is not a Hausdorff space, a sequence can converge at the same time to several points of X . T h e set of all limit points is called the limit of the sequence. If a convergent sequence has only one limit point x, then in practice we do not distinguish between x and the set {x} and simply say that x is the limit of the sequence. However, strictly speaking the limit is always a set in X.Now we proceed to give a precise definition of adherence and limit not only for sequences but also for arbitrary filters and nets in the splice X. Definition 1.

The adherence of a filter 9 in the topological space X is

the closed set adhF

=n

{F:FEF}.

The elements of adh 9are called the adherence points of the filter 9. The adherence of 9 can be a void set. A point x is an adherence point of 9 if and only if F n N , # 0 for every set F E 9and for every neighborhood N , of x. Let 99 be a base for 9.Then by g G 9we have n P c n B and since every F contains some B we see also that n B E F. Therefore we have:

n

Lemma 1.

If 9?is a base for the filter 9,then adh 9 = n {B : B E g}.

Note. We often speak about the adherence of a filter base where the adherence is defined as adh 93 = f I {B : B E g}.By the present lemma adh B = adh 9 where 9 is the filter generated by g. As an illustration we determine the adherence of the elementary filter F generated by a sequence (x,) ( n = 1, 2, ...) : By definition x E adh 9 if and only if every neighborhood N , intersects every B, = {x, : v 3 n}, that is, if and only if every N , contains some x, with v 2 n where n is arbitrary. Hence adh 9 consists of those points x E X whose neighborhoods N , contain an infinity of terms of (x,). This is exactly how accumulation points of sequences are defined. I n terms of accumulation points of sets we have: A point x is an accumulation point of (x,) if it is an accumulation point of the set of points x, ( n = 1, 2, ...) or if x = x, for an infinity of indices n.

Definition 2. Let 9 be a filter in a topological space X . A point x of X is called a limit point of 9 i f every neighborhood N , of x contains some

260

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

F E 9. The set of all limit points is called the limit of the filter 9 and is denoted by lim 9. A point x is a limit point of 9 if and only if 9 is finer than the neighborhood filter M ( x )or, equivalently, if and only if 9is a refinement

of N ( x ) . Obviously, we have lim 9 G adh 9. We can also speak about the limit points of a filter base 93: We say that x is a limit point of the filter base L?d if L?d is a refinement of N ( x ) . This holds if and only if each N , contains some B E 93. T h e set of limit points of 93 is called the limit of thefilter base B. It follows immediately that lim 93 depends only on the filter generated by 93:

The limit of a filter base 93 is identical with the limit of the filter generated by the base 93. One often uses the expressions “ Bis ultimately in the set S” or “93 is eventually in the set S” to indicate the existence of a B E 93 such that B E S. Using this terminology x is a limit point of 93 if and only if 93 is eventually in every neighborhood of x. We shall also use all the wellestablished terms of the theory of sequences: For example, if x E lirn 9, we say that 9converges to x; and we say that 9is divergent or convergent according as lim 9 is void or not. A lemma on sequences of real numbers states: A point x is an adherence point of a sequence (xn) ( n = 1, 2, ...) if and only if there is a subsequence of ( x n ) which is convergent to x. If we restrict ourselves to sequences, then the lemma cannot be extended to sequences on arbitrary topological spaces, but if we consider also filters on the space X, then the lemma can be generalized in a natural way: Lemma 2.

Lemma 3. A point x is an adherence point of a filter 9in X if and only if there is a filter in X which is finer than 9and is convergent to x. Note. The refinement of 9 need not be an elementary filter even if 9 itself is elementary. Proof. Let x be an adherence point of 9. Then N , n F # 0 for every Hence the family { N , n F} neighborhood N , and for every F E 9. ( N XE N ( x ) and F E 9)is a filter in X. This filter is now a ,refinement of 9and also of .A”(,) and it is convergent to x. This proves the necessity of the condition. Next we suppose that there is a filter @ finer than 9 such that x E lim @. Then 9 Q, and .N‘(x) Q, which shows that F n N , E @ for any F in 9and N , in .A’-(x). Thus F n N , # 0 for every neighborhood N , and so x E P. Since F is arbitrary we obtain x E adh 9. This proves the sufficiency of the condition. T h e following result is a generalization of the well-known fact that

<

<

2. Convergence of Filters, Nets, and Sequences

26 I

the only accumulation point of a convergent sequence of real numbers is its limit: If X is a Hausdorff space and 9 is a convergent filter in X, then adh .F consists of a single point and lim 9 = adh 9.

Theorem 1.

Proof. Let x and y be distinct points in X and let 0, and 0, be disjoint then there is open neighborhoods of x and y , respectively. If x E lim 9, is an F E 9 such that F c 0,. Therefore F c c 0 , and F c c 0 , . This shows that y $ fl P = a d h 9 . By l i m 9 G a d h 9 we get l i m 9 = a d h 9 = {x}. T h e uniqueness of the limit is a characteristic property of HausdorfT spaces:

Theorem 2. A topological space X is a Hausdorff space every filter in X has at most one limit point.

if

and only if

Proof. T h e necessity of the condition follows from the preceding theorem. T o prove the sufficiency let us suppose that X is not a Hausdorff space. Then there are distinct points x and y in X such that N , n N , is nonvoid for every N , E N * ( x ) and N , E . N ( y ) . Then 9 = { N , n N , } is a filter in X.Clearly 9is a refinement of both .N(x)and of . N ( y ) and so x and y are distinct limit points of 9. Thus lim 9 is not a single point. Now we discuss briefly the convergence of elementary filters and show that it is in perfect agreement with the definition of sequential convergence: x E lim 9 if and only if every N , E . N ( x ) includes some F E 9 and so x is a limit point of 9 if and only if every N , includes a B, = {x” : Y >- n} for some n 2 1. Hence x is in lirn 9 if and only if every neighborhood N , contains all but finitely many points of the sequence ( x n ) ( n = 1 , 2, ...).

Let ( x d ) ( d E D ) be a net in a topological space X . A point of X is called an adherence point of (x,) ( d E D ) if given do E D and a neighborhood N , there is a d E D such that do d and x, E N,. The set of all adherence points is called the adherence of the net and is denoted by adh(x,). If for every do E D there is a d E D with the property that do d and x,! E Y , then we say that ( x d ) ( d E D ) is frequently in the set Y . Using this expression we can say that a point x E X i s an adherence point of the net ( x d ) ( d E D ) if and only if ( x d ) ( d E D ) is frequently in every neighborhood of x. If there is a do E D such that xd E Y for every d satisfying do d, then we say that the net (x,~)( d E D ) is eventually or ultimately in the set Y . A point x is called a limit point of the net if it is ultimately in every neighborhood of x: Definition 3.

x

<

<

<

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

262

Definition 4. A point x of a topological space X is called a limit point of a net (x,) ( d E D ) in X ;ffor every neighborhood N , of x there is a do E D such that x, E N , for every d satisfying do d. The set of all limit points is called the limit of the net and is denoted by lim(x,), A net is convergent if it has at least one limit point and is divergent if it has no limit points. We have in every case lim(w,) G adh(x,). If X is a Hausdorff space, then every convergent net has exactly one adherence point and this is the unique limit point of the net. T h e converse is harder to prove and instead of giving a direct proof we are going to show the exact relationship between the convergence properties of nets and filters.

<

Let X be a topological space and let (x,) ( d E D ) be an arbitrary net in X . Then there exists a$lter 9in X with the property that a d h F = adh(x,) and l i m F = lim(x,).

Theorem 3.

<

Proof. For every d E D we define B, = {x,j : d S}. Since D is a directed set the family 9? = {B,} ( d E D ) has the finite intersection property and so it is a filter base in X . Let 9be the filter generated by 9?.We show that 9 satisfies all requirements. First, let x E adh(x,). Then given d E D and N , there is a S E D such that d 6 and xg E N,. Therefore N , and B, intersect for every d E D and for every N , which means that x E adh F.Now let us assume that x E a d h F . Let d E D and a neighborhood N , be given. We have N , n B, # 0 and so there is an xd E N , n B, where 6 satisfies d 6. Therefore we found a 6 satisfying d 6 and such that x,j E N,; so x E adh(x,). Next, let x be a limit point of (xd) ( d E D). Then for every N , there is S. Therefore a d E D such that xa E N , for every 6 satisfying d B, c N , and x E lim F.Conversely, let x be a limit point of 9and let N , be a neighborhood of x. Then there is a B, such that B, G N , and 6. In other words, x E lim(x,). so x,j E N , for every 6 satisfying d

<

<

<

<

<

Let 9 be afilter in a topological space X . Then there is a net (x,) ( d E D ) in X with the property that adh(x,) = adh 9 and lim(x,) = l i m 9 .

Theorem 4.

Proof. Let us consider the set D of all ordered pairs d = (x, F ) where X E F E We ~ . say that d, d, if F , 2 F,. Under this ordering D

<

becomes a directed set and a net can be defined on D by choosing xd = x for every d = (x, F). Let x E lim 9 and let N , be arbitrary. Then there is an F E 9such that F c N,. We let d = (x, F ) . Hence if S = (6, G) satisfies d 6, or in other words, if G G F , then xd = 5 E G c F G N , and so x is a limit point of ( x d ) ( d E D). Con-

<

263

Exercises

i;ersely, let s E lirn(x,!) and let N , be given. Then there is a d = (x, F ) such that x,) E N, for every 6 satisfying d 6. Using this for every 6 = ( f , F ) ( [ E F ) w e s e e t h a t x s = ( E N , f o r e v e r y t E F a n d s o F G N,. This shows that x E lim B and lim(x,) = lim 9. Now we suppose that x E adh 9so that N , n F # 0 for every neighborhood N, and for every F E 3. Given N , and d = (x, F ) we choose ( in N,, n F and consider 6 = (5, F). Then d 6 and xa = 5 E N , and so x E adh(x,). On the other hand, if x E adh(x,), then given F E 9 and LV,,.there is a 6 E D such that d = (x, F) 6 = (5,G) and xg E N,. I n other words, xg = 5 E G n N , E F n N,. and so F and N , intersect for every F E 9 and for every N , E ./I '(x). This proves that x E adh 9 and adh(x,) = adh 9. T h e last two theorems show that in the study of adherence and limits we could restrict ourselves to only one of the two concepts, but as was pointed out earlier it is more convenient to use both filters and nets. Theorems 3 and 4 immediately imply the counterparts of Theorems 1 and 2 for nets:

<

<

<

If X is a Hausdorff space and (xd) ( d E D ) is a convergent net in X , then adh(x,,) consist of ti single point and lim(x,) = adh(xd).

Theorem 5. Proof.

Use Theorems I and 3.

A topological space X is a Hausdorff space i f and only i f ecerv net in X has at most one limit point. Theorem 6.

Use Theorems 2, 3, and 4. We close this section with a few remarks on the convergence of subnets. It is well known that every subsequence of a convergent sequence is convergent to the same limit. T h e corresponding result follows easily from the definition of a subnet: If (yi)(i E I ) is a subnet of the net ( x I I ) ( d E D),then lim(yi) z lim(x,) and adh(yi) G adh(x,,). A similar proposition holds for filters: If SG1 is jiner than 9, , then lim F12 lim P2and adh Pl G adh .F2. This is obvious from the definitions of the concepts involved in the statement. Proof.

E X E RClSES

1. Show that a filter in a pseudometric space is convergent only if for every E > 0 there is an F E 9 such that its diameter d ( F ) < E. 2. Let 9 be a filter in the space of the real numbers such that for every E > 0 there is an F E B of diameter d ( F ) < E . Show that S has

264

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

(i) a nonvoid adherence; (ii) a unique adherence point; (iii) a unique limit point. [Construct by induction on k = 1, 2, ... a sequence of closed intervals I,, of length (%)k and a sequence of sets F , E such ~ that Fk+, c F,, C _ I, c Ik-, for every k > 1 : If I,,and F,, are already given, Since Flc c Ik we may then choose G E of ~length d(G) < i(+)k. choose Fk+, = G n F,, and for I,,, we may choose the left or the right two-thirds of I,,. By the compactness of the interval I, the intersection n I,,determines a unique point which is an adherence point of 9.1 3. If Y is a subspace of X and if 9is a filter in Y , then 9 is a filter base in X.Show that the adherence of 9 in X is a subset of P. 4. Show that for every filter 9in a topological space lim 9 = n adh $9 where the intersection is taken for every $9 2 9. 5. Let X be an infinite set and let the topology on X be the topology of finite complements. Show that a sequence (xn) (n = 1, 2, ...) is convergent if and only if (i) exactly one point x occurs in ( x n ) an infinite number of times, or (ii) every point occurs in (xn) at most a finite number of times. In case (i) the point x is the unique limit and in case (ii) every point of X is a limit point. 6. Let X be infinite and let the topology be the topology of finite complements. Show that every filter in X has a nonvoid adherence. If 9contains finite sets, then adh 9 is the smallest finite set in 9 and if every F is an infinite set, then adh 9 = X. 7. Show that adh(x,) is a closed set without using the fact that the adherence of every filter is closed. 8. Construct a net (x,) ( d E D ) such that its adherence is the closed set C given in advance. [Let D be the set of all ordered pairs d = (n, x) where n = 1, 2, ... and x E C. If n, n 2 , we say that d, = (n, , x,) d, = ( n , , x2) for every x, , x2 E C. For every d = (n, x) we define xd = x. Since xd E C for every d E D we have adh(x,) c C. Given any x E C, a neighborhood N,, and any d E D we have xa = x E N , for every 6 = (n,x) and so 6 can 6. Hence x E adh(x,).] be chosen such that d

<

<

<

3. Ultrafllters and Universal Nets

These concepts have no counterparts in the theory of sequences. I t is possible to form universal nets from sequences but the nets which we obtain will not be sequences. Similarly, if we consider the elementary

3. Ultrafilters and Universal Nets

265

filters generated by sequences, we can construct some ultrafilters which are finer than these elementary filters but they are not elementary filters. Definition 1. A n ultrajlter 9 in a set X is a filter such that there exists no filter in X which is strictly finer than 9. Note. In other words 9 is an ultrafilter if 9 is maximal with respect defined by inclusion. to the ordering relation Occasionally we shall also speak about an ultrafilter base 2. This means that the filter generated by 2 is an ultrafilter. There is no difficulty in seeing the existence of ultrafilters in any set X:For instance, the set of all subsets containing a fixed point x is an ultrafilter. I t is more interesting to show the existence of certain special types of ultrafilters:

<

Given any filter 9 in a set X there is an ultrafilter .I in X which is finer than 9. Proof. Use Zorn's lemma: Let 'u be the set of all filters 9 finer than 9. 2 # 0 since 9€2. T h e set 'u is partially ordered by the ordering Y, and every linearly ordered subfamily 2 of % has an relation Yl upper bound in 8 , namely, U{9 : Y E 2 } is a filter in X which is a refinement of every 9 E 2 . Hence Zorn's lemma applies and so there is a maximal element A' in 'u. No other filter 9 is finer than .Abecause if .A 9)t h e n 9 Y a n d s o % E X and 9 = .A. Theorem 1.

<

<

<

If 9is an ultrafilter in the set X and if A , u ... u A, E 9, then at least one of the sets A , , ..., A, belongs to 9. Note. Conversely, if 9 is a filter such that for every A in X we have A E 9 or c A E 9, then 9is an ultrafilter. Proof. We can restrict ourselves to the case n = 2. Suppose that A , 4 9 but A , u A , E 9 and consider the family 9 of those sets G which have the property that A , u G E 9. Since A , E 3 the family is not void and T h e remaining two none of its elements is the void set because A , $9. axioms (F.2) and (F.3) for a filter are obviously satisfied and so 9 is a filter in X . By (F.2) we have 9 c 9 and so 9 being an ultrafilter 9 = 9. Therefore by A , u A , E 9 we have A , E 9 = 9. T o prove the statement of the note let 9 be a filter satisfying the requirements , c G ~ c9 59 and let 9 G Y. If G E 9,then G E F or c G ~ 9 but would imply that G n cG = 0 E 9.Thus G E 9, and so 9 c 9. Hence 9 c Y implies that 9 = 9 and so 9 is maximal. Theorem 2.

Theorem 3.

adhF

=

If .F is an ultrafilter in a topological space X, then

lim9.

266

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

Proof. This follows from Lemma 2.3: If x E adh F, then there is a filter in X finer than 9 which is convergent and x is one of its limit points. Therefore Since 9is an ultrafilter this filter is 9itself and so x E lim 9. adh 9 c lim 9 and so adh 9 = lim 9. It is possible to introduce a notion also in the theory of nets which corresponds to the notion of an ultrafilter. T h e simplest is to base the definition on the property of ultrafilters which is expressed in Theorem 2 and the note following it: A net (x,) ( d E D ) with values in a set X is called a universal net i f for every subset A of X there is an index d E D such that either xa E A whenever d 6 or xa E cA whenever d 6. In others words, (xd) ( d E 0 ) is a universal net if for every A E X it is eventually either in A or in cA. It is easy to see that lim(xd) = adh(x,) for every universal net on a topological space X : I n fact, let x E adh(x,) and let 0, be an open neighborhood of x. As x is an adherence point the universal net cannot be eventually in c 0 , and so ( x d ) ( d E 0 ) is eventually in 0,. Since 0, is is arbitrary, x is a limit point. The same result can be obtained by using Theorem 2.3 and noticing that the filter associated with a universal net in Theorem 2.3 is an ultrafilter. Similarly, one can show that the net associated with an ultrafilter in Theorem 2.4 is a universal net. Every subnet of a universal net is universal. Every net has a universal subnet. We do not give detailed proofs of these results here as we do not need them in the sequel.

<

<

EXERCISES

1. Let X be the space formed by the closed interval [0, 11 with the usual topology of the reals. Show that every ultrafilter 4 is convergent in X . (The interval Zl = [0, 13 belongs to 4 and the left or right half of I , also belongs to A. Construct the sequence (Ik) (k = 1, 2, ...) of intervals such that Zk.kl is the left or right half of I,,. and I,,.,, E 4 .Then n I,,.is a limit point.) 2. Show that if .X is an ultrafilter in a set X , then n M contains at most one point. 3. Show that the neighborhood filter . M ( x ) is an ultrafilter if and only if x is an isolated point of X . 4. If an ultrafilter contains finite sets, then it is the family of all sets which contain a fixed point. 5. Let an infinite set be topologized by the topology of finite complements. Show that every ultrafilter is convergent.

4. Bounds, Traces, and Products of Filters

267

6. Let X be a linearly ordered set and let the topology on X be the order topology, i.e., let 0 be open if it is 0 , X or if it is of the form {x : a < x} for some a E X . Show: If X has a minimal element, then every filter is convergent. 7. Show that if F is an ultrafilter, then the net constructed in the proof of Theorem 2.4 is a universal net. [If 9is an ultrafilter, then given a set A there is an F E 9 such that F G A or F G cA. We choose an x E F and put d = (x, F ) . Then for 6 we have G G F and so xa = f E G G F. every 6 = ( f , G) satisfying d Hence either xg E A for every 6; d 6 or xd E cA for every 6; d \< 6.1 8. Show that if ( x d ) ( d E 0)is a universal net, then the filter constructed in the proof of Theorem 2.3 is an ultrafilter.

<

<

4. Bounds, Traces, and Products of Filters

Here is a collection of useful definitions and some practical results on filters. Further information can be found in the exercises at the end of this section. of filters F ain the same set X has a lower bound in Every family {Fa} X,e.g., the filter consisting of the single set F = Xis a lower bound for any filter in X.Among the lower bounds there is a largest called the greatest lower bound of the family and denoted by glb{Fa}. I t is the intersection of the families Faand for this reason it is also called the intersection filter and can be denoted by fl Fa. A family {Fa}need not have an upper bound. A finite family {F,, ..., F,} has an upper bound if and only if Fl n ... n F, # 0 for all choices of F , E F, , ..., F, E F,. If this condition is satisfied, then the sets F, n ... n F, form a filter which is the least upper bound of the family. An infinite family {Fa} has an upper bound if and only if every has an upper bound, then finite subfamily has an upper bound. If {Fa} there is a least upper bound: It is the filter consisting of the sets n Fa where Fa = X for all but finitely many indices 01. T h e least upper bound is denoted by 1ub{Sa}. T h e family U Fais a subbase for lub{Fa} are comparable, then provided the latter exists. If arfy two filters of {Fa} lub{9,} exists and it is U Fa. Suppose that the cardinality of {01} is at most n. If in addition every Fa is an n-filter and if lub{Fa} exists, then it is an n-filter. I n particular, the least upper bound of a countable family of countable filters is itself a countable filter. An increasing sequence of elementary filters 9, Fz ... can always be majorized by an elementary filter. T h e

<

<

268

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

diagonal process applied to the sequences generating the filters F nleads This upper to a sequence which generates an upper bound for {Fn}. bound, however, need not be the least upper bound of {S,}. Let 3? be a filter base in X and let Y be a subset of X . T h e family B y= { B n Y }( B E is called the trace of A? in Y . T h e trace is a filter base in Y if and only if B n Y is nonvoid for every B E 93. If B y is a filter base in Y , then the filter generated by 9?yis F y= {F n Y }( F E S ) where 9 is the filter generated by 99:For it is obvious that 93, c 9, and so the filter F Yis finer than the filter generated by gY. On the other then there is a B E 93 such that B c F and so B n Y E B y . hand, i f F E 9, This shows that F n Y belongs to the filter generated by 93,. Hence this filter is exactly F,, If . F Yis a filter then it is called the filter induced on Y by 9, If A is an ultrafilter in X , then A, is a filter in Y if and only if Y EA. For either Y or cY must belong to A. If the induced filter A, exists, then it is an ultrafilter in Y . Indeed, if A lies in Y , then A or c,A belongs to A and so by Y E A we have A E A, or c,A E A,. Let X be a product set and let a filter F, be given in each of its factors X,. Then the set of all products IIF,, where F, E 9, and F, = X, for all but finitely many indices, is a filter base 93 in X.T h e filter generated and is denoted by IIF,. by .gis called the product of the filters 9, I t is the coarsest filter in Xsuch that its projection in X , is 9,for every s. If asis a base for 9,, then the set of all products Il B,, where B, = X, for all but finitely many indices and B , E A ? ~for the rest, is a base for If the index set is finite, then the definition is simpler: T h e set of all products II B, is a base for the product filter. I t is easy to verify that the neighborhood filter N(x)of a point x = (x,) E X in the product topology is the product of the neighborhood filters N ( x S ) of the points x, in X,. Now let X be a topological space. If 99 is a filter base in X,then the the family 3 = (8) ( B E 93) is also a filter base. If g1and B2generate the same filter, then B1and 32do also. T h e filter associated with the We use the same symbol filter base is called the closure of the filter 9. .F to denote the base { p }( F E S )and the closure itself. In general lim F c lim 9 because 9is finer than 2F.

a)

n9,.

Lemma 1. W e have lim 3 = lim 9for every Jilter only i f X is a (T3)space.

F in X i f and

Proof. First let X be a (T3) space and let x E X.Then given 0, there is an open set Qx having the property that x E Q, G Qx G 0,. If x E lim 9, then there is an F E 9such that F E Qx and so P G Q, E 0,. Therefore every open neighborhood 0, contains a set P E F and so

5 . Applications of Filters and Nets to Compactness

269

cdF.Next suppose that X is not a (TJ space. Then there is a point and an open set 0, containing x with the following property: If Q, is an open set containing x, then Q, is not contained in 0,. We choose for S the filter .,I'(x) of all neighborhoods of x. Then {QJ} (Q, E . N ( x ) ) is a base for 9 and no element of this base is contained in 0,. Thus x $ lim . 1'(x) but clearly x E lim .4-(x). x E lim

x

EXERCISES

1. A uniform structure for a set X is a filter in X x X . Considered as filters show that every family of uniform structures for a fixed set X has a least upper bound which is also a uniform structure for X . 2. Considered as filters show that every family of uniform structures for 'a fixed set has a greatest lower bound which satisfies axioms (U.l)-(U.5). 3. Let Y be a subspace of X and let S ybe a filter in Y . Then S y is a filter base in X for a filter S x .Show that Y n lim .Fx= lim .Fy and Y n adh F x= adh SY. 4. Show that the product ut,q of the uniform structures q/,sfor the sets X,- is a uniform structure for the product set Il X,y. 5 . Let Ti ( i E I ) be a topology on the fixed set X and let , A ' i ( x ) be the neighborhood filter of a point x E X relative to .Ti.Show that . 1.'(x) = lub{.4 'i(x)} where . ~ '(x) 1 denotes the neighborhood filter of x relative to .F = 1ub{Yi}. [A set 0, is an open neighborhood of x relative to ~Tif and only if 0, = Of1 n ... n O$ for suitable indices i, , ..., i,, and open neighborhoods 02 E O i l , ..., OLn E B i n . Hence N , E . , ~ ' ( x )if and only if there are indices i, , ..., i,, and neighborhoods N$ E . I 'il(x),..., NLfbE .,I 'i,4(x) such that N , = NL1 n ... n N$. This shows that N , E . I '(x) if and only if N , E lub{. I 'JX)}.]

n

5. Applications of Filters and Nets to Compactness

Filters and nets are important tools in topology. In the sequel we use them when discussing compactness and completeness. Among the many applications of filters these are the most fundamental and incidentally the first where filters were used. For metric spaces compactness and the Bolzano-Weie-rstrass property are equivalent and so X is compact if and only if every sequence (x,,) of

270

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

points x,, E X has an adherence point, or in other words X is compact if and only if every elementary filter in X has a nonvoid adherence. Using filters this proposition can be extended to arbitrary topological spaces:

A topological space X is compact if and only i f every filter 9in X has a nonvoid adherence. In view of Theorems 2.3 and 2.4 this result is equivalent to the

Theorem 1.

following: Corollary.

X is compact

if

and only if every net in X has a nonvoid

adherence. The necessity follows from Theorem 111.1.1. For if F = { F } is a filter in X, then the family {F} ( F E ~has ) the finite intersection property. Hence if X is compact, then n {F : F E F }= adh 9 is not void. T h e sufficiency can be proved indirectly: Suppose that X is not Y of closed sets compact. Then by Theorem 111.1.1 there is a family 4 having the finite intersection property but with total intersection void. is a filter base in X whose adherence is void. Hence If every filter has a nonvoid adherence in X,then by Theorem 3.3 every ultrafilter has a nonvoid limit. Conversely, if every ultrafilter in X is convergent, then every filter in X has a nonvoid adherence because by Theorem 3. I . a filter 9 can be majorized by an ultrafilter -4 and so l i m d G a d h F . Hence using the preceding theorem we obtain another compactness criterion: Proof.

A topological space X is compact if and only if every ultrafilter in X is convergent. This condition can be used for instance to prove Tychonoff’s theorem on compactness: We need a few results on filters in product spaces. X,. We denote by F,v Let 9 = { F } be a filter in the product X = the projection of the set F into the coordinate space X,.Then we have:

Theorem 2.

n

Lemma 1. The family Fs = (F,} of all projections F, ( F E 9) is a jilter in X,* which is called the projection of .Finto X,. Proof. First F’ n F” z F implies that F,’ n Fi’ 2 F, and so F sis a filter base. Next if A, is a set in X,which contains a projection F, of a then the cylinder A = {x : x, E A,} contains F and so it set F E 9, This shows that A, itself is a projection of a set A E 9 belongs to 9. and so kF8 is a filter.

5 . Applications of Filters and Nets to Compactness Lemma 2.

If 9

< 9,then Fs,< 9,vfor every index s.

If F, E 9, is the projection of F Hence F8 9,. Proof.

27 1

<

E

F, then F E 9 and so F, E 9,.

Lemma 3. I f .Iis an ultrajilter in the product set X , then the projection of .Iinto each of the factors X,is an ultrafilter.

n

Proof. Let 9be a filter in X = X,qand let F,s denote the projection of 9 into X,q.Suppose that we can find some filter 9,in X,which is Then there is a set G,s in 9,such that F, $ G, strictly finer than FS. for every Fs E .F,s. We introduce the nonvoid sets v ( F ) = {x : x E F and x , E~ GJ. T h e family d? = {v(F)}( F E F) is a filter base in X which is . if not coarser than 9 because v ( F ) G F for every F E ~ Moreover, F E 9, then p ( F ) , E G, while F, $ G,v for every F E F . Therefore no element of 9 is contained in v ( F ) and so .2l is strictly finer than 9. Hence 9 is not an ultrafilter. T h e preceding lemma does not have a converse. One can easily find a filter 9 in a product set X such that .F itself is not a ultrafilter but is an ultrafilter: We can choose 9 as the product of every projection 9* can be the a family of ultrafilters 4,in the factors X,S.For instance, A,9 family of all sets in X , which contain a fixed point x , .

Lemma 4. I f 9is a filter in a product space X , then (adh 9), c adh Fs and (lim 9),s G lim S , f o r every index s. Proof. Suppose that x ~ a d h 9so that x, E ( a d h s ) , . If NZ8 is a neighborhood of x, in X,,, then N , = {( : (, E N,#) is a neighborhood of x in X . Since x is an adherence point of 9 we have N , n F # 0 for every F E 9and so N., n F, # 0 for every F, E 9,. T h u s x, E adh 9, and (adh F), G adh 9,. If, moreover, x E lirn 9, i.e., if x, E (lim F),, then there is an F E 9 such that F G N,. Therefore F, E N,, and this shows that x, E lirn 9,. T h e second part of this lemma implies that the projections of a convergent filter 9 are convergent filters in the factor spaces. T h e converse is also correct:

Lemma 5. I f every projection Fsof a filter 9 in a product space is convergent, then 9 is a convergent jilter. Proof. For each index s we choose a point x, in lim 9,. Let x E X be the point whose sth coordinate is x,. We show that x E lim 9. For let 0 = n O ~ be , an open set in X which contains x . By the definition of the product topology 0, = X, for all but finitely many indices. For

212

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

each s there is an F a E 9 such that Fa, c 0, because x, E 0, and F 5 = X for all but finitely many indices. . Then F = n F 5 is a finite intersection and so F E ~Moreover, F G IlFn,yE Il 0, = 0. Hence x E lirn 9. The proof actually shows more than is stated in the lemma; namely, we proved that x E lirn 9 provided x, E lirn 9, for every s. Therefore If we combine this with the second half of Lemma 4 lirn 9 2 II lirn 9,. we obtain: x,E ~ lirn 9,We . may choose

If 9is ajilter in a product space, then lirn 9 = lirn 9,. It is interesting that the first half of Lemma 4 does not have a true converse even if the number of factors in the product space is finite. Hence in general adh 9and II adh are different sets. For example, we may choose X, = X,to be the set of reals under the discrete topology. We consider the family 9 of all sets F in X = X , x X, having the property that the lines {(t, , xz ) : 5, E XI} and {(x, , 6, ) : f , E X,}are subsets of F for all but finitely many values of x1 E X, and x2 E X,. The family 9 is clearly a filter in X and its projections are S1 = {X,} and 9, = {X,}. Hence adh 3, = XI and adh 9, = X,.T h e filter 9, however, does not have any adherence point because the set {(x, , x2 )} consisting of the single point (x,, x2) is a neighborhood of (xl, x,) and its complement is an element of 3, The theorem on the compactness of a product space is an immediate consequence of Lemmas 3 and 5 and Theorem 2: Let A be an ultrafilter in the product space X = II X,of compact factor spaces X,.Then by Lemma 3 the projection A, is an ultrafilter in X,and so by Theorem 2 it is convergent. Lemma 5 implies that A is convergent. Since every ultrafilter A is convergent, X is compact by Theorem 2. T h e axiom of choice is needed, namely, it was used in the proof of Theorem 3.1 which is used to establish Theorem 2. Countable compactness and the Lindelof property can also be characterized in terms of filters. We introduce first an order classification of filters according to their intersection properties and the cardinalities n. of their bases: Let m and n denote infinite cardinals satisfying m A family of sets is said to have the m-intersection property if every subset of cardinality at most m has a nonvoid intersection. By an (m, n)jilter in a set X we understand a filter 9 in X such that 9 has the m-intersection property and 9 has a base Li? with card A? n. A filter having the m-intersection property is called an (m, m)-jiZter and a filter having a base with cardinality at most n is a (1, n)-filter or an n-filter. A (1, w)-filter is usually called a countable filter. A (1, oo)-$lter is a filter in the usual sense. Lemma 6.

<

<

273

Exercises

A topological space X is countably compact i j and only if every countablefilter in X has a nonvoid adherence.

Theorem 3.

Proof. Let X be countably compact and let &? with card 9 6 w be a filter base for a countable filter 9 in X . Then the family (8) ( B Eg) has the finite intersection property and so by the same reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 111.1.1 we see that it has the w-intersection w this implies that n 8 = adh 9is not void. property. Since card %? Conversely, if X is not countably compact, then by the same theorem there is a family of closed sets 98 with card A? w and having the finite intersection property but with total intersection void. Thus A9 is a filter base for a countable filter 9 and adh 9 = 0 . Similarly one can prove that X is a Lindelof space if and only if every ( w , a)-filter in X has a nonvoid adherence. Another necessary and sufficient condition for countable compactness was given in Theorem 111.1.3. Combining these we obtain:

<

<

Every countable filter in a topological space X has a nonvoid adherence E X has an accumulation point. This result can also be verified directly without reference to countable compactness.

;f and only i j every infinite sequence ( x n ) of points x,,

EXERCISES

1. Prove by using filters: If X , and X , are compact subspaces of a space X , then X , u X , is compact. 2. Show by using filters that the topology of finite complements is compact. 3. Use filters to prove that an order topology is compact if and only if the linearly ordered set X has a minimal element. 4. Let m < n be infinite cardinals, let X be a set of cardinality n, and let 9 be the family of all subsets F of X whose complement has cardinality at most m. Show that 9 is an ( m , n)-filter. 5. It is possible to prove without using the axiom of choice that the product of finitely many compact spaces is compact. Prove this result by using filters and avoiding the axiom of choice. be the projection of 9 into [Let ,Fbe a filter in X , x X , and let 9, and let B2be the family of all the compact space XI . Let x, E adh 9, sets B2 = B,(F, 0,J = it2: (tl, t 2 )E F and t1E OzJ

274

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

where F E and~ Oxl is an open neighborhood of x, in X,. Then a, is a filter base in X,. If X,is compact, then a, has an adherence point x2 . It follows that Oxgn B, # 0 for every open neighborhood OJ2of x,. Hence (OZl x Ox2)n F # 0 for every OZ1in X,and Oxpin X,.I n other words, (x, , x,) E adh 9and X, x X, is compact.] 6. Show the existence of a sequence ( x n ) in a product space such that every projection of (xn) has an adherence point but adh(xn) is void. [Let X , = X, = (0,1, 2, ...} and let the topology on X , and X , be discrete. Consider the following sequence of points xn E X = X, x X,: ((l,O), (0,21, (3,015 (0,4), ...1.

Every set F, in the projection SnL ( m = 1, 2) of the elementary filter 9 generated by (xn) contains 0 and so 0 E adh Fll,.If x = (x, , x,) E X is a possible adherence point of 9, then both for m = 1 and m = 2 there are arbitrarily high indices n such that x, = xmn.Since x,,,~is 0 or n it follows that x, = x2 = 0. T h e point x = (0, 0) is not an adherence point of 9 because there is no xn such that xln = x , ~= 0.1 7. If X is not compact, then the complements of compact sets form a filter base 93. Show that adh a is the set of those points of X which do not have compact neighborhoods. [Clearly a d h g = fl CC where the intersection is taken for every compact set in X.If x E C ifor some compact set C , then CC E 93 and and x $ CC. Hence x 4 adh and so adh 9? is a subset of the set of those points which have no compact neighborhoods. Conversely, if x has no compact neighborhood, then for every compact set x E c(Ci) = Ce u Cb = Z.Therefore x E f l FC = adh 3, As a corollary we obtain the following: X is locally compact if adh is void where 93 is described above.] 6. Cauchy Filters and Complete Spaces

The importance of Cauchy sequences is well known from the theory of one real variable. If (xJ is a convergent sequence of real numbers, 0 as m,n -+ 03 then it is a Cauchy sequence, that is, I x,, - x, 1 simultaneously. A theorem of Cauchy states that, conversely, every one of these sequences has a limit in the space of the real numbers. T h e limit need not be rational even if all elements of the sequence are rational. The notion of a Cauchy sequence can be immediately extended to metric spaces : (xn) is a Cauchy sequence relative to the metric d if ---f

6. Cauchy Filters and Complete Spaces

275

d(x,,, , x n ) --+ 0 as m, n -00 simultaneously. Every convergent sequence of points in a metric space is a Cauchy sequence. If every Cauchy sequence is convergent, then the metric space is called complete relative to the given metric. T h e reals form a complete space under the metric d ( x , y ) = 1 x - y 1 and the space formed by the rationals is not complete. Completeness is not a topological invariant, a change in the metric can destroy completeness while the topology is preserved. For example, the topology generated on the set of reals by the metric

is the usual topology but the space is not complete relative to d because (1, 2 , 3, ...) is a Cauchy sequence without a limit. T h e theory of completeness can be extended to uniform structures by considering filters instead of sequences. Definition 1. A Cauchy filter 9 relative to a uniform structure % for X is afilter in X suchthat for every U E @ there is an F E F satisfying F x F s U .

If a family 9is such that for every U E 42 there is a nonvoid set F x F c U , we say that “9 contains arbitrarily small sets.” A filter 9 is a Cauchy filter if it contains arbitrarily small sets. An elementary filter 9 generated by a sequence (xn) is a Cauchy filter if and only if for every U E 42 we can find an integer n( U ) such that (x,,, , x n ) E U for every m , n >, n( U ) . If @ is generated by the metric d , then F is a Cauchy filter relative to @ if and only if 9contains sets of arbitrarily small diameter. An elementary filter generated by a sequence ( x n ) is a Cauchy filter if and only if for every E > 0 there is an n(E) with the property that d(x,,,, xn) < E for every m, n >, n ( ~ ) . More briefly, 9 generated by ( x n ) is a Cauchy filter provided d(x,,, , x,J -+ 0 as m, n + 00. T h e familiar results on Cauchy sequences can all be generalized to arbitrary Cauchy filters: If 9 is a Cauchy filter and if 9 9,then 9 is a Cauchy jilter. If 9 is a Cauchy jilter relative to 42 and if V 42, then 9is a Cauchy filter relative to V . Less formally we can say: “ T h e finer the uniform structure the fewer Cauchy filters exist on it.” If 9 or 9 is a Cauchy jilter and i f F n G # 0 for every F E 9, G E 9-9, then 9u 99 = {F n G} ( F E F, G E 9)is a Cauchy jilter. Note.

F

E .Fsatisfying

<

<

276 Lemma 1. I f

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

9is a Cauchy filter, then adh 9 = lim .F.

Proof. Let U E 42 and let V be a uniformity satisfying V o V c U . Since 9is a Cauchy filter we can choose an F E 9such that F x F c V . If X E a d h 9 , then V [ x ] being a neighborhood of x, the intersection V[x]n F is nonvoid, and so (x, a ) E V for some a E F. By F x F c V we have ( a , b) E V for every b E F and so (x, b) E V o V c U for every b E F. Therefore given U[x] with x in adh .F there is an F satisfying F c U[x].This shows that x E lim ,Fand adh 9 E lim 9.

Lemma 2. I f lim 9 is not void, then 9 is a Cauchy jilter relative to ecery uniform structure % compatible with the topology of the space.

Given U E 42 we determine a symmetric uniformity V such that V o V c U . If x is an arbitrary element of l i m 9 , then there is an F E 9 satisfying F c V [ x ] .Hence (x, a ) E V for every a E F and so by the symmetry ( a , b ) E V o V for any pair of points, a, b E F. Since V o V c U this shows that F x F c U and so 9 is a Cauchy filter. Proof.

Definition 2. A uniform structure 42 for a set X is called complete if every Cauchy jilter relative to 02 is convergent to some point of the set X . A pseudometric d on a set X is called complete if the uniform structure generated by d is a complete structure for X . It is customary to speak about complete spaces instead o f complete structures although completeness is a property of the structure 42 and in general is not determined by the uniform topology associated with q. Occasionally we follow this practice but it is understood that we always mean complete structures or complete metrics. It is necessary to show that for metric structures the earlier definition of completeness by Cauchy sequences coincides with the present one. This is the content of the following:

A pseudometric d is complete if and only i f every Cauchy sequence is convergent relative to the uniform topology induced by d. Theorem 1.

Proof. T h e necessity is obvious, T o prove the sufficiency l e t 1 9 be a Cauchy filter relative to the pseudometric d for the set X . Then for every n = 1, 2, ... there is a set F, E 9such that its diameter d(F,) < l / n . We define a sequence (x,J (n = 1,2, ...) by choosing for every n the point x, in the set F , n ... n F,. Then d(x,, x,) < llm for every m n and so (x,) is a Cauchy sequence. By hypothesis (x,) has a limit x in X . We show that x E lim 9. In fact, given E > 0, let n be so large that l/n < c/2. Since x is a limit point of (x,) we can choose n such that x, E Sfl,[x]and so d(F,) < l / n and x, E F, imply that F, E S,[x]. So every Cauchy filter 9is convergent and qLd is a complete structure.

<

6 . Cauchy Filters and Complete Spaces

277

If q/ is a complete structure for the set X,then ajilter 9 is convergent in the uniform topology associated with q/ i f and only i f it is a Cauchy filter. T h e necessity is a consequence of Lemma 2 and the sufficiency is obvious from the definition of completeness. T h e completeness of a structure is a very important property. For the preceding theorem implies that in complete structures it is possible to decide on the convergence of a filter without actually determining any of its limit points. Theorem 2.

Lemma 3. If @ is a complete structure for X and if the subset Y is closed relative to the uniform topology associated with q?,then the trace of @ is a complete structure for Y . Briefly and less accurately: Every closed subspace of a complete space is complete. Proof. If 9 is a Cauchy filter in Y , then 9is a filter base for a Cauchy filter in X . Since X is complete, 9 has a limit point in X . However, F G Y for every F E 9 and so adh 9 = it’ E Y . Therefore 9 has a limit point in Y and 9is a convergent filter in Y . If the uniform space associated with the structure @ is a Hausdorff space, then we have the following converse:

n

Lemma 4. Let dt2 be a separated uniform structzire for the set X . Then the completeness of the trace of 02 on Y x Y implies that Y is a closed subset of X relritive to the uniform topology associated with the structure @. Briefly we may say: If X is a Hausdorff space, then every complete subspace is closed. Proof. Let y E P and consider the sets V[yl n Y where V E @. Since y E P these sets are not void and so ~3?= { V [ y ]n Y } ( V E@) is a filter base in Y . Given U E O 2 we have V [ y ] x V [ y ] E V o V G U provided V is a symmetric uniformity such that V o V c U . It follows that ( V [ y ] n Y ) x ( V [ y ] nY ) G U n ( Y x Y ) and so B is a base for a Cauchy filter in Y . Hence 5? has a limit point 7 in Y . Since 9 is a filter base in X,the point 7 is a limit point of .uA also in X . T h e point y is obviously a limit point of 9? in X and X being a Hausdorff space it is the only limit point. Therefore 7 = y and so y E Y . This proves that

P = Y. A useful completeness criterion is given by the following:

s

Lemma 5. Let S be a dense subspace of the uniform space with uniform structure @. If every Cauchy jilter in S containing arbitrarily small open sets converges to some point of s, then is complete.

s

278 Proof.

L4?

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE Let 9 be a Cauchy filter in

3. Consider the family

{ U [ F ]n S } ( U E @ and F E 9). Since S is dense in 3 every U[F]n S is nonvoid and (UIFl] n S ) n (U[F,] n S ) = UIFl n F,] n S . Hence 9 is a filter base in S. 93 is a base for a Cauchy filter because if F x F E V where V is symmetric, then V [ F ] x V [ F ]G V o V o V : In fact, if x E V [ F ]and y E V [ F ] ,then ( x , a ) E V and ( b , y) E Vfor some a , b E F. Thus by ( a , b) E F x F E V we have ( x , y ) = ( x , a ) o ( a , b) o ( b , y ) E V o V o V . We prove that 93 contains arbitrarily small open sets: First, the interior of any V ~q taken in the product space s x s is also an element of @ because for instance W E Vi provided W o W o W E V . Given U choose V E Tj such that V o V o V c U and choose F E 9 such that F x F c V . Then 0 = V”F] n S is open in S and 0 x 0 E U. By hypothesis, 93 as a =

Cauchy filter base in s is convergent to some point x E 3. We show that x E adh 9 which is equivalent to saying that x E lim 9. Given an open neighborhood 0, of x , there is a U E @ such that U[x] E 0,. We determine the symmetric V E U such that V o V s U . Since x E adh 93 and V[F]n S is an element of 93 we have V [ x ]n V [ F ]n # 0 for every F E 9. Hence there is an s E S and an a E F such that ( x , s) E V and (s, a ) E V. Therefore ( x , a ) E V o V E U and a E U[x] n F. This shows that U [ x ] and F intersect for every U E 9 and for every F E 9. Thus x E adh 9. Theorem 3. If the uniform topology associated with a structure @ for a set X is compact, then 9 is a complete structure. Proof. Since X is compact, by Theorem 5.1 every filter in X has a nonvoid adherence arid so by Lemma 1 every Cauchy filter is convergent in X. The connection between compact spaces and complete structures can be given by introducing the notion of a precompact structure:

Definition 3. A uniform structure % f o r a set X is called precompact i f for every U E there are $finitely many points x1 , ..., x , E X such that U[X1]u ... u U[.Zn]= T h e expression “precompact structure” was introduced with regards to the following result:

x.

Theorem 4. A uniforrnizable space X is compact if and only ;f there is a precompact and complete structure for X which is compatible with its topology. Proof. The necessity is immediate: For every U E@ the family { U[xIi} ( x E X ) is an open cover of X and so by the compactness of X

there is a finite subcover. Hence @ is precompact. T h e sufficiency of the condition is a consequence of Theorem 5.2 and the following:

Exercises Lemma 6.

If

I)/

279

is precompact, then every ultrafilter is a Cauchy filter

with respect to %. Proof. Let ,kbe an ultrafilter in X and let U E @ .We determine a symmetric V E g?/ such that V J V G U . Since @ is precompact there are finitely many points x, , ..., x, such that V[x,] u ... u V [ 4 = X . Then by ‘Theorem 3.2 we have V[x/,]G M for some k and so for M = V [ x , ]E ,I we have M x M E I ‘ .

A uniform structure % f o r a set X is called totally bounded f o r every U E ?L there are Jinitely many sets B, , ..., B, in X such that B,.x B,. s U and U B,. = X . Definition 4.

Note.

One can suppose that B , , ..., B,,are open sets.

Theorem 5.

A uniform structure q/ is precompact i f and only if it is

totally bounded. Proof. If U B , = X and B , x B, E c‘, then U[x,] 2 B, for any x), E B, and so [’[xh] = X . If q/ is precompact and U E@, then there is a symmetric V E -i/ satisfying I/ V c V c V c U and there are finitely many points x, , ..., x,, such that U V[x,,.]= X . T h e n V [ x x ]x V [ x A ] s I/ V and so Bh = ( V ( V)[X/,]~(k = 1, ..., n ) satisfies the requirements. Every uniform structure ?’/ for a set X can be extended to an enlarged set R such that the new structure is complete. Among these extensions there is a smallest which is called the completion of 4?L or the completion of X with respect to 41. A detailed discussion in the special case of metric structures follows and the general case is studied in Section 9.

u

EXERCISES

<

1 . Show: If .9is a Cauchy filter and 9 9,then lim 9 = lirn 9. (It follows that 9 is a Cauchy filter, so lim 9 = adh 9 and lini 9 = adh 3. By .F 3 we have adh 9 z adh 9 and lirn 9 c lim 9.) 2. 1,et s,,= ci= 0,,2-~ where ( a , , a 2 , ...) is a nonperiodic sequence of 0’s and 1’s. Show that ( x I L is ) a Cauchy sequence with respect to the usual metric of the reals but it has no rational limit. 3. Find the Cauchy sequences when X is the set of rationals and the metric is 1 d(x, y ) = ___ - ___ x--a y--a where a is irrational.

<

,

I

’ I(

280

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

(A sequence is a Cauchy sequence with respect to d if and only if it is a Cauchy sequence in the usual sense and its limit is not a, or if 1 x, 1 --to3 as n -+GO.) 4. Show that the function d defined by

is a metric for the reals. Determine the Cauchy sequences. [Notice that d(x, y ) =

I1

x--l

--

y-i

and use the triangle inequality for the complex numbers. A sequence (;rn) is a Cauchy sequence with respect to d if it is a Cauchy sequence in the usual sense or if I x, I --too as n +oo.]

5 . Show that @ is precompact if and only if for every U E @ there are finitely many sets B, , ...,B, in X s u c h that B, x B, E U and U B, = X . (One can suppose that B, , ..., B, are open sets.)

6. Show that the space of the real numbers is complete with respect to the metric I x - y 1. (Apply the result stated in Exercise 2.2 or use Theorem 1 and show that every Cauchy sequence is convergent.) 7. Show that if 9 is a Cauchy filter in IIX , with respect to I14Ys, then 9, is a Cauchy filter in X , with respect to 42,. 8. Suppose that the metric d for the set X has the property that every closed set of finite diameter is compact. Show that d is a complete. [Let 9 be a Cauchy filter and let F E F be determined such that d(F) 1. Then it follows that d ( F ) 1. T h e family L?i? = { B : B c F and B E 9} is a base for F and adh 9 = n 8. Since F is compact and B c P for every B E L?i? we see that adh 9 is not void.]

<

9. Let X

<

=

[0, 1) be metrized by

Prove that X is complete with respect to d. 10. Prove that if 4Y is precompact, then so is its trace on any subset YxYofXxX. (Use the precompactness criterion given in Exercise 5 . )

7. Completion of Metric Structures

28 1

11. Let W8(s E S ) be a precompact structure for the set X,9(s E S). Show that @ = Il o%,q is a precompact structure for X = X,. (If U E '2-2, then there are finitely many indices s1 , ..., s,, E S and uniformities Us, E @,. , ..., U.,. E '2f,sm such that U 2 II Us where Us = U.i for every s = si and U,9= X,qx X,q otherwise. Choose x:,, ..., x," E X , such that U U [ x t ] = Xs,. Here n depends on the index si. Choose a fixed point x, in X,for every s $. s l , ..., s, and consider those finitely many points x E X whose sth coordinate is x , ~for every s different from s1 , ..., s,,, and is one of the x,: points for every i = 1, ..., m. U evaluated on this finite set gives X . ) 12. Show that a product structure W = Il %, is complete if and only if every factor @s is complete. [Exercise 7 and Lemma 5.5 provide the sufficiency. T h e necessity follows from Lemma 5.6 and the following remark: If 9,is a Cauchy filter in X,yand a, is fixed in X , for each D # s, then {x : x, E F, and x,; = a,,} (F'sE 9,s) is the base for a Cauchy filter in X . ] 13. Use the results given in the preceding two exercises to show that the product of compact uniformizable spaces is compact. 14. Carefully examine the preceding proof of Tychonoff's theorem for uniformizable spaces and list the points where the axiom of choice is used. 15. Let X be a (TJ space and let A be a dense subset of X such that every filter 9 in A is a filter base in X with nonvoid adherence. Show that X is compact. (Modify the proof of Lemma 5 . )

7. Completion of Metric Structures

This section serves a double purpose. First it acquaints the reader with the notion of completion of metric spaces, and secondly it forms a background for the general theory of completion and compactification of uniform spaces. We define what is meant by the completion, describe the process of completion by using Cauchy sequences, and show that the completion of a metric space is not determined by the topology but depends on the given metric. A metric space is complete with respect to a metric d if every Cauchy sequence has a limit. This means that d(x,,,, x,) -+ 0 as m,n +a implies the existence of a point x such that d(x,, x ) -+ 0 as m -+a. Two metric spaces X and 2 with metrics d and (I are called isometric if there is a one-to-one correspondence x tt x" between the elements of X and 2 which preserves the distance between points, that is, d(x, y ) = d(2,j ) for any two corresponding point-pairs x, x" and y , j .

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

282

Isometric spaces are homeomorphic. This follows from the fact that the isometric image of a ball S,[x] = { y : d(x, y ) < E } is the ball &[$I = (9 : d(x",9)< e} where f is the point corresponding to the center x. Definition 1. A metric space 8 with metric 6 is called the completion of the metric space X with metric d if ;p is complete with respect to the metric 6 and if there is a dense set in 8 which is isometric to X . Note. Since X and the dense subspace are homeomorphic, X can be considered as a dense subspace of the completion ;p and the metric d can be considered as the restriction of 6 to X .

Theorem 1.

Every metric space X has a completion with respect to any

metric d . Proof. We consider the class of all Cauchy sequences with respect to the metric d and we introduce an equivalence relation by saying that (x,) (y,) if d(x,, y,) + 0 as n -+a. T h e relation is obviously reflexive and symmetric and its transitivity follows from the triangle inequality. Let ;p be the set of equivalence classes into which the family of Cauchy sequences is divided by the relation -. T h e elements of 2 will be denoted by 8, q, 5, ... . We can introduce a metric 6 on 8 by setting

-

-

where (x,) and ( y n ) denote arbitrary representative sequences of the classes 5 and q , respectively. First we show that the limit exists and is independent of the choice of the representative sequences. This is an easy consequence of the triangle inequality: For any four points a, b, c, d in X we have

1 d(a, 4 - 4 c , 4 I < d(a, c) + 44 4. Applying this inequality to the points x, y m , x,, y n of the Cauchy sequences ( x n ) and (y,) we see that d(x,, y,) is a Cauchy sequence of real numbers and so it is convergent. This proves the existence of the limit. If (xn), (s,) E g, then d(x,, s,) --t 0 and similarly if (y,), (t,) E 7, then d(y,, t,) 0. Hence by the foregoing inequality --f

I 4xn

i

yn)

-4sn

9

tn)

1 <4 x n

i

sn)

+ d(yn

tn)

and so limn.+md(x,, y,) = limn.+a d(s,, tn). Therefore S(8, 7) is independent of the choice of the representative sequences.

7. Completion of Metric Structures

283

It is clear that S ( [ , 4) = 0 and a([, 7) = 6(q, 5) for every 5, T ) E 2. The triangle inequality follows from the corresponding inequality for the metric d on X : By the latter we have d(xn * z n )

< d(xn

9

Yn)

+4 Y n

9

2%)

for n = 1, 2, ... and so taking the limit on the right and on the left-hand S(5, T ) ) 6(7, {). We proved that 6 is a pseudosides we obtain 6(5,{) S(5, T ) ) = 0 if and only if d ( x n ,yn) + 0 as n +co or equivametric on lently if and only if ( x n ) (yn),that is, if and only if 5 = T).Therefore 6 is a proper metric and so is a Hausdorff space. Every sequence of the form (x, x, ...) where x E X i s a Cauchy sequence which we denote by 2. and so it determines an equivalence class in Obviously 2 = j if and only if x = y so that x tt 2 (x E X ) is a one-toof all points 2 in one correspondence between X and the set The distance 6 (2,j)can be computed by choosing (x, x, ...) and ( y ,y , ...) as representatives and it follows that s ( 2 , j ) = d ( x , y ) . This shows that the one-to-one correspondence x tt 5 (x E X) is an isometry. We show that 2 is a dense subset of the metric space 13: Let > 0 and 5 E be given. We shall find a point x” E in the €-neighborhood S t [ ( ] of 5. Let (xl, x 2 , ...) be any representative sequence of the class 5. Since this is a Cauchy sequence we can choose an index m so large that d(x,,, x n ) r / 2 for every n 2 m. We fix m and define 2 by the sequence (xm, x,, , ...). Then

x.

<

+

-x

x x

x

x.

x

<

S(Z,6)

= lim n+m

d(xm , x,)

x

<1

x.

and so 5 E S,[5].Therefore is dense in T h e proof will be finished by showing that 2 is complete. First we present some preliminary remarks on Cauchy sequences: We can select from any Cauchy sequence a subsequence (5,) such that 8 ( f f l ,5,) < 1/3p for q. If a subsequence of a Cauchy sequence is convergent, then every p the original sequence is convergent to the same limit. Hence in the proof of the completeness we may restrict ourselves to Cauchy sequences f,) < 1/3p for every p q. Let p be a positive integer. satisfying By omitting a finite number of terms from the beginning of a Cauchy sequence we obtain a subsequence (x,J such that d(x,],,xn) < 1/3p for every m, n 3 1. T h e resulting sequence is a Cauchy sequence which is equivalent to the original one. such that a([,, < 1/3p Now let (5,) be a Cauchy sequence in for every p q. By the last remark we can choose for every index p a representative sequence ( x m p ) for 6, such that d(x,,,, , xnP)< 1/3p for every m, n >, 1.

<

<

<

x

S,)

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

284 Since

there is an r depending on p and q for which d(xrp,xrq) < 1/3p. However, d(xn,,,,xn,,) < 1/3p and d(x,,*, x,*) < 1/3q 1/3p for every m,n 1 and SO 4 x w p x n q ) G d(~nrp 9 Xrp) 4 x r p ,xr ) 4 x r q x n q ) < 1/p for every m,n I and q 3 p 3 1. We define 6 E by the representative sequence ( x m )where x,~,= xlm for every m 2 1. Then

>

<

+

9

2+

>

because for m 3 p 2 1 we have d(xnIp,xlm)< lip. Consequently, 6) 4 0 as p -+aand 6 is the limit of the Cauchy sequence ([J. Hence ;p is a complete space. If X is complete with respect to a metric d, then every Cauchy sequence (x,) is convergent to some limit x E X and so it is equivalent to a sequence of the form (x, x, ...). Hence every equivalence class is a class % and X = 2.Therefore the completion of a complete space X is isomorphic to the given space so that the space and its completion can be considered as identical. T h e completion of a metric space X depends on the metric d which is used to define the Cauchy sequences, their equivalence, and the distance between the equivalence classes. For instance, let X be the space of real numbers and consider the metrics

,[(A

Yl

and

l+lYl

I.

The first metric leads to Cauchy sequences in the usual sense which are known to be convergent. Hence X and its completion with respect to dl are identical. In the second metric there are equivalence classes which do not correspond to convergent sequences. For instance, (1,2,3, ...) is a Cauchy sequence with respect to d , but it is not convergent to any real number x because lim S(X, n) = 1 n' r )

X

1

+I4

>O.

It is easy to show that either (xJ is convergent in the ordinary sense or x, -+ +a or x, -+ -a. Hence only two new equivalence classes occur, and representatives for them are (1, 2, 3, ...) and (- 1, -2, -3, ...), respectively. T h e occurence of new equivalence classes does not necessar-

285

Exercises

ily imply that 8 and X are not isometric or homeomorphic. T o see that this is not the case we must actually exhibit a topological property in which X and 8 differ. Compactness or equivalently the Bolzano-Weierstrass property can serve this purpose. T h e reader should verify for himself that every infinite subset of 8 has an accumulation point in This is a very easy task because the function 5 = x/( 1 I x I) occurring in the definition of the metric d, is a homeomorphism between the real line and the open interval (- 1, I ) . T h e completion 8 of X with respect to d, is homeomorphic to the compact interval [- 1, 13. Let X , , ..., X , be metric spaces with metrics d, , ..., d, and let the Cartesian product X = X , x ... x X , be metrized by the distance d = d, ... dk:

x.

+

+ + d((x1 I

'**,

x1 x,

Xk),

(Yl , *.*,

Yk))

= d,(x,

1

Yl)

+ + d,(% ,

Yk).

Let , ..., and 8 denote the completion of the spaces X , , ..., X,t and X , respectively. T h e extended metrics on 8, , ..., 8, , and we ... 6, denote by 6, , ..., 6, , and 6. Then it is simple to show that 6 = 6, and 8 is isometric with the product 8, x ... x metrized by 6 = 6, ... 6,. Briefly: The completion of a finite Cartesian product is the Cartesian product of the completion of its factors. In the proof we may restrict ourselves to the case of two factors. T h e n ( ( x l n , x z n ) ) is a Cauchy sequence in X , x X , if and only if (xln) and (xZJ are Cauchy sequences, and ((x,, , x , J ) ((yln, y2,J) if and only if (xln) (y,,) and ( x z n ) (y,,). Hence the correspondence ((x,, , x,,)) t)((xlJ, ( x z l l ) )leads to a one-to-one correspondence between . T h e metric on is given by the elements of 8 and of 8, x

x

x,

+ +

-

S(537) = nlim +m

and so using d

=

d,

-

-

x,

x

d((xln 1 " e n ) , ( Y l n 9 Y z n ) )

+ d , we see that

EXERCISES

1. Find the completion of the rationals when x - a

and a is irrational.

y-a

+ +

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

286

[Cauchy sequences with respect to d are sequences which converge in the usual sense to a limit different from a or tend to co. If ( x n ) is a Cauchy sequence with respect to d, then it is convergent to its ordinary limit or to 00. Hence 8 is in a one-to-one correspondence with the set of reals different from a and the symbol co. T h e distance in is given by

where [ and 7 denote the usual limits of ( x n ) E 6 and (yn)E 7, respectively, and S(5, co) = 1/1 6 - a 1. T h e space is homeomorphic to the ordinary reals.] 2. T h e function d given by

<

+

x < a}.Determine the completion is a metric for the set {x : 1 of d. [Bounded Cauchy sequences are Cauchy sequences in the usual sense and they are equivalent if and only if they have the same limit. A nonbounded sequence has the Cauchy property if and only if xn-+ +OO and all these sequences are equivalent. H e n c e x c a n be identified with the x co} where 00 corresponds to the nonbounded Cauchy set {x : 1 sequences. Since S(x, 03) = 1/(1+x2), the space 8 is homeomorphic to the extended real number system.] 3. Show that the completion of the reals with respect to the metric

< <

is homeomorphic to the circle. [The bounded Cauchy sequences correspond to the reals and all nonbounded Cauchy sequences are equivalent. If 00 denotes the point corresponding to the class of the nonbounded Cauchy sequences, then S(x,co) = 1i.I x i 1. Since 6(x, co) -+ 0 as I x I + 00, the space is a circle.] 4. T h e function d(u, v ) = ll/u - l/wI is a metric for the set of nonzero complex numbers. Show that the completion of this space is homeomorphic to the plane. is homeomorphic to the punctured sphere whose (First show that north pole corresponds to the nonbounded Cauchy sequences.)

x

+

x

287

8. Baire’s Category Theorem

8. Baire’s Category Theorem, the Principles of Uniform Boundedness and of the Condensation of Singularities

A set A of a topological space X is called nowhere dense if Ai = 0. Thus if A is nowhere dense, then N , n c A # 0 for every point x of X and for any neighborhood N , . I t follows that c A is dense in X . However, c A can be dense in X without A being nowhere dense, e.g., both the rationals and irrationals form dense subsets of the space of reals. Lemma 1.

I f A is nowhere dense, then

A is not the entire space.

Proof. Since X is open and closed we,have nowhere dense Ai = 0.

Lemma 2.

zi =

X while A being

The union of finitely many nowhere dense sets is nowhere

dense. Proof. It is sufficient to consider the case of two nowhere dense sets, say, A and B. For simplicity let 0 = A v B ‘ so that 0 G A uB. Thus 0 n cB is an open subset of A and so by Ai = 0 it must be empty. Hence 0 E B and by Bi = 0 it follows that 0 = 0.

Definition 1. A set A of a topological space is called a set offirst category if it can be represented as a countable union of nowhere dense sets. Any other set is culled a set of the second category. There are many results in real-variable theory and in functional analysis the proof of which depends on these concepts. For instance, the existence of a continuous nowhere dzyeerentiable function can be most easily demonstrated by an argument involving categories. Similarly, the concept of category comes up in one of the proofs showing the existence of a continuous periodic function whose Fourier series diverges on a dense subset of the real line. T h e basis of these proofs is Baire’s category theorem: Theorem 1. If a topological space X can be metrized such that it becomes complete, then X is of the second category, i.e., it is not expressible as a countable union of nowhere dense subsets. Proof. Let d be a complete metric and let A , , A , , ... be nowhere dense subsets of X . Our object is to show that U A , is not the whole space. T o this end we construct a sequence of points x , , x , , ... and a nested sequence of open balls 0, , 0, , ... centered around them by induction as follows: Since A , is nowhere dense, by Lemma 1 c A , is not void and so we can choose a point x , and an open ball 0, of diameter d ( 0 , ) < 3 with

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

288

such that x1 E 0, E LA,. Suppose x,, ..., x,-, and 0, , ..., On-l are already determined such that xk E O,, d ( 0 , ) < 2-k, Since A , is nowhere dense and 0, 2 O2 2 ... r, On-2I> On-z 2 and the open set On-, is not void, On-, Q A, proving that On-, n c A , is not empty. We can thus choose x, and an open ball 0, with center at x, such that x, E 0, c n c A , and d ( 0 , ) < &d(O,-.,). Clearly d(x,,,,x,) < 2-" for any m < n and so x1 , x2 , ... is a Cauchy sequence whose limit we denote by x. We claim that x 4 A, for every n = 1 , 2 , ... . Indeed, x,,, E 0, for m n, so x E 0,proving that x E On-,.Thus by On-, 5 LA,-, we have x 4 An-, for n > 1. As an application of Baire's category theorem we prove the existence of continuous nowhere diflerentiable functions. We let X be the vector space of real-valued continuous functions x on the interval [ - 1, 11 satisfying x( - 1) = x( 1) and we topologize X by the metric d ( x , y) = 11 x - y 11

x1 as center

on-,.

where I/ x 11 = lubl x(s) I. Since the uniform limit of continuous functions is itself continuous it follows that X i s complete with respect to the metric d . We let A , denote the set of those elements of X for which there is I h In for every h satisfying some point s at which 1 x(s h ) - x(s) I s h 1 and I h I l j n . If x is differentiable at some both -1 point s, then it belongs to A, for a sufficiently high value of n. Thus it is enough to show that U A, is a proper subset of X. Moreover, by Theorem 1 the space X i s of second category so it is sufficient to demonstrate that each A , is nowhere dense in X . We first prove that A, is a closed set by showing that its complement X - A,, is open. This can be done by using a compactness argument: l/n If x $ A,, then for any s E [-1, 13 there is an h, such that 1 h, I and I x(s h,) - x(s) I > 1 h, 1 n . Due to the strict inequality and the continuity of x we thus have

+

< + <

<

<

<

+

14,

+ A,) - "4.)

I > 1 h, I

+ 2E,

for some E , > O and for every u in a suitable open neighborhood O,vof s. Let sl, ..., s,,, be chosen such that the corresponding neighborhoods OIlkcover [- 1, 13 and let E be the smallest one among the cYk's. Now, if (1 x - y 11 < E, then by the above inequality we have

IY(0 +

ASk)

-Y ( 4

I > I hs, I n

for every u E Oskproving that y 4 A, and A, is closed. We complete the proof by showing that the interior of A , is void and consequently A, is nowhere dense: Given x E A, and e > 0, by the Weierstrass approximation theorem (Theorem IV. 12.1) there is a polynomial p such that 11 x - p 11 < ~ / 2T. h e derivative of p is bounded

289

8. Baire’s Category Theorem

on [ - I , I] and so by the mean value theorem there is a constant M such that I P ( S + h) - P(s) I G I h I M

<

for every s and h satisfying 1 h ljn. Let q be a “sawtooth” function on [- 1, $- I] such that 11 q I/ < € 1 2and the slope of the linear segments n. Then p $- q I$ A,, though p q belongs to are greater than M the c-neighborhood of x. This completes the proof of the existence of a continuous function x on [-1, 1 1 satisfying x(-1) = x(1) and such that x is nowhere differentiable. By continuing x periodically one obtains a bounded, continuous, and nowhere differentiable function on the real line. In order to discuss the principle of uniform boundedness we must first study some of the fundamental concepts of functional analysis.

+

+

Definition 2. A vector space X over the reals % or the field of complex numbers K is called a normed vector space if there is a nonnegative real valued function 11 ’ 11 : X --+ ‘31, called its norm such that

(Nv. 1) 11 .r 11 = 0 if and only if x is the zero vector 8; (Nv. 2 ) 11 Ax 11 = I A 1 11 x 11 for every x in X and every field element A ;

-

(Nv. 3 ) I1 x1

+ xz II ,< I1 x1 I1 + I/ xz I1 for every x1 , x2

E

X.

Note. One can speak about normed vector spaces also if the field is not ’31 or 6 but any other normed field, e.g., the rationals Q or the field

of p-adic numbers for some prime p . Every normed vector space carries a natural topology derived from the metric d(x, , x2) = /I x1 - x2 11. This topology is such that vector addition and multiplication of vectors by scalars h are continuous functions mapping X x X and ‘31 x X or K x X onto X . A vector space X over ‘31 or 6 which is endowed with a topology such that both of these maps are continuous is called a topological vector space. A linear transformation a : X + Y of one vector space X into another Y over the same field is a function a such that a ( x l x2) = a ( x l ) a ( x z ) and a(hx) = ha(x) for all choices of x1 , x 2 , x, and A. In other words, a linear transformation is a vector space homomorphism. If both X and Y carry topologies, then we can speak about the continuity of a linear transformation a. T h e field of complex numbers K can be interpreted as a normed vector space over the reals ‘31 or over the field c, and similarly % can be considered as a normed vector space over itself. If the range space Y is K, then any, not necessarily linear, map a : X + K is called a functional. In particular, a might be a linear functional, a real functional,

+

+

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

290

a continuous functional, or any combination of these such as, for instance, a real continuous linear functional. If X is a vector space over some field, A is a subset of X,and x E X , we let A + x = x + A ={a+x:aEA) and similarly, if h is a field element, we let AA

= {Aa : a E

More generally one can define A

A}.

+ B , A - B, and A A

for subsets

A , B , and A . Lemma 3. If X and Y are normed vector spaces over the same normed field F and i f the linear transformation a : X + Y is continuous at some point of X , then it is continuous everywhere. Note. T h e same holds if X and Yare topological vector spaces but the proof is somewhat longer as one has to prove that A x is open for any open set A and x E X.

+

Proof. I t is sufficient to prove that a linear transformation a is continuous at a point x if and only if it is continuous at the zero vector 8. In view of a(8) = 0, this statement follows immediately from the identity

II 4 5 ) - “(4I1

= II 4

5 - x) II.

Let the map a : X Y be such that 11 a(hx) 11 = I h I 11 ).(a 11 although need not be necessarily linear. If a is continuous at 8, then there is a 6 > 0 such that 11 a ( x ) 11 1 for every x satisfying I/ x 11 6 and so 11 a ( x ) (1 6-’ I( x (1 for any x in X . Conversely, if there exists a positive constant M such that 11 a ( . ) 11 M 11 x 11 for every x in X,then a is continuous. T h e smallest possible value of M is called the norm of a and is denoted by 11 a 11. We have ---f

a

<

<

<

<

If LY is not continuous at 8 we let (1 a (1 = +a.Thus by the foregoing lemma we have:

A linear transformation a : X --+ Y is continuous i f and only is finite. T h e principle of uniform boundedness concerns sequences of real

Lemma 4.

if (1 a (1

8. Principle of Uniform Boundedness

291

nonnegative functionals an having the same domain space X and satisfying a,,(hx) = I h I a , & ( x ) .If the set of norms 11 a1 II,II at 11, ... is bounded, then so is the set of values a I ( x ) , a 2 ( x ) , ... for each fixed x. (Although in general the upper bound depends on the choice of x.) T h e principle states that in certain cases the converse is true: Let X be a normed vector space and let a1 , a 2 , ... be nonnegative continuous functionals on X such that

Theorem 2.

%(Ax) =

1 1 an(.)

and an(.%

+y ) <

+ an(r).

an(.)

Then the boundedness of the set of values a l ( x ) , a 2 ( x ) , ... for each fixed element x of a second category subset of X implies the boundedness of the set of norms 11 cyl 11, I/ a2 11, ... . Corollary. If X is complete and the set of values a l ( x ) , o12(x), ... is boundedfor every x i n X , then the set of norms 11 al 11, 11 a2 11, ... is bounded. Note.

A complete normed vector space is usually called a Banach space.

Proof.

Consider the sets C,

=

{x : oln(x)


for every n = 1,2, ...}.

Since a , is continuous, the sets C, (k = 1, 2, ...) are closed and according to the hypothesis their union is of second category. T h u s at least one of them is dense somewhere, i.e., CL # 0 for some index k and so there is a ball SJx] lying in C,. If E is sufficiently small, C, also contains the closure of S,[x]. Hence if y is an arbitrary element of X having norm I / y 1) < c , then by the definition of C , we have %(Y)

< an(y + ).

+

an(-.)


where B denotes an upper bound of the numbers al(x), a 2 ( x ) , ... . Thus 1 we have for any y satisfying 11 y 11

<

an(y)

and so I/ a?,11

1 <; ( A + B ) = ll.I

< M for n = 1, 2, ... .

292

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

T h e principle of condensation of singularities can be formulated as follows:

Let X be a normed vector space and let anlR( m , n = 1, 2, ...) be nonnegative functionals on X such that

Theorem 3.

"rnn(h) atnn(~

and the set of norms

=

+Y ) <

II a m 1

I I =rnn(x); arnn(X)

I1 a m 2

113

+

arnn(Y);

113 * a *

is unbounded for every m = 1,2, ... . Then the set of points x E X for which the set of values arnI(x), arndx),

is bounded for some m

=

1, 2, ... is a set of the first category.

Corollary. I f X is complete, then there is a subset S of second category in X such that for every x in S and for every m = 1, 2, ... the set of values ~?n1(4,

a,nz(x),

'**

is bounded. Proof. Let H,, be the set of those elements x in X for which the set of values anLl(x), LU,,,~(X),... is bounded. Then H , is of first category because otherwise the principle of uniform boundedness (Theorem 2) would 11, ... . Therefore imply the boundedness of the set of norms 11 a m lI/,II H = U H,,, is of the first category. As an application let us discuss the convergence of Fourier series of continuous functions. Denote by X the vector space of real-valued, continuous, and 2r-periodic functions on the real line. By the periodicity every element of X is a bounded function and so we can define 11 x 11 = lubIx(s) I. Since the uniform limit of 2mperiodic and continuous functions is also 2r-periodic and continuous it follows that X is complete with respect to the norm /I 11. For x in X and for some real ,number t we let 1 Dn(s - t ) x ( s ) ds s,(x; t ) =

-

0

where D , is the Dirichlet kernel, i.e.,

8. Condensation of Singularities

293

It is well known that sn(x; t ) is the value of the nth partial sum of the Fourier series of the function x at t . For fixed t the map x -+ s,(x; t ) defines a real linear functional on X which is continuous because

This inequality also shows that the norm of the linear functional s,(*; t ) does not exceed L,. T h e step function sign Dn(s- t ) can be uniformly approximated by elements of X . This implies that the norm of s,(*; t ) is at least L,. Therefore

T h e norm L, is called the nth Lebesgue constant. It is easy to show that the set of norms L , , L , , ... is not bounded. Indeed, if

then

and so

Hence by the principle of uniform boundedness (Theorem 2 ) there is an x in X such that the set of numbers sl(x; t ) , s,(x; t ) , ... is not bounded. Thus we have proved: There exists a 2n-periodic and continuous function whose Fourier series diverges at a given point t . Consider an arbitrary denumerable set of real numbers t , , t , , ... and define amn(+v)= s n ( x ; tm)

so that L X , , , ~is( ~the ) value of the nth partial sum of the Fourier series of x at t,,,. We proved already the existence of a function x in X such that the set of functional values LY,,,~(X),LX,,,~(X),... is not bounded. Therefore by the principle of condensation of singularities (Theorem 3 ) we obtain: Given any denumerable set of points there exists a 2n-periodic and continuous function whose Fourier series diverges at the points of the given set.

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

294

Before leaving this subject we shall mention a few more useful facts about vector spaces. We recall that in a real vector space a set A is called convex if A contains with any two points a, , a, the segment consisting of A,a, where 0 A,, A, 1, and A, A, = 1. In all points A,a, other words, A is convex if AA (1 - A)A E A for every A satisfying 0 A 1. Notice also that 0 A is open if 0 is open. For 0 a is open and 0 A = U (0 a : a E A}.

+

< <

<

+

+

<

+ +

+

+

If A is a convex set in a normed real vector space, then

Theorem 4.

A and Ai are convex sets. Proof. Let d, , d, E A. Then for every t > 0 there are points a, , a, E A such that Ild, - a, 11 < r/2 and 11 d, - a, 11 < c/2. Hence

II (44

+

A2621

+

- (4%

h2a2)

II < I A,

I ' I1 a; - a, (I + I 1 - (I 4 - a2 II < c A2

+

and so A1cf, A,d, E A. Next suppose that a, , a, E Ai.Then we can find an E > 0 such that Sf[a,] 5 A and Sf[a,] E A. If 0 < A < 1, then ASf[a,]and (1 - A)Sf[a,] are open sets so that

0 = hS,[a,l

+ (1 - A) S,[a,l

is open. Since A is convex and Sf[a,],Sl[a,] c A, the set 0 is contained in A. Therefore 0 is an open set in A which contains Xu, (1 - A)a, and so ha, ( 1 - A)a, belongs to the interior of A.

+

+

The finite-dimensional linear subspaces of a normed real or complex vector space are closed sets.

Theorem 5.

Proof. We apply induction on the algebraic dimension of the linear subspace L. Points are closed sets so if L is zero dimensional, then the theorem holds. Now suppose that the linear subspace Lo is a closed set in the vector space X and suppose that x is a point not in Lo. Let L denote the linear subspace generated by Lo and x : L = {Ax y : y E Lo}. If z is a point in the closure of L, then for every m = 1, 2, ... there exist scalars A,, and pointsy,,, E Lo such that (1 A,,,x ym - z 11 < l/m. Hence by the triangle inequality 11 (A, - A,)x (y,,, - yn) (1 < l / m ljn. Since Lo is a closed set and x #Lo there is a constant k > 0 such that k I A I 11 Ax y 11 for every A and y E Lo. Therefore I A, - A, I < ( l / m l/n)/k for m, n = 1, 2, ... and so (A,) ( m = 1,2, ...) is a convergent sequence of real or complex numbers. If A is the limit of (Am), then (1 Ax yn, - z 11 -P 0 as m -P 00 and so Ax Lo being a closed set z E Ax Lo E L. Therefore L is also a closed linear subspace.

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

<

295

Exercises EXERCISES

1. Let a,,rn(m,n = 1, 2, ...) be complex numbers such that for every convergent sequence of complex numbers x = (xl, x 2 , ...) the sum

exists. Prove that if the transformed sequence (cyl(x),a,(x), ...) is convergent for every convergent (xl, x, , ...), then there is a positive bound B such that

for every m = 1 , 2, ... . 2. Let X be a normed vector space with norm 11 x (1 and let X n be the set of all ordered n-tuples (xl , ..., x,) where xl, ..., x, E X . Show that ... 11 x,, 11 define norms on X n . max{ 11 x1 11, ..., 11 x, li} and 11 xl 11 3. Show that

+ +

is an inner product for the n-dimensional real vector space, i.e.,

[The only hard part is to prove that (x, x) follows from

> 0 for every x # 8. This

4. Prove that every open ball irl a normed vector space over % is a convex set. x and hA for h > 0 are convex if and only if A is (The sets A convex. Hence it is sufficient to show that the unit ball Sl[8] is convex. Now if /I x1 I( < 1 and 11 x, 11 < 1, then I / h,x, X,x, 11 < A l A, = 1.) 5 . Let A be a convex set and let A g B c A. Give an example to show that B need not be convex.

+

+

+

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

296

6 . Let S be a set in the complex plane and let (p,) (n = 1, 2, ...) be a sequence of polynomials which is uniformly convergent in the usual sense on S to a limit function p . Show that if the sequence of degrees of the p,'s is bounded, then p is a polynomial. (First suppose that S is bounded, I s I Y for every s E S. Consider the complex vector space X formed by the family of all bounded complexvalued functions x on S and introduce 11 x (I = lub{l x(s) 1 : s E S}. T h e polynomials of degree at most rn form a finite-dimensional subspace L,,,. By Theorem 5 , L, is a closed set and so p EL,,for a sufficiently high value of m. Now let r -+m to cover the general case. T h e conclusion is correct even if the convergence is not uniform.) 7. A vector space X over % is called a unitary space if a complex-valued function (x, y) is given on X x X such that

<

(i)

(x, x)

2 0 and

(x, x) = 0 only if __ (x, y ) = x);

x = 0;

(r,

(ii)

(Ax, y ) = q x , y ) ;

(iii) (x,y

(i\r)

+4

= (x,y)

+

(XI

4.

Show that a unitary space X is a normed vector space with norm 11 x I/ = .\/(i, ij. [First one proves Schwarz's inequality 1 (x, y ) I 11 x 11 * 11 y 11 by using (x - Ay, x - Ay) with A = ( x , y ) / ( y , y ) . Axiom the inequality 0 (Nv. 3) follows from this inequality. I n fact, 11 x y = (x y , x y ) = (x, 4 ( Y , Y ) (X,Y) (Y, 4 II X 1 l 2 IlY 112 21 ( % Y ) I d ( I1 x /I ll Y ll )"I 8. Give a necessary and sufficient condition that two norms 11 x Ill and 11 x 112 generate the same topology on a vector space X and use this criterion to show that the norms given in Exercises 2 and 3 generate the same topology on the n-dimensional real vector space. (The topology generated by 11 x Ill is finer than the topology generated by 11 x 112 if for every c2 > 0 there is an c1 > 0 such that S,Z[O]r, S,'l[O].)

<

<

+

+

+

<

+

+

+

+

+

+

9. Completions and Compactifications

It was proved in Section 7 that every metric space X can be embedded such that X is dense in isometrically in a complete metric space relative to the topology induced on by the extended metric. I n the present section we generalize this result to arbitrary uniform structures

x

x

9. Completions and Compactifications

297

and show that the completion is unique in a certain sense. For the sake of simplicity we shall speak about pairs X,@ instead of sets X with uniform structures @. Definition 1. The pairs X , @ and Y , 9'- are called uniformly isomorphic i f there is a one-to-one correspondence f ; X -+Y between the elements of X and Y such that the map (XI

!

X2) E

xxx

-

(f(XAf(X2)) E

y x y

yields a one-to-one correspondence between the elements of @ and Y . A n y map f having this property is called a uniform isomorphism of X , @ onto Y , V . It is clear that uniform isomorphism of pairs X , @ is a reflexive, symmetric, and transitive relation and so as far as the theory of uniform structures is concerned uniformly isomorphic pairs X,@ can be considered identical.

x,

Definition 2. A pair @ is called a completion of the pair X , @ i f @ is a complete uniform structure for and i f there is a set 2 in ff such that (i) 2 is dense in ff relative to the uniform topology induced on ff by @, and (ii) the pair X , % is uniformly isomorphic to 2 and the relativization of qj to x. It is easy to see that if the metric space with metric 6 is the completion of the space X having metric d in the sense described in Definition 7.1 then 8,@d is a completion of X,qld in the above sense.

x

x.

Theorem 1.

Every pair X , @ has a completion

ff, %.

Proof. We shall consider all those filters S in X which contain arbitrarily small open sets. Thus if U E @ is given then there is some open set 0 in S such that 0 x 0 G U and so every 3 is a Cauchy filter. We call two such filters XI and Szequivalent if they contain the same open sets, i.e., if XIn 0 = X 2n 0 where 0 is the family of open sets of the uniform topology associated with @. Since every X of a given class contains the same open sets we may speak about the open sets of the class itself. T h e equivalence classes will be denoted in general by 5, 7, ... but we shall also study some particular equivalence classes associated with points x, y , ... of X and these we shall denote by x',p, ... . Namely, we let x' denote the class containing the neighborhood filter N(x) of x in the uniform topology of X. We define to be the set

298

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

of all equivalence classes ,$ and we let 2 denote the subset of special equivalence classes 2 where x E X. In order to define @ we consider the set 4, of those symmetric uniformities U E 4 which are open subsets of X x X and for every U E 4, we let

0 = {(l,v) : 0 x Q c U for some 0 E 6 and Q €7). We prove that the family @, of these sets 0 is a base for a uniform structure Q. First let U , and U2 be open uniformities and let (,$, 7) E 0, n 0,. Then 0, x Q, c U, for some 0, E ,$ and Q, € 7 where i = 1 , 2 and so (0, n 0,) x (Q, n Q2) E U , n U2proving that (,$,7) E U , n U , and 0, n u2c U, n U2. Therefore by U, n U , E 0, (i = 1,2) we have U,n U2= 0, n 0, and so 0, n 0, E %,. Since we considered only symmetric open uniformities the sets 0 are also symmetric and so only the last axiom (Ub.6) remains to be proved. If U E 4 and if V is a symmetric uniformity such that V o V o V G U then V c Ui because V[x] x V [ y ]c V o V o V E U for any (x, y) E V. This shows that the family 9, of symmetric open uniformities is a base for 4. Thus in order to prove (Ub.6) it will be sufficient o P c 0. Indeed, if ( t l ,5,) E P to show that V o V E U implies and (t2,f 3 ) E P then 0, x 0, E V and Q, x Q3 E V for suitable 0, E 4, ; O,, Q2 E f 2 ; and 0, E f 3 . Thus if y is any point in 0, n Q, then (x, ,y) E V for every x1 E 0, and (y, x3) E V for every x3 E 0, which shows that 0, x 0, c V o V c U . Since 0, E ,$, (i = I , 3) we see that t3)E 0 and so o V C 0. We proved that @, is a structure base for a uniform structure 42 for kt. The trace of @ on 2 is the natural image of the original structure 4 because the trace of each U E Q , is the uniformity U €92, used to construct 0: Indeed, if (x, y ) E U then U being open we have 0, x 0, c 0 for suitable open sets 0, E 2, 0, €9 proving that (2,p) E 0. Conversely, if (2, y) E 0 then 0, x 0, c U for suitable 0, E 2 and 0, E y and so by x E 0,, y E 0, we have (x, y) E U . In order to prove that X is dense in 8 let a point ,$ E 8 and a neighbe given. Since ,$ E 0[,$] there is an open set 0 E ,$ such borhood 0[,$] that 0 x 0 c U . If we choose x in 0 then 0 E 2 and so by 0 E ,$ and 0 x 0 c U we have (2,,$)E 0 or in other words 2 E 0[,$]. Hence 2 is dense in kt. If we prove that every filter 9 containing arbitrarily small open sets converges to some point of kt then the completeness of @ will immediately follow from Lemma 6.5. We claim that the equivalence class ,$ containing 9 is in 1 i m Z and so 9' is indeed convergent. For any U in 9, there is an 0 E ,$ such that 0 x 0 c U

v

(el,

v

9. Completions and Compactifications

299

and we have 0 € 9 for any y E 0. Therefore 0 G U [ [ ] proving that every neighborhood of 4 contains elements of the filter X,i.e., 4 E lim X. Therefore Q is complete and the proof of the existence of X,Q is finished. Now we turn to the question of separated completions of separated structures. First suppose that X is a topological space in which separation axiom (To) does not necessarily hold. Then an equivalence relation R can be introduced on X by letting x R y provided x and y cannot be separated by open sets, i.e., if every open set 0 of X either contains both x and y or it does not contain any one of them. We notice that the corresponding quotient space X/Rwill be a (To) space. This remark will be used in the following situation: If @ is a not necessarily separated uniform structure for some set X then an equivalence relation R can be introduced on X by letting x Ry provided (x, y) E U for every U E %. T h e natural map f : X X/R induces a map of X x X onto (XIR)x (XIR). T h e images U/Rof the uniformities U of @ form a uniform structure @/R for XIR and the uniform topology associated with %/R is the quotient topology Y / R where F denotes the uniform topology generated on X by %. Moreover x R y if and only if x and y cannot be separated by open sets. Thus by the above remark X/Ris a (To) space and so by Theorem 11.9.1 @/R is a separated structure, called the separated structure associated with %. Let f : X + Y be a surjective map and let 9 be a filter in Y . Then form a filter base for a filter in X which is called the sets f-l(F) ( F E 9) the invene image of 9 under the map f and is denoted by f1(9). Now suppose that fl(F)is convergent to x and f is continuous at x. Then for every neighborhood N,, of y = f(x) there is a neighborhood N , such that f(N,) s N,, and by x ~ l i f-'(9) m there is an f-'(F) contained in N , . Thus for each N , there is an F in 9such that F c N,,. Therefore we have: --f

Theorem 2.

f(1im f - l ( 9 ) )

c

If the surjective map f : X-t Y is continuous then lim 9.

Note. More generally, i f f is continuous at x and if x E lim f - I ( 9 ) then f(x) E lim 9. Let us return to the case of a uniform structure % and the equivalence relation R defined on X by %. We let Y = X/Rand f be the natural map of X onto X/R.Then it is easy to check that the inverse image of every Cauchy filter in X/Ris a Cauchy filter in X.Thus if is complete then by the foregoing theorem every Cauchy filter lying in X/Ris convergent and so the uniform structure %}R is complete. Hence we proved:

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

300

Theorem 3. If 9 is a complete uniform structure then so is the separated uniform structure associated with 9. Let % be a completion of X , Q and let be a subset of such that endowed with the restriction @ of @ is uniformly isomorphic to X , 9. Let R/R, QIR be the separated uniform structure associated with 8,@. If X , 9 is separated then so is its uniformly isomorphic 02, so each f of forms an equivalence class all by itself image 4 is uniformly isomorphic to x/R,@ / R e This and consequently implies that X , 42 and x / R , @ / R are uniformly isomorphic. Moreover x / R is dense in x / R because is dense in Hence x/R,@ / R is a completion of X , Q and @ / R is a separated structure. We proved:

x

x,

x

x,

x

x,

x

x.

Theorem 4. Every separated uniform structure X , Q has separated completions. Now let X , 42 and Y , Y be uniform structures, let Q and 7, 7 be their completions, and let and P denote the uniformly isomorphic images of X and Y , respectively. If 5 E then being dense in 8 the sets N S = f l t n 2 where E M ( ( )form a filter base in If f is a map of X into Y then f can be interpreted as a map f of into P. The setsf(Ne) form a base for a filter in which we denote byf(X(5)). If in addition f is uniformly continuous with respect to the uniform is a Cauchy filter and so P, 7 being structures 9 and Ilr then f(N(5)) complete it is convergent. If V is a separated structure then limf(M(5)) consists of a single point q which we shall call the image of 5 under the extended map and we shall write q = f ( f ) . This process determines an extension of the map f : X -+ Y to a map f : 8 -+ P. We claim that the extension f is uniformly continuous with respect In fact given P we determine a to the uniform structures @ and 7. symmetric 0 and m s u c h that

x,

x

m,

j((U o 0

o

x

0 ) n (X x 2))c W n ( P x

x

x.

P)

w

and W o W o c P. Now if (t1,5,) E 0 then by the definition of qi (i = 1,2) there is an N,< such that f (N,J E W[q,].Thus 2 being dense in 2 we can find Z1,2, E 3 such that (Zi, ti)E # and (yi , qi) E Then we have (Z1, Z,) E 0 0 0 o 0 and so (PI, 7,) E Hence (ql , qa) E W o W o W G P follows from the hypothesis (t1 , 5,) E 0 and this shows that f is uniformly continuous. Therefore we have:

w.

Let f : X -+ Y be uniformly continuous with respect to a ' " for Y . Let 8,@ uniform structure Q for X and a separated structure 9 be a completion of X , Q and let P, 7be a separated completion of Y , Y .

Theorem 5.

9. Completions and Compactifications Then f admits a unique extension f : with respect to 02 and 4 Note.

-+

30 1

which is uniformly continuous

T h e uniqueness is an easy consequence of the continuity o f f .

Any two separated completions of a separated uniform structure X , 42 are uniformly isomorphic.

Theorem 6.

Proof. Let 8, Q and P, 7 be separated completions of X , 42 and let 2 and P be the uniformly isomorphic images of X in 8 and F, respectively. T h e uniform isomorphisms X X and X -+ P yield a uniform isomorphism f : -+ P. Thus f is a one-to-one map of onto P such that both f and g = f-' are uniformly continuous. Hence by Theorem 5 these maps can be extended to uniformly continuous maps f : Y and g : P-+8. T h e composition f o g : 8 is uniformly continuous and on 2 it is the identity map i. Since the identity map i : 8 -+ 8 is an obvious uniformly continuous extension of i to 8 it follows that f o g = i. Therefore f : 8 + F is a surjective injection such that both f and its inverse g are uniformly continuous. In other words f and g are uniform isomorphisms.

x

-+

x-

Theorem 7.

x-+

If 92 is a precompact structure then its completions are

compact. Proof. In view of Theorem 6.4 it is sufficient to prove that Q is precompact. Given 0 in Q choose a symmetric V such that P o c0 and consider V = P n x Since X , 42 is precompact there are finitely many points & , ..., 2, in such that the union of the sets V [ 4 (i = I , ..., n) covers 2. Now if f E 8 then X being dense in such that ( f , 5) E P. Since there is an Si such that we can find 2. in ( x i , 2) E P we have (5,x i ) c o P G 0,and this proves that the union of the sets O [ x i ] ( i = 1, ..., n) is 8.

v

(x x). x

x

x,

Definition 3. If X , OZ is precompact then Q is called d compactijication of X , %. By Theorem 111.3.8 the uniform structure @ is completely determined by the topology of 8.However this uniform structure plays an important role because it appears explicitely in the uniform isomorphism of X onto X.In general it is possible to embed the space X into the compact space 8 as a dense subset in many different ways and two such embeddings are considered equivalent if and only if the natural one-to-one is a uniform isomorphism correspondence between these images with respect to the traces of the unique structure of 8.

x

302

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

We finish this section with the construction of three important uniform structures, two of which lead to compactifications while the third is generally not precompact. We start from a topological space X and a family 5 of real valued, continuous functions f : X 3 %. Every f E 5 defines a uniform structure for X, namely the inverse image f-l(@) of the usual structure @ of the reals under the map f . (See p. 226.) We define @2?= lub{ f-l(@) :f E S} and so by Lemma IV.10.2 @8 is the weakest uniform structure on X which makes the functions f uniformly continuous when the range space % is uniformized by its usual uniformity @. Since every f is continuous the uniform topology associated with @a is not stronger than the topology originally given on X and equality might occur only if X is uniformizable. Lemma 1. If for every point x and for every neighborhood N , there is an f in 5 such that

( 5 : lf(8-f(x)I < 4

Na!

for some E > 0 then the unqorm topology associated with '42% coincides with the topology originally given on X . Note. A necessary and sufficient condition can be obtained by considering finite intersections f l {[ : I f ( [ ) - f ( x ) l < E}.

Every neighborhood N , contains some uniform neighborhood, namely U;[x] E N , where

Proof.

u,. Lemma 2.

=

I K d : rm -f(dI < €1.

The inverse image of a precompact structure is precompact.

Proof. Let f : X -+ Y where X is a set and let 43 be a precompact uniform structure for Y . By the precompactness of 43 for every U E @ there is a finite set B in Y such that U [ B ] = Y . If A is a finite set such that f ( A ) = B then f-I( U ) [ A ]= X . Since the sets f-l( U ) ( U E @) form a structure base for the inverse image f - l ( @ ) we see that f-l('iY) is precompact. Lemma 3. Let @s be a subbase for a uniform structure @ such that there is a finite set A satisfying S[A] = X . Then @ for every S E is a precompact structure.

Proof. If U E @ then there are uniformities S , , ..., S,, in @s such that U G S , n ... n S,,, . T h e object is to find a finite set A such that

9. Completions and Compactifications

303

U [ A ]= X.By hypothesis there exist finite sets A , such that S,[A,] = 1, ..., m. Hence if A = A , u ... u A,,L then S,[A] for k = 1, ..., m and so for every k

C ~ A2] ( S ,n ... n &)[A] = &[A]n ... n SJAI Lemma 4.

=X =X

=X.

The least upper bound of precompact structures is precompact.

Let '2, (i E I) be precompact structures for X and let lub{4-'i}. A subbase for @ consists of all finite intersections S U , n ... n U,,, where U , , ..., U,, c U a i . Since each aiis precompact there are finite sets A , , ..., A,,, such that U,[A,,.] = X for k = 1 , ..., m. Hence for A = A , u ... u A,,, we have Proof.

Jz/

= =

S [ A ]= ( U , n

...n U,,,)[A]= &[A]n ...n U,[A]

=X

By Lemma 3 the least upper bound @ is precompact. Let X be a uniformizable space and let 3 be the family of all bounded, real-valued continuous functions on X . By Lemma 2 every f-'(@) is a precompact structure for X and so by Lemma 4 lub{j-l(@) : f E 3} is also precompact. We denote this particular uniform structure of the uniformizable space X by 4Ysc and call it the Stone-tech structure of X . If 0, is an open neighborhood of x E X then by Theorem IV.6.2 there 1 everywhere, f(5) = 0 for every is an f in 3 such that 0 f(5) 5 E c 0 andf(x) = 0. Thus U,'[x] = {t : If(5)l < E } is contained in 0, for any positive E < 1. Thus by Lemma 1 the Stone-Cech structure 4Ysc is compatible with the topology of X . Clearly @'sc is the weakest uniform structure compatible with the topology of the uniformizable space X such that every bounded, real-valued, and continuous function f is uniformly continuous with respect to qSc and any uniform structure V compatible with the topology of the reals. [Indeed since f ( x ) is compact by Theorem 111.3.8 the particular nature of Y is irrelevant.] T h e is a compactification R, gScsuch that every completion of X , aSc real-valued, bounded, and continuous function f has a uniformly continuous extension to 3.(Since 2 is compact continuity and uniform continuity are equivalent notions.) T h e following proposition shows that among all precompact structures compatible with the topology of the uniform space X there is a strongest one, namely the Stone-Cech structure @sc:

<

<

Lemma 5. Zf 9'. is a precompact structure for X then Y = lub{ f-l(@)} where O 2 is the usual structure of the reals and f varies over the family 5

304

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

of those real-valued functions on X which are uniformly continuous with respect to V and 9. Proof. Let f denote the extension of the function f to the compactificaA function f on fs is the extension of some f E 5 if and tion fs, 7. only i f f is continuous. Since fs is uniformizable by Theorem IV.6.2 and by Lemma 1 lub{fl(%)} is compatible with the topology of However there is only one uniform structure which is compatible with a compact topology and so lub{f-l(@)} is the extension F of p. Since the restriction of f-'(S) is f--l(9) we see that Y = lub{ f - l ( 9 ) } . If X is a locally compact Hausdorff space then by Theorem 111.5.3 it is uniformizable. We let 5 be the family of all continuous functions f : X -+ '31 having compact support and define 9,= lub{ f - l ( @ ) } where 9 is the usual structure of the reals. Given a point x and an open neighborhood 0, by Theorem IV.6.2 there is a real-valued, continuous function f such that f ( x ) = 1 and f ( ( ) = 0 for every 6 E c 0 , . If 0,is compact then f E 5 and (6 : I f ( 6 ) - f(x)l < l} c 0,. Hence by Lemma 1 = lub{f-l(@)} is compatible with the topology of X. Moreover, if a uniform structure Y is compatible with the topology of X then every f E 8 is uniformly continuous with respect to V and the usual structure of the reals. Therefore by Lemma IV.10.2 we have fl(@) Y and so 9" Y . This proves that the precompact structure is the weakest uniform structure compatible with the topology of the locally compact Hausdorff space X. I t is called the Alexandroff structure of X and the corresponding completion is the Alexandroff compactification or the one-point compactification of X . One can prove that if X is uniformizable but not locally compact then there is no weakest uniform structure among those which are compatible with the topology of If X is a compact H a u s d o e space then X with its unique uniform structure is its own Alexandroff compactification. If the locally compact Hausdorff space X is not compact then its one-point compactification can be constructed very easily as follows: We let 8 = X u {GO} and define 0 to be an open set of fs if 0 is an open set in X or if c 0 is a compact set in X. Finally let X be a uniformizable space and let 5 be the family of all real-valued, continuous functions f on the product space X x X . Then the Weil structure or universal uniform structure 9wis defined to be 4YW = lub f - l ( 9 ) where 9 is the usual structure of the reals and f varies over 5. T h e importance of 9wis due to the fact that it is the strongest uniform structure compatible with the topology of X.

x.

<

<

x.

305

Exercises

This can be seen immediately from the following remarkable property of @ w :

If Y , Y is arbitrary and if v : X -+ Y is continuous is uniformly continuous with respect to @w and V".

Theorem 8.

then

Proof. By Theorem 111.8.2 we have V" = lub{YT,} where d runs through all pseudometrics satisfying V", V". If V E V" then by Lemma 111.8.1 there is a d such that V E Y , V and so for some positive c we have

< <

v2 Let f : X x X

4

((11 1 1 2 )

:4

1 1

9

72) < €1 = Vf

.

% be defined by the following rule: f(Xl

I

XZ)

= d(P(Xl),

v(x*)).

Then U = {(tl , 6,) :f(tl , t2)< E} belongs to @wand v( U ) G Vf G V . T h u s v : X -+ Y is uniformly continuous. EXERCISES

1. Given a prime number p for every integer m let I m I p = p-' where p' is the highest power of p which divides m. For rationals mjn let j mjn I p = I m ,l/ n I p , Denote the completion of the rationals Q with respect to the metric d(x, y ) = I x - y I p . Prove that addition and multiplication give uniformly continuous mappings of Q x Q onto Q. Extend the definition of addition and multiplication to the completion ! R p . By determining the possible ideals of %p show that ?RP is a field, called the field of p-adic numbers. Show that is locally compact. 2. Let S be a nonvoid set, let X be a topological space, and let X s be the set of all functions x : S -+ X . Prove the existence of a unique topology on X s such that any filter 9 in X s is convergent if and only if its projections F8(s E S) are convergent in X . 3. Let S be a nonvoid set, let X , V be a uniform space, and let X s be the set of all functions x : S --t X . Prove that a filter 9 in X s is uniformly convergent with respect to V if and only if 9 is convergent in the topology of uniform convergence. [The filter 9is said to converge uniformly to x if for each uniformity V E V" there is an F in 9 such that ( x ( s ) , y ( s ) ) E V for every y E F and for every s E S.]

306

V. THEORY OF CONVERGENCE

4. Prove that the universal uniform structure of a paracompact Hausdorff space is complete. NOTES

Filter bases and filters occur in the publications of several early topologists, e.g., in 1913 CarathCodory constructed prime ends by describing a base for the neighborhood filters of these ideal points of a compactification. (See [I] and [2].) As far as I know ultrafilters were first introduced by Henri Cartan in 1937 [3] but they also appear in a paper of Wallman which was published approximately at the same time [4].It is hard to decide who was the one who first considered nets because for instance infinite sequences and limits taken along various paths were considered for a long time. However it is plain that a general theory of convergence based on the use of directed sets and nets was first published by E. H. Moore and H. L. Smith in 1922 [5]. Subnets were introduced by Kelley in 1950 [a]. Cauchy filters are straightforward generalizations of Cauchy sequences which were indeed first isolated by Cauchy more than a century ago. Theorem 7.1 on the completion of metric spaces is due to Hausdorff [7]. The proof is an extension of the method used to construct the real numbers from the rationals by using Cauchy sequences. First and second category sets were introduced by Baire in 1899 [8] in a long paper which contains also the proof of Theorem 8.1. T h e principle of uniform boundedness and the principle of condensation of singularities were published in 1927 [9] but special cases of these principles were known and used much earlier and in the early Twenties several mathematicians knew the principle of uniform boundedness essentially in its present form. As I learned from Professor Zygmund, first Banach and Steinhaus planned to publish a proof based on the use of infinite series and sequences but soon discovered the proofs given in Section 8. T h e old methods were found again by me who needed them to obtain an extension of these principles. (See [lo] and [Ill.) T h e principle of uniform boundedness can be further extended, e.g., it is included in the principle of equicontinuity [ 121. Precompact structures can be interpreted as a type of binary relations on the power set of X . These binary relations, called proximity relations were introduced by V. A. EfremoviE [13] and their equivalence with compactifications was proved by Smirnov [14, 151. A readable account on this subject including a direct proof of the equivalence of proximity relations and precompact structures can be found in [16].

References T h e equivalence of filters and nets was first shown by R. G. Bartle [17] who proved that for every filter (net) there exists a net (filter) with the same limit. He also proved the corresponding proposition with respect to adherence. I n Section 2 we proved this equivalence in a stronger form by showing the existence of a net (filter) such that both its limit and adherence are the same as that of a given filter (net). REFERENCES I . C. CarathCodory, u b e r die Begrenzung einfach zusammenhangender

Gebiete.

Math. Ann. 7 3 , 323-370 (1913). 2. I. S. Gal, Conformally invariant metrics and uniform structures. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 63, 218-244 (1969). 3. H. Cartan, ThCorie des filtres, Filtres et ultrafiltres. C . R. Acad. Sci. Paris 205, 595-598 and 777-779 (1937). 4. H. Wallman, Lattices and topological spaces. Ann. of Math. 39, 112-126 (1938). 5 . E. H. Moore and H. L. Smith, A general theory of limits. Amer. J. Math. 44, 102-121 (1 922). 6. J. L. Kelley, Convergence in topology. Duke Math. J. 17, 277-283 (1950). 7. F. Hausdorff, “Grundziige der Mengenlehre.” Veit, Leipzig, 1914. 8. R. Baire, Sur les fonctions de variables rCelles. Ann. di Mat. (3) 3, 1-123 (1899). 9. St. Banach and H. Steinhaus, Sur le principe de la condensation de singularitks. Fund. Math. 9, 50-61 (1927). 10. I. S. Gal, On sequences of operations in complete vector spaces. Amer. Math. Monthly 60, 527-538 (1953). I I . I. S. Gal, The principle of condensation of singularities. Duke Math. J. 20, 27-36 (1953). 12. N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz, “Linear Operators,” Vol. I. Wiley (Interscience), New York, 1958. 13. V. A. EfremoviE, The geometry of proximity. Mat. Sb. [N.S.] 31 (73), 189-200 (1952). 14. Yu. Smirnov, On proximity spaces in the sense of V. A. EfremoviE. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR [N.S.] 84, 895-898 (1952). 15. Yu. Smirnov, On proximity spaces. Mat. Sb. [N.S.] 31 (73), 543-574 (1952). 16. I . S. Gal, Proximity relations and precompact structures. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 62, 304-326 (1959). 17. R. G. Bartle, Nets and filters in topology. Amer. Math. Monthly 62, 551-557 (1955).

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Author Index Numbers in italics indicate the pages on which the complete references are given.

Alexander, J. S., 171, 173 Alexandroff, P., 124, 126, 170, 173, 304 Arens, M., 172, 174 Arzelh, C., 248, 250 Ascoli, G., 229, 238, 248 Baire, R., 306, 307 Balachadran, V. K., 170, 173 Banach, St., 306, 307 Bartle R. G., 307 Bendixon, I., 170, 173 Bernays, P., 18, 19 Bernstein, S., 249, 251 Bing, R., 125, 126, 171, 172, 174 Birkhoff, G., 248, 250 Borsuk, K., 125, 126 Botts, T. A., 249, 251 Bourbaki, N.. 18, 19 Cantor, G., 18, 19, 170, 173 CarathCodory, C., 306, 307 Cartan, H., 306,307 t e c h , E., 303 Cohen, H. J., 172, 174 DieudonnC, J., 124, 126, 171, 173, 248, 250 Doss, R., 248,250 Dowker, C. H., 17I, 174, 247, 250 Dugundji, J., 172, 174 Dunford, N., 249, 251, 306, 307 EfremoviE, V. A., 76, 306, 307 FBry, I., 171, 173, 249, 251 FejCr, L., 249, 251 Fomin, S. V., 248, 250 Fox, R. H., 248, 250 FrCchet, M., 125, 126 Freudenthal, H., 247, 250 Frink, O., 170, 173

Gaal, S., 170, 173, 248, 250, 306, 307 Godel, K., 18, 19 Goldman, A. J., 171, 174 Granas, A., 125, 126 Haar, A., 170, 173 Halperin, I., 248, 250 Hausdorff, F., 306,307 Hewitt, E., 124, 125, 126, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251 Hilbert, D., 248, 250 Hopf, H., 248, 250 Hurewicz, W., 124, 126 IsCki, K., 171, 174 Kaczmarz, S., 249, 251 Kakutani, S., 249, 251 Katetov, M., 124, 126, 172, 174 Kelley, J. L., 125, 126, 171, 172, 173, 174, 249,251, 306,307 Klee, V. L., 248, 250 Kneser, H., 18, 19 Knopp, K., 248, 250 Kolmogoroff, A. N., 248, 250 Konig, D., 170, 173 Kuratowski, C., 18, 19, 75, 76, 124, 126, 170, 172, 247, 249 Lefschetz, S., 124, 126 Lindelof, E., 125, 126, 170, 172, 173 Lindenbaum, A., 75, 76 Lorentz, G. G., 249, 251 McShane, E. J . , 249, 251 Mansfield, M. J., 172, 174 Menger, K., 124, 126 Michael, E., 171, 172, 173, 174, 248, 250 Monteiro, A., 75, 76, 124,726 Moore, E. H., 306, 307 Mrbwka, S., 247, 250 Muntz, Ch., 249, 251 309

310

AUTHORINDEX

Murti, K., 75, 76 Murty, A. S. N., 170, 173 Nachbin, L., 75, 76 Nagata, J., 172, 174 Nagy, B. Sz., 247, 248, 249 Nobeling, G., 76, 124, 126 Norris, M . J., 124, 126 Novik, J . , 171, 173, 247, 250 Peano, G., 248, 250 Peter, F., 249, 251 Ramanathan, A., 170, 173, 248 250 Ramsey, F . P., 170, 173 Ribeiro, H., 75, 76, 124, 126 Riesz, F., 170, 173, 247, 248, 249 Rota, G.-C., 248, 250 Schwartz, J. T., 306, 307 Schwartz, L., 249, 250 Segal, I . E., 249, 251 Sierpinski, W., 170, 172, 248, 250 Silov, G. E., 249, 251 Smirnov, Yu. M., 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 247, 250, 306, 307 Smith, H . L., 306, 307 Sneider, V. E., 172, 174 Sorgenfrey, R. H., 171, 174 Specker, E., 170, 173

Sreenivason, T. K., 76 Steinhaus, H., 249, 251, 306, 307 Stone, A. H., 172,174 Stone, M . H., 124, 126, 249, 251, 303 Tietze, H., 124, 125 Titchmarsh, E. C., 249, 251 Tukey, J. W . , 171, 174 Tychonoff, A., 125,126, 170, 172, 173, 174 Urysohn, P., 124, 125, 170, 172, 173, 174, 247, 250 Utz, W. R., 248, 250 Vaingtein, I . A., 248, 250 van Est, W. T., 247, 250 Vedenissoff, N., 247 (12), 250 Vietoris, L., 124, 125 Vijayaraghavan, T., 125, 126 von Neumann, J., 247,249 Wallman, H., 306, 307 Weierstrass, K . T., 249, 251 Weil, A., 172, 174, 304 Weyl, H., 249, 251 Whyburn, G. T., 247, 249 Young, W. H., 247, 249 Zermelo, E., 18, 19 Zorn, M., 18, 19

Subject Index A Accumulation point, 26, 128, 258 of a sequence, 259 Adherence, 262, 265, 269, 276 of a filter, 259 of a filter base, 259 of a net, 261 Adherence point of a filter, 259 of a net, 261 Alexander’s subbase theorem, 146, 147 Alexandroff structure, 304 Algebra of continuous functions, 241 Algebraic number, 9 Allowance, I77 Almost periodic function, 230 Antireflexivity, 6 Antisymmetry, 6 Arcwise connected space, 215 Arzeli’s theorem, 229 Ascoli’s theorem, 229, 238 Associativity, 3 Axiom of choice, 12, 13, 160, 273

Binary relation, 5 , 175 Bolzano-Weierstrass property, 129, 269 Boolean algebra, 4 Boolean product topology, 63, 223 Bounded function, 235 Bounded gage, 165 Bounded set, 133, 235 Bounded variation, 193 Boundary, 25, 56, 9 1 Boundary point, 25, 52 Brouwer’s fixed point theorem, 217

C

Cantor set, 222 Cantor-Bemstein theorem, 17, 190 Cap, 4 Cardinality, 7, 12 Cartesian product, 14, 58 Cauchy filter, 275, 279, 280 Cauchy sequence, 274, 282 Chain, 14, 103 Character of a space, 125 Choice function, 13 Closed interval, 35 Closed map, 69, 187, 207 B Closed set, 22, 55, 138, 149, 183, 197 Baire’s category theorem, 287 Closed-open set, 22 Baire’s theorem on semicontinuity, 179, 182 Closure, 55, 97, 184, 190 of a filter, 268 Ball, 38 Banach space, 291 Closure operator, 25, 29 Baricentric subdivision, 216 Coarser filter, 255 Base, 16 Coarser uniform structure, 59, 227 of a cylinder, 59 Cofinal, 257 filter, 178 Collection-wise ( T4)space, I57 for closed sets, 34 Commutative diagram, 73 for open sets, 33, 59 Commutativity, 3, 73 regular, 82 Compatible equivalence relation, 73 for a uniform structure, 46 Compatible metric, 40 Bicompact, I27 Compact carrier, 236 Bicontinuous transformation, I87 Compact space, 127, 206, 208, 238, 270, Bijective, 176 278, 301 31 I

312

SUBJECT INDEX

Compact support, 236 Compactification, 301, 304 Complete metric, 275 Complete uniform structure, 276 Complement, 3 Completely normal, 92, 191 Completely regular space, 110, 149, 206 Completion, 282, 297 Complex projective line, 74 Component, 105 Composite function, 2 19 Composition operator, 46, 177, 191 Connected space, 22, 99, 142, 214 Continuous curve, 210 Continuous function, 69, 183, 192, 196, 212, 236 with divergent Fourier series, 293 Continuous nowhere differentiable function 288 Continuum, 103 Contraction, 21 1 Convergent filter, 260, 270, 276 Convergent sequence, 128 Convex hull, 151 Convex set, 151, 294 Coordinate, I4 Countable, 8 Countable base for open sets, 80, 120, 132 for a uniform structure 164 Countable filter, 256 Countability axioms, 119 Countably compact space, 128, 137, 148, 206, 273 Countably paracompact, 156, 158, 205 Cover, locally finite, 153 point finite, 89 star-finite, 89 Cross, 189, 21 7 CUP, 4 Cylinder, 59, 74

Derived set, 26, 28, 32, 62, 78 Diadic rationals, 109 Diadic scale, 109 Diagonal, 6, 46 Diagram, 73 Diagrammatical product, 177 Dini’s lemma, 243 Direct image of a topology, 70 Directed set, 256 Dirichlet kernel, 292 Disconnected, 99 Discrete family, 157 Discrete structure, 49 Discrete topology, 21, 181 Disjoint, 3 Distance, 141 of sets, 98 Distributive lattice, 255 Distributivity, 3 Divergent filter, 260 Domain, 103, 175 of definition, 175 Dual ideal, 255

E

s-ball, 38 Ecai-t 234 c-chain, 142 s-6 definition of continuity, 178 Elementary filter, 180, 256 Elementary subdivision, 216 Empty set, 1 c-neighborhood of a set, 38, 150 Enumeration, 8 Equicontinuity at a point, 229 on a set, 228 Equicontinuous family, 228, 237 238 Equivalence relation, 6, 71, 152, 186, 189 Equivalent sets, 7 c-sphere, 38 D Euclidean space, 40, 148 s-uniformity, 49 Darboux property, 248 Evaluated, 48 De Morgan’s formulas, 3 Eventually, 260, 261 Decomposition, lower semicontinuous, 188 Everywhere continuous, 69 upper semicontinuous, I88 Expansion, 21 1 Denumerable set, 8 Extension, 176 Dense part, 26 Exterior, 24, 52 Dense set, 120 Exterior operator, 24

313

SUBJECT INDEX

F Factor, 5, 14 Filter, 43, 254 convergent, 260 countable, 256 divergent, 260 elementary, 180, 256, 259, 260 Filter base, 43, 178, 255 Filter system, I83 Finer filter, 255 Finer structure, 53 Finer topology, 22 Finite diameter, 133 Finite dimensional, I5 I Finite c-chain, 142 Finite intersection property, 127, 254 First category set, 287, 291, 292 First countability axiom, 122 First uncountable ordinal, 13I Fourier series, 293 Frequently, 261 FrCchet’s axiom, 77 F,-set, 202 Fully normal, 159, 163, 172 Fullv (T4) space, 139, 154, 162 Function, 6 , 175 Function of a real variable, 192 Function theoretical product, I77 Functional, 192, 289 Functional relation, I75

G Gage, 166 G p s e t , 202 Graph, 6, 175, 192, 197, 223 Greatest lower bound, 129 of filters, 267 of topologies, 34, 185 of uniform structures, 54

H

Heine-Bore1 theorem, I33 Hereditary Lindelof property, 121, 206 Hereditary Lindelof space, 194, 196 Hilbert cube, 136, 222, 224, 239 Hilbert space, 151 Homeomorphic, 22, 2 I3 Homeomorphism, 22, 186, 193, 207 Homomorphism, 289 Hypocompact, I57

I Ideal, 255 Idempotent, 4 Image, 175 Improper interval, 35 Induced filter, 268 Induced topology, 55 Injection map, 12, 176 Injective, 6, 176 Inner product space, 295 Intermediate value theorem, 213 Interior, 24, 32, 52, 55, 62 Interior operator, 22 Intersection, 3 Intersection filter, 267 Interval, closed, 35 half-open, 35 improper, 35 open, 35 Interval topology, 35, 36, 84, 93, 101, 129, I30 Inverse, 5, 176 Inverse function, 6 Inverse homeomorphism, 187 Inverse image, 68, 176, 183, 226, 299 Inverse inclusion, 256 Invertible, 176 Invertible function, 6 Irrational numbers, 67, 224 Isolated point, 26, 266 Isometry, 281 Isomorphic, topologically, 80, 131, I86 Isomorphism, 80

Half-open interval, 35 Half-open interval topology, 37, 5 I , 123, 131, 179, 206 J Hamel base, 17 Harmonic function, 240 Jordan curve theorem, 216 Hausdorff space, 78, 261 Jordan-Brouwer theorem, 216

314

SUBJECT INDEX

K Klein bottle, 74 Kolmogorov’s axiom, 77

L Lattice, 242 Least upper bound, 129 of filters, 267 of topologies, 34, 41, 269 of uniform structures, 53, 165, 303 Least upper bound property, 36 Lebesgue constant, 293 Left half-open interval topology, 37 Left limit, 194 Left limit inferior, I94 Left limit superior, 194 Left lower semicontinuous, 179 Left semicontinuity, 179 Left upper semicontinuous, 179 Limit, 262, 265, 269, 272, 276 of a filter, 259, 260 of a filter base, 260 of a net, 262 Limit point, 128 of a filter, 258, 259 of a net, 262 Lindelof property, 121, I3 1, 137, 138, 139, 145, 154, 206, 273 Lindelof space, 121, 131, 137, 138, 139, 145, 154, 206, 273 Linear net, 257 Linear transformation, 290 Linearly independent base, 17 Linearly independent set, 16 Linearly ordered set, 35, 193 Local property, 178 Locally compact space, 148, 167, 274 Locally connected at a point, 107 Locally connected space, 106, 215 Locally finite cover, 153, 162 Locally finite system of sets, 153 Lower semicontinuous, 179, 192, 209

Maximal linearly independent set, 16 Maximal orthonormal system, 15 Maximum, 185, 208, 230 Membership relation, 2 Metacompact, I57 Metric, 38, 41 complete, 276 Metric continuity, 177 Metric space, 38, 48, 64, 93, 120, 132, 155, 159 Metrizable space, 40, 166, 167, 168, 172 Metrizable structure, 49, 164 Metrizable topology, 40 Minimal HausdorfT space, 21 I Minimum, 185, 208, 230 Minkowski’s inequality, 40 Minnesota, 2 (m,n)-filter, 272, 273 Monotonic function, 193, 198 Monotonic subsequence, 134 Multiplicative axiom, I3 Miintz’s theorem, 249

N Natural map, 71 Nearly everywhere, 193, 194 Nearly regular function, 194 Neighborhood, 42, 57 of a set, 82 of the diagonal, 163 Neighborhood filter, 42, 43, 122, 260 Net, 254 n-cell, 142 n-dimensional interval, 142 n-filter, 267, 272 Nonconstant continuous function, 200 Nondiscrete structure, 49 Nondiscrete topology, 21, 181 Nonordered pair, 2 Normal space, 87, 1 10, 113, 139, 154, 156, 172 Normed vector space, 104, 136, 151, 152, 215, 239, 289 Nowhere dense set. 287

M Map, 176, 183 Mapping, 183 Maximal connected set, 105 Maximal element, I5

0 w-directed set, 258 One-point compactification 304 One-to-one correspondence, 6

315

SUBJECT INDEX

Open interval, 35 Open map, 64. 187 Open neighborhood, 42 Open set, 21, 55 Open-closed set, 22 Operator, closure, 25 exterior, 24 interior, 24 Order complete, 129 Order topology, 30, 88, 179 Ordered n-tuple, 5 Ordered pair, 4, 5

Q Quasicompact map, 187 Quotient space, 71, 105, 131, 152, 189 Quotient topology, 71

R

Range, 175 Rational space, 120 Real line, 130, 189 Refinement of a cover, I53 of a filter base, 255 Reflexive, 6 P Regular base, 82 p-adic numbers, 289, 305 Regular closed set, 27, 28 Paracompact space, 153, 159, 248 Regular function, 194 Partition, 103, 188 Regular intersection, 27 Pathwise connected space, 215 Regular open set, 26, 28, 83 Peano curve, 210 Regular space, 81, 148, 154, 191 Perfect set, 136, 222 Regular union, 27 Perfectly normal space, 95 Relative difference 3 Polynomial function, 241 Relative topology, 5 5 Point-finite cover, 89, I53 Relativization of a topology, 55 Point-finite system, 153 of a uniform structure, 57 Pointwise convergence, 61 Restriction of a function, I76 Power set, 4 of a net 257 Precompact structure, 116, 235, 278, 279, Riesz’s axiom, 77 302 Right half-open interval topology, 37 Prime end, 306 Right limit, I94 Principle of condensation of singularities, Right limit inferior, 194 292 Right limit superior, 194 of equicontinuity, 306 Right lower semicontinuous, 179 of uniform boundedness, 291 Right sernicontinuity, 179 Product, 5 , 14 Right upper semicontinuous, 179 Product axiom, 13 Rim-compact, 151 Product filter, 268, 280 Product space, 58, 102, 107, 112, 116, 144, S 150, 218 Product structure, 65, 285 Saturated open set, 73 Product topology, 59, 144 Scale of open sets, 109, 199 Projection, 59, 71, 271 Schwartz’s inequality, 296 of a filter, 270, 271 o-compact space, 15 I , 152, 163 Projective plane, 74 Second category set, 287, 291, 292 Proper subset, 2 Second countability axiom, 120, 143 Proximity relation, 306 Segment, 37 Pseudometric, complete, 276 Semicontinuity, 179 Pseudometric space, 38, 48, 64, 93, 120, Semigroup, 220 132, 155, 159 Semiregular space, 83 Pseudometrizable structure, 49, 164 Separable space, 78, 120, 246

316

SUBJECT INDEX

Separated completion, 299, 300 Separated sets, 83, 96 Separated space, 78 Separated structure, 79, 277, 299 Separating family of functions, 244 Separating function, 200, 244 Separation properties, 137 Sequence, 256, 259 Sequentially compact, 128 Set, 1 of first category, 287, 291, 292 of second category, 287, 291, 292 Similar system of sets, 91 Simple closed path, 58 o-locally compact, i 5 I Sphere, 58, 74 Star, 143 Star refinement, I55 Star-finite cover, 89, 153 Star-finite system, 153 Stone-tech structure, 303 Stone’s theorem, 244 Strictly coarser structure, 53 Strictly coarser topology, 22 Strictly convex, 151 Strictly finer structure, 53 Strictly finer topology, 22 Strong star refinement, 155 Strong topology, 244 Stronger filter, 255 Stronger topology, 22 Structure base, 46, 65 Structure gage, 165 Subalgebra, 244 Subbase for closed sets, 34 for a filter, 255 for open sets, 34, 146 for a uniform structure, 47 Sublattice, 242 Subnet, 257 Subproduct, 61, 218 Subset, 2 Subspace, 5 5 , 137 Surjective map, 6, I76 Surrounding, 46 Symmetric difference, 4 Symmetric relation, 6 Symmetric structure base, 47 Symmetric uniformity, 46 System of filters, 183

T Tame cross, 231, 232 (T)axiom, 109, I 13, 201 (To) axiom, 77 (TI) axiom, 77 (Tp)axiom, 78, 261 (TJaxiom, 80, 138, 139, 154, 162, 168, 268 (T;) axiom, 82 (T4) axiom, 85, 135, 139, 154, 156, 158, 168, 190, 202, 203 ( T6) axiom, 122 Tietze’s extension theorem, 203 Tolerance, 177 Topological algebraic structures, 220 Topological continuity, 177 Topological identification, 71 Topological isomorphism, 80, I86 Topological semigroup, 220 Topological space, 2 I Topological transformation, 187 Topological vector space, 289 Topologically equivalent, 22, 186 Topology, 21 of compact complements, 80 of countable complements, 37 of finite complements, 21, 27, 40, 181, 264, 266 of pointwise convergence, 61, 305 of the reals, 33 of uniform convergence, 229, 305 on compact sets, 240 Torus, 74 Totally bounded structure, 208, 235, 279 Totally disconnected, 105 Trace of a filter, 268 of a uniform structure, 57, 277 of a uniformity, 57 Transformation, 175 Transcendental number, 9 Transfinite induction, 14 Transitive, 6 Transitive process, 69 Triadic set of Cantor, 222 Triangle inequality, 38 Trichotomy, 12, 17 (T)space, 109, 113, 201 (To)space, 77 ( T I )space, 77 (TP) space, 78, 261

317

SUBJECT INDEX ( T8)space, 80, 138, I 39, 154, 162, 168, 268

(T:)space, 82 (T,) space, 85, 138, 139, 154, 156, 158, 168, 190, 202, 203 ( T 6 )space, 122 Tychonoff space, 110 Tychonoffs theorem, 146, 281

Unitary space, 296 Universal net, 266 Universal uniform structure, 304 Upper bound, 14 Upper semicontinuous, 179, 192, 209 Urysohn’s metrization theorem, 168 Usual topology of the reals, 33, 36 Usual structure of the reals. 49

U U-chain, 101 Ultimately, 260, 261 Ultrafilter, 171, 258, 265, 270, 27 I, 279 Ultrafilter base, 265 Ultrafilter theorem, 171, 265 Uniform isomorphism, 297 Uniform structure, 45, 140, 275 Uniform product structure, 233 Uniform topology, 45, 48 Uniformly continuous function, 225, 237,

305 Uniformly convergent, 202 Uniformly convex, 15 1 Uniformity, 46 Uniformizable space, 48, 138, 139, 149 Uniformizable topology, 48 Uniformization, I12 Union, 3 Unit cube, 223 Unit interval, 190 Unit square, 190, 224

V Vanishing at infinity, 236 Vector space, 104 Void set, 1

W Weak topology, 41, 244 Weaker filter, 255 Weaker topology, 22, 143 Weaker uniform structure, 227 Weierstrass approximation theorem, 241, 245, 288 Weil structure, 304 Well ordered set, 13, 130 Well-ordering principle, 13, 160

Z Zero element, 3 Zorn’s lemma, 14, 146, 265

This Page Intentionally Left Blank